CFG File Reference D-Series™ Automation 23-October-2015 Revision: Release Disclaimer: This document provides a general reference for D-Series System Configurationfiles (.CFG) and fields that May Be Found in these files. Not all D-Series Automation System applications incorporate all configuration files and all associated fields referenced in this document. This document makes no warranty or guarantee regarding functionality incorporated into a specific version of D-Series Automation. D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Publication Information © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential. Imagine Communications considers this document and its contents to be proprietary and confidential. Except for making a reasonable number of copies for your own internal use, you may not reproduce this publication, or any part thereof, in any form, by any method, for any purpose, or in any language other than English without the written consent of Imagine Communications. All others uses are illegal. This publication is designed to assist in the use of the product as it exists on the date of publication of this manual, and may not reflect the product at the current time or an unknown time in the future. This publication does not in any way warrant description accuracy or guarantee the use for the product to which it refers. Imagine Communications reserves the right, without notice to make such changes in equipment, design, specifications, components, or documentation as progress may warrant to improve the performance of the product. Trademarks Product names and other brands (such as ADC™, D-Series™, Nexio®, Nexio® Insight, Nexio® Motion, PowerSmart®, Versio™) are trademarks or trade names of Imagine Communications or its subsidiaries. Microsoft® and Windows® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. All other trademarks and trade names are the property of their respective companies. Contact Information Imagine Communications has office locations around the world. For domestic and international location and contact information see: http://www.imaginecommunications.com/contact-us/ Support Contact Information For domestic and international support contact information see: Support Contacts (http://www.imaginecommunications.com/how-buy/contact-us) Worldwide Support e-mail (service@imaginecommunications.com) Customer Community Portal (http://app.imaginecommunications.com/customercommunity) Warranty & Contract Information (http://www.imaginecommunications.com/services/customer-care) Academy Training (http://www.imaginecommunicationsacademy.com) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 2 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Contents Contents About This Document ......................................................................................... 5 Disclaimer: Regarding Field Entries ......................................................................................................... 5 D-Series System Tags & Descriptions ..................................................................................................... 5 The System Setup Files ..................................................................................... 9 Overview ................................................................................................................................................... 9 Files Used for System Setup ................................................................................................................ 9 Software Configuration System Changes ............................................................................................... 11 Before Editing System Setup Files ..................................................................................................... 12 Configuration Files ............................................................................................ 15 About the Configuration Files ................................................................................................................. 15 How to Read the Configuration Files.................................................................................................. 15 Entry Formats ..................................................................................................................................... 16 SYSTEM.CFG......................................................................................................................................... 17 Parameter Settings ............................................................................................................................. 17 ALARM.CFG ......................................................................................................................................... 157 Standard Format............................................................................................................................... 158 Alarm Type Parameter Settings ....................................................................................................... 159 CA_SYS.CFG ....................................................................................................................................... 208 Standard Format............................................................................................................................... 208 CA_TYPE.CFG ..................................................................................................................................... 210 COLOURS.CFG.................................................................................................................................... 211 DEVICE.CFG ........................................................................................................................................ 212 Standard Format............................................................................................................................... 212 Parameter Settings ........................................................................................................................... 215 V4 Systems: COMn, PortN, MUXn................................................................................................... 222 V4 Systems: TIMECODE ................................................................................................................. 223 V4 Systems: Mapping of Serial Ports is done in Device.CFG.......................................................... 223 V4 Systems: Network Device Configuration .................................................................................... 224 Virtual Serial Ports ............................................................................................................................ 225 GPI.CFG ............................................................................................................................................... 226 To create a GPI.CFG........................................................................................................................ 226 Standard Format............................................................................................................................... 226 Parameter Settings ........................................................................................................................... 226 IO_POOL.CFG...................................................................................................................................... 230 KEYBMAP.CFG .................................................................................................................................... 231 LICENSE.CFG ...................................................................................................................................... 236 Parameter Settings ........................................................................................................................... 236 MCCART AUTO.CFG ........................................................................................................................... 241 McCart AUTO.CFG file for Audio CPU #0 (Example) ...................................................................... 241 McCart AUTO.CFG file for Audio CPU #1 (Example) ...................................................................... 241 PALLETTE. CFG .................................................................................................................................. 243 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 3 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Contents Parameter Settings ........................................................................................................................... 243 PORT.CFG ........................................................................................................................................... 245 Standard Format............................................................................................................................... 245 Parameter Settings ........................................................................................................................... 255 SPECCHAR.CFG ................................................................................................................................. 260 Parameter Settings ........................................................................................................................... 260 STRING.CFG ........................................................................................................................................ 263 Parameter Settings ........................................................................................................................... 263 STORE.CFG ......................................................................................................................................... 265 Parameter Settings ........................................................................................................................... 265 TIMEZONE.CFG ................................................................................................................................... 470 Parameters ....................................................................................................................................... 470 Timezone Definitions ........................................................................................................................ 471 Reference: Timezone Standards ...................................................................................................... 473 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 4 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference About This Document About This Document Disclaimer: Regarding Field Entries This document provides a general cross-reference for fields that May Be Found in a DSeries™ Configuration (.CFG)file. Not all D-Series™ Automation System applications incorporate all of the configuration files and the associated fields referenced in this document. This document makes no warranty or guarantee regarding functionality incorporated into a specific version of D-Series Automation. D-Series System Tags & Descriptions Numeric system designations used in this document identify the valid / invalid D-Series system for a given configuration parameter or configuration file. The following table provides a Product Tag (alphanumeric designation) and its associated automation type/description. Note: If a parameter has been removed from or has been designated as invalid for a specific system, the system product tag and associated version number is indicated. Product Tag Automation Type Description A5500 Playout Automation (TV) (Obsolete) Channel Manager: Single-ended Playout Automation System. Supports up to 8 playout channels A6500 Playout Automation (TV) (Obsolete) Channel Manager: Single-ended Playout Automation System (w/ optional dual redundant playout automation). Supports up to 16 playout channels A6800 Ingest Automation (Obsolete) Ingest Manager: Single-ended Ingest Automation System (with Satellite Acquisition Control) and (with optional dual redundant ingest automation) A7200 Playout Automation (Radio) (Obsolete) Radio Automation A7400, Playout Automation (Radio) Channel Manager: Standard Dual Redundant Playout Automation System. Supports up to 150 busses (typically 80 – 100 active channels) A7410 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 5 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference About This Document Product Tag Automation Type Description A7500 Playout Automation (TV) Channel Manager: (Version 3) Standard Dual Redundant Playout Automation System. Supports up to 32 playout channels (more typically 16 playout channels, but final tally is very dependent upon channel format). A7800 Ingest Automation Ingest Manager: Standard Dual Redundant Ingest Automation System (with Satellite Acquisition Control) A8000 Master Playout Automation (TV) Channel Manager: Standard Dual Redundant Master Playout Automation System. Its Distributed Architecture can support up to 1000 playout channels. (Couples with A8500 Device Automation System to control device controllers running 525/60 standard.) A8100 Master Playout Automation (TV) Channel Manager: Standard Dual Redundant Automation System with Device Control Automation. Its Distributed architecture can support up to 1000 playout channels. (Couples with A8600 Device Automation System to permit combinations of device controllers running 625/50 and 525/60 standards.) A8200 Master Playout Automation (Radio) Channel Manager: Standard A8200 Dual Redundant Playout Automation System with A8400 Device Control Automation. Its Distributed architecture can support up to 1000 busses (typically 800 – 1000 active channels) A8400 Device Automation (Radio) Device Manager: Standard Dual Redundant Device Control Automation. (Couples with A8200 Master Radio Playout Automation System to support up to 1000 busses: typically 800 – 1000 active channels.) A8500 Device Automation (TV) Device Manager: Standard Dual Redundant Device Control Automation. Its Distributed architecture controls device controllers running 525/60 standard. (Couples with A8000 Master Playout Automation System to support up to 1000 playout channels.) A8600 Device Automation (TV) Device Manager: Standard Dual Redundant Device Control Automation. Its Distributed architecture permits controlling combinations of device controllers running 625/50 and 525/60 standards. (Couples with A8100 Master Playout Automation System to support up to 1000 playout channels.) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 6 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference About This Document Product Tag Automation Type Description A8800 Ingest Automation (Obsolete) Ingest Manager: Standard Dual Redundant Ingest Automation System (with no Satellite Acquisition Control) D-AIS DAL Automated Interrogation System DAL Automated Interrogation System (D-AIS) resides on the Content Manager Platform. D-AIS functions as a dynamic information and media manager - querying supported, metadata-capable systems and devices for content, manages material transfers between video servers and archives, and performs material verification and delete/purge operations. Links Channel Manager and Ingest Manager Multi-channel TV Automation Systems to broadcast equipment via proprietary high speed local or wide area network connections and third party APIs CAIF Conditional Access Interface DAL Conditional Access Interface system (CAIF) passes event synchronization, electronic program guide, interactive television, encoder control, and subscriber access information from the playout schedule to digital broadcast systems. It consists of main and backup computers with network interfaces to the private internal automation LANs and external LAN connections to the digital broadcast system. The A7500 + CAIF implementation is the generic solution that interfaces to a number of standard third party products. The A8000/A8500 + CAIF implementation is a one-off customer specific application to SDDS interface. The A8200/8400 + CAIF implementation is a oneoff customer specific application to the UMS/UDS interface. D-FCS DAL Cart Manager: DAL Flexicart System Interface DAL Cart Manager (D-FCS) is a proprietary system designed to maximize the utilization of Sony Flexicart and Odetics Cart Systems when controlled by D-Series playback and ingest systems. Cart Manager resides on its own computer. D-Series Automation computers communicate with the Cart Manager computer, which in turn communicates with the Cart System. DALtraffic Traffic Interface DALtraffic is a Traffic import and As-Run log export utility that can be installed and run on DALstation client workstations or the System Manager platform. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 7 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference The System Setup Files The System Setup Files Overview The DAL Channel Manager D-Series Master Automation System is built around a real-time Operating System. The system start up executable file resides in the BIN directory. Important Note on Uppercase vs Lowercase file names: For System Setup files V4 and higher system use lower case file names instead of upper case (as used in V3 systems). To enhance readability in this document, System Setup file names are presented in UpperCase. Files Used for System Setup Channel Manager D-Series configuration and setup is implemented through configuration and table files. Configuration Files: Key files (.CFG files) are configured at the time of installation to enable communication with all the associated devices via LAN, GPI, or serial connection and cannot be edited while the automation executable is running. Changes made to configuration files on one automation CPU are not copied across to the second machine. These files typically reside in the DATA directory. Table Files: A set of mapped tables (.TBL files) allows local configuration of the system, such as specific timing or source machine control. These files typically reside in the TABLES directory. Table files contain two types of data as shown in blue or black type when editing under automation control. • Those in blue type can be edited while the automation is running and the change is recognized as soon as the table is saved. • Those in black type can only be edited while the automation is not running, since these changes have greater impact on the system operation. The format of each table file is critical and characters must not be added or deleted to each field structure when editing. Edited tables are automatically copied across to the other automation machine. About Shadow Files: The SHADOW directory incorporates key shadow files (for example, SHADOW.80). When the operating system is running, changes to all current schedules, as run, and tables are recorded in the shadow files. That way all this information is held in RAM and can be restored on reboot if necessary. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 9 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference The System Setup Files Typical File Directory Tree The following are typical file directory tree structures for A7500 systems: V3 System directory tree structure V4 System (and higher) directory tree structure C:\A##00 (See Note 1) /opt/DAL/A##00/ (See Note 3) \version number (See Note 2) /version number (See Note 4) \bin /bin \data /data \help /log \log /shadow \macros /tables \print /equipment (In v5 systems only) \reports \shadow \tables \traffic Note 1: Example: A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600, etc. Note 3: Example: A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600, etc. Note 2: Example: \V3_51_03.BETA Note 4: Example: /V4.26.01.BETA File Directory Locations Each directory in the tree contains files that perform specific system functions: Directory Function In System bin Executable launched on START UP from command prompt. V3, V4, V5 data Contains all the configuration files used to set up hardware, including serial and network communications. Can be edited only at DOS level. V3, V4, V5 Associated Files: ALARM.CFG DEVICE.CFG LICENCE.CFG PORT.CFG STORE.CFG SYSTEM.CFG TIMEZONE.CFG help Help files can be accessed and edited from the operating system. V3 log When diagnostic logging is enabled, log files are automatically generated while the operating system is V3, V4, V5 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 10 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Directory The System Setup Files Function In System running. Associated Files: All Lxxxxxx.xxx diagnostic files (not as-run logs!) macros Machine- and sign-on specific macros (automation pair only) V3 print Print files from the operating system held here before printing on the Alarms Manager computer. V3 reports Repository for missing (dub) lists and surplus material reports. V3 Associated Files: XML format files can be generated and passed on to the Content Manager. REPORTS.XLS must reside in the Content Manager system directory. shadow Holds the key shadow files. When the operating system is running, changes to all current schedules, as-run logs, and tables are recorded in the shadow files. This information is held in RAM and can be restored on reboot if necessary. V3, V4, V5 Associated Files: For example, SHADOW.75 tables Allows low-level system changes. Most table entries can be modified at the Operating level and changes are automatically mirrored, except for the following files: V3, V4, V5 DISPLAY.TBL , EVENTWIN.TBL, LOGGING.TBL Key tables are: BUS.TBL, BUS_EXT.TBL, CACHE.TBL, SRC.TBL, SWR.TBL equipment Implemented for v5 Modular Device Control. Stores the files equipment.xml (the configuration file automation uses to know which device controllers to use) and ‘xxx’.XML (the specific device controller configuration files for each controlled device). V5 traffic Local traffic file storage (schedules and as-run logs). V3 Associated Files: S1xxxxxx.xxx (schedule file) Lxxxxxx.xxx (as-run log) Software Configuration System Changes When a Master Automation System is installed, all system configurations and table files are set up to the particular operation of the system. Although the majority of the information held in these files does not change throughout the lifetime of the product, some events that do cause change are: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 11 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference The System Setup Files High Impact (for example, configuration file changes) • An increase in the number or type of sources. • An increase in the number of channels. • A new functional requirement or new fields. Support implements all high impact changes. Medium Impact (for example, specification table changes) • A modification to logo control. • A change to machine control. • The modification of password control. Warning: Do NOT change the system configuration files and/or table files without first consulting Automation Support. Changing the system configuration files or table files without supervision can result in system failure and loss of data. Before Editing System Setup Files Before you make any changes to the system configuration and/or table files, make sure that: The computer you are working on is in Standby mode (not Main). Your User Category gives you the authority to make the changes. You have backed up all vital files. While most configuration files contain the same data on both machines, SYSTEM.CFG and DEVICE.CFG (only in V3) contain computer-specific information and cannot be exchanged between automation CPUs. It is strongly recommended to contact Automation Support for assistance with these procedures. Key Configuration Files Configuration files are configured at the time of installation to enable communication with all the associated devices via LAN, GPI, or serial connection. The following configuration files are described in this document. (** indicates Key configuration files.) Configuration File Identifies... In System ALARM.CFG ** Currently configured automation alarms. V3, V4 CA_SYS.CFG The names, types, and socket addresses (IP address + port number) for each of the CA systems that are connected V3, V4 CA_TYPE.CFG Replaced by CA_SYS.CFG. V3, V4 COLOURS.CFG Replaced by COLOURS.TBL. V3, V4 DEVICE.CFG ** All communicating hardware installed locally on the system. V3, V4 GPI.CFG In v4 Systems, GPIs (e.g., UIO-80s) are no longer configured in the device configuration file V4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 12 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration File The System Setup Files Identifies... In System (DEVICE.CFG), but in the GPI configuration file (GPI.CFG) instead. IO_POOL.CFG Replaced by IO_POOL.TBL. V3, V4 KEYBMAP.CFG Alternate keyboard character mapping. Allows the keyboard to generate characters in the upper half of the character set, such as the characters used to display the Cyrillic alphabet V3 LICENCE.CFG ** Maximum number and Ethernet addresses of devices used by the system. Ensures proprietary software is not copied illegally. V3, V4 MCCART AUTO.CFG If more than 12 channels are to be controlled in a single McCart. V3 PALLETTE. CFG The set foreground/background bus/channel color on the text-based Automation Interface. V3 PORT.CFG ** All devices directly controlled via a serial port. Typical information includes the port number, usage, and the required serial protocol. V3, V4 Note: In v4 systems, COMn, PORTn, and MUXn are now configured in DEVICE.CFG. SPECCHAR.CFG Changes the characters that the automation software uses for displaying special symbols on the screen. V3 STRING.CFG The text of message strings built into the system. V3 STORE.CFG ** Whether a field can be configured, its size changed, or both. In addition, enables all fields to be used on the system. V3, V4 SYSTEM.CFG ** Global system values that are dependent upon the type of devices and nature of their operation. V3, V4 TIMEZONE.CFG ** Names and characteristics of all supported time zones. The system can be configured to display system time for a specific region, display a specific schedule time for individual channels, and receive schedules in a specific time zone. V3, V4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 13 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Configuration Files About the Configuration Files System configuration files are used to set up hardware, including serial, device, and network communications. The settings tell the D-Series Master Automation System which devices are being controlled, and may include information for specific servers or specific operational requirements. These files can be edited only at the DOS level in a text editor. How to Read the Configuration Files Configuration files contain entries (parameters) for controlling each peripheral, separated into paragraphs that start with a comment field (indicated by a ! in the first position of the first line). In general: The comment field usually contains the name of the device. Some comment fields also contain information included to help the operator understand what is being controlled. This information is not used by the system to control the device. Comment fields that begin with !REM indicate the parameter is “commented out.” Its information is not required for system operation, so the entry is ignored. Remark Lines in .CFG Files Entries, which are not active, may be made in the .cfg File and used as REMARKS. Insert an ‘!’ (exclamation point) at the start of a line to designate the line as information only (REMARK). Remark lines may occur on a line by themselves or following a data item. Side Note for INI Files: In an .INI file, a ‘;’ (semicolon) is inserted at the start of a line to designate the line as information only (REMARK). About IRQ Selection IRQ selection is determined by the IRQs that the motherboard in the computer allows. Some serial and network cards used with the D-Series Automation System allow a limited IRQ selection. A good rule of thumb is: SER card 1 IRQ 10 Network card 1 IRQ 5 SER card 2 IRQ 10 Daisy-chain Network card 2 IRQ 7 SER card 3 IRQ 11 Network card 3 IRQ 9 SER card 4 IRQ 11 Daisy chain © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 15 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files SER card 5 IRQ 15 SER card 6 IRQ 15 Daisy chain Entry Formats The general format of items in configuration files is: SETTING=VALUE There should be no white space (spaces or tabs) on either side of the equal sign. More than one SETTING=VALUE specification may occur on a single line, where each is separated by white space. Comments/Remarks start with an exclamation mark (!) and end with one at the end of the line. They may occur on a line by themselves or following a data item. Value Formats Values may be in the following forms: Type Example Meaning Number 25 or 0x4A An integer value in decimal or hexadecimal (with leading 0x). Boolean Y or N Y for yes (True) or N for no (False). String DontPanic Normal ASCII characters with no white space. IP-Address 192.168.2.123 An Internet Protocol address in dotted-quad form. Four (4) decimal numbers separated by periods with no white space. List 2,3 A list of integers separated by commas with no white space. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 16 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files SYSTEM.CFG The System Configuration file tailors the system's operation to the actual characteristics of each site. This configuration file consists of one or more lines, with each line defining one setting for the system. To View all Available Options The –configinfo switch produces a list of all configured field options plus the default values for those absent from the file. All possible system.cfg entries are included in the output file generated by this switch. Parameter Settings ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ A AAM_API_LOG_LEVEL Log level for calls to Avalon Archive Manager DLL. Typical Setting: 5 Removed From/Invalid In: D-AIS v3.10.00 AAM_DB_REFRESH_PERIOD Minimum database refresh period - in seconds. Typical Setting: 86400 seconds = 24 Hours Valid in Systems: D-AIS AAM_DISCONNECT_DURATION={‘minutes’} (Default: 1) Specify allowable database disconnect duration time limit. Perform a full database refresh when this short disconnect period occurs. The time is specified in minutes and the default is 1. Valid in Systems: D-AIS AAM_HIGH_PRIORITY Avalon Archive Manager priority level used for HIGH priority archives/restores. Typical Setting: 5 Valid in Systems: D-AIS AAM_LOW_PRIORITY Avalon Archive Manager priority level used for LOW priority archives/restores. Typical Setting: 15 Valid in Systems: D-AIS AAM_NORMAL_PRIORITY Avalon Archive Manager priority level used for NORMAL priority archives/restores. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 17 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Typical Setting: 10 Valid in Systems: D-AIS AAM_URGENT_PRIORITY Avalon Archive Manager priority level, used for URGENT priority archives/restores. Typical Setting: 1 Valid in Systems: D-AIS ACP_TYPE={‘code’} ACP variant in use. The system includes support for the 40-bus automation control panel. The set-up required is the same as for an 8-bus automation control panel, except that the ACP_TYPE should be set to 40BUS. Code options are: Code ACP DAL The original 8-/24-bus panel without the cue button. DAL0 The original 8-/24-bus panel without the cue button. (same as DAL) DAL1 The 8-/24-bus panel with the cue button. (no buzzer) DAL2 The new 8-/24-bus panel with the apology buttons and buzzer. CBC CBC automation control panel 40 Bus 40 Bus ACP Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 ACTUAL_DURATION_REPLACE={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) replacing the scheduled duration with the actual duration of an item. Copy event’s actual duration-to-duration field on export to log. When Y, durations from RS-422 connection replaces the one querying from D-AIS database if the two duration values are different. Device automation also queries item duration in Pinnacle servers through RS-422 serial connections. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 ADD_ONE_FRAME_TO_DURATION={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) to allow for adjusting by the SeaChange Cluster returned clip duration the parameter should be set to Y. Valid in Systems: D-AIS ADIC_SOCKETS_PORT This parameter specifies the socket port that the ADIC computer is listening to. (ADIC/GRAU Remote Control Video Tape Library) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 18 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500 ALLARCOM_CHAR_GEN = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) Allarcom character generator output. Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 ALLARCOM_MAT_TYPES = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) Allarcom material types. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00 ALRM_COM_FAIL_EVERTZ Raised to indicate that communications to an Evertz Closed Caption machine has failed. Valid in Systems: A8100v4, AMP_DB_REFRESH_PERIOD This parameter specifies, in seconds, the minimum database refresh interval for AMP servers. The default value is one hour. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 AMP_DB_UPDATE_PERIOD This parameter specifies, in seconds, how often the AMP interface will query the server for changed clips. The default value is one minute. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 AMP_MAX_TRANSFER This parameter specifies the maximum number of concurrent transfers allowed on each AMP server. The default value is 4. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 AMP_TRANSFER_LIMIT This parameter defines the maximum number of archive or restore operations that an AMP location can perform simultaneously. Valid in Systems: D-AIS APPROX_TIME_MAX_TIME = positive integer (Default: 180000 (30 min)) The maximum time remaining until next event before it's assumed to start now if next event has approximate time, in system ticks. (1 Tick = 0.01s) • Typical Setting: 60000 (10 min) • This parameter is not used unless APPROX_TIME_NEXTEV_MODE=Y. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8800 APPROX_TIME_NEXTEV_MODE={Y, N} (Default: Y) Assume next event starts now if it has an approximate time. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 19 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • If Y, the automation system treats the next event as starting immediately. Assumes the next event is an approximate time event, and its approximate time is within the maximum look ahead for approximate time events. • If N, the automation system treats the next event’s approximate time as its start time. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8600, A8800 APPROX_TIME_READY={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) ready control for bus machines/sources in approximate time events • If Y, performs the cue control at the start of an approximate time events. • If N, no cue control is performed for approximate time events. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8600, A8800 APPROX_TIME_REC_READY={Y, N} (Default: N) Enables/disables ready control for bus machines in approximate time events. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8800 ARCHIVE_CHECK_RELEASED ={Y, N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the Archive before Userdata Write workaround. Enabled, the workaround checks the released status of the item to-be-archived and delay archiving until the item is released. If the item is not released before a hardcoded timeout (120 seconds) expires, the archive request will be marked as failed. This workaround applies to automation archive requests only Valid in Systems: D-AIS ARCHIVE_METADATA_ENABLE={Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) archive of metadata Valid in Systems: D-AIS ARCHIVE_NAME The archive name for a record bus. Note: The archive name for a cache work order bus is taken from busext.tbl. Valid in Systems: A7800 ARCHIVE_TEST_REFRESH_PERIOD={‘seconds’} (Default: 600 seconds(or 10 minutes)) Use this parameter to specify, in seconds, the minimum database refresh interval for the Archive Test location. Its default value is 10*60 (or 10 minutes). Used when setting up test locations for a Plug In Third Party Device Driver. (See also: TEST_ARCHIVE_LIMIT.) Valid in Systems: D-AIS ARCHIVE_TEST_UPDATE_PERIOD={‘seconds’} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential (Default: 300 seconds(or 5 minutes)) 23-October-2015 | Page 20 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Use this parameter to specify, in seconds, how often the Archive Test location is checked for new updates. Its default value is 5*60 (or 5 minutes). Used when setting up test locations for a Plug In Third Party Device Driver. (See also: TEST_ARCHIVE_LIMIT.) Valid in Systems: D-AIS AUTO_NET={list of network #} The single automation network (normally) or the list of automation networks in priority order (if redundant nets are permitted). (index from device.cfg). This parameter is used to configure the networks used for the main and backup automation LAN. The list references the network numbers for the automation network in priority order (preferred network first). • Valid net numbers start at 1. • Specifying 0, disables the automation networking, but still lets the networks be used by other TCP/IP or UDP/IP applications. Example Use: • “auto_net=1,2” would use as the main and backup automation LANs: LANs “network_1” (NETWORK in DEVICE.CFG) if OK, and “network_2” (NETWORK_2 in DEVICE.CFG) if network 1 had failed. • “auto_net=1,3” would use as the main and backup automation LANs: LANs network 1 (NETWORK in DEVICE.CFG) if OK, or network 3 (NETWORK_3 in DEVICE.CFG) if network 1 had failed. NOTE: This parameter was renamed to NET_AUTO. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8000, A8500 AUTO_NET_LOG_LEVEL (Default: 1) Diagnostic logging of various conditions in the automation network module. This field controls that level of logging. (Defaults to 1, log only error conditions.) (Superceded by Logging Table entries.) Valid in Systems: A7800, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.28.00, A6500 v3.50.00, A6800 v3.32.00, A7400v4.00.00, A7500 v3.128.00, A7800 v3.24.00, A8100 v3.50.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8400 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.50.00 AUTO_NET_NUM_FREE (Default: 200) Number of buffers in Net_Free queue at start-up. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 AUTO_NET_NUM_RCOPY (Default: 15) Limit of file copy receive queue. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 AUTO_NET_NUM_RECV (Default: 70) Limit of net task receive queue. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 AUTO_NET_NUM_XCOPY © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: 5) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 21 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Limit of file copy transmit queue. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 AUTO_NET_NUM_XMIT (Default: 30) Limit of net task transmit queue. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 AUTO_SOURCE_ASSIGN=(Y, N) (Default: N) Enable (Y) or Disable (N) automatic source assignment. (See also SRC_ASGN_POLL_PERIOD) Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 AUTO_UPD_NUM_FREE (Default: 3000) Number of buffers in Upd_Free queue at start-up. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 AUTO_UPD_NUM_STORE (Default: 200) Limit of store update buffer queue. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 AUTOMATION_FTP_PASSWORD={FTP_PASSWORD} User password for ftp transfer. This is the password for FTP access to local machine (e.g. chineham). This parameter is used for the Missing Surplus Material Report FTP Configuration. Valid in Systems: D-AIS AUTOMATION_FTP_USER_NAME={FTP_USERNAME} Logon use name for ftp transfer. User (logon) name for FTP access to local machine (e.g. dal). This parameter is used for the Missing Surplus Material Report FTP Configuration. Valid in Systems: D-AIS AUTOMATION_SERVER_LOG_LEVEL Sets the log level for the automation interface. • Set to 0 for minimum, 1 for normal operation and greater when debugging problems are encountered. • Set to 2 or greater: If a purge/delete operation is blocked because the item is scheduled, the D-AIS diagnostic log will indicate in which automation system cache and bus the item was found to be scheduled. • To enable detailed diagnostics in the area of the automation cache Profile free space interface, set to 3. (Superceded by Logging Table entries.) Removed From/Invalid In: D-AIS v3.10.00 AUTOMATION_SERVER_PORT The address of the Automation Server. (See TCPIP_PORT). Valid in Systems: D-AIS © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 22 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files B BCST_NAMES = {Y, N} Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.03.00, A6800 v3.04.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.58.00, A8000 v3.48.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.26.00, A8400 v3.26.00, A8500 v3.48.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 BEEP_DURATION= {any positive integer} (Default: 50 ticks = 0.5 seconds) Keyboard beep duty time in system ticks (1 Tick = 0.01s). This value sets the duration in system ticks of the beeping sound produced by the computer. The automation console beeps whenever there is an active error alarm. Set BEEP_DURATION=0 to disable this feature. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 BEEP_FREQUENCY={30, ... 15000} (Default: 1047 Hz ca 1 Octave above Middle C) Keyboard alarm tone beeping frequency in Hz. No beeping when set to zero. Example: Concert A: 440 Hz; Middle C: ca 523 Hz. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 BLANK_BUS_ITEM_ERROR = {Y, N} Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8500 v3.60.00 BLANK_INGEST_SOM (Default: TIME_OF_DAY) This parameter sets the default SOM when it is blank and is used for bus machine controls. D-MAS supports true time recordings with time-of-day SOM on record buses. A true time recording with a time-of-day SOM is scheduled as a true time recording with the BUS_SOM field left blank (or unconfigured). If the “Bus machine default to main flag” field is set to “Y” in the bus.tbl specification table the main SOM must be blank as well. Use this parameter to enable the true time recording with time-of-day SOM feature. To enable it, set BLANK_INGEST_SOM to TIME_OF_DAY, or to disable it, set BLANK_INGEST_SOM to ZERO. If BLANK_INGEST_SOM is not present, the default value of TIME_OF_DAY is used and the true time recording with time-of-day SOM feature is enabled. Note: Previously, if the BUS_SOM field was blank or unconfigured and the “Bus machine default to main flag” field was set to “N”, the ingest SOM would be 00:00:00:00. With the implementation of BLANK_INGEST_SOM, it is necessary to explicitly specify an SOM of 00:00:00:00 if this SOM is desired and the new system.cfg keyword BLANK_INGEST_SOM is not specified or set to TIME_OF_DAY. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4, A8600v4 BLANK_SOM_IS_ERROR={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the treatment of blank SOM value as an error. When Y, blank SOM fields are set to error (for sources that support an SOM) in both timecode mode and non-timecode mode. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8200, A8800 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 23 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files BREAK_INFO_RIPPLE={Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the Break Information Ripple function. Break information events are very similar to comment events (in both layout and behavior). They have three fields: comment 1, comment 2 and duration. This Duration is not the break information event’s duration (because, like a comment event, it is treated as a zero duration event), but the required collective duration of the sequence of commercial break events following it. Inserting a commercial break event (CTRL-SHIFT-INSERT) into a schedule causes a slightly different set of ripple rules to be used. The start time of the first non-break event after the break sequence is defined to be the end time of the event prior to the break information event added to the duration given in the break information event. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8500, A8600 BREAK_TIMING = {Y, N} (Default: N) The system can control the duration of each break to be that set by a break information event. When Y, the duration given in a break information event is taken to be the exact duration of the break: • If there is a gap before the next event, the last frame of the break is held onair. • If there is an overlap, the next event is taken when the break information event time expires, even though this is before the on-air event finishes. Note: For a break event whose actual duration is longer than the scheduled break time, the extended time will not be included as break time. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 BRK_FLW_LOOKAHEAD (Default: 100) Use this optional parameter to specify the maximum lookahead for searching follow events. This parameter may be omitted. Valid in Systems: A7500v5.17, A8100v5 BRK_TIME_DISP_LINE / BRKTIME_DISP_LINE={Y, N} (Default: N) Enables/disables the automation from flagging a schedule (time) error in the next event, when the on-air event is in the network cue ‘post’ time window and the next event is overdue. • When enabled (Y), this parameter must be set the same on both automation computers, and any edit computers on which you wish to display the break timing information. • If enabled (Y) on an edit computer, but not enabled on the automation computers, the schedule scanning is performed and no meaningful values are displayed on the edit computer screen. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, BRK_TIME_ERR={Y, N} (Default: N) Enables/disables the automation from flagging a schedule (time) error in the next event, when the on-air event is in the network cue ‘post’ time window and the next event is overdue. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 24 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files BRKDWN_LAMPS={set to number on DAP} (Default: 32) The total number of breakdown lamps/buttons on the base and slave sub-panels in the system. This must be entered in the System.CFG file on each automation computer. Typical Settings: 32, 64 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 BRKTIME_DISP_BLACK={Y, N} (Default: N) Include (Y) or excluded (N) inter-material black time on the break time display. When set to “Y”, the inter-material time configured in type_mat.tbl will be included as break time for a break event. Note: The break time of a break event that has not yet gone off air equals the duration of that event by default; the inter-material time following the event will be included if the BRKTIME_DISP_BLACK parameter in system.cfg is set to “Y”. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4 BRKTIME_DISP_FREEZE={Y, N} (Default: N) Include (Y) or exclude (N) commercial break freeze time on the break time display. When set to “Y”, the “freeze” time of a break event is included as break time. Note: For a break event whose actual duration is longer than the scheduled break time, the extended time will not be included as break time. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4 BRKTIME_DISP_LINE={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) reporting the commercial break timers as part of the bus status, so DALstation can display them. The timer values are only reported if the commercial break timer display is enabled both on the main automation CPUs and on the schedule server CPU where DALstation connects. Used with the LA_BRK_TIME task to guarantee that break time values are calculated in a timely manner, and that ERC does not use up too much CPU time on systems with large schedules. If this parameter is omitted from SYSTEM.CFG, the display is disabled (N) by default. When set to “Y”, the break time minutage display feature will be enabled. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100v4 BUP_IP_ADDR A string that specifies the IP address of the other CA computer in the system. • If a CA computer is selected as the client, it connects to the server using this address. • If there is no such address specified, the connection to the server CA is disabled. This parameter is replaced with CA_BUP_IP_ADDR. Removed from / Invalid in: CAIF v3.02.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 25 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files BUP_LOG_LEVEL={0, 1, 2…5} (Default: 0) Specifies the diagnostic logging level for the backup task. Default (0) turns off logging. This parameter is replaced with CA_BUP_LOG_LEVEL. Removed from / Invalid in: CAIF v3.02.00 BUP_PORT (Default: 0) Specifies the port. The backup task of the CA system is done through a single TCP/IP socket connection. One CA computer acts as the server and the other one acts as the client. Both the client and server use this port for their connection establishment. This parameter is replaced with CA_BUP_PORT. Removed from / Invalid in: CAIF v3.02.00 BUS_GROUP_MAX_EVENTS Maximum number of events in the bus group display. Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.01.00, A6500 v3.10.00, A6800 v3.17.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 3.67.00, A7800 v3.04.00, A8000 v3.56.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.26.00, A8400 v3.26.00, A8500 v3.56.00, A8600 v3.30.00, A8800 v3.79.00 BUS_STAT_DISP_LINE = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) bus tally display line. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8000 Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.02.00. BUSLIST_LOOKAHEAD={0-30} The number of events to read ahead looking for bus list building • If –1 or undefined, then SWR_MAX_LOOKAHEAD is used. • The system reads a maximum of 30 events for Softel and Softel MHEG bus machines. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8600 BUZZ_DOOR={Y, N} (Default: N) Sites accustomed to the existing (i.e., to warn of tape insertion/removal errors) may find the new behaviour (i.e., Enable (Y) / Disable (N) use of the Flexicart buzzer to warn of the door’s being open. This parameter can be set in either SYSTEM.CFG or SYSTEM.TBL, with the setting specified in SYSTEM.TBL taking precedence. N = Do not sound the buzzer if the door is open and a tape needs to be loaded into a VTR. Diagnostic Logging Hen enabled the following log messages record activities related to the use of the FlexiCart buzzer to warn of the door’s being open. No additional configuration is required to obtain these log messages. If the event occurs, D-FCS always logs the corresponding message. Message © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Event Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 26 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Message Event buzz when door needs to be closed enabled BUZZ_DOOR=Y at startup or when SYSTEM.TBL saved. buzz when door needs to be closed disabled BUZZ_DOOR=N at startup or when SYSTEM.TBL saved. open door makes elevator unavailable to load tape for playback Buzzer sounded to indicate that the door needs to be closed. door closed thereby making elevator available to load tape for playback Buzzer silenced because the door was closed. open door moot as elevator no longer needed to load tape for playback Buzzer silenced because the door no longer needs to be closed (for example, the elevator is no longer required to load a VTR for playback because the D-MAS operator switched to another source). silencing buzzer: no longer configured to buzz when door needs to be closed Buzzer silenced because SYSTEM.TBL saved with BUZZ_DOOR=N. Valid in Systems: D-FCSv4 BVS_PORT_STATUS_LATENCY (Default: 50 ticks (i.e., 500 msec)) The port status latency in system ticks (hundredths of a second). Note: This behavior is superseded by behavior appropriate for a Pinnacle server if the HP MSS WORKAROUNDS option is (also) enabled for the machine. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8600, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A8100 v3.38.00 C CA_AUTOCLEAR_EVENT_NUM={Y/N} Use this parameter to automatically clear the Event Number field when material ID is edited • Enable (Y): Force an event number to be cleared after editing a video item field. • Disable (N): The current static event number functionality remains in effect. Note: See also CA_AUTOCLEAR_EVENT_NUM and CA_AUTOCLEAR_EVENT_TYPE. Autoblanking Conditions: The conditions for autoblanking are as follows: • CA_AUTOCLEAR_EVENT_NUM is set to “Y”; • CA_IACTIVE is present in store.cfg, otherwise the ESS Tension and Start Message will not contain the Automation (long) Event Number; © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 27 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • The content of a video item field in an event has been changed; • The Type of Material field for the edited event is configured in AUTOCLEAR_EVENT_TYPE. The Event Number field is blanked before any optional database update actions take place as they may change the content of the Type of Material field. Schedule import is not affected, since clearing event numbers is implemented as part of the edit functionality which is not used for importing. Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.15 CA_AUTOCLEAR_EVENT_TYPE={comma-separated character list} (Default=empty) This comma-separated character list (use “” for the blank type) sets the material types to which the new behavior is applied. Note: See also CA_AUTOCLEAR_EVENT_NUM and CA_AUTOCLEAR_EVENT_TYPE. Autoblanking Conditions: The conditions for autoblanking are as follows: • CA_AUTOCLEAR_EVENT_NUM is set to “Y”; • CA_IACTIVE is present in store.cfg, otherwise the ESS Tension and Start Message will not contain the Automation (long) Event Number; • The content of a video item field in an event has been changed; • The Type of Material field for the edited event is configured in AUTOCLEAR_EVENT_TYPE. The Event Number field is blanked before any optional database update actions take place as they may change the content of the Type of Material field. Schedule import is not affected, since clearing event numbers is implemented as part of the edit functionality which is not used for importing. Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.15 CA_BUP_IP_ADDR A string that specifies the IP address of the other CA computer in the system. • If a CA computer is selected to be the client, it uses this address to connect to the server. • If there is no such address specified, the connection to the server CA is disabled. Valid in Systems: CAIF CA_BUP_LOG_LEVEL={0, 1, 2…5} (Default: 0) Specifies the diagnostic logging level for the backup task. The default value 0 turns off almost all logging. This parameter has been omitted in favor of the standard BUP_LOG_LEVEL in the logging table. Removed from / Invalid in: CAIF v3.11.00 CA_BUP_PORT (Default: 0) Specifies the port. The backup task of the CA system is done through a single TCP/IP socket connection. One CA computer acts as the server and the other one © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 28 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files acts as the client. Both the client and server use this port for their connection establishment. Recommended Value: 20025 Valid in System: CAIF CA_EDIT_BUFSZ (Default: 1000) The maximum number of outstanding CA edit requests. Valid in Systems: A8000 CA_EDIT_REQ_BUFFER (Default: 1000) Size of CA data edit request buffer Valid in Systems: CAIF CA_EVT_LOG_LEVEL = {0,1, 2, ... , 5} (Default=0 (no logging)) Diagnostic logging level for CA data events. The diagnostic logging level for the CA client/server task. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8500 Removed From / Invalid in: A7500 v3.128.00, A7800 v3.24.00, A8100 v3.50.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8400 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.50.00, CAIF v3.16.00 CA_IF_PORT (Default=0) Port number of the CA interface computer. As a server, the CA interface computer listens on this port and accepts connections from the automation computers. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8000, A8500, CAIF CA_INCLUDE_BUS_DELAY={Y/N} (Default: N) Include (Y) / Exclude (N) any bus delay. This maintains compatibility with other sites whose system architecture may not require the start time to reflect any bus delay. About Constructing CA Commands: When constructing CA commands, bus delay is added to event start times provided: • event has valid numeric time (as opposed to, e.g., default event’s blank time) • CA_INCLUDE_BUS_DELAY is enabled. • Both start and tension commands are affected. • For the sake of consistency, this is done for all interface types that refer to event dates/times, although only ESS is relevant here. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, DAISv5.11 CA_LOOKAHEAD={Y/N} (Default= N) This parameter is used to support for sending CA commands for events further than the next one. • Enable (Y): Always send the preroll commands at the (event time) - (pre-roll time). This effectively makes D-MAS send CA controls for every event subject to lookahead logic. • Disable (N): (Default) Only send the pre-roll for the next event once the current event has gone to air, so if the next event's duration is less than the pre-roll, then the next event gets its pre-roll too late. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 29 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500v5, CA_PRIMARY_KEY_FIELD This parameter is used for configuring the primary key field. It can be set to any ASCII type field. The default value of this parameter is EVENT_NUM2. If the configured field has more than 32 characters only the first 32 characters will be used as the primary key. Note: This field is used for linking an automation event to an event in the Cisco ROSA SIM system; to trigger an event in the Cisco ROSA SIM system the event’s Ext. Event ID field must match the automation event’s CA primary key field. A8600v4.10.00 Note: In previous versions of the system the EVENT_NUM2 field is used as the primary key field for the Event Trigger System (ETS) interface in master automation. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8600v4 CA_PROTOCOL_TYPE Protocol type for ESS sockets port 1. • ETI: Philips ETI CA system • SPI: Philips SPI/EPG server interface • ESS_A <Use Unknown> • ESS_B <Use Unknown> Valid in Systems: A7500 CA_SEND_BUFSZ (Default: 1000) The maximum number of outstanding CA dispatch requests. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200 , A8500 CA_SEND_REQ_BUFFER (Default: 1000) Size of CA data dispatch request buffer Valid in Systems: CA_SOCKETS_PORT1={1025 or greater} (since its is not used for any other function.) The event synchronization system sockets port 1. Set this parameter to the TCP/IP sockets port number used for the interface. Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8000 v3.44.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 CA_SOCKETS_PORT2 The event synchronization system sockets port 2. Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8000 v3.44.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 CA_START_PREROLL = {-1, 0, 1, ...} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: -1 (send no start command)) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 30 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Time before event for ESS/ETS (Event Trigger System) to send start command. Set this parameter to the desired amount of time (in seconds) before each event is taken, that start messages should be sent. The tension/start notification will not be raised in any one of the following conditions: • The system IO is disabled • The machine control is disabled on the bus (i.e. the bus is in AUTO-OFF mode) • The “CA control enable” field in busext.tbl is set to ‘N’ • The bus is on hold A8100/A8600 Note: When the ETS interface is enabled on the master automation system, this parameter should be set to 0 so that the start notification will be raised when an event is taken on-air. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8000 v3.44.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 CA_TENSION_PREROLL = {-1, 0, 1, ...} (Default: -1 (send no start command)) Time before event for ESS/ETS (Event Trigger System) to send tension command. Set this parameter to the desired amount of time (in seconds) before each event is taken, that tension messages should be sent. The tension/start notification will not be raised in any one of the following conditions: • The system IO is disabled • The machine control is disabled on the bus (i.e. the bus is in AUTO-OFF mode) • The “CA control enable” field in busext.tbl is set to ‘N’ • The bus is on hold A8100/A8600 Note: The tension notification should be disabled since currently it is not required by the ETS interface. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8000 v3.44.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 CA_TENSION_START Removed from / Invalid in: A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00 CA_VIEW_BUFSZ (Default: 1000) The maximum number of outstanding CA view requests. Valid in Systems: A8000 CACHE_LIB_TIMEOUT Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7500 v3.92.00, A8000 v3.68.00, A8100 v3.34.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 CACHE_LAST_SCHED_FIRST={Y, N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) caching last schedule. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 31 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, CACHE_LIST_ERRORS_FIRST={Y, N} (Default: Y) List cache items with errors first. The cache display can be configured to list errors first. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8800 CACHE_MANUAL_VTR={Y, N} (Default: N) Enables/disables manual caching from VTR alternate sources. This parameter works for all alternate source types that require manual loading. When Y, and if the alternate source is a VTR for a cache list entry, the entry is not recorded until it is selected using the ‘RECORD NOW’ function. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8800 CACHE_MAX_ITEMS={1…10000} (Default: 1000) Maximum number of items per cache list. This may be increased, up to a value limited by the amount of RAM in the automation, using this parameter. Typical Setting: 2000 Practical Maximum: 10,000 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 CACHE_MAX_PERMANENT (Default: 100) Maximum number of items (and hence number of clips that can be permanently cached) as defined in the PERMCACHE.TBL. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800, CACHE_NET_LOG_LEVEL Cache the network log level. Valid in Systems: Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.50.00, A6800 v3.32.00, A7400v4.00.00, A7500 v3.128.00, A7800 v3.24.00, A8100 v3.50.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8400 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.50.00 CACHE_ONE_RECORD={Y,N} (Default: N) A mode has been added to the system where only one cache record operation is allowed at a time. The limit does not include cache fibre channel transfers. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 CACHE_RETRY_LIMIT={0, 1,…} (Default: 0) Maximum record retries per cache verify failure. (Typical Setting: 1) Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A8000 v3.68.00, A8100 v3.34.00 CACHE_SINGLE_MAX_ITEMS memory) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: CACHE_MAX_ITEMS for both areas of Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 32 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Sets the size of the material management report data and the sorting data structuresthis specifies the maximum size of any single cache. Used to restructure the cache list and store for better memory utilization. Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.16.00, A6500 v3.38.00, A6800 v3.28.00, A7500 v3.100.00, A8000 v3.72.00, A8100 v3.42.00, A8500 v3.72.00, A8600 v3.42.00 CACHE_SPOOL_CONFIRM={Y, N} (Default: N) Enables/disables confirmation prompt if recording on same spool. If Y, the system displays a confirmation window before recording the next item with the same spool number. The confirmation window has different contents than the tape load confirmation window to help the operator recognize that it is a confirmation for same spool number recording. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8500, A8800 CACHE_TIMECODE_MODE={Y, N} (Default: Y) Enables/disables cache timecode control mode. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8600, A8800 CACHE_WARN_PERCENT={“0, 1, 2, 3, …100”} (Default: 80) The default cache usage warning level (percentage). • By default, the automation system generates an alarm if cache item usage is more than 80 percent. This alarm is cleared when cache item usage is less than 80 percent. • The output from –configinfo displays the value as a percentage (e.g. 80%). Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8500, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7410 v2.18.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00 CACHE_WORK_ORDER_OVERWRITE={Y, N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) manual caching from VTR alternate sources. This controls whether an item will be replaced if it already exists. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7800, A8800 CACHE_WORK_ORDER_USE_BUS_ITEM={Y, N} (Default: N ) Determines whether the bus item or main item ID is used for the destination of the work order operations. • If Y, the bus item field (if present) is used as the destination name for the cache. • If the bus item field is left blank, the material ID field is used. Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.16.00, A6500 v3.10.00, A6800 v3.05.00, A7500 v3.66.00, A8800 v3.78.00 CACHE_WOS_OVERWRITE={Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) For a type “C” work order bus: • If CACHE_WOS_OVERWRITE disabled and © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 33 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files The item does not exist on the main cache, it is recorded/copied to the main cache. The item does not exist on the reserve cache, it is recorded/copied to the reserve cache. • If CACHE_WOS_OVERWRITE is enabled, the item is recorded/copied to the main and reserve cache regardless of whether it already exists there. CAPTION_START_DELAY (Default: 10) The delay – in frames - between the time the event is taken and the start of captioning (to give time for the Closed Captioning Presentation System (CCPS) to lock on to the source’s timecode). Used to support the correct operation of the CCPS. Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7500v5.04.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00, CFG_SYS_BRK_TIME_ERR={Y, N} Enable (N), Disable (Y) time errors if a cue is received for an EXT or NET event type event with the cue post window time has not expired. Valid in Systems: A8100 CHECK_DROP_FRAME={Y, N} (Default: N) Enables (Y) / Disables (N) checking of drop frame time code. • When Enabled (Y), error flags are raised if an illegal timecode is entered. • When Disabled (N), DMAS will accept timecodes with invalid drop frames. With this setting SOMs containing invalid drop frame timecodes (such as 00:01:00:00 and 00:01:00:01) are not flagged as errors. Note: SOMs already in the schedule will not be rescanned; these events must be re-imported or cut and pasted into the schedule to force field checking to occur with the new rules. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8100, A8600, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, CHECK_ITEM_EXIST={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) checking items for existence on destination before transfers. • The default value for this parameter is N, meaning that items are not checked on destination before transfers. About Restore Operations: Restore Operations in D-AIS treat main and backup destination servers symmetrically. If material is missing from either destination, the material is deleted from both prior to performing the Restore. If CHECK_ITEM_EXISTS is not enabled in System.cfg, material will always be deleted from destination servers before a Restore. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 CHECK_ONAIR={Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) system on-air checking for whether the bus is in use Valid in Systems: A8800 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 34 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files CHYRON_MAX_TRIGGER={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the new Chyron MAX interface that uses a trigger command at start time to provide better control of a Chyron crawl page. • N: Use the original Chyron MAX interface. • Y: Use the new Chyron MAX interface Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8500, A8600 Removed from / Invalid in: A7410 v2.18.00, A7500v4.10.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8600 v3.22.00, COMPARE_LONG_TITLE_FIELD={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) comparison of the long field title. Comparing MATERIAL_TITLE field during a full refresh doubles the refresh time. This parameter makes the “MATERIAL_TITLE field comparison” feature configurable. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 CONF_BUP_SRC={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) backup sources conflict checking. Backup sources are included in the source conflict-checking algorithm. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, Removed from / Invalid in: A8400 v3.22.00 CONF_CHECK_MIN_DELAY (Default: 10) A minimum delay - in seconds - between source conflict checking task executions. This parameter is used to limit a CPU usage by source conflict checking task. • If 0, the source conflict checking task period is executed once (1) every second. • If 10 (default), the source conflict checking task is executed once every 10 seconds. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7200, A7400v4, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.72.00, A8600 v3.42.00 CONF_PROT_SRC Enable (Y) / Disable (N) protection sources conflict checking. Protection sources are included in the source conflict-checking algorithm. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200 Removed from / Invalid in: A8400 v3.22.00 CONF_SAME_BUS Enables/disables source conflict checking within the same bus. Supersedes ENABLE_SAME_BUS_CONF. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7200, A7400v4, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200 Removed from / Invalid in: A8400 v3.22.00 CONF_SAME_TIME={Y, N} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: N) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 35 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Checks for same-time source conflicts. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.72.00, A8600 v3.42.00 CONFLICT_CHECK_MAX_LOOKAHEAD (Default: = setting for SWR_MAX_LOOKAHEAD) This parameter defines for how many events in the future conflict checking is done. The default value for this parameter is the value set for the system parameter SWR_MAX_LOOKAHEAD. The maximum value that can be set is 50. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7500v4, A7500v5, A7800v4, A8000, A8100v4, A8200v4, CORE_DUMP_ON_MUTEX_PROBLEM={Y/N} (Default=N) To make mutex issue diagnostics easier, an optional core dump generation is available, governed by this system.cfg setting. If Y, DMAS will force a shutdown upon detecting a mutex lock order issue and generate a core dump, instead of raising an alarm. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v5.06, A8600v5.06 CORE_DUMP_ON_TERMINATION_PROBLEM={Y/N} (Default: N) This parameter is useful to detect such tasks when testing, and also to obtain more information about tasks whose cancellation causes problems for other D-MAS components. When set to Y, a task failing to perform normal termination will not be canceled, but will result in a core dump instead. Valid in Systems: D-AIS v5.09, A8100v5.04.03, A8600v5.04.03 CPU_AFFINITY_MASK_# (integer, default = <all bits set>) CPU affinities can be configured using the CPU_AFFINITY_MASK_# and CPU_AFFINITY_THREADS_# system.cfg parameters (here, # is either 0 or 1). An affinity bit mask with the first CPU being mapped to LSB, and so on. Masks are applied to threads specified by respective selectors. Failing to set the requested affinity is silently ignored. Functionality rolled back in A8100v5.06.03.07M, A8600v5.06.03.07M Valid in Systems: A8100v5.06, A8600v5.06 CPU_AFFINITY_THREADS_# (string, default = "") CPU affinities can be configured using the CPU_AFFINITY_MASK_# and CPU_AFFINITY_THREADS_# system.cfg parameters (here, # is either 0 or 1). A thread selector for the application of respective affinity mask. See SELF_MONITOR_THREADS for format description. If a thread matches more than one selector parameter, the one with the highest # is considered to be in effect. Threads that do not match any selector are left at the default system affinity (any CPU). For example, this configuration puts all tasks on CPU 1 with the exception of SWR which is moved to CPU 2: CPU_AFFINITY_MASK_0=1 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 36 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files CPU_AFFINITY_MASK_1=2 CPU_AFFINITY_THREADS_1="SWR" Additionally setting CPU_AFFINITY_THREADS_0, can restrict CPU 1 pinning to those specific threads, while all the rest are distributed as the OS sees fit. Functionality rolled back in A8100v5.06.03.07M, A8600v5.06.03.07M Valid in Systems: A8100v5.06, A8600v5.06 CPU_NUMBER={1, 2, 3, 4} (Default: 1) Specifies the physical computer identification number. Must be unique. (1) for a standalone computer (e.g. a single-ended A6500). (1, 2) for Automation, Display and Supervisory computers. (1, 2, 3, 4) for Edit Computers. For D-AISv3: When TOC is enabled by setting toc_enabled=y in SYSTEM.CFG, set this parameter to the CPU number of the D-AIS system, 1 or 2. This feature is only enabled when the schema is set to version 1.05.00 or greater. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800, DAISv3 CPU_TYPE= {Automation, Edit, Server, Supervisory, Display} (Default: AUTOMATION) Defines the type of computer (i.e. CPU Function). • On a Display CPU, the only value for CPU_TYPE permitted in SYSTEM.CFG is DISPLAY. • As of A7500v 3.50.00, only the values AUTOMATION, SERVER, and EDIT are permitted. • For A7410, only the values AUTOMATION and EDIT are permitted. On Display CPU, the only value is DISPLAY. • For A5500, A6500, A8600, and A8500 only AUTOMATION is permitted • For A8000, A8100, A8200, and A8800, only AUTOMATION and SERVER are permitted. • For A8100 systems, if the CPU_TYPE is not AUTOMATION or the REM_CACHE_PORT is not configured in SYSTEM.CFG, the remote caching feature is not enabled and the “Remote Cache Status” is removed from the Diagnostic Display. Example Implementation: • For the automation computers (main and backup), set “cpu_type=automation” and “cpu_number=1” for the main, “cpu_number=2” for the backup. • For the schedule server computers, set “cpu_type=server”, and set “cpu_number=1” for the first schedule server, “cpu_number=2” for the second, etc. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7410, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 CTRL_SRC_PRIOR_TO_SWR={“Y”, “N”} (Default: Y) This parameter affects the order of delayed over source and switcher controls issued at the same frame © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 37 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • “Y”: Source controls are issued prior to switcher xpoint requests (recommended) • “N”: Switcher xpoint requests are issued prior to source controls (historic behavior, not recommended) Valid in Systems: A7500v5, CURSOR_START ={0, 1, 2, ..., 8} (Default: 5) The topmost cursor scan line. (Overridden by System.TBL.). Typical Setting: 5 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8800, CAIF Removed From / Invalid In: A7400v4.00.00, A7500 V4.00.05.00, DFCS V4.00.01.00 CURSOR_STOP ={0, 1, 2, ..., 8} (Default: 7) The bottommost cursor scan line. (Overridden by System.TBL.). Typical Setting: 8 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8800, CAIF Removed From / Invalid In: A7400v4.00.00, A7500 V4.00.05.00, DFCS V4.00.01.00 CURSOR_WRAP = {Y, N} (Default: N) Wrap cursor in menu mode. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 D DA_DSK_SWR_LEVEL={‘logical_level_value’} (Default: SWR_LEVEL_DSK1) Logical switcher level for 1st DSK event. (See also DSK_SWR_LEVEL.). Valid logical level values are: Sub-event Level Logical Level Value Audio Over SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER_1 Audio Over2 SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER - DSK SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_1 DSK2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK2 - DSK3 SWR_LEVEL_DSK3 - DSK4 SWR_LEVEL_DSK4 - Effect SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT SWR_LEVEL_DSK_3 Logo SWR_LEVEL_LOGO SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Logo2 SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Main Audio SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO - Main Video SWR_LEVEL_VIDEO - © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Old Values (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 38 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8200 v3.26.00, A8400 v3.26.00, A8600 v3.30.00 DAC_LOG_LEVEL (Superceded by Logging Table entries.) Valid in Systems: A8000 Removed From / Invalid In: A8100 v3.50.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8400 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.50.00 DAC_NET_LIST LAN orders for device automation LAN. This is the LANs to be used for the network communications between Device automation systems. Networks must be specified by number (e.g., 1 or 2) instead of by device name (e.g., eth0 or eth1) in the system configuration file (SYSTEM.CFG). A8600v4: The number must correspond to the number of a network device that can be configured in DEVICE.CFG as outlined above. For example, network number 3 refers to the network device denoted by the name NETWORK3 in DEVICE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8500, A8600 D-AIS_LOG_LEVEL= {0, 1, ..., 5} (Default: 1, (log only error conditions)) D-AIS interface diagnostic logging level. (Superceded by Logging Table entries.) Valid in Systems: A7600, A8000, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.28.00, A6500 v3.50.00, A6800 v3.32.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7400v4.00.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.128.00, A7800 v3.24.00, A8100 v3.50.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00 D-AIS_PORT (Default: 0) The D-AIS system's sockets port. Socket port number of D-AIS computer with which it is communicating/monitoring. (0 disables port.) Typical entry: 15100 Reference D-Series LAN Reference for standard Port Assignments. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, D-AIS_QUERY_BUFFER_SIZE (Default: 10032) This optional parameter specifies - in bytes- the size of D-AIS query network buffer. If omitted, the maximum buffer size (10032 bytes) is used. Using this default value typically decreases cache query time by an order of magnitude (the old buffer size was 1032 bytes). Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A8500 v3.60.00 D-AIS_USER © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 39 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files For D-AIS to retrieve reports generated by the D-MAS server, it must log in to its own account on the server. This parameter specifies the name of the created D-AIS. If D-AIS_USER is not configured in SYSTEM.CFG for a version 4 D-MAS system, then the task responsible for generating reports is disabled, and the “Tools→Material Reports…” menu itemis disabled in DALstation. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DATABASE_CHECK_ACTIONLOG_EXPIRE_DAYS (Default: 3) The number of days to keep action log entries or zero to keep them forever. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DATABASE_CHECK_ACTIONLOG_HOUR (Default: 3 – i.e. 3:00 a.m.) The hour of the day that the check and purge is done. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DATABASE_CHECK_CHANGELOG_EXPIRE_DAYS (Default: 1) This parameter sets the expiry period in days for entries in the database CHANGE_LOG table. Valid in Systems: DAQS DATABASE_CHECK_CHANGELOG_HOUR (Deafult: 4) This parameter sets the hour of the day that maintenance of the database CHANGE_LOG table is performed. Maintenance consists of deleting expired entries in the CHANGE_LOG table. The default value is 4 so that the maintenance is performed at time 04:00. Valid in Systems: DAQS DATABASE_CHECK_IMPORT_REQ_HOUR (Default: 4) This parameter sets the hour of the day that mainte-nance of the DALdb_import REQUEST table is performed. The default value is 4 so that the maintenance is performed at time 04:00. The maintenance will consist of deleting expired entries in the REQUEST table. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DATABASE_CHECK_IMPORT_REQ_EXPIRE_DAYS This parameter sets the expiry period in days for entries in the REQUEST table. The default value is 1 day. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DATABASE_CHECK_MATERIAL_HOUR This parameter sets the time of day that the material table maintenance is performed. Set this to a time of day when the system is not busy, and not the same as the system.cfg parameter DATABASE_DUMP_HOUR. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3, DAQS DATABASE_CHECK_MATERIAL_EXPIRE_DAYS © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 40 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files This parameter sets the expiry time in days for entries in the Material table that are no longer assigned (not found in a location or on tape media). Entries not assigned for longer than this time are deleted from the table. Setting this parameter to 0 disables material table maintenance. Valid in Systems: D-AIS, DAQS DATABASE_CHECK_WORKLIST_EXPIRE_DAYS This parameter sets the expiry time in days for entries in the WORKLIST_ASSIGNMENT table. Setting this parameter to 0 disables this maintenance. Note: Worklist Assignment table maintenance is performed at the same time as CHANGE_LOG table maintenance. This time is configured by the SYSTEM.CFG DATABASE_CHECK_CHANGELOG_HOUR. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DATABASE_DUMP_HOUR The active computer produces database dump file that is used in the replication process and provides a backup of the database. It can be configured perform the database dump daily or weekly at a fixed time. This parameter sets the hour of the day that the dump file is produced. Setting this parameter to -1 disables dumping. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3, DAQS DATABASE_DUMP_DAY={1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7} The active computer produces database dump file that is used in the replication process and provides a backup of the database. It can be configured perform the database dump daily or weekly at a fixed time. This parameter sets the day of the week that the dump file is produced. Valid entries are: Entry Specifies… Entry Specifies… 1 Sunday 5 Thursday 2 Monday 6 Friday 3 Tuesday 7 Saturday 4 Wednesday Comment Out Commenting out this parameter causes the dump file to be produced daily. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3, DAQS DATABASE_LOG_LEVEL Logging of D-AIS.mdb updates. (Superceded by Logging Table entries.) Valid in Systems: DAQS Removed From/Invalid In: D-AIS v3.10.00 DATABASE_SERVER_ADDRESS © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 41 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Used when DATABASE_SERVER_TYPE is set to shared. Set this parameter to the host name of the computer that the shared material database server is running on. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3, DAQS DATABASE_SERVER_TYPE={MYSQL, MSSQL_2000, Shared} Specified the server type used. Options are: • MYSQL: Microsoft MySQL server • MSSQL_2000: Microsoft SQL 2000 server • Shared: shared material (See DATABASE_SERVER_ADDRESS) (This option is currently not valid.) Valid in Systems: D-AISv3, DAQS DB_VALID_TIMEOUT (Default: 720 minutes) The database associated with a device is set to invalid when the device remains disconnected beyond a configurable number of minutes. Default: 720 minutes (12 hours). Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DBQUERY_COUNT (Default: 50) The number of events that get processed on each execution of the ‘slow’ schedule scan. The ‘slow’ scan checks events that are further from air and to add/remove items to/from the cache list. Note: For optimum system balance set both DBQUERY_FAST_MIN and DBQUERY_FAST_MAX to 20. This provides fast updates for the first screen-full of information on all busses. Leave DBQUERY_COUNT at the default value of 50. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4, A7500, A7800v4, A8000, A8100, A8200, DBQUERY_DATA_ERROR = {Y,N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) if a data error alarm is raised when there is a discrepancy between the database information and the event (i.e. database information not updated warning). (Note: If the database query update mode is set to “automatic,” the automation system updates the event when it detects a discrepancy.) Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, DBQUERY_FAST_DELAY (Default: 5) This controls the timing of the schedule scan for events close to air. It sets the delay between scans - in seconds. Increasing this value reduces the amount of time required for changes in the schedule to be reflected in the cache list. This occurs at the expense of increasing the amount of time required to update the database information for events close to air. This parameter can be used with the parameter DBQUERY_COUNT to tune the schedule scan algorithm. Valid in Systems: A7600, A8200, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 42 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.12.00, A6500 v3.30.00, A6800 v3.20.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 v3.92.00, A8000 v3.64.00, A8100 v3.34.00, A8200 v3.44.00, DBQUERY_FAST_MAX (Default: 30) Maximum number of events scanned. If less than minimum, then set to minimum query (DBQUERY_FAST_MIN). Note: If the DBQUERY_FAST_MIN and DBQUERY_FAST_MAX parameters are set to the same value, the DBQUERY_FAST_TIME parameter is ignored. Note: For optimum system balance set both DBQUERY_FAST_MIN and DBQUERY_FAST_MAX to 20. This provides fast updates for the first screen-full of information on all busses. Leave DBQUERY_COUNT at the default value of 50. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7400v4, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200 DBQUERY_FAST_MIN (Default: 30) Minimum number of events scanned. Note: If the DBQUERY_FAST_MIN and DBQUERY_FAST_MAX parameters are set to the same value, the DBQUERY_FAST_TIME parameter is ignored. Note: For optimum system balance set both DBQUERY_FAST_MIN and DBQUERY_FAST_MAX to 20. This provides fast updates for the first screen-full of information on all busses. Leave DBQUERY_COUNT at the default value of 50. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7400v4, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200 DBQUERY_FAST_REFRESH_COUNT (Default: 12) The number of events that will be refreshed on each bus. Valid in Systems: A7410, A8200, A8400, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.12.00, A6500 v3.30.00, A6800 v3.20.00, A7500 v3.92.00, A8000 v3.64.00, A8100 v3.34.00, DBQUERY_FAST_REFRESH_PERIOD (Default: 600) The period of the fast refresh - in seconds. Valid in Systems: A7410, A8200, A8400, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.12.00, A6500 v3.30.00, A6800 v3.20.00, A7500 v3.92.00, A8000 v3.64.00, A8100 v3.34.00 DBQUERY_FAST_SIZE Change database query task to check early events promptly. Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7410 v2.18.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8000 v3.40.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.57.00 DBQUERY_FAST_TIME (Default: 00:00:00) Time from now to terminate the scan. If zero, then ignore event times and query the maximum (DBQUERY_FAST_MAX). NOTE: If the DBQUERY_FAST_MIN and DBQUERY_FAST_MAX parameters are set to the same value, the DBQUERY_FAST_TIME parameter is ignored. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 43 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7400v4, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200 DBQUERY_HOLDOFF (Default: 10) Change database query task to hold off checking early events promptly. Valid in Systems: Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.28.00, A6500 v3.50.00, A6800 v3.32.00, A7500 v3.128.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7800 v3.24.00, A8000 v3.40.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.57.00 DBQUERY_LOG_LEVEL = {0, 1, ..., 5} (Default: 0) Database query diagnostic logging level. The dbquery scan time can be determined by setting this parameter to a value of 2. With this setting, the dbquery task adds a message to the diagnostic log file with format Query Scan time 'hh:mm:ss’, at the end of each scan. (Superceded by Logging Table entries.) Valid in Systems: Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.28.00, A6500 v3.50.00, A6800 v3.32.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7400v4.00.00, A7500 v3.128.00, A7800 v3.24.00, A8100 v3.50.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8400 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.50.00 DBQUERY_REFRESH (Default:= 4% percent) Sets the percentage of already checked material IDs of non-cached sources that checked again on each pass. Increasing this value can increase the dbquery scan time because the amount of work that needs to be done on each pass will increase. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4, A7500, A7800v4, A8000, A8100, A8200, DECODERS_PER_MAV500 MAV 500 is no longer supported. Valid in Systems: A8500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.28.00, A7600 v2.08.00, A8800 v3.18.00 DEFAULT_AUDIO_CHNL_MODE_’n’ (Where ‘n’ = 1, 2, 3, 4) Specify the default values for the 4 audio channel fields: • DEFAULT_AUDIO_CHNL_MODE_1 • DEFAULT_AUDIO_CHNL_MODE_2 • DEFAULT_AUDIO_CHNL_MODE_3 • DEFAULT_AUDIO_CHNL_MODE_4 They may be assigned any of the permitted normal or extended audio mode values. Valid in Systems: A7500, A7800v3, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 DEFAULT_AUDIO_CTRL MODE = {M, L, R, S, D, 2, A} (Default: S) The audio mode to use if none is specified in an event. The possible values are: M © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Mono, Left and Right Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 44 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files L Mono, Left only R Mono, Right only S Stereo D Dolby 2 2 Channel A AC3 Valid in Systems: A7500v3, A7500v4, A7800v4, A7800v3, A8000, A8100v3, A8500, A8600 DEFAULT_AUDIO_MODE = {M, L, R, S, D, 2, A} (Default: S) The audio mode to use if none is specified in an event. The possible values are: M Mono, Left and Right L Mono, Left only R Mono, Right only S Stereo D Dolby 2 2 Channel A AC3 Note: Renamed to DEFAULT_AUDIO_CTRL_MODE in A7500v3.140.00, A7500v4.04.00.01, A7800v3.28.00, A7800v4.03.00.01, A8000v3.80.00, A8100v3.58.00, A8500v3.80.00, A8600v3.58.00 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500v3.140.00, A7500 v4.04.00.01, A7800v3.28.00, A7800v4.03.00.01, A8000v3.80.00, A8100v3.58.00, A8600v3.58.00 DEFAULT_STX_CAPTION_MODE={ S, W, U, or L} (Default: L) Automation supports playing static and animated pages on a Chyron Duet device. Both types of pages can be updated with text from automation and played, or just played on an event-by-event basis. This parameter is used to specify the default caption mode when the caption mode field is blank or invalid. Valid entries are: Caption Mode Value Swift TX mode Query the Item S normal Yes W embedded No U unknown No L live No BLANK* (See * below) (See * below) *In addition to items with S caption mode, the interface will also query items with blank caption mode if the DEFAULT_STX_CAPTION_MODE parameter is set to S. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4 DEKO_LIGHTENING_PATH Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.06.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 45 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files DEKOCAST_BLANK_PAGE (Default: 1) Specifies the blank page number for the DekoCast. If the DEKOCAST COMPATIBILITY option is enabled for the corresponding Chyron MAX!> machine, the automation system erases the source’s on-air display in the manner supported by the DekoCast, (i.e. by loading and displaying a blank page). The automation system loads the blank page using the same “read page” command sequence that it uses to load a scheduled page. The default Action ID on scene “000” is 1, giving a blank page ID of “0001” (assuming the ID length for the device in Machine.tbl is set to 4). Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 DEKOCAST_BLANK_PAGE_DELAY (Default: 200 ticks or 2 seconds) Specifies the fixed interval at which the automation system issues the “read page” command sequence at a fixed interval after issuing the “transfer page” command sequence for the scheduled page. The value specified for this parameter is measured in system ticks (hundredths-of-a-second). To ensure that the DekoCast finishes loading the blank page before the event ends, the automation system issues the “read page” command sequence as part of the preroll and start controls. To ensure that the DekoCast finishes displaying the (previously-loaded) scheduled page before it loads the blank page, the automation system issues the “read page” command sequence at a fixed interval after issuing the “transfer page” command sequence for the scheduled page. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 DEKOCAST_BLANK_PAGE_ID A string specifying the ID for the blank page to be used with the DekoCast interface to clear the output. Must be at least 4 characters long. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4, DEKOCAST_DIR This parameter is used to specify the default directory name used by the DekoCast interface polling mechanism. If this parameter is not specified, a default value of “C/automation” is used. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600 DEKOCAST_MACRO_BLANK_PAGE A number specifying the ID for the blank page to be used with the DekoCast Macro interface to clear the output. Values greater than “999” are invalid. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4 DELAY_MANUAL_TAKE = {Y, N} (Default: N) When Y, a manual take is converted to a pretake with the required lead time. This assumes there is some lead time necessary for the transition to the next event OR one of the sources in the event or one of the delayed-over events requires a pre-roll starting before the event. When Y and a Master/Follow group of events starts with a V-Fade transition, Automation performs the same action on the Follow buses as on the Master. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 46 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files When Y, a manual take is postponed to provide sufficient time for the sources and switchers to perform any preparatory actions. • The Time to Next Event for these delayed manual takes is now given by: Time to Next Event = Max(T + W, S) + [4 Frames] Where, “T” is the transition lead time; it is the maximum of the main source transition lead time and a possible DVE transition lead time. “W” is the switcher latency for the main source. “S” is the maximum of the preroll time + source latency over all main and delayed over sources. For the case of delayed over sources, this value is reduced by the time offset of the sub-event. • The additional [4 Frames] is required to give sufficient time for D-MAS to process all follow buses when the manual take is initiated for a Master event. • The behavior of the manual take is the same, regardless of how it is initiated. A manual take initiated from an automation control panel, a direct access panel, or a digital input associated with the D-MAS I/O pool will all behave in the same manner. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4, A7500, A8500 DELETE_AFTER_VERIFY_FAILED={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) deleting a clip if verification fails when a clip is recorded on a record bus. When a clip is recorded on a record bus: • If enabled (Y), when a clip fails verification it is deleted and the record status in the as-run log is set to Reject. • If disabled (N), when a clip fails verification it is not deleted from the server and the as-run log entry has record status flag set to ErrorAcc. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8600v4, A8400 DELETE_CONDITIONAL_ANY={Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) Conditional delete function. Valid in Systems: D-AIS DEV_MAS_ACK_TIMEOUT (Default: 10) Number of ticks permitted for other systems to ACK a message. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600 DEV_MAS_COMM_TIMEOUT (Default: 4) Number of seconds of inactivity before the communications link is considered down. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600, DEV_MAS_NET Device/master communications. Networks must be specified by number (e.g., 1 or 2) instead of by device name (e.g., eth0 or eth1) in the system configuration file (SYSTEM.CFG). v4 systems: The number must correspond to the number of a network device that can be configured in DEVICE.CFG as outlined above. For example, network number 3 refers to the network device denoted by the name NETWORK3 in DEVICE.CFG © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 47 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files (Replaced parameter, NET_DEV_MAS, as of A8100 v3.22.00 and A8000 v3.44.00.) A8200v4.00.00: Networks now specified by number (corresponding to network interfaces in DEVICE.CFG) instead of device name.. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600 DEV_MAS_NUM_BUF (Default: 128) Number of buffers used in device/master communications module. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600 DEV_MAS_NUM_XMIT (Default: 3) Number of retransmits that are done in the case of a NAK or a timeout on an ACK. This is the number of transmit attempts before declaring destination down. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600 DEV_MAS_PORT (Default: 20032) UDP port used in device/master communications module. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600 DIAG_DISK_LOG Removed From/ Invalid In: CA-IF v3.15.00 DIAG_LOG_DIR (Default: LOG) This parameter specifies the location of the logging file directory. If this keyword is absent from SYSTEM.CFG the diagnostic logging directory defaults to “LOG” as in previous versions of the system. DIAG_LOG_DIR can be a full pathname to the diagnostic logging file directory (beginning with a drive letter), or if the drive letter is omitted, the path is taken relative to the directory from which the automation system is run. In either case the pathname must fulfill the following criteria: • The directory must end in a backslash. When inserting a string for DIAG_LOG_DIR in SYSTEM.CFG, backslash characters must be escaped, but only count as one cha-racter towards the limit of 40 • The length must be no more than 40 characters (including the trailing backslash and the drive name) • The directory path must not include “..” If the chosen diagnostic logging directory fails any of these criteria the automation system will fail to start. If the automation system cannot create the directory it will also fail. IMPORTANT: This parameter should never need to be changed from its default value. Valid in Systems: A7500, A7800, A8000, A8400, A8500 DIAG_LOG_TO_SYSLOG={Y/N} (Default: N) Use this optional parameter to Enable (Y)/Disable (N) logging to the Syslog server Valid in Systems: A7500v5.17, A8100v5, A8600v5 DIAG_PORT={1, 0xff} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: 0xff) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 48 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Enable (1) / Disable (0xff) debugging Serial port. This serial port is used for diagnostic purposes. This entry is kept for backwardscompatibility. (The USAGE=DIAG in Port.CFG serves the same purpose.) (This serial port is now assigned in the PORT.CFG file using “usage=diag”.) Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v1.28.00, CAIF 3.10.00 DIAGNOSTICS_BUS_LOG={Y, N} (Default: N) IMPORTANT: This parameter is considered obsolete and should not be enabled. (i.e.. Never change it from its Default:N). Enables/disables diagnostics logging to system bus(es). Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 DIAGNOSTICS_DISK_LOG={Y, N} (Default: Y) Enables/disables diagnostics logging to disk. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8800 Removed from / Invalid In: A5500 v3.24.00, A6500 v3.46.00, A6800 v3.32.00, A7400v4.00.00, A7500 v3.112.00, A7800 v3.16.00, A8000 v3.72.00, A8100 v3.46.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8400 v3.44.00, A8500 v3.72.00, A8600 v3.46.00 DIGICART_NUM= {0, 1, 2…6} The number of DigiCart Lines. All DigiCarts may be configured onto one line, each DigiCart may be configured onto a separate line, or any combination thereof. There is also support for multiple lines. Note: The configuration of individual DigiCarts does NOT occur in this configuration file, it is configured in MACHINE.TBL. Valid in Systems: A7500, A7600 DISABLE_AUDIO_LEAD_FRAGMENTS This parameter is used as an additional condition in check to determine if A/B and fade statuses should be updated independently on sent commands. • TRUE: (Default) Some fragments of “Audio Lead Video” functionality will be disabled • FALSE: All fragments of the functionality are enabled. Valid in Systems: A7500 v5 DISABLE_SAME_BUS_CONF={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) same-bus conflict checking. Superseded by ENABLE_SAME_BUS_CONF. Valid in Systems: A7600 Removed from / Invalid in: A7410 v2.14.00, A7500 v2.55.01, A7500 v3.38.02, A8000 v3.36.00, A8100 v3.18.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500v 3.36.00, A8600 v3.18.00, A8800 v3.57.00 DISABLE_TRACKBALL_INT={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the trackball interface. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 49 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed from / Invalid in: A7400v4.00.00, DISCREPANCY_CHECK={Y, N} (Default: Y) Check on-air crosspoint discrepancies. If N, all on-air events show the last crosspoint taken by the automation and do not reflect any manual crosspoint changes. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 DISCREPANCY_CHECK_TIME ={‘ss.ss’} (Default: 03.50) The amount of time - in seconds - the system waits before checking the status of a routing switcher output (discrepancy check) after making a crosspoint change. • The output from –configinfo displays the discrepancy check time. • Normally, it is not necessary to add this parameter to SYSTEM.CFG. The default value typically provides proper operation. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 DISK_AUDIT_DAILY_LIMIT Maximum bytes logged per day in the audit disk log. May be omitted. Default: 2147483647 Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v5, A8600v5 DISK_AUDIT_FILE_LIMIT Maximum bytes logged per file in the audit disk log. May be omitted. Default: 104857600 Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v5, A8600v5 DISK_AUDIT_FLUSH_PERIOD The period in seconds to force the current audit log file to be written on disk. May be omitted. Default: 30 Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v5, A8600v5 DISK_LOG_BUFFER_SIZE (Default: 2048) Logging buffer size. This is the number of log message entries in the internal RAM buffer used by the diagnostics disk log. The value of DISK_LOG_BUFFER_SIZE may need to be adjusted upwards if alarms are raised indicating that diagnostic log messages have been lost (“Entries lost (I/O buffer full"). Both, HEX and Decimal entries are valid CAUTION: Since logging consumes system resources, having large amounts of logging enabled (e.g. many parameters set to high levels in logging.tbl) may impact system performance. If log file parameters are increased above the recommended settings, monitor system performance, the number of log files created, and reduce the logging levels as soon as possible. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 DISK_LOG_DAILY_LIMIT © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: 2,147,483,648) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 50 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files The maximum bytes logged per day in the diagnostics disk log. A7500 v5.09: New Default Setting: 2,147,483,648 Standard Default Setting: 1,000,000,000 Typical: 5,000,000 CAUTION: Since logging consumes system resources, having large amounts of logging enabled (e.g. many parameters set to high levels in logging.tbl) may impact system performance. If log file parameters are increased above the recommended settings, monitor system performance, the number of log files created, and reduce the logging levels as soon as possible. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400, A7500v3, A7500v4, A7500v5, A7800, A8000, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8800 DISK_LOG_FILE_LIMIT The maximum bytes logged per file in the diagnostics disk log. (A day's diagnostic log may be stored in several files). A7500 v5.09: New Default Limit: 104,857,600 Standard Setting: 20,000,000 Typical: 1,400,000 CAUTION: Since logging consumes system resources, having large amounts of logging enabled (e.g. many parameters set to high levels in logging.tbl) may impact system performance. If log file parameters are increased above the recommended settings, monitor system performance, the number of log files created, and reduce the logging levels as soon as possible. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500v3, A7500v4, A7500v5, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 DISK_LOG_FLUSH_PERIOD={‘ss’} (Default: 30) Set period in seconds for flushing the diagnostic disk log buffer. IMPORTANT: This parameter should never need to be changed from its default value. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 DISK_LOG_MAX_FILES={0, 1, 2,…1000} (Default: 500) The number of log files to scan in the the diagnostic log directory. This scan determines which files are older than T_DISK_LOG_LIFE days and deletes those files. • The default value for this parameter is 500. • However, if the number of files in the log directory exceed the specified DISK_LOG_MAX_FILES files, then not all the files will be scanned, and thus they will not be deleted when they expire. The Rule of Thumb for setting this parameter: DISK_LOG_MAX_FILES = ((DISK_LOG_DAILY_LIMIT/DISK_LOG_FILE_LIMIT)*(T_DISK_LOG_LIFE+2) + a bit more. This ensures all old files are included in the directory scan and are appropriately deleted. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 51 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files CAUTION: Since logging consumes system resources, having large amounts of logging enabled (e.g. many parameters set to high levels in logging.tbl) may impact system performance. If log file parameters are increased above the recommended settings, monitor system performance, the number of log files created, and reduce the logging levels as soon as possible. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v5.09.00.00 DISP_BUFSZ={numeric} (Default: 1000) This parameter configures the dispatch requests buffer size. (See also EDIT_BUFSZ and VIEW_BUFSZ.) Valid in Systems: CAIF DISPLAY_ADDRESS (Default: 0xb8000) The starting address of memory-mapped display. This is the memory address allocated for the graphics card. • Not needed for video interface cards that provide these values via the VESA VBE interface. • This value is ignored when configured to use graphics mode. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8800, CAIF Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCSv4.00.00 DISPLAY_HEIGHT The height of the display in characters. This value is ignored when configured to use graphics mode. Valid in Systems: CAIF DISPLAY_LENGTH (Default: 43) The number of lines that can be shown vertically. The height of the display in characters. (e.g. Cirrus: 33, Matrox: 60). • Not needed for video interface cards that provide these values via the VESA VBE interface. • This value is ignored when configured to use graphics mode. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCSv4.00.00 DISPLAY_MODE={Valid integer value defined by the video interface card} Video mode selected for the installed graphics card. (e.g. Matrox Millenium: 0x010C, Cirrus Logic: 0x54, ATI: 0x33) • This is normally used to set the video mode of the display adapter. When running automation in graphics mode it should be removed in favor of GRAPHICS_RESOLUTION. • It is still used to configure the display to use text mode and it can be used to specify the graphics mode. This value is only used if GRAPHICS_RESOLUTION is not specified. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 52 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8600, A8800, CAIF Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCSv4.00.00 DISPLAY_WIDTH (Default: 132) The width of the display in characters. This is the number of characters that can be displayed horizontally across the computer display. • Not needed for video interface cards that provide these values via the VESA VBE interface. • This value is ignored when configured to use graphics mode. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8800, CAIF Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCSv4.00.00 DIVA_ARCHIVE_QOS (Default: Direct_and_Cache) This parameter specifies the quality of service. Only the following parameters can be specified: • DIRECT_AND_CACHE • CACHE_ONLY • CACHE_AND_DIRECT • DIRECT_ONLY Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DIVA_DB_REFRESH_PERIOD={ss} (Default: 43200 seconds (12 hours)) D-AIS periodically refreshes its database of DIVA items (inventory of video clips archived to the DIVA). This parameter specifies the refresh period in seconds. Valid in Systems: D-AIS DIVA_DB_UPDATE_PERIOD={ss} (Default: 0) D-AIS can be configured to periodically update the DIVA database by querying the DIVA about items added/removed since the last query (update or refresh). This parameter specifies the update period in seconds. The default value of 0 disables the periodic update. Valid in Systems: D-AIS DIVA_CATEGORY D-AIS restricts itself to DIVA video clips having the category ID specified by the DIVA_CATEGORY parameter. This restriction is removed for multiple DIVA categories via the ARCHIVE_CATEGORY field in the DALdb LOCATION table. If this field is defined, it will override the value specified by the DIVA_CATEGORY system configuration parameter. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DIVA_DISCONNECT_DURATION Specify allowable database disconnect duration time limit. Perform a full database refresh when this short disconnect period occurs. The time is specified in minutes and the default is 1. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 53 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: D-AIS DIVA_HIGH_PRIORITY (Default: 75) This parameter specifies the DIVArchive priority used for high priority requests. The default value for this parameter is DIVA_REQUEST_PRIORITY_HIGH (priority 75). Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DIVA_LOW_PRIORITY (Default: 25) This parameter specifies the DIVArchive priority used for low priority requests. The default value for this parameter is DIVA_REQUEST_PRIORITY_LOW (priority 25). Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DIVA_METASOURCE=(Y, N) {Default= Y) When D-AIS requests the DIVA archive manager to archive/restore a clip from/to a server (e.g. an AMP server or a SeaChange MediaCluster), it uses the HOST_NAME or one of the NODE_NAMEs value in the location table to specify the server, based on the system.cfg parameter DIVA_METASOURCE. When this parameter is set to: • ‘Y’: D-AIS should always use the HOST_NAME value for the server location regardless which node the interface is connected to. • ‘N’ : use the node name (HOST_NAME or one of the NODE_NAMEs) that the interface is currently connected to. AMP Note: The DIVA archive manager can optionally be configured to use the HOST_NAME value as the metasource for the AMP server to do load balancing and failover between the AMP server nodes. SeaChange Note: Since each cluster (“MetaSource”) can perform at most a limited number of archive and restore operations, the SYSTEM.CFG parameter SEACHANGE_ARCHIVE_LIMIT specifies the maximum number of archive or restore operations per SeaChange MediaCluster (not per SeaChange MediaCluster node) when DIVA_METASOURCE is set to Y. Valid in Systems: D-AIS DIVA_NORMAL_PRIORITY (Default: 50) This parameter specifies the DIVArchive priority used for normal priority requests. The default value for this parameter is DIVA_REQUEST_PRIORITY_NORMAL (priority 50). Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DIVA_QUERY_COUNT (Default: 50) This parameter sets the number of items per DIVA query command. • The default value of this parameter is 50. • The maximum value is 500. If the parameter value exceeds the maximum value, the maximum valueis used. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DIVA_RESTORE_QOS (Default: Direct_and_Cache) This parameter specifies the quality of service. Only the following parameters can be specified: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 54 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • DIRECT_AND_CACHE • CACHE_ONLY • CACHE_AND_DIRECT • DIRECT_ONLY Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DIVA TRANSCODE SUFFIX Special transcode on restore locations are specified by appending a suffix to a node or a MetaSource name. This suffix is defined by the DIVA_TRANSCODE_SUFFIX system configuration parameter. If the parameter is omitted, it defaults to “-XC.” D-AIS always appends the DIVA_TRANSCODE_SUFFIX string to a node or a MetaSource name when a transcode on restore is required. Hence, this behavior is not be restricted to a subset of clustered nodes. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DIVA_URGENT_PRIORITY (Default: 100) This parameter specifies the DIVArchive priority used for urgent requests. The default value for this parameter is DIVA_REQUEST_PRIORITY_MAX (priority 100). Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DMISSING_ITEMS_LIST_SIZE Removed From / Invalid In: A7200 v2.04.00, DROPFRAME_DURATIONS Use this parameter to optionally handle SMPTE dropframe. • Enabled (true): Checks the DROPFRAME_DURATIONS configuration value wherever the feature needs to introduce new processing. • Disabled (false): (Default) New processing is bypassed. If the setting does not appear, it defaults to FALSE. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, DAISv5 DSK_SWR_LEVEL= {‘logical_level_value’} (Default: SWR_LEVEL_DSK1) st Logical switcher level for Secondary/1 DSK event. (See also DA_DSK_SWR_LEVEL.). Valid logical level values are: Sub-event Level Logical Level Value Audio Over SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER_1 Audio Over2 SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER2 - DSK SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_1 DSK2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK2 - DSK3 SWR_LEVEL_DSK3 - DSK4 SWR_LEVEL_DSK4 - Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 55 of 475 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Old Values (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Sub-event Level Logical Level Value Old Values Effect SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT SWR_LEVEL_DSK_3 Logo SWR_LEVEL_LOGO SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Logo2 SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Main Audio SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO - Main Video SWR_LEVEL_VIDEO - (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) Renamed to DSK1_SWR_LEVEL in A7500v4.05.00 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, Removed From / Invalid In: A7200 v2.04.00, DSK1_SWR_LEVEL= {‘logical_level_value’} (Default: SWR_LEVEL_DSK1) st Logical switcher level for Secondary/1 DSK event. (See also DA_DSK_SWR_LEVEL.). Valid logical level values are: Sub-event Level Logical Level Value Old Values Audio Over SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER_1 Audio Over2 SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER2 - DSK SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_1 DSK2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK2 - DSK3 SWR_LEVEL_DSK3 - DSK4 SWR_LEVEL_DSK4 - Effect SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT SWR_LEVEL_DSK_3 Logo SWR_LEVEL_LOGO SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Logo2 SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Main Audio SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO - Main Video SWR_LEVEL_VIDEO - (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DSK2_SWR_LEVEL={‘Logical Level Value’} Logical switcher level for 2 nd (Default: SWR_LEVEL_DSK2) DSK event. Valid logical level values are: Sub-event Level Logical Level Value Audio Over SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER_1 Audio Over2 SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER2 - Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 56 of 475 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Old Values (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Sub-event Level Logical Level Value Old Values DSK SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_1 DSK2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK2 - DSK3 SWR_LEVEL_DSK3 - DSK4 SWR_LEVEL_DSK4 - Effect SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT SWR_LEVEL_DSK_3 Logo SWR_LEVEL_LOGO SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Logo2 SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Main Audio SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO - Main Video SWR_LEVEL_VIDEO - (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) Implementation(s) If the DSK 1 and DSK 2 sub-events are required to share a switcher level, set DSK2_SWR_LEVEL=SWR_LEVEL_DSK1. To control the background keyer layer (the default layer of the DSK or Secondary event), set DSK2_SWR_LEVEL=SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 and set the scheduled source in SRC.TBL to type “D”. To control the foreground keyer layer (the default layer of the Logo event), set DSK2_SWR_LEVEL=SWR_LEVEL_LOGO and set the scheduled source in SRC.TBL to type “L”. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 Removed From / Invalid In: A7200 v2.04.00, DSK3_SWR_LEVEL={‘Logical Level Value’} (Default: SWR_LEVEL_DSK3) rd Logical switcher level for 3 DSK event. Valid logical level values are: Subevent Level Logical Level Value Audio Over SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER_1 Audio Over2 SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER2 - DSK SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_1 DSK2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK2 - DSK3 SWR_LEVEL_DSK3 - DSK4 SWR_LEVEL_DSK4 - Effect SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT SWR_LEVEL_DSK_3 Logo SWR_LEVEL_LOGO SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 57 of 475 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Old Values (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Logo2 SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Main Audio SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO - Main Video SWR_LEVEL_VIDEO - Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 DSK4_SWR_LEVEL={‘Logical Level Value’} (Default: SWR_LEVEL_DSK4) th Logical switcher level for 4 DSK event. Valid logical level values are: Subevent Level Logical Level Value Old Values Audio Over SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER_1 Audio Over2 SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER2 - DSK SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_1 DSK2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK2 - DSK3 SWR_LEVEL_DSK3 - DSK4 SWR_LEVEL_DSK4 - Effect SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT SWR_LEVEL_DSK_3 Logo SWR_LEVEL_LOGO SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Logo2 SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Main Audio SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO - Main Video SWR_LEVEL_VIDEO - (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 DSK5_SWR_LEVEL There is no DSK 5 sub-event, hence this keyword serves no purpose. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 v2.55.00, A7500 v3.38.00, A8100 v3.18.00, A8600 v3.18.00 DSK6_SWR_LEVEL There is no DSK 6 sub-event, hence this keyword serves no purpose Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.55.00, A7500 v3.38.00, A8100 v3.18.00, A8600 v3.18.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 58 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files DSK7_SWR_LEVEL There is no DSK 7 sub-event, hence this keyword serves no purpose. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.55.00, A7500 v3.38.00, A8100 v3.18.00, A8600 v3.18.00 DSK8_SWR_LEVEL There is no DSK 8 sub-event, hence this keyword serves no purpose Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.55.00, A7500 v3.38.00, A8100 v3.18.00, A8600 v3.18.00 DSK9_SWR_LEVEL There is no DSK 9 sub-event, hence this keyword serves no purpose. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 v2.55.00, A7500 v3.38.00, A8100 v3.18.00, A8600 v3.18.00 DSK10_SWR_LEVEL There is no DSK 10 sub-event, hence this keyword serves no purpose. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.55.00, A7500 v3.38.00, A8100 v3.18.00, A8600 v3.18.00 DSK11_SWR_LEVEL There is no DSK 11 sub-event, hence this keyword serves no purpose. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.55.00, A7500 v3.38.00, A8100 v3.18.00, A8600 v3.18.00 DSK12_SWR_LEVEL There is no DSK 12 sub-event, hence this keyword serves no purpose. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.55.00, A7500 v3.38.00, A8100 v3.18.00, A8600 v3.18.00 DSK13_SWR_LEVEL There is no DSK 13 sub-event, hence this keyword serves no purpose. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 v2.55.00, A7500 v3.38.00, A8100 v3.18.00, A8600 v3.18.00 DSK14_SWR_LEVEL There is no DSK 14 sub-event, hence this keyword serves no purpose. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 59 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.55.00, A7500 v3.38.00, A8100 v3.18.00, A8600 v3.18.00 DSK15_SWR_LEVEL There is no DSK 15 sub-event, hence this keyword serves no purpose. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.55.00, A7500 v3.38.00, A8100 v3.18.00, A8600 v3.18.00 DSK16_SWR_LEVEL There is no DSK 16 sub-event, hence this keyword serves no purpose. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.55.00, A7500 v3.38.00, A8100 v3.18.00, A8600 v3.18.00 DUBLIST_FILE_DIR Dublist files generated from Missing Reports are stored in a directory specified by this D-AIS SYSTEM.CFG parameter. If this parameter is omitted, the default ‘../dublist_files’ directory will be used. Valid in Systems: DAIS DUMP_AS_TRANSACTION={Y, N} (Default: N) Disable (N) to perform the dump is done in the old style by locking all tables. Enable (Y) to perform the dump as a transaction, which guarantees that the dump is consistent while allowing other processes to update the database. The recommended setting is Y when using MySQL 5. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 DUMP_MEM_ON_INTERRUPT_EXCEPTION={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disabe (N) memory dumps on RSOD even if the exception occurred within an interrupt handler. WARNING: This feature should be considered volatile due to some low level manipulation of the PIC, and should not be enabled unless problems are experienced on site. If enabled, it is recommended that ‘chkdsk’ be run after system restart. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400v3 DVC_AUTO_NO={1, 2} Device automation system number. 1 = Device 1 system 2 = Device 2 system Valid in Systems: A8500, A8600 DVC_AUTO_PORT (Default: 20030) UDP port number for device automation LAN. Note: previous default was 6001. Valid in Systems: A8400, A8500, A8600 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 60 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files DVER_PORT This parameter is used to setup the port number used by the D-VER application’s automation interface. The interface uses TCP/IP socket to connect to the D-VER application. The interface will be disabled if this parameter is not configured, or the port number is not positive. (See also SYSTEM.CFG Parameters: INET_ADDRESS_DVER, and SYSTEM_ID.) Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v4.16.00.00, A7500v5.00.00 E EASYSOUND_MODE={AB_MIX, TWO_VO} (Default: AB_MIX) A keyword used to indicate the mode of operation of any Easysound cards in Imagestore 2s and Imagestore 3s as configured through the switcher’s front panel. The keyword EASYSOUND_MODE may take either of the following values: • AB_MIX if the Easysounds are all in AB + Voice-Over mode • TWO_VO if the Easysounds are all in Two Voice-Over mode. (It is not anticipated that the TWO_VO mode will be widely used.) • If the EASYSOUND_MODE keyword is absent from SYSTEM.CFG, the default is AB_MIX. Note: All Easysounds controlled by D-MAS must operate in the same mode. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A8100, A8600 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v3.148.00, A7500 v4.10.00.00 EASYSOUND_CTRL_VO_PAIR2={Y, N} (Default: YES) This parameter controls whether DMAS controls the second AES pair of the voiceover groups when bringing audio overs to air. • YES, control the second voice-over pair in the audio over groups. • NO, leave the second AES pair uncontrolled in each voice-over uncontrolled. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600 EDIT_BUFSZ={numeric} (Default: 1000) This parameter configures the edit requests buffer size. (See also DISP_BUFSZ and VIEW_BUFSZ.) Valid in Systems: CAIF EFFECT_SWR_LEVEL= {‘logical_level_value’} (Default: SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT) Logical switcher level for 1st special effects event. Valid logical level values are: Subevent Level Logical Level Value Audio Over SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER_1 Audio SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER2 - Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 61 of 475 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Old Values (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Subevent Level Logical Level Value Old Values (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) Over2 DSK SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_1 DSK2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK2 - DSK3 SWR_LEVEL_DSK3 - DSK4 SWR_LEVEL_DSK4 - Effect SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT SWR_LEVEL_DSK_3 Logo SWR_LEVEL_LOGO SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Logo2 SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Main Audio SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO - Main Video SWR_LEVEL_VIDEO - Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_SWR<n>_LEVEL (Where n= 2-6) Allows support for up to six DVE Effect subevents during a primary event. Similar to EFFECT_SWR_LEVEL, this is the switcher level for <n> special effects events. Valid level values are: 2-6. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 EFFECT2_SWR_LEVEL= {‘logical_level_value’} (Default: SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT) Switcher level for 2nd special effects event. Valid logical level values are: Subevent Level Logical Level Value Audio Over SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER_1 Audio Over2 SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER2 - DSK SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_1 DSK2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK2 - DSK3 SWR_LEVEL_DSK3 - DSK4 SWR_LEVEL_DSK4 - Effect SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT SWR_LEVEL_DSK_3 Logo SWR_LEVEL_LOGO SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Logo2 SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 62 of 475 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Old Values (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Subevent Level Logical Level Value Old Values Main Audio SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO - Main Video SWR_LEVEL_VIDEO - (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) Valid in Systems: A7500 ENABLE_CONDITIONAL_DELETE={Y, N} (Default: N) This parameter is used to Enable (Y) / Disable (N) DALingest conditional delete actions on all D-AIS locations. • “N”: (Default) DALingest conditional delete actions are disabled on all D-AIS locations by default (i.e. DALingest delete actions are unconditional by default). • “Y”: Eenable conditional DALingest delete actions on all D-AIS locations. Valid in Systems: D-AIS ENABLE_DIVA_1FRAME_DURATION={Y,N} (Default: N) When the D-AIS interface to DIVA Archive performs a "check item database", "refresh item database", or "update item database" and finds that the DIVA database record for an item contains a null ObjectComments field or this field does not contain valid D-Series user data, it will assign default SOM and Duration values of 00:00:00:00 to the item. • "Y": The DIVA interface returns a default Duration value of "00:00:00:01". • "N" (Default) or does not exist: D-AIS returns the current default Duration value of "00:00:00:00". This parameter can be used to Valid in Systems: D-AIS v5.04 ENABLE_DIVA_ OMNEON_MEDIA_FILES ={Y,N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) whether D-AIS will supply DIVA with a list of all media (essence) files associated with an Omneon clip when sending the archive command. D-AIS will query filenames associated with a clipID when performing transfers to/from Omneon servers. • Y: The list of all media files associated with clip being archived will not be supplied. • N: Restore previous functionality, whereby filenames are assumed to be QuickTime format. Valid in Systems: D-AIS ENABLE_DIVA_OPTIMIZED_QUERY={Y,N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) use of the optimized DIVA query. ENABLE_DIVA_SOLARIS={Y,N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) whether D-AIS will supply DIVA with a list of all media (essence) files associated with an Omneon clip when sending the archive command. D-AIS will query filenames associated with a clipID when performing transfers to/from Omneon servers. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 63 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • Y: The list of all media files associated with clip being archived will not be supplied. • N: Restore previous functionality, whereby filenames are assumed to be QuickTime format. Renamed in D-AIS v3.34.00 to ENABLE_DIVA_OMNEON_MEDIA_FILES. Removed from / Invalid in: D-AIS v3.34.00 ENABLE_ESS_PROMO_ID={Y,N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) support for the ESS Promo ID field in the ESS protocol. Valid in Systems: A7500 ENABLE_IMM_1FRAME_DURATION={Y,N} (Default: N) When the D-AIS interface to IMM finds that the StartTC and EndTC values in a Content Info record are empty, it will assign default SOM and Duration values of 00:00:00:00 to the item. • Y: The IMM Core Service interface returns a Duration value of "00:00:00:01". • N (Default) or does not exist: D-AIS returns the current default Duration value of "00:00:00:00". Valid in Systems: D-AIS v5.04 ENABLE_IMM_HIGH_PRIORITY={Y,N} (Default: N) This parameter is used to Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the use of “high priority transfers” for the IMM. D-AIS v3.34.00: This field system configuration parameter is replaced with PRIORITY_REQUEST field (in DALdb: LOCATION_STORAGE table). Valid in Systems: D-AIS Removed from / Invalid in: D-AIS v3.34.00 ENABLE_SAME_BUS_CONF={Y,N} (Default: Y) Enables/disables source conflict checking within the same bus. • Use in conjunction with CONF_CHECK_MIN_DELAY in order to limit CPU usage by the source conflict checking task • Previously called DISABLE_SAME_BUS_CONF. • Renamed to CONF_SAME_BUS in A5500v3.20.00, A6500 v3.42.00, A6800 v3.28.00, A7400v4.00.00, A7500 v3.100.00, A8000 v3.72.00, A8100 v3.42.00, A8200, A8400 Valid in Systems: A6500, A7410, A7800, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.20.00, A6500 v3.42.00, A6800 v3.28.00, A7400v4.00.00, A7500 v3.100.00, A8000 v3.72.00, A8100 v3.42.00, A8200 v3.40.00, A8400 v3.40.00, A8500 v3.72.00, A8600 v3.42.00 ENABLE_SECOND_DIALOG_BOX (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) an optional Yes/No dialog step when the D-AIS application is terminated to help avoid accidental shutdowns. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 ENABLE_SHADOW_CODE={Y,N} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: N) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 64 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the shadow program memory feature. Note: If shadowing of the program memory is enabled, a 2 MByte block of memory is allocated for function. This subtracts from the maximum number of schedule events. The STORE_SIZE parameter in SYSTEM.CFG may have to be reduced. Recommended: Only use this parameter when a memory shadowing is suspected. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A7410, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7400v4.00.00, A7500v4.10.00, A7800v4.06.00 ENABLE_SNMP_AGENT={Y/N} (Default=N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) this option. • Y enables the functionality of Master Agent SNMP module in D-MAS. • N disables the functionality and the Master Agent SNMP module will not be started. Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.18 ENC_STAT_OK <<Obsolete>> Encoder okay message. The output from –configinfo displays the value of this parameter. Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 ENC_TIMEOUT (Default: 10) <<Obsolete>> Maximum interval between consecutive encoder messages - in seconds. Typical Setting: 10 seconds Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A7800, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00, ENCODERS_PER_MAV500 <<Obsolete>> MAV 500 is no longer supported. Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.28.00, A7600 v2.08.00, A8800 v3.18.00 END_MSG_BUS <<Obsolete>> Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A6500 v3.03.00, A6800 v3.04.00, A7500 v3.58.00, A7800, A8000 v3.48.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.26.00, A8400 v3.26.00, A8500 v3.48.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00, EPG_EVENT_SIZE (Default: 400) The maximum size in bytes of an EPG event sent from D-MAS. Valid in Systems: CAIF EPG_NUM_BUSES (Default: 20) The number of EPG buses. Valid in Systems: CAIF © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 65 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files EPG_NUM_DES (Default: 200) The number of descriptors possible in the XML frame. Valid in Systems: CAIF EPG_NUM_EVENTS (Default: 100) The maximum number of EPG events per bus sent from D-MAS. Valid in Systems: CAIF EPG_NUM_FIELDS (Default: 100) The number of EPG related fields per event. Valid in Systems: CAIF EPG_PROTO_SIZE (Default: 20000) The maximum size in bytes of the protocol (XML) data area. Renamed from EPG_XML_SIZE. Valid in Systems: CAIF EPG_TCP_POLL (Default: 3) The number of seconds between EPG polls for a TCP connection. Valid in Systems: CAIF EPG_TCP_TIMEOUT (Default: 12) The number of seconds without received data that causes a disconnect when using a TCP connection. Valid in Systems: CAIF EPG_XML_SIZE (Default: 20000) The maximum size in bytes of the XML data area. Renamed to EPG_PROTO_SIZE: CAIF v3.15.00 Remove From / Invalid In: CAIF v3.15.00 ERC_MAX_LOOKAHEAD (Default: 12) The maximum number of events scanned per bus, per error checker look-ahead and displayed on ACP LEDs. Specifies how far to look ahead in the schedule for item not available errors, source not available errors, and data errors to be displayed on the automation control panel. (Background is typically checked ever 10 – 15 minutes). (Typical Setting: 150 events) The scan time can be seen when logging is turned on. In every background loop there is a reference in the log to the time it took. The word ‘scan’ appears somewhere on the line containing the time. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8600, A8800 ESS_SOCKETS_PORT1 The port of the first ESS socket server (i.e. 0x300) Now called CA_SOCKETS_PORT1. Valid in Systems: A7500 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 66 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ESS_SOCKETS_PORT2 The port of the second ESS socket server. Now called CA_SOCKETS_PORT2. Valid in Systems: A7500 ESS_START_PREROLL The number of seconds before take time to send a start message. Used only in the automation CPU. If ‘–1’, no start messages are sent. Now called CA_START_PREROLL. Valid in Systems: A7500 ESS_TENSION_PREROLL The number of seconds before take time to send a tension message. Used only in the automation CPU. If –1, no tension messages are sent. Now called CA_TENSION_PREROLL. Valid in Systems: A7500 ETI_EVENT_ID={‘Event_ID value’} (Default: TEXTOUT2) The name of the field that contains the 4 hexadecimal digit Event_ID value in each event. Valid in Systems: A7500 ETI_NETWORK_ID={0, 1, 2…65535} (Default: 1) The network ID number to be sent to the ETI system for each event. Valid in Systems: A7500 ETI_SERVICE_ID={‘Service_ID value’ } (Default: TEXTOUT1) The name of the field that contains the 4 hexadecimal digit Service_ID value in each event. Valid in Systems: A7500 ETS_MAX_CHANNELS_PER_MESG (Default: 0) This parameter is used to limit the number of channels in an event trigger message. When it is set to a non-positive value or a value larger than 9, the maximum number of channels per message will be 9 as before. Note: This parameter is used to work-around a bug in the Cisco SIM system which incorrectly processes an event trigger message when its binary data contains a 0x04 byte. To work-around the bug, this parameter should be set to 1, 2, or 3 so that the message size (in hex) in the binary data does not contains the 0x04 byte; the ETS_SOURCE_ID parameter in system.cfg, which is also in the binary data, should be set to a value whose hex format does not contains the 0x04 byte. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4 ETS_PORT (Default: 0) Use this parameter to assign the IP port number (TCP/IP socket connection) for the ETS interface. The default value 0 disables the ETS interface. It should be set to a positive integer in order to enable the ETS interface. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 67 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files This parameter is used to support the Event Trigger System (ETS) interface which provides event trigger messages for the third-party CA/EPG systems that use Cisco ROSA XML Trigger Protocol. Note: There exist three main types of messages: a message, an acknowledgement (ACK) and a negative acknowledgement (NACK). Received messages are answered with an ACK or a NACK. ACK and NACK messages are not answered. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4 ETS_SOURCE_ID (Default: 42) Use this parameter to identify the automation when sending messages to a Cisco ROSA SIM system. Its default value is 42. It should match the ServerSourceID parameter configured in file ROSA_SIM\XML Trigger\bin\xmltriggerclient.ini of the Cisco ROSA SIM system. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4 ETS_TRIGGER_BLANK_KEY={Y, N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y)/Disable (N) the ETS interface sending an event trigger message when the event has a blank primary key. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4 EVENT_SWR_LEVEL Determines which sub-event switcher levels are used. Superceded in A7500 v3_100_00. Now event levels described by their own keyword, e.g. effect_swr_level SWR_LEVEL_NAME: use non-default mappings. Valid in Systems: A7500 EVT_STATUS_HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL (integer, default=”30”) This parameter sets the period of time (in seconds) between sending of adjacent heartbeat XML event status messages; Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.20 EVT_STATUS_HEARTBEAT_THRESHOLD (integer, default=”1”) This parameter sets the minimum period of time (in seconds) between sending of heartbeat ESM and ESM related with schedule change. Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.20 EVT_STATUS_MAX_BUSES={0 - NUM_BUSES} (Default: NUM_BUSES) This parameter limits the number of buses that can be monitored simultaneously by the server. Setting this parameter to zero (0) disables the server. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A8000, A8100v4, EVT_STATUS_MAX_EVTS={1, 2, 3, …11) (Default: 11) This parameter limits the number of events that will be included in each status message. The value includes the on-air event, so setting a value eleven (11) will include the on-air and next ten (10) events in each message Note: The number of next events is also limited by: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 68 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files - ERC_MAX_LOOKAHEAD (if defined) - SWR_MAX_LOOKAHEAD (if ERC_MAX_LOOKAHEAD is not defined) For example, if ERC_MAX_LOOKAHEAD is set to 5, then setting EVT_STATUS_MAX_EVTS to a value greater than 6 is senseless. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A8000, A8100v4, EVT_STATUS_PORT={20000, 20001, 20002,…29999) (Default: 20020) The XML Event Status server uses a TCP/IP socket to communicate with clients. This parameter is used to setup the server port number. It is alos used to override the default TCP port for the XML Event Status over IP enhancement. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A8000, A8100v4, EVT_STATUS_SESSION_TIMEOUT (Default: 0) This parameter sets the timeout in seconds for an XML Event Status session. It enables a mechanism used for detecting dead XML Event Status connections and to disconnect them, making room for new connections. • 0 (default), disables the timeout mechanism. • A positive number enables this mechanism. • The recommended timeout is 60 seconds. If enabled, a client must send a valid message to automation within TTO seconds of the previous message sent, in order to maintain its connection. As it is likely that neither a subscription nor a un-subscription message will need to be sent to automation within every TTO second period, the new XML keep-alive message may be sent. The form of the XML keep-alive message is: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <dmasMsg> <keepAliveMsg /> </dmasMsg> These messages, or other subscription messages, must arrive at automation within TTO seconds of each other or else automation will consider the connection to be dead, and will terminate the session. It is recommended that the client send messages within TTO - 5 seconds to prevent automation from prematurely terminating a session due to transient network glitches. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8000, A8100v4, EVTZ9525_WAIT_RESPONSE={Y, N} (Default: Y) If Y, the Evertz9525 interface, when a request is timeout, automation resends the request. If the re-send fails, automation raises a com-failure alarm. If N, the Evertz9525 interface handles, when a request is timeout, automation assumes that the request succeed and does not re-send the request or raise comfailure alarm. Note: This parameter is currently ignored on the A8100. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EXEC_DIAG_LINE (Default: value that disables the diagnostics) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 69 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files The line number on the screen at which to display the diagnostics. (Recommended: 5. This displays the data on the divider line between the on-air and next event. ) EXEC_DIAG_LINE is ignored when in graphics mode. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600 EXCEPTION_DUMP_ADDRESS1 (Default: –1(not in use.)) Sets the memory address of the additional memory block that is dumped to disk. If undefined, the additional memory block is set to default values. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600, EXCEPTION_DUMP_LENGTH1 (Default: –1(not in use.)) Sets the length of additional memory block that is dumped to disk. If undefined, the additional memory block is set to default values. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 EXCEPTION_MODE = {0, 1, 2} (Default: 1) Actions to take for handling processor exceptions and/or system crashes. Code Action 0 halt system 1 Enable memory dump to file when a red-screen crash occurs 2 halt offending task Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7410, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 EXCEPTION_SCR_DUMP_ADDRESS Sets the memory address of the additional memory block that is dumped to screen. If undefined, the additional memory block is set to default values. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7800 EXCEPTION_SCR_DUMP_WIDTH Sets the width of additional memory block that is dumped to screen. If undefined, the additional memory block is set to default values. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7800 EXEC_DIAG_LINE= {-1, 0, 1, ..., (Maximum valid screen size)} (Default: –1) The executive diagnostic display line displays internal state of the executive. This parameter sets the line number on the screen at which to display the executive diagnostic display. • In text mode this value is the row of the display where the diagnostics should appear and it overlays whatever is being displayed on this line. • In graphics mode it will use the bottom 8 scanlines to display these diagnostics. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 70 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • The information is always placed at the bottom of the screen regardless of the value of EXEC_DIAG_LINE. Typical Settings: • Default: –1 (Disable the diagnostics display line.) • No display: 0 • Recommended: 5 (Display the data on the divider line between the on-air and next event.) Rule: Use these diagnostics only when diagnosing a problem. Do not leave enabled for normal on-air use. This display consumes CPU and has the potential of adversely affecting heavily loaded systems. In graphics mode, the number of lines in the display may decrease in order to allow for the diagnostic line to fit on the screen. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8600, A8800, CAIF EXT_TO_MAN_ON_CHANGE = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the feature, where an ‘EXT’ duration is changed to a ‘MAN’ duration, whenever the system detects a crosspoint change. This can sometimes happen when transferring control from the main to the backup CPU. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800 EXTENDED_TIME = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) extended time display (hours beyond 24). This allows the system to decide whether or not to allow times specified in a greater than 24 hour clock to be imported from a traffic file. Times after 24:00 until start of broadcast day are displayed as 25:00, 26:00, etc. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8800 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 71 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files F FCOPY_LOG_LEVEL The diagnostic message printed when a computer receives a Start File Copy message while a copy is in progress. It gives the name of the file currently being copied. This parameter is set on all automation and edit computers, and used to help pinpoint the cause of the appearance of unexpected files in the operator display. Typical Setting: 3 Valid in Systems: A8800 Removed From / Invalid In: A5500 v3.24.00, A6500 v3.46.00, A6800 v3.32.00, A7500 v3.112.00, A7800 v3.16.00, A8000 v3.72.00, A8100 v3.46.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8400 v3.44.00, A8500 v3.72.00, A8600 v3.46.00 FLEXICART_ADD_SEGMENTS={Y, N} (Default: N) Specifies the mode (Legacy or Optional) of how the system handles multi-segment tapes (with standard Sony barcode). Setting this parameter to: • N, selects the recommended optional mode of operation. In this mode the database content for a Flexicart includes an entry for each individual segment of a multi-segment tape, there is only an entry for the tape. This mode of operation is correct for D-AIS version 3 and D-AQS as they support querying of the segment data against the database MATERIAL_SEGMENT table. • Y, selects the legacy mode of operation. In this mode each segment is added to the database and the tape is not. In some cases the legacy mode of operation may be desired. In particular this might be desired if the segment data for tapes in Flexicarts has not been added to the database. Contact Automation support for assistance. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3, DAQS FLEXICART_MEDIAID_ONLY={Y,N} (Default: N) This parameter modifies how D-AIS performs D-FCS database queries (i.e., FlexiCart tape inventory queries) as required to implement Sony Code 2 of 5 Media ID only Barcodes. The effect of this parameter is restricted to the v3.xx.xx mode of operation for FlexiCart tape inventory queries. • N: (Default) Preserves the existing behaviour. The default mode of operation is defined by the following: The LAMMS interface is disabled by setting the SYSTEM.CFG parameter LAMMS_ENABLE=N (the default setting). The v1.xx.xx. compatibility mode is disabled by setting the SYSTEM.CFG parameter FLEXICART_ADD_SEGMENTS=N (also the default setting). • Y: Causes D-AIS to treat FlexiCart tapes with Sony format (2 of 5) barcodes as equivalent to tapes with code 39 (3 of 9) barcodes. Specifically, this setting cause D-AIS to: Ignore the (material) timing information (SOM, duration, and title) that appears on Sony format (2 of 5) barcodes; Ignore the (segment) timing information (if any) that appears in the user bits for multi-segment tapes; © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 72 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Treat the ID that appears on Sony format (2 of 5) barcodes as if they were media IDs appearing on code 39 (3 of 9) barcodes, meaning it will add to the corresponding FlexiCart location’s inventory all material assigned to that media ID in the D-AIS database (DALdb). Note: In other modes of operation (i.e., LAMMS or v1.xx.xx compatibility mode), DAIS ignores the setting specified for the new FLEXICART_MEDIAID_ONLY parameter. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 FLEXCART_MEDIA_ITEM= {Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) using the media ID specified in the SPOOL_NUMBER (spool number) field—instead of the material ID specified in the ITEM (item ID) field—when issuing a “load tape” command to the FlexiCart control system. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8500, A8600, A8800 FLEXCART_MEDIA_QUERY={Y,N} (Default: N) Specifies how the automation system should interpret the situation where the FlexiCart contains the tape specified in the event, but the FlexiCart control system (D-FCS) is unable to return the SOM, duration, and abbreviated title for the item ID specified in the event, because either: D-FCS was unable to retrieve this information from the user bits. - OR - The user bits lack any such information. N, causes the automation system to treat this situation as an item availability error. Y causes the automation system to treat this situation as indicating the item is available (i.e., not an item availability error). In A8000/A8100-type systems, this parameter is only used on the device automation system (A8600/A8500). Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 FLX_REQD_ITEMS_POOL (Default: 400) Maximum number of required FlexiCart items (site total). (Typical Setting: 400) Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8500, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00 FOLLOW_BUS_FUNCTIONS={Y,N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) actioning of automation functions invoked on the master bus through the keyboard, ACP, SCP, or IO pool inputs, on the follow buses as well. If Y, keyboard operations act in the same way as Synchronous Control Panel (SCP) operations (e.g. it performs some operations on the master/follow group of buses). Valid in Systems: A7500, A7600, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 FRAME_RATE = {25, 30} (Default: 25) The frame rate for frame-accurate TV systems: NTSC = 30; for PAL/SECAM = 25. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8100, A8000, A8500, A8600, A8800, D-AIS © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 73 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files FTP_PASSWORD User password for ftp transfer. This is the password for FTP access to local machine. (e.g. chineham). The output from –configinfo displays the value of this parameter. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800, CAIF, FCS Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, D-FCSv4.00.00, A7500v4.00 (This as per field report. Removal not stated in release notes.) FTP_USERNAME Logon use name for ftp transfer. User (logon) name for FTP access to local machine. (e.g. dal). The output from –configinfo displays the value of this parameter. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800, CAIF, FCS Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCSv4.00.00, A7500v4.00 (This as per field report. Removal not stated in release notes.) G GET_SEGMENT_TITLE={Y,N} This parameter can be used to determine if Segment Title should be overwritten with Abbreviated Title information in standard response information. This option is read from the “system.cfg” file when the application is started. • Y or omitted: D-AIS continues to overwrite Abbreviated Title with Segment Title as per the existing functionality described above. • N: D-AIS does not overwrite Abbreviated Title with Segment Title. Valid in Systems: D-AIS v5.04 GRAPHICS_FONT Graphics mode normal font file name. The file containing the font to be used for the display. • If no font is specified, Automation’s built-in default font (8×15 font) is used • This parameter is only necessary if GRAPHICS_RESOLUTION is set. • This parameter is optional for A8100 systems. • This parameter is a path relative to the base automation directory (e.g. FONTS/FONTFILE.FNT) and includes the entire file name. Examples include: GRAPHICS_FONT=FONTS/DAL_8x15.FNT GRAPHICS_FONT=FONTS\\DAL_8x15.FNT GRAPHICS_FONT=FONTS/DAL10x20.FNT GRAPHICS_FONT=FONTS\\DAL10x20.FNT Only one GRAPHICS_FONT parameter should appear. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800, CAIF Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v4.22 (This as per field report. Removal not stated in release notes.) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 74 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Note: This parameter may have been incorrectly designated as obsolete in A6800 v3.04.00, A8800 v3.68.00 GRAPHICS_RESOLUTION The dimensions of the graphical display in the form WIDTHxHEIGHT. The resolution of the graphical display must be configured with a value supported by the display adapter, otherwise automation will fail to start. • If the entry is a graphics mode, this value is in pixels. Examples: “1024x768,” “1280x1024,” and “1600x1200.” • If the entry is a text mode, this value is in characters. • Default Color Depth: The system defaults to the lowest color depth available at the desired resolution (typically 8 bits per pixel). • To specify a desired color depth (bits per pixel), append a colon, followed by the desired color depth. (For Example: 1024x768:16. This forces 1024×768 resolution with 16 bits per pixel. It useful for running the system in a virtual machine (such as VMware) that does not support 8 bits per pixel.) CAUTION: If the parameter format is used, a downgrade of the system may require removing the color depth specification from the GRAPHICS_RESOLUTION parameter. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800, CAIF Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v4.22 (This as per field report. Removal not stated in release notes.) H HPBVS_API_LOG_LEVEL Log level for calls to HP MediaStream Server DLL. Removed From/Invalid In: D-AIS v3.10.00 HPBVS_API_LOG_MASK Value set to 158 for hpvsCopyMedia(2), hpvsDeleteMedia(8), hpvsCreateConn(4), hpvsDestroyConn(16) and hpvsQueryMedia(128) Bit Value Hexadecimal Function 0 1 0x00000001 hpvsCmdStatus 1 2 0x00000002 hpvsCopyMedia 2 4 0x00000004 hpvsCreateConn 3 8 0x00000008 hpvsDeleteMedia 4 16 0x00000010 hpvsDestroyConn 5 32 0x00000020 hpvsListMedia 6 64 0x00000040 hpvsNextMedia 7 128 0x00000080 hpvsQueryMedia 8 256 0x00000100 hpvsQueryNode © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential Comments 23-October-2015 | Page 75 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Bit Value Hexadecimal Function Comments 9 512 0x00000200 hpvsTerminateCmd 10 1024 0x00000400 hpvsDeleteUserInfoData 11 2048 0x00000800 hpvsGetFileExpirationDate 12 4096 0x00001000 hpvsGetStartTimeCode 13 8192 0x00002000 hpvsGetUserInfoData 14 16384 0x00004000 hpvsNewCopy 15 32768 0x00008000 hpvsRenameFile 16 65536 0x00010000 hpvsSetFileExpirationDate Not used by D-AIS. 17 131072 0x00020000 hpvsSetStartTimeCode Not used by D-AIS. 18 262144 0x00040000 hpvsSetUserInfoData Not used by D-AIS. Not used by D-AIS. Not used by D-AIS. Valid in Systems: D-AIS HPBVS_CHK_NODES_PERIOD (Default: 10 minutes (600 seconds)) This parameter specifies, in seconds, how often the Connect Plus Gateway (i.e. FTP server) node condition is checked. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 HPBVS_COPY_TO_TEMPORARY={Y,N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) copy items to a temporary ID generated by prefixing the string "c_" to the item's schedule ID. Once copied, D-AIS renames the item to its schedule ID. Valid in Systems: D-AIS HPBVS_DB_PLAYABLE_TEMPORARY={Y, N} Stops D-AIS from querying Userinfo from clips in transfer if they are using temp names c_XXXXXX or RECXXX. Valid in Systems: D-AIS HPBVS_DB_REFRESH_PERIOD (Default = 900 seconds) Minimum DB refresh period (seconds) was 43200 = 12 HOURS 86400=24 HOURS Default (900 seconds) = 15 minutes. Valid in Systems: D-AIS HPBVS_DB_UPDATE_PERIOD (Default=0) Minimum DB update period in seconds. Default (0) = never. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 76 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: D-AIS HPBVS_READ_EXPIRY_DATE={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) reading the expiry date for Pinnacle. Valid in Systems: D-AIS Removed from / Invalid in: D-AIS v3.36.00 HPBVS_USE_FTP_COPY={Y,N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) ability to use FTP copy function. Removed from / Invalid in: D-AIS 1.66.00 HPBVS_USE_MEDIA32 ={Y,N} (Default = Y) Disable (N) on sites with v1.x of the mavdll.. Valid in Systems: D-AIS HPBVS_USE_USER_INFO={Y,N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) User data commands to the HP Servers. Valid in Systems: D-AIS I IGNORE_DB_TITLE = {Y, N} (Default: N) Ignore item abbrev. title when marking events having uncopied database information. • If N, database titles are handled as in previous versions (with automatic updating the database title is copied to the event title, and with manual updating the “Database info not copied” flag is set if the event title doesn’t match the database title). • If Y, the database title is entered into the event’s database title field, but it is not used to update the event title, nor is “Database info not copied” flag set if the database and event titles don’t match. Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.08.00, A6500 v3.26.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 3.76.00, A7800 v3.04.00, A8000 v3.64.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8500 v3.64.00, A8600 v3.30.00, A8800 v3.86.00 IGNORE_SHADOW = {Y, N} (Default: N) Ignore all shadowing activities (read/write). This saves a lot of time when testing sites with large number of shadow files. This parameter is for schedule servers (and testing) only. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500 IGNORE_WRONG_MATERIAL_ID={Y, N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y)/Disable(N) the check for IDs containing unsupported lower case letters and spaces before adding data to the DALdb. (Default is enabled). • When enabled D-AIS performs a query of a location it finds all IDs stored, and includes IDs with unsupported lower case letters and spaces when querying locations © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 77 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • When disabled D-AIS performs a query of a location it finds all IDs stored, but filters out IDs containing [unsupported] lower case letters, special characters and [unsupported] spaces. Valid in Systems: DAIS v5.07 IMAGESTORE_PRELOAD_ITEM={Y/N} (Default=N) Enable (Y)/Disable(N) support for back-to-back graphics on the Miranda Imagestore 750 and the LGK-3901. When set to N, the old behavior will be in effect. This Imagestore IS-750 & LGK-3901 device is enhanced to support new “Preload Image” (“R7”) protocol command. It is sent to the device at “Cue” time (when “Ready” control is requested) if requested material is changed. “Load Image” (“R0”) command is sent to the device at “Start” time to take preloaded material to air. Imagestore 2: The Imagestore 2 doesn’t support “YA” tally, so the device interface can’t continue working with the layer because there is no information about preload finishing. • So, if Imagestore 2 is configured, the “Preload Image” (“R7”) command is used. • The Imagestore 2 ignores “IMAGESTORE_PRELOAD_ITEM” parameter in system.cfg. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v5, A8600v5 IMM_STORAGE_DB_REFRESH_PERIOD={‘seconds’} (Default: 43200) The number of seconds between each IMM full refresh. Only applies to IMM storage locations and it defaults to 43200 (12 * 60 *60) seconds. This parameter is used to support a new D-AIS location based on IMM storages. Valid in Systems: D-AISv4 IMM_STORAGE_PACKET_COUNT={‘###’} (Default: 200) The number of packets returned in each mssContentsViewPackets message returned from IMM (when refreshing the database). It defaults to 200. This parameter is used to support a new D-AIS location based on IMM storages. Valid in Systems: D-AISv4 IMPORT_INTERFACE_MODE={Y/N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the Database Import Interface Mode. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 IMPORT_SERVER_NAME1 This parameter is used to inform D-AIS which MySQL server needs to be checked for the DALdb_import database. This should be set to the hostname of the MySQL server hosting the DALdb_import database. Also, the system32\drivers\etc\hosts file should contain an IP address mapping for the hostname of the MySQL server. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 INCLUDE_RAM_CTRL = {Y, N} (Default: N) <<Obsolete>> Enable (Y) / Disable (N) RAM machine control. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 78 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 INET_ADDRESS_ADIC={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} (Default: 0) The INET address of the ADIC computer (ADIC/GRAU Remote Control Video Tape Library). Valid in Systems: A7500 INET_ADDRESS_CA1={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} (Default: 0) Event synchronization system INET address 1. Set this parameter to the host ETI computer. Reference D-Series LAN Reference for IP Address standards. Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8000 v3.44.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 INET_ADDRESS_CA2={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} (Default: 0) Event synchronization system INET address 2. Reference D-Series LAN Reference for IP Address standards. Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8000 v3.44.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 INET_ADDRESS_D-AIS1={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} (Default: 0) The D-AIS system's INET (IP) address (CPU 1). Reference D-Series LAN Reference for IP Address standards. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8100v4, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00 INET_ADDRESS_D-AIS2={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} (Default: 0) The D-AIS system's INET (IP) address (CPU 2), if a dual computer D-AIS system is installed. If this second address is not defined, the system will only connect to the first address. Reference D-Series LAN Reference for IP Address standards. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8100v4, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, INET_ADDRESS_DVER={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 79 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files This parameter is used to setup the D-VER system’s IP address. The IP address may contain both main and backup addresses separated by “|”. The automation connects to the D-VER system that is currently in the main state. (See also SYSTEM.CFG Parameters: SYSTEM_ID and DVER_PORT.) Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v4.16.00.00, A7500v5.00.00, INET_ADDRESS_ESS1={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} (Default: 0) The INET address of the first ESS socket server (i.e. 192.9.1.34). This is the ESS system INET address 1. Renamed to INET_ADDRESS_CA1 Valid in Systems: A7500 INET_ADDRESS_ESS2={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} (Default: 0) The address of the second ESS socket server. This is the ESS system INET address 2. Renamed to INET_ADDRESS_CA2 Valid in Systems: A7500 INET_ADDRESS_MASTER={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} (Default: 0) The IP addresses of the redundant Master Automation connections. These addresses are entered in the device automation computer’s SYSTEM.CFG file using the INET_ADDRESS_MASTER. The addresses are specified as a list, separated by the vertical bar character. For example: INET_ADDRESS_MASTER=10.168.3.1|10.168.3.2|10.168.4.1|10.168.4. 2 The device automation assumes the addresses are listed in the order preferred for the connection. It attempts to connect to the master automation using the first address in the list, then the second, and so on. The 4 addresses typically are: • the addresses of master automation computer 1 on the Info LAN • the addresses of master automation computer 2 on the Info LAN • the addresses of master automation computer 1 on the Real-Time LAN • the addresses of master automation computer 2 on the Real-Time LAN The active device automation computer (of each device automation system) makes a schedule server connection to the active master automation computer. This connection is used for schedule download and status upload. Up to 4 IP addresses can be specified, so the device automation know the address of both master automation computers on two different LANs. This allows a connection to be made event if one of the master automation computers fails or one of the LANs fails. Reference D-Series LAN Reference for IP Address standards. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 INET_ADDRESS_MDAC={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: 0) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 80 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files The Master Automation System's INET address. The device automation systems download events from the master automation system, using the schedule server protocol. Reference D-Series LAN Reference for IP Address standards. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8500 INET_ADDRESS_SCH_SVR={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} (Default: 0) IP address of the schedule server. Reference D-Series LAN Reference for IP Address standards. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A8000 v3.15.04 INET_ADDRESS_SNTP_SERVER={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} (Default: 0) IP address of SNTP server. This is the IP address of one of the IP network interface cards on the computer. If the IP address doesn't match any of the network card IP addresses, or if the entry is omitted, the SNTP server is disabled. Reference D-Series LAN Reference for IP Address standards. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800 INET_ADDRESS_SUPERVISORY={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} (Default: 0) The Supervisory System 1's INET (IP) address. Reference D-Series LAN Reference for IP Address standards. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 INET_ADDRESS_SUPERVISORY2={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} (Default: 0) Supervisory System 2’s INET (IP) address. This is the second Supervisory computer’s INET address, if a dual system is installed. Reference D-Series LAN Reference for IP Address standards. Valid in Systems: A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.10.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00 INET_ADDRESS_DVER This parameter is used to setup the D-VER system’s IP address. The IP address may contain both main and backup addresses separated by “|”. The automation connects to the D-VER system that is currently in the main state. The interface uses TCP/IP socket to connect to the D-VER application. The interface will be disabled if this parameter is not configured, or the port number is not positive. (See also SYSTEM.CFG Parameters: SYSTEM_ID, and DVER_PORT.) Valid in Systems: A7500 INPROG_RECORD_EXPIRE_MINUTES (Default: 180) If a record stays in the ‘R’ state (Recording in Progress) for too long it is automatically deleted. The time limit for this is specified using this parameter, which has a default value of 180 (i.e. 3 hours). © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 81 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files IMPORTANT: If this parameter is added to SYSTEM.CFG, a D-AIS downgrade to an earlier version would require that it be removed first. Valid in Systems: D-AIS INET_ADDRESS_SNMP_MANAGER (Default=empty) Use this option to set IP addresses of supported SNMP managers. D-MAS will send SNMP Traps to these addresses when an SNMP alarm changes state. Specify a list of IP addresses separated by "|" character Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.18 INSERT_CA_CODE = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the CA Code Feature. When Y, a unique value is inserted into the CA_CODE field. In addition, a schedule item ID value is inserted into the SI_EVENT_ID field, and heavy lines are used to delineate blocks of events with the same schedule item ID's. If the CA_CODE store entry is not large enough to contain the desired unique CA_CODE format, INSERT_CA_CODE is silently turned off. A8100v4:This is a keyword is used to enable automatic updating of the CA_CODE field in the event. Valid in Systems: A7500, A7600, A8100v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 INSERT_MASTER_EVENT = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the automatic copy of master event data to follow events. When Y, events inserted on a follow bus are copied from the master bus. An event inserted at the next event position copies the master bus's next event, and events inserted later in the schedule copy the event from the master schedule which starts at the same time, if there is one (if there isn't, a blank event is inserted). Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00 INTUITION_USE_VERTIGO_COMMANDS={Y/N} (Default=N) Use this parameter to select the set of commands for controlling Intuition devices (N=old Oxtel commands, Y=new Intuition-specific commands). Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v5, A8100v6 IP_ADDR_CA_IF={‘xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx’} (Default: 0) The IP address of the Conditional Access Computer(s). This accepts a list of IP addresses separated by the character ‘|’. Only the first two addresses are used for the main and back-up CA computers. If one IP address is specified, the automation assumes there is only one CA computer available. The connections to CA computer are disabled if no server addresses are specified in the configuration file. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8000, A8500, CAIF © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 82 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files IP_ADDR_SSVR={xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx} Specifies the IP address(es) of the schedule server computer(s). • This parameter accepts a list of IP addresses separated by the character ‘|’. • The IP address is in the standard form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx where x is a decimal digit. The CA computer cycles through the addresses in this list until a connection is established. • If one IP address is specified, the CA computer assumes there’s only one schedule server computer available. • If there is no server addresses specified in the configuration file, the connections to schedule computer are disabled. Valid in Systems: CAIF ISTOR_PLAYLIST_SIZE Valid in Systems: Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00, IVMCS_LOG = {Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) IVMCS diagnostic logging. Valid in Systems: Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.03.00, A6800 v3.04.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7400v4.00.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.58.00, A8000 v3.48.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.26.00, A8400 v3.26.00, A8500 v3.48.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 J K KEYBD_DELAY={0, 1,...3} (Default: 1) The keystroke auto-repeat delay in system ticks. (1 Tick = 0.01s) Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8800 Removed From / Invalid In: A7400v4.00.00, A7500 V4.00.05.00, DFCS V4.00.01.00 KEYBD_RATE={0, 1,…31} (Default: 5) The keystroke auto-repeat rate. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8800 Removed From / Invalid In: A7400v4.00.00, A7500 V4.00.05.00, DFCS V4.00.01.00 KEYER_LEVEL_MAPPING_PER_BUS={Y/N} This parameter is used to avoid possible impact to breakdown workflow in case when non-default mapping is used. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 83 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • • If this parameter is Enabled (Y), the existing global mapping scheme is augmented to specify separate mappings of subevents to switcher levels for one or more buses. Also, D-MAS supports direct access switches (daswitch.tbl). Each switch can contain secondary and tertiary sources which can be controlled during the breakdown. When this parameter is enabled the Breakdown implementation performs secondary and tertiary breakdown switches on D1 and O1 switcher level, regardless of subevent mapping and bus number. If this parameter is Disabled (N), D-MAS work as before (subevent.tbl is ignored; default mapping is used; secondary and tertiary breakdown switches are associated with subevents DSK1 and OVER1) KLOTZ_INPUTS_PER_PARTITION The “inputs per partition” value which is used to specify the maximum number of inputs per Klotz router LAN. (See also KLOTZ_OUTPUTS_PER_PARTITION and KLOTZ_LEVELS_NOT_PARTITIONED.) If this parameter is not set in system.cfg, D-MAS will assume a value of 0 (effectively assuming that the Klotz router is not partitioned or that all levels are available on all Klotz LANs (VADIS Systems)). When enabled the following log messages are available: Diagnostic Log Level Message Description 3 Message starts with “request crosspoint: multi lan protocol”. This message contains the output and input device numbers as they appear in D-MAS specification and the D-KIF protocol input device number that is sent to D-KIF.Note: The D-MAS output device number and the D-KIF protocol output device number will always be the same. 3 Message starts with “received crosspoint status: multi lan protocol”. This message contains the D-KIF output and input device numbers received from D-KIF protocol and the input device number as It appears in the D-MAS specification.Note: The D-MAS output device number and the D-KIF protocol output device number will always be the same. Valid in Systems: A8200v3, A8400v3 KLOTZ_OUTPUTS_PER_PARTITION The “outputs per partition” value which is used to specify the maximum number of outputs per Klotz router LAN. (See also KLOTZ_INPUTS_PER_PARTITION and KLOTZ_LEVELS_NOT_PARTITIONED.) If this parameter is not set in system.cfg, D-MAS will assume a value of 0 (effectively assuming that the Klotz router is not partitioned or that all levels are available on all Klotz LANs (VADIS Systems)). When enabled the following log messages are available: Diagnostic Log Level Message Description 3 Message starts with “request crosspoint: multi lan protocol”. This © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 84 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Diagnostic Log Level Message Description message contains the output and input device numbers as they appear in D-MAS specification and the D-KIF protocol input device number that is sent to D-KIF.Note: The D-MAS output device number and the D-KIF protocol output device number will always be the same. 3 Message starts with “received crosspoint status: multi lan protocol”. This message contains the D-KIF output and input device numbers received from D-KIF protocol and the input device number as It appears in the D-MAS specification.Note: The D-MAS output device number and the D-KIF protocol output device number will always be the same. Valid in Systems: A8200v3, A8400v3 KLOTZ_LEVELS_NOT_PARTITIONED A comma separated list of numbers specifying which levels are available only on the first Klotz LAN (VADIS System). (See also KLOTZ_OUTPUTS_PER_PARTITION and KLOTZ_INPUTS_PER_PARTITION.) If this parameter is not set in system.cfg, D-MAS will assume a value of 0 (effectively assuming that the Klotz router is not partitioned or that all levels are available on all Klotz LANs (VADIS Systems)). Important: Levels are grouped together into types. Therefore, all levels of a specific type must be specified. For example if a source has two audio levels and one text level, then either the two audio, or the one text or all three can be specified but specifying only one audio level is an error Valid in Systems: A8200v3, A8400v3 L LAMMS_ENABLE={Y,N} (Customer Specific). Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the LAMMS interface. This interface provides the ability to determine what items of program material (“cuts”) are located on FlexiCart videotapes by querying the ‘Customer” Site Media Manager (LAMMS). If Enabled (Y), D-AIS ignores the “segments” reported by the FlexiCart control system. Removed from/ Invalid in: D-AISv3.20.00 LAMMS_STARTUP_DELAY (Default: 5) (Customer Specific). Set to the number of seconds D-AIS should wait before starting the LAMMS interface. Removed from/ Invalid in: D-AISv3.20.00 LAMMS_LOG_LEVEL (Customer Specific). Set the LAMMS diagnostic logging to log diagnostics about the commands sent and received to the LAMMS. Removed From/Invalid In: D-AIS v3.10.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 85 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files LANE_MATRIX_FILL_PERCENTAGE={1, 2, 3,…100} (Default: 15) Enable (non-zero value) / Disable (0) the long look ahead for UMDs and NEPs. This is the maximum percentage that the matrix is filled. Adjust this value according to the needs of the particular site. This value is dependent on the distribution of sources across buses. The more buses (on average) a sources is typically scheduled on, the larger this value. (LANE_MTRX_FILL_PERCENTAGE) Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8600 LEITCH_ARCHIVE_LIMIT (Default = 5) This parameter specifies the maximum number of archive or re-store operation per either Leitch node (DIVA_METASOURCE=N) or Leitch location (DIVA_METASOURCE=Y). Valid in Systems: D-AIS LEITCH_DB_REFRESH_PERIOD (Default: 60 minutes ((3600 seconds)) This parameter specifies, in seconds, the minimum database refresh interval for the Leitch VR server. Valid in Systems: D-AIS LEITCH_DB_UPDATE_ENABLE (Default: N). An optional alternative change notification mechanism has been added to the Externalized Nexio Interface. It is based on periodical polling Nexio for “Added” and “Deleted” changes by sending C1 4C commands. Enable (Y) / Disable (N) alternative change notification mechanism . (See also: LEITCH_DB_UPDATE_ENABLE and LEITCH_DB_UPDATE_PERIOD.) Valid in Systems: D-AISv5 LEITCH_DB_UPDATE_PERIOD (Default: 60). Use this parameter to set the polling period, in seconds. (See also: LEITCH_DB_UPDATE_ENABLE and LEITCH_DB_UPDATE_PERIOD.) Valid in Systems: D-AISv5 LEITCH_EXT_NAME_SIZE (Default: 32) This parameter specifies, in bytes, the maximum size of the item’s Extended Name. It should be set to the Extended Name maximum size as specified at volume initialization time (16, 32, or 64). Valid in Systems: D-AIS LEITCH_CHK_NODES_PERIOD (Default: 10 minutes (600 seconds)) This parameter specifies, in seconds, how often the Leitch VR cluster status is checked. Valid in Systems: D-AIS LEITCH_LOAD_BALANCE_ARCHIVE= (Y, N) {Default = Y} This parameter specifies whether D-AIS should “load balance” Leitch-DIVA transfers. Y= all Leitch locations controlled by D-AIS are configured for D-AIS load balancing. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 86 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: D-AIS LEITCH_MAX_NODE_CONNECTS (Default: 1) This parameter specifies the maximum number of so-called heavy (i.e. db query) connections per Leitch cluster node. Valid in Systems: D-AIS LINKSERVER_LOG_LEVEL Used to specify the diagnostic log level for the Linkserver interface. Note that there could be several locations (type Linkserver or XM3000) that use the Linkserver interface. Enabling Linkserver diagnostic logging logs information about all requests from all of these locations. Removed From/Invalid In: D-AIS v3.10.00 LINKSERVER_MEDIA_ID A valid media ID for queries. Valid in Systems: D-AIS LINKSERVER_MEDIA_TYPE A valid media type for queries. Valid in Systems: D-AIS LOCATION_SERVER_LOG_LEVEL (Default: 0) Flexicart log level. Sets the log level for the Flexicart interface. Set to 0 for minimum, 1 for normal operation and greater when debugging problems. Removed From/Invalid In: D-AIS v3.10.00 LOCATION_SERVER_PORT (Default: 17800) Flexicart interface. Sets the port number used for the Flexicart interface. Valid in Systems: D-AIS LOCK_ALARM_BACKTRACE_SIZE (Default: 0) D-MAS raises a warning alarm (ALRM_MUTEX_LOCK_ORDER) whenever it encounters code where a deadlock is possible. The system prints extra debugging information to the log file which should be submitted to development via a Software Problem Report (SPR). The amount of information printed is controlled by the LOCK_ALARM_BACKTRACE_SIZE parameter. This parameter defaults to 0, but should be set to a larger value when testing the system. It indicates the number of lines of backtrace information to print out to the log files. A suggested value for LOCK_ALARM_BACKTRACE_SIZE is 12. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8600v4 LOG_RETENTION_DAYS={1, 2, 3, ….365} Diagnostic log retention time – in days. Sets the number of days diagnostic log files are retained. Removed From/Invalid In: D-AIS v3.10.00 LOG_SKIP_BREAK={Y, N} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: N) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 87 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the logging of skipped breaks. Valid in Systems: A8500 LOG_TRUE_TIME_SKIP={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the logging of events that are deleted because a true-time event further down the schedule is taken. Valid in Systems: A8500 LOGO_SWR_LEVEL= {‘logical_level_value’} (Default: SWR_LEVEL_LOGO) Logical switcher level for 1st logo event. Valid logical level values are: Subevent Level Logical Level Value Old Values Audio Over SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER_1 Audio Over2 SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER2 - DSK SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_1 DSK2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK2 - DSK3 SWR_LEVEL_DSK3 - DSK4 SWR_LEVEL_DSK4 - Effect SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT SWR_LEVEL_DSK_3 Logo SWR_LEVEL_LOGO SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Logo2 SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Main Audio SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO - Main Video SWR_LEVEL_VIDEO - (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) Renamed to LOGO1_SWR_LEVEL in A7500v4.05.00. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 LOGO1_SWR_LEVEL= {‘logical_level_value’} (Default: SWR_LEVEL_LOGO) Logical switcher level for 1st logo event. Valid logical level values are: Subevent Level Logical Level Value Audio Over SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER_1 Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 88 of 475 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Old Values (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Subevent Level Logical Level Value Old Values Audio Over2 SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER2 - DSK SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_1 DSK2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK2 - DSK3 SWR_LEVEL_DSK3 - DSK4 SWR_LEVEL_DSK4 - Effect SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT SWR_LEVEL_DSK_3 Logo SWR_LEVEL_LOGO SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Logo2 SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Main Audio SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO - Main Video SWR_LEVEL_VIDEO - (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) Valid in Systems: A7500v4 LOGO2_SWR_LEVEL= {‘logical_level_value’} (Default: SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2) Logical switcher level for 2nd logo event. Valid logical level values are: Subevent Level Logical Level Value Audio Over SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER_1 Audio Over2 SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER2 - DSK SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_1 DSK2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK2 - DSK3 SWR_LEVEL_DSK3 - DSK4 SWR_LEVEL_DSK4 - Effect SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT SWR_LEVEL_DSK_3 Logo SWR_LEVEL_LOGO SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Logo2 SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Main Audio SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO - Main Video SWR_LEVEL_VIDEO - Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 89 of 475 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Old Values (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 LSF_EXTRA_CHANNELS = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) support for optional Leitch Still File channels C & D. If N, the old interpretation of Leitch Still File machine control indices is used. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00, M M2100_FIRMWARE_5_0 = {Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) sending the TX_NEXT command separately. This work-around applies to all Master 2100 switchers at a site; it is not possible to enable the work-around on a switcher-by-switcher basis. Note: This parameter is currently ignored on the A8100. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 MAN_SUBEVENT_PRESET={True/False} (Default: True) Use this parameter to Enable (True) / Disable (False) sending request to preset if the start type of DSK subevent is specified as “MAN”. • Enable (True): the Switcher Task continues to send request to preset for manual DSK subevents. • Disable (False): The Switcher Task will not send request to preset for manual DSK subevents. Valid in Systems: A7500v5.17 MASSSTORE_COPY_STATUS_DELAY = {ss} (Default: 3 seconds) This parameter specifies, in seconds, the delay (i.e. the hold off) time after requesting a transfer and before polling for the transfer status. This allows the delay time to be configurable. Valid in Systems: D-AIS MASSSTORE_LOGIN_NAME Allows each D-AIS computer to use different login credentials. When specified, this parameter is used instead of its Location table sibling. This parameter is used in conjuction with System.cfg parameter: MASSSTORE_LOGIN_PASSWORD. Valid in Systems: D-AIS MASSSTORE_LOGIN_PASSWORD Allows each D-AIS computer to use different login credentials. When specified, this parameter is used instead of its Location table sibling. This parameter is used in conjuction with System.cfg parameter: MASSSTORE_LOGIN_NAME. Valid in Systems: D-AIS MASSSTORE_PURGEITEM={Y, N} (Default: N) N = Enable sending of the DeleteFromArchive command. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 90 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Y= Enable sending of the PurgeItem command. Removed from / Invalid in: D-AIS v3.18.01 MASSSTORE_PURGE_ITEM={Y, N} (Default: N) N = Enable sending of the DeleteFromArchive command. Y= Enable sending of the PurgeItem command, but only when delete is requested for items on a purge bus. Valid in Systems: D-AIS MASSSTORE_RESTORE_TEMP_NAME={Y,N} This parameter is used when configuring for the MassStore. Valid in Systems: D-AIS MASSSTORE_DB_REFRESH_PERIOD Minimum database refresh period- in seconds. Typical Setting: 1800 seconds (= 30 Minutes) Valid in Systems: D-AIS MASSSTORE_DISCONNECT_DURATION Specify allowable database disconnect duration time limit. Perform a full database refresh when this short disconnect period occurs. The time is specified in minutes and the default is 1. Valid in Systems: D-AIS MASTER_GLOBAL_EDIT = {Y, N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) whether editing/changing a Master event automatically invokes global editing. For DALstation workstations, it determines whether the console automatically does master/follow global edits when a master event is edited. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8400 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.28.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 MASTER_SERVER_PORT Port number used to communicate with master automation systems. Valid in Systems: A8500 MASTER_WITHOUT_SCP={Y,N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the master/follow menu display of selection “MASTER” on the pick-list. Selecting Master allows an event to be a master event without being associated with a synchronous control panel. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00 MATERIAL_TABLE_OVERWRITE={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) overwriting of the Material table. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 91 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • If “Y” D-AQS always updates the MATERIAL table record to match the latest data it finds for a device during an inventory scan. • If “N” an existing MATERIAL table record is not be overwritten. In this scenario D-AQS creates a MATERIAL table record when needed if one does not exist, but it will not overwrite or change an existing record. Valid in Systems: DAQS MATID_POLL_PERIOD={‘1 or more’} (Default: 4) Number of seconds to wait between polling devices (1 or more). Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8500, A8600 Removed from / Invalid in: A8100 v3.30.00 MAX_LOG_ENTRIES ={‘positive integer’} (Default: 1000) The maximum log store size. This specifies the maximum number of events in the asrun log / the maximum number of event buffers that may be allocated to any one log. Typical Setting: 1500 (for a 16MB10Bus) • The maximum number of event buffers that may be used as log entries is MAX_LOG_ENTRIES multiplied by the number of buses. • It is imperative that the parameter ‘max_log_items’ is not set too large in system.cfg. If MAX_LOG_ENTRIES is set to large, the logs can grab all of the ram and leave none over for anything else. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 MAX_PENDING_OPS (Default: 0) This parameter governs the maximum number of pending schedule server client media management (rename, delete, etc) commands which can be performed at once. This defaults to 0, but should be increased if an installation’s workflow requires that more than a single rename or delete request be processed at once. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A7800v4 MAX_REPLICATION_LAG={‘ss’} (Default: 3 seconds) This parameter defines the maximum lag (in seconds) allowed for a replication executed on the slave node to be considered up-to-date. This value defaults to 3 (seconds), which will also be the minimum value accepted by D-AIS. (See also UPDATE_TIME_PERIOD.) • If configured to less than 3, D-AIS will assume 3 seconds as the replication lag with the exception being 0. • If configured to 0, D-AIS falls back to the former behavior and no lag is considered. About the Standby Replication Controller status display: On the MySQL slave servers (Standby Replication Controller and Query Interfaces) under the (Status) branch of the Active/Standby Replication Controller pair there is a sub-item called Replication Status where the user can see information about the status of the replication of the Standby Replication Controller. The Status field depends on the values of the Lag field and the MAX_REPLICATION_LAG field and can take one of the following values according to the combination of these fields: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 92 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • GOOD: The Lag is greater than zero and less than MAX_REPLICATION_LAG. • BAD: The Lag is greater than zero and greater than MAX_REPLICATION_LAG. • N/A: MAX_REPLICATION_LAG is zero (i.e. feature is turned off) or the Lag cannot be determined due to an error accessing the database or the database fields. • OUT OF SYNC: The Lag is less than zero and MAX_REPLICATION_LAG is different than zero. Valid in Systems: D-AISv4 MAX_SCHSVR_CACHED_ERRS={‘x - the max # of cached events in error’} (Default: 100) The maximum number of cached events in error can be set using the new parameter. • A higher value for this parameter result in more memory usage and network activity. • Lower values reduce resource consumption, but there is the possibility of having an incomplete list of events in error (although only the events furthest from being aired would be omitted). • A zero or negative value turns this enhancement off. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7400v4, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8800 MBUS_SSVR_DUR_SELECT={END_INCL, START_INCL} When a single bus block selection is converted to a multi-bus multi-event block selection the number of events selected on other buses depends on the total duration of the single bus block and on the setting of MBUS_SSVR_DUR_SELECT. The following entries are valid for this parameter… • START_INCL: An event is included in a block if the event preceding it is included, and the event will start after the first event and within the total duration given by the events of the single bus block selection before conversion. • END_INCL: An event is included in a block if the event preceding it is included, and the event will start after the first event and end within the total duration given by the events of the single bus block selection before conversion. Valid in Systems: A8000 MCIF_AUTO_UNLOAD = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) automatic unloading of McCarts. Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 MCIF_BACKUP_POLL = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) McCart backup polling. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8400, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A6800 v3.16.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 93 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files MCIF_ITEM_SIZE = {1, 2, ..., 10} (Default: 5) McCart item ID size in characters. Set to 9 for 9-characater McCart control. In A7410: • This parameter is ignored for the XM3000 interface. The item size is determined by system information message returned by the XM3000 system. • The maximum size is 6. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8400, A8500, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A6800 v3.16.00 MCIF_LOG_LEVEL= {0, 1, ..., 5} (Default: 0) McCart diagnostic logging level. (This is possibly over-ridden by the LOG_LEVEL setting in PORT.CFG.) Valid in Systems: Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.28.00, A6500 v3.50.00, A6800 v3.32.00, A7500 v3.128.00, A7800 v3.24.00, A8100 v3.50.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8600 v3.50.00 MCIF_ORG_CLR= {Y, N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) clearing of McCart origin. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A6800 v3.16.00 MCIF_POLL_PERIOD={‘ss’} (Default: 2 (seconds)) This parameter is used to configure the poll period (in seconds) of MCIF/McCart (DSS) machines. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4, A7500, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600 Removed from / Invalid in: A8000v3.80.00, A8100 v3.54.00 MCIF_POLL_PERIOD2={‘ss’} (Default: 0 (seconds)) This parameter is used to configure the poll period (in seconds) of MCIF/McCart (DSS) machine second ports. If it is set to a positive number (which represents a number of seconds), the interface polls all D-Cart devices on their 2nd ports (if configured) periodically. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600 MCIF_QUERY_DUR= {Y, N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the automation to query duration on MCIF devices (McCart, Dalet, D-CART or Encore audio servers) while checking for availability. Note: There is a known problem with Dalet, which can result in corrupt duration data. There are two ways to fix it: 1) Set MCIF_QUERY_DUR to “N” - OR2) Modify Dalet config.ini to set kill date to “N”. At issue is, if kill date is set in Dalet, the return clip status stream is modified and the automation can no longer read the duration correctly. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 94 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed from / Invalid in: A6800 v3.16.00 MCIF_QUERY_ITEM= {Y, N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) item query for MCIF (i.e. Dcart or Dalet) source machines. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600 MCIF_START= {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) sending a start message for the second instance of back to back play of the same item, where the time in between each instance is less than the cue time. Renamed to MCIF_STOP in: A6500, A7410, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600 Valid in Systems: A5500, A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.22.00, A7410 v2.14.16, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.29.00, A8500 v3.600.00, A8600 v3.30.01 MCIF_STOP= {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) sending a start message for the second instance of back to back play of the same item, where the time in between each instance is less than the cue time. (See also MCIF_Start.) If MCIF_STOP is not set SYSTEM.CFG, the default value of N applies. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7410, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600 MCIF_TIMEOUT={‘ss’} (Default: 10) Sets the communications timeout - in seconds - for the McCart interface (MCIF). Some types of machines using the MCIF protocol require these long timeouts. For use with a McCurdy McCart, this timeout can be reduced (e.g. to ‘MCIF_TIMEOUT=1’ for a 1-second timeout.) Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A6800 v3.16.00 MDAC_LOG_LEVEL (Superceded by Logging Table entries.) Valid in Systems: A8000 Removed From / Invalid in: A8100 v3.50.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8400 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.50.00 MEDIAGRID_COPY_TO_TEMPORARY= {Y, N} (Default: N) D-AIS supports archiving/restoring between an Omneon Spectrum and the MediaGrid. When archiving an item to a MediaGrid active storage, D-AIS can use a temporary name for the item, and rename the item to its final (i.e. schedule) name only after it is successfully archived. Use this parameter to Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the “copy to temporary and rename” feature for the MediaGrid. Use of temporary file names is enabled by setting it to “Y.” Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 95 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files MEDIAGRID_ENABLE_CALLBACKS={Y, N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y)/ Disable (N) support of MediaGrid change notification using the MediaGrid API (a.k.a. MGAPI) callbacks. Valid in Systems: D-AISv4 MEDIAGRID_NATIVE_QUERY={Y, N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y)/ Disable (N) D-AIS support for listing the files in a MediaGrid monitored directory using the MediaGrid API function calls instead of using Windows API and Omneon Windows file system driver (FSD). The default value for this parameter is Y, meaning that the full inventory listing using the MediaGrid API is enabled by default. Valid in Systems: D-AISv4 MEDIAGRID_NOTIFY_DELAY (Default: 30) The MediaGrid interface (in D-AIS) puts in a delay time after receiving a MediaGrid change notification, and before subsequent item query request. This parameter specifies, in seconds, the maximum delay (i.e. hold off) notification time. The default value of this parameter is 30 seconds. New files are polled at a fixed 15 second interval, until the maximum time specified by the MEDIAGRID_NOTIFY_DELAY parameter is reached. Quantel and Final Cut Pro (FCP) to MediaGrid export notification: D-AIS periodically tries to open exported files for write, and waits for a success until the maximum time specified by MEDIAGRID_NOTIFY_DELAY parameter expires Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 MEDIAGRID_OPTIONAL_QUERY={Y, N} (Default: N) D-AIS supports using a more efficient way to check if files exist on MediaGrid before calling the Omneon Media query-related API methods. This “optional query” behavior is configurable. Use this parameter to Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the “optional query” behavior for the Omneon MediaGrid. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 MES_BATCH_SIZE (Default = 50) Number of database records to process per request. Valid in Systems: D-AISv5.10 MES_IGNORE_DELTA {seconds} (Default = 0 seconds) Interval in seconds to ignore close deltasync updates (see Deltasync idiosyncrasies chapter). Valid in Systems: D-AISv5.10 MES_RETROSYNC_RETRY {seconds} (Default = 30 seconds) Delay in seconds before client system will re-send query to non-responding MES server. Valid in Systems: D-AISv5.10 MES_SLEEP {seconds} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default = 15 seconds) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 96 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Sleep interval for MES tasks when there is nothing to do. Valid in Systems: D-AISv5.10 MES_URL MES address used by other systems to send requests. Example: MES_URL=http://localhost:60001/restdemo Note: This is the same URL as data from URL field of METADATA_EXCHANGE_SERVICE table. Valid in Systems: D-AISv5.10 MIN_PRES_EVENTS (Default: 12) The minimum number of events required in a presentation bus schedule without the system issuing data error warnings. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8800, MISSING_ITEMS_LIST_SIZE ={‘num_items’} (Default: 100) The number of missing items that can be displayed. The number of items in the list is displayed at the top of the list. The source field is included with the information for each item. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00 MODC_FULL_AVAIL_CHK={Y, N} (Default: N) Set mode to query MODC for item availability. • If N, automation uses “Express Check” to query MODC for item availability. • If Y, automation uses “Full Check” option to query MODC for item availability. Valid in Systems: A5500, A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500v5.04.00 MOTIF_PAGE_FILE=<page file name> (Optional) For machines supporting the Aston Motif protocol w/ preview planes. Specify the page file to be used. If no page file parameter is specified, the current or default page file is used. Note: When the default values for both MOTIF_USER_NAME and MOTIF_PAGE_FILE are included in SYSTEM.CFG, more stringent error checking on received status messages is possible. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 MOTIF_USER_NAME=<username> (Optional) For machines supporting the Aston Motif protocol w/ preview planes. Specify a username for logging on and/or for checking responses to some commands. If the user name parameter is omitted for a specific machine type, then the currently logged in or default user for the machine is used - if such a user exists. Note: When the default values for both MOTIF_USER_NAME and MOTIF_PAGE_FILE are included in SYSTEM.CFG, more stringent error checking on received status messages is possible. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 97 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 MOTNP_PAGE_FILE==<page file name> (Optional) For machines supporting the Aston Motif protocol, but not a pre-view plane. Specify the page file to be used. If no page file parameter is specified, the current or default page file is used. Note: When the default values for both MOTNP_USER_NAME and MOTNP_PAGE_FILE are included in SYSTEM.CFG, more stringent error checking on received status messages is possible. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8600 MOTNP_USER_NAME=<username> (Optional) For machines supporting the Aston Motif protocol, but not a pre-view plane. Specify a username for logging on and/or for checking responses to some commands. If the user name parameter is omitted for a specific machine type, then the currently logged in or default user for the machine is used - if such a user exists. Note: When the default values for both MOTNP_USER_NAME and MOTNP_PAGE_FILE are included in SYSTEM.CFG, more stringent error checking on received status messages is possible. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8600 MSTR_SVR_LOG_LEVEL = {0, 1, ..., 5} (Default: 0) Logging level of communications with schedule server port in master automation system. (Superceded by Logging Table entries.) Valid in Systems: A8500 MSTR_SVR_PORT (default: 0) Master automation server port number. This must be the same port number configured with the “sch_svr_port” parameter on the master automation system. Valid in Systems: A8000 MULT_CACHE_LOAD_REQ_ENABLED={Y, N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) multiple simultaneous cache prompts. For backwards compatibility, if the parameter does not exist in SYSTEM.CFG or it is set to “N”, only one cache prompt is pending at any one time, and all prompts are visible on the console (as determined by the type of computer and whether the OPERATOR_MESSAGES SYSTEM.CFG parameter is set). Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500 MUX8_ONE_PORT = {Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) limit of one port per MUX8. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, MUTEX_DEADLOCK_DETECTION_NUM_RETRIES (default: 1): If more than 1, D-MAS will try to lock the mutex again after previous unsuccessful attempts. This option is applicable to most of D-MAS mutexes. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 98 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files To enable this feature, the MUTEX_DEADLOCK_DETECTION_TIMEOUT must be configured to non-zero value. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 99 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A8100v5.07, A8600v5.07 MUTEX_DEADLOCK_DETECTION_TIMEOUT (sec, default=0) An optional timeout has been added to (most of) DMAS mutexes. Whenever it expires, DMAS raises an alarm or makes a core dump. There is no deadlock resolution mechanism, just detection. After raising an alarm, DMAS goes back to trying to lock the mutex. This feature is controlled by this system.cfg parameter. • If zero, the old behavior is in effect. • Otherwise, this timeout is applied to all C_MUTEX-based locks. To enable the core dump functionality, use the CORE_DUMP_ON_MUTEX_PROBLEM (boolean, default=N) system.cfg parameter Valid in Systems: A7500v5.14, A8100v5.06, A8600v5.06 MUTEX_STATISTIC_LEVEL={0,1,2} Data logging level. • 0 – feature is off (default value) • 1 – Log number of mutex locked per task • 2 – Extended logging. Log time spent in mutex lock call The internal DMAS diagnostic tool is extended with mutex statistic logging. DMAS uses PTHREAD library to implement multithread functionality which is accessed via wrapper API. This wrapper functionality is extended to implement statistic gathering for mutex lock operations. Each thread in DMAS (“task”) has its own internal ID which is used to get task name, and set of mutexes it can lock (“mutex type”). Following data is tracked during mutex lock acquisition: • Thread ID/Name • Mutex Type • Total duration of lock operations (in nanoseconds) • Sum of lock durations squared (in 10-15 sec2) • Number of lock operations • Maximum lock duration for this Task in measured period (in nanoseconds) This data is written to the log files periodically to avoid clogging log files. To avoid potential system overloading two level of logging is supported to regulate amount of output information. Logging is done by CLOCK task at logging level 2. This logging function periodically dumps acquired data to the log file. Note: See also CLOCK task parameter in Logging.TBL. Valid in Systems: A8100v5.06, A8600v5.06 MUTEX_STATISTIC_DELAY={x} (where x= second) Duration of data logging interval in seconds. The internal DMAS diagnostic tool is extended with mutex statistic logging. DMAS uses PTHREAD library to implement multithread functionality which is accessed via wrapper API. This wrapper functionality is extended to implement statistic gathering for mutex lock operations. Each thread in DMAS (“task”) has its own internal ID which is used to get task name, and set of mutexes it can lock (“mutex type”). © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 100 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Following data is tracked during mutex lock acquisition: • Thread ID/Name • Mutex Type • Total duration of lock operations (in nanoseconds) • Sum of lock durations squared (in 10-15 sec2) • Number of lock operations • Maximum lock duration for this Task in measured period (in nanoseconds) This data is written to the log files periodically to avoid clogging log files. To avoid potential system overloading two level of logging is supported to regulate amount of output information. Logging is done by CLOCK task at logging level 2. This logging function periodically dumps acquired data to the log file. Note: See also CLOCK task parameter in Logging.TBL. Valid in Systems: A8100v5.06, A8600v5.06 N NET_AUTO=net_number[,net_number,...] (Default: 1) The single automation network (normally) or the list of automation networks in priority order (if redundant nets are permitted). (index from device.cfg). Networks must be specified by number (e.g., 1 or 2) instead of by device name (e.g., eth0 or eth1) in the system configuration file (SYSTEM.CFG). • Valid net numbers start at 1. • Specifying 0, disables the automation LAN. The output from –configinfo lists the values in SYSTEM.CFG, or ‘(no items)’ if the NET_AUTO is not defined. • A7500v4: Accepts eth0, eth1, etc. when specifying network interfaces. These correspond directly to the Ethernet interfaces defined by the system. • A8600v4: The number must correspond to the number of a network device that can be configured in DEVICE.CFG as outlined above. For example, network number 3 refers to the network device denoted by the name NETWORK3 in DEVICE.CFG It is possible to have more than one LAN used for automation broadcasts. LANs are specified by using NET_AUTO=1,3 in SYSTEM.CFG. A8200v4.00.00: Networks are now specified by number (corresponding to network interfaces in DEVICE.CFG) instead of device name. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7400v4, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8200, A8500, A8800 NET_COMPRESSION={None, Big, All, Test} The type of compression to perform on the automation network. The primary use of compression is to avoid IP fragmentation. Compression Type Meaning NONE No packets are compressed. BIG Packets that would require fragmentation are compressed, but others are not. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 101 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALL All packets are compressed. TEST The maximum packet size is sent always. This extremely inefficient method is used to test the fragmentation and reassembly software. It should never be used at a site. • If the store size is sufficiently large, then store update messages do not fit within a single Ethernet frame, and 2 messages must be used. Compression allows most of these to fit into one frame. • The system can handle network messages that do not fit into a single Ethernet packet using IP fragmentation and re-assembly. It can also compress network messages to minimize the requirement for IP fragmentation or to reduce network traffic at the expense of some CPU utilization. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500v3, A7500v4, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 NET_DELAY={“#_microsec’} The number of microseconds to stagger the ACK responses. Each system delayed by this amount, times its index in NETWORK.TBL in order to avoid a lot of simultaneous ACK messages. This is to get around a problem with the Racal Interlan NI5210 NIC, which gets too many overrun errors unless this is done. Other NICs do not require this. • Set this parameter to the same value for all systems. • This parameter, together with NET_DELAY_BASE, controls the delay before responding with ACKs on the automation network when NI5210 cards are used. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7410, A7500, A7600, A8000, A8500, A8800 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v4.22 (This as per field report. Removal not stated in release notes.) NET_DELAY_BASE Minimum network delay time in microseconds before responding with ACKs on the automation network when NI5210 cards are used. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8500, A8800 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v4.22 (This as per field report. Removal not stated in release notes.) NET_DEV_MAS This parameter has been renamed to DEV_MAS_NET. This was done so that it more closely resembles other related parameters (DEV_MAS_ACK_TIMEOUT, DEV_MAS_NUM_BUF, DEV_MAS_NUM_XMIT). Previous versions of master automation software allowed either parameter name to be used. As of A8100 v3.22.00 / A8000 v3.44.00 / A8600 v3.22.00: NET_DEV_MAS is no longer valid and must be replaced with the new parameter name, DEV_MAS_NET. Valid in Systems: Removed from / Invalid in: A8000 v3.40.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8600 v3.18.00 NET_MON_PORT (Default: 0) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 102 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files The UDP port used for the special monitoring packets. Default: 0. Causes no network monitoring or alarms, and does not generate the special packets that other systems may be monitoring. Recommended standard value is 20034. To enable network monitoring, this keyword must be defined as non-zero in order. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500v4, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 NET_MON_TIMEOUT={ss} (Default: 5 seconds) This parameter specifies the network monitor local timeout in seconds (ss) . The default value is 5 seconds. Do not change this value unless there is good reason to do so. Setting it to a value that is too low can cause false alarms for network failures. The remote timeout is set appropriately based on the local timeout. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500, A7800v3, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600 NET_NUM_BUF (Default: 300) The number of network buffers. Default values are: • 200 for A8000, • 100 for A5500/A6500/A8500, • 300 for A7500. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A7500, A8000, A8500 NET_NUM_SOCKETS The number of available sockets. The default value is the same as the previous hard coded value for the site. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, CAIF NET_ROUTER={‘IP-address’} The IP address of the router interface that is the default gateway. • This must be on one of the local networks and match the network portion of the IP address. • All packets that do not match any of the local LANs will be sent to the router specified. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7600, A8000, A8500, CAIF Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCSv4.00.00 NET_SOCKETS_PORT1 (Default: 25000) The supervisory system's sockets port number 1. (0 disables port.) In installations with multiple automation systems, each automation system must use a separate port number. The recommended values are 20201 to 20218. Reference D-Series LAN Reference for standard Port Assignments. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 NET_SOCKETS_PORT2 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: 0) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 103 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Socket port number 2 to communicate with the second supervisory system if a dual Supervisory system is installed. (0 disables port.) Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.10.00, A6800 v3.05.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.66.00, A8100 v3.26.00, A8200 v3.26.00, A8600 v3.26.00, A8800 v3.78.00 NET_UDP_PORT={‘number’} The value of the UDP port used to receive automation broadcasts / communicate with other automation systems. This number is unique for all UDP applications. Reference D-Series LAN Reference for standard Port Assignments. Default Settings: • For A7800v3, A7400v4, A8000, A8200v4: default 20100 • For A7500v4, A8400v3, A8500: default 20100 + DVC_AUTO_NO • For V3 systems: default 5001 Valid in Systems: A6500, A7400v4, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8200v4, A8400, A8500, A8800 NETWORK_MANAGER_ACTIVE_COPY_LIMIT Maximum number of simultaneous active copy operations. Typical: 10 Valid in Systems: D-AIS NETWORK_MANAGER_ACTIVE_DELETE_LIMIT Maximum number of simultaneous active delete operations. Typical: 10 Valid in Systems: D-AIS NETWORK_MANAGER_ACTIVE_FREESPACE_LIMIT Maximum number of simultaneous Active freespace operations. Typical: 10 Valid in Systems: D-AIS NETWORK_MANAGER_ACTIVE_NOTIFY_LIMIT Maximum number of simultaneously active notify operations. Valid in Systems: D-AIS NETWORK_MANAGER_ACTIVE_PURGE_LIMIT Maximum number of simultaneous active purge operations. Typical: 10 Valid in Systems: D-AIS NETWORK_MANAGER_ACTIVE_VERIFY_LIMIT Maximum number of simultaneous active verify operations. Typical: 10 Valid in Systems: D-AIS © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 104 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files NETWORK_MANAGER_DESTINATION_LIMIT Maximum number of simultaneous copies from a device. Valid in Systems: D-AIS NETWORK_MANAGER_LOG_LEVEL (Default: 0) To enable detailed diagnostics in the area of the automation cache Profile freespace interface, set to 3. (Superceded by Logging Table entries.) Removed From/Invalid In: D-AIS v3.10.00 NETWORK_MANAGER_PENDING_COPY_LIMIT Maximum number of outstanding copy operations. Typical: 15 Valid in Systems: D-AIS NETWORK_MANAGER_PENDING_DELETE_LIMIT Maximum number of outstanding delete operations. Typical: 30 Valid in Systems: D-AIS NETWORK_MANAGER_PENDING_NOTIFY_LIMIT Maximum number of outstanding notify operations. Valid in Systems: D-AIS NETWORK_MANAGER_PENDING_PURGE_LIMIT Maximum number of outstanding purge operations. Typical: 30 Valid in Systems: D-AIS NETWORK_MANAGER_PENDING_FREESPACE_LIMIT Maximum number of outstanding freespace operations. Typical: 10 Valid in Systems: D-AIS NETWORK_MANAGER_PENDING_LIMIT Maximum number of outstanding copy requests. Maximum: 250 Valid in Systems: D-AIS NETWORK_MANAGER_PENDING_VERIFY_LIMIT Maximum number of outstanding verify operations. Typical: 30 Valid in Systems: D-AIS NETWORK_MANAGER_SOURCE_LIMIT Maximum number of simultaneous copies to a device. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 105 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: D-AIS NETWORK_MANAGER_TOTAL_LIMIT Maximum number of copies active. This is the total number of D-AIS network manager operations. Maximum: 150 Valid in Systems: D-AIS NEXIO_COPY_TO_TEMPORARY={Y/ N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the “copy to temporary and rename” feature for Nexio. Y enables use of temporary file names. D-AISv5 NOTE: The NEXIO_COPY_TO_TEMPORARY parameter was moved to the D-AIS CONFIG table menu (Configure >> Config Table >> Copy Parameters menu) and should no longer be configured in the SYSTEM.CFG file, i.e. it must be removed from the SYSTEM.CFG file meant to run with D-AIS v 5.02.00 or higher. Removed from/Invalid in: D-AISv5.02.00 NEXIO_UNICODE_MODE={Y, N} (Default: N) This parameter is used to indicate to Nexio servers that D-MAS is a Unicode controller. • N: (Default), D-MAS indicates it is an ASCII controller. When operating as an ASCII controller, D-MAS may only write and retrieve ASCII metadata to the Nexio. • Y: D-MAS indicates it is a Unicode controller, D-MAS may write Unicode data. If an installation wishes to use Unicode for the D-MAS long title field, it is necessary to set NEXIO_UNICODE_MODE=Y and also set UNICODE_FALLBACK_TO_ASCII=N. D-MAS will fail to start up if these to configuration parameters are mismatched (i.e. both set to Y or both set to N). Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A8100 v4.05.00 NEXIO_UNICODE_MODE={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) storing the contents of the DAL4 userdata Title field as Unicode text. • Y: Store the contents of the DAL4 userdata Title field as Unicode text. At installations where the Title field contains non-Roman characters, NEXIO_UNICODE_MODE must be set to Y. • N: Store the contents of the Title field as strict 7-bit printable ASCII characters in the range 0x20 to 0x7F. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 NO_EVENT_SOM = {Y, N} (Default: N) Use start-of-message (SOM) timecode returned by Profile instead of SOM in event. Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 NO_SHADOW_ON_SHTDWN={Y, N} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: N) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 106 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Enable (Y) / Disable (N) allowing a shutdown request to abandon any shadowing that is currently underway. If Y (true), a shutdown request abandons any shadowing currently underway. Thus, the shadow files are not necessarily up to date when the system shuts down, and upon re-starting an old copy of shadow files are used. This avoids long delays in shut downs when the system has recently started up and is copying files to the backup shadow set, or after a large schedule has been imported and is being shadowed Note: This parameter is meant to be used for testing purposes only. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100 NOMINAL_TIME_MODE={Y,N} (Default: N) Used to change the way the automation software calculates an event’s out time and may modify an event’s duration. • If Y, continuous timecode is displayed even in the drop frame timecode NTSC systems. This hides the time error on imported schedule files due to traffic file using 30 fps instead of drop frame rule. • If N, event duration and out time calculations remain frame accurate. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 NUM_ACP_BUSES={0…25} (Default: 0) The number of buses supported by the automation control panel. Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 NUM_BUSES = {1, 2, ..., SYS_MAX_BUSES) (Default: 0) The number of buses in the system (not including alternat(iv)e schedule edit buses). Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8200, A8800, NUM_DIGICARTS The number of Digicart machines connected to the automation system. This parameter inhibits the Digicart. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400, A7500, A7600 Removed from / Invalid in: A7400v4.05.00, A7500v4.13.02 NUM_DINPUTS={1….2400} (Default: 80) The number of GPI digital inputs in the system. (Relays via A7980 (UIO-80).) Typical Setting: 60 Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.02.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.51.00, A8000 v3.44.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 NUM_DOUTPUTS={1….2400} (Default: 80) The number of GPI digital outputs in the system. (Relays via A7980 (UIO-80).) Typical Setting: 320 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 107 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.02.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.51.00, A8000 v3.44.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 NUM_DVC_AUTO={1…16} Total number of device automation systems configured for this system. Since the “NUM_DVC_AUTO” setting is CPU specific, it must be set correctly on the CPU the DALstation clients are connecting to. A8100 System Note: It is possible to set the NUM_DVC_AUTO variable in A8100 system.cfg to be greater than the number of device automations actually installed without invoking any error messages or causing the system not to start, since this situation could arise of course if a DAC were taken out of service for maintenance or reconfiguration. However, DACs being unavailable has had an adverse effect on some functionality by delaying network traffic. It is therefore recommended that NUM_DVC_AUTO be set to the number of DACs that are installed and in operation. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8600 NUM_DVC_EVENTS The maximum number of events supported by the device automation in each bus. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600 NUM_ENCODERS={numeric} (Default: 200) The number of encoders handled by the CA_IF. • 0 inhibits all encoder status requests from CA_IF to UMS. • 200 is the default if the line is omitted. Valid in Systems: CAIF NUM_FLOPPIES = {0, 1, 2} Number of physical floppy disk drives in each computer. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7400v4.00.00, A7500 V4.00.05.00, DFCS v3.01.00, DFCS v4.00.02 NUM_INPUT_PORTS_PER_BUS The number of signal input ports (encoders) per bus. Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00 NUM_INPUT_PORTS_PER_BVS (Default: 1) The number of signal input ports (encoders) per server. The default is one (1). Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.02.07 NUM_INPUT_UIO80S The number of input UIO-80s in the system. Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 108 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files NUM_KLTZ_CLOCKS (Default: 80) The number of Klotz countdown clocks. The absolute limit is one Klotz countdown clock per source. Practically, CPU memory constraints may lower this limit. Valid in Systems: A8200 NUM_LINES_EVENT = {1, 2, 3} (Default: 2) Specifies the number of display lines per event in the single-bus, multi-bus, and splitscreen displays. To take advantage of the extra display line, add entries to the DISPLAY.TBL specification table for line #2 (the 3rd event line). Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 NUM_MASTER_UIO80S The number of master UIO-80s (A7980s) in the system. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8800 NUM_NEPS={0…16} (Default: 0) The number of Next Event Panels in the system. NUM_NEPs must be less than or equal to (NUM_NEP_LINES x NUM_NEPS_PER_LINE). Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7410, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8200, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A8600 v3.30.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8400 v3.32.00 NUM_NEP_LINES The number of Serial Lines controlling Next Event Panels Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8800 NUM_NEPS_PER_LINE The number of Next Event Panels connected on each serial line Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8800 NUM_NODES_PER_CLUSTER SeaChange-specific parameter. Removed in D-AIS v1_44_02 Valid in Systems: D-AIS NUM_OUTPUT_PORTS_PER_BUS The number of signal output ports (decoders) per bus. Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00 NUM_OUTPUT_PORTS_PER_BVS (Default: 2) The number of signal output ports (decoders) per server. The default is two (2). Valid in Systems: Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.02.07 NUM_OUTPUT_UIO80S © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 109 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files The number of output UIO-80s in the system. Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00,A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 NUM_RCP_BUSES={0…25} (Default: 0) The number of buses supported by the record control panel. Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 NUM_SCI={0, 1, 2…,17} Sets the number of Studio Confidence Indicator panels (SCI’s) connected to the system. This parameter is used to limit the number of panels polled and the number of panels displayed in the External Device diagnostic display to the number of panels installed in the system. Valid in Systems: A7500 NUM_SCIS={0, 1, 2…,17} The number of Studio Confidence Indicator Panels (also called countdown panels) in the system. Valid in Systems: A7410, A7500, A7800, A8200, A8500, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 NUM_SCPS ={‘positive integer’} (Default: site.h SYS_MAX_SCPS) The number of Synchronous Control Panels in the system. This parameter is used to format entries in the master/follow pick list, which is used to edit the master/follow field of an event. Valid in Systems: A7500, A7800, A8500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8000 v3.44.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 NUM_SOURCES={1…200} (Default: 0) The number of physical sources/buses available in the system (defined in the Src.tbl). Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 NUM_STORED_ALARMS={1, 2, 3, …50} (Default: 50) Maximum number of alarms that can be displayed on DALstation. Maximum value is 50. Note: The automation system will not start if the NUM_STORED_ALARMS or NUM_STORED_AUX_ALARMS parameters are larger than their maximum allowed values (50) in system.cfg. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 NUM_STORED_AUX_ALARMS © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 110 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Maximum number of auxiliary alarms that can be displayed on DALstations. Note: The automation system will not start if the NUM_STORED_ALARMS or NUM_STORED_AUX_ALARMS parameters are larger than their maximum allowed values (50) in system.cfg. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, NUM_SWITCHERS={1…30} (Default: 0) The maximum number of routers or switchers in the system. Must match those configured in the specification tables. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 NUM_SYSTEM_PORTS_PER_BUS The number of system ports (query ports), if any. Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00 NUM_SYSTEM_PORTS_PER_BVS (Default: 0) The number of system ports (query ports), if any, per server. The default is zero (0). Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.02.07 NUMBER_OF_LAMPS={set to number on DAP} (Default: 32) The number of breakdown lamps in the system. (See also BRKDWN_LAMPS.) Typical Setting: 32, 64 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8000, A8800 NXIQ_DB_REFRESH_PERIOD={‘seconds’} (Default: 43,200 seconds <12 hour>) D-AIS supports the Nexio NXIQ near-line clustered storage, which is a generalpurpose NAS. This parameter is used to specify, in seconds, the minimum database refresh interval for the Nexio NXIQ locations. Its default value is 43,200 seconds (or 12 hours). D-AISv5 NOTE: The NXIQ_DB_REFRESH_PERIOD parameter must be removed from the SYSTEM.CFG file meant to run with D-AIS v 5.02.00 or higher. Valid in Systems: D-AISv4, D-AISv5 Removed from/Invalid in: D-AISv5.02.00 NXIQ_COPY_TO_TEMPORARY={Y/ N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the “copy to temporary and rename” feature for NXIQ. Y enables use of temporary file names. D-AISv5 NOTE: The NXIQ_COPY_TO_TEMPORARY parameter was moved to the D-AIS CONFIG table menu (Configure >> Config Table >> Copy Parameters menu) and should no longer be configured in the SYSTEM.CFG file, i.e. it must be removed from the SYSTEM.CFG file meant to run with D-AIS v 5.02.00 or higher. Removed from/Invalid in: D-AISv5.02.00 O OLD_EDIT_KEYS = {Y, N} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: N) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 111 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Indicates which set of keys control the "Cut", "Copy", and "Paste" commands used in automation CPUs. Command If Y… If N… Cut Ctrl-Del Ctrl-X Copy Alt-Del Ctrl-C Paste Shft-Ins Ctrl-V Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8500, A8800 OMNEON_ADDED_NOTIFY={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) added notification change sent by the Omneon server. Valid in Systems: D-AIS, DAQS Removed from / Invalid in: D-AIS V3.06.00 OMNEON_ARCHIVE_LIMIT {Default = 5} This parameter specifies the maximum number of archive or restore operation per either Omneon node (DIVA_METASOURCE=N) or Omneon location (DIVA_METASOURCE=Y). MediaGrid Note: Archive to/restore from MediaGrid limits may be specified for the Omneon Spectrum video server us-ing the OMNEON_ARCHIVE_LIMIT system configuration (SYSTEM.CFG) parameter. The limit applies to each (active) node in the Omneon Spectrum cluster independently of the other nodes. Valid in Systems: D-AIS OMNEON_CHK_NODES_PERIOD={‘ss’} (Default: 10 minutes (600 seconds)) This parameter specifies, in seconds, how often the Omneon Media Stream cluster status is checked. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 OMNEON_COPY_TO_TEMPORARY={Y/ N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Diable (N) the “copy to temporary and rename” feature for Omneon Media Server. Y enables use of temporary file names. D-AISv5 NOTE: The OMNEON_COPY_TO_TEMPORARY parameter was moved to the D-AIS CONFIG table menu (Configure >> Config Table >> Copy Parameters menu) and should no longer be configured in the SYSTEM.CFG file, i.e. it must be removed from the SYSTEM.CFG file meant to run with D-AIS v 5.02.00 or higher. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 Removed from/Invalid in: D-AISv5.02.00 OMNEON_DB_REFRESH_PERIOD (Default: 3600) The minimum file (item) database refresh interval - in seconds - for Omneon. Its default value is sixty minutes (3600 seconds). Valid in Systems: D-AIS OMNEON_DELETE_RETRY_COUNT (Default: 2) This parameter sets the number of connect retries for Omneon delete item request. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 112 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • The default value of this parameter is 2. • The maximum value is 5. If the parameter value exceeds the maximum value, the maximum value is used Valid in Systems: D-AIS OMNEON_DELETE_WAIT_RETRY={ss} (Default: 1 second) This parameter specifies, in seconds (ss), the delay between retries after a connection failure. Default is 1 second. Renamed in D-AIS v3.34.00 from OMNEON_WAIT_RETRY Valid in Systems: D-AIS OMNEON_LOAD_BALANCE_ARCHIVE = (Y, N) {Default = Y) This parameter specifies whether D-AIS should “load balance” Omneon-DIVA transfers. Y = all Omneon locations controlled by D-AIS are configured for D-AIS load balancing. Valid in Systems: D-AIS OMNEON_MAX_NODE_CONNECTS (Default: 1) This parameter specifies the maximum number of simultaneous ‘heavy’ (i.e. database query and transfer) connections per Omneon cluster node. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 OMNEON_SEQUENCE_LENGTH (Default: 5) This field specifies the maximum length of a playing/cued sequence. The Omneon short clip feature can be disabled without disabling the Omneon compatibility flag in machine.tbl. Sites that don’t require the short clip functionality and that don’t want to be constrained by its limitations can disable the short clip feature by setting OMNEON_SEQUENCE_LENGTH to zero (0) or one (1). By default, the Omneon short clip feature is enabled with a sequence length of five (5) clips. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8500, A8100, A8600 OMNEON_USE_EXTERNAL_MEDIA={Y, N} (Default = Y) This parameter specifies whether Omneon Movie File is self-contained or contains references to external Media Files. Y = each clip in the Omneon file system consists of a “wrapper“ file and a set of media files. Valid in Systems: D-AIS OMNEON_WAIT_RETRY={ss} (Default: 1 second) This parameter specifies, in seconds (ss), the delay between retries after a connection failure. Default is 1 second. Renamed in D-AIS v3.34.00 to OMNEON_DELETE_WAIT_RETRY Removed from / Invalid in: D-AIS v3.34.00 ONAIR_CHECK = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enables/disables checking of availability of on air source. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8600, A8800 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 113 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ONLINE_DISABLE_TIMEOUT (Default: 20 minutes) This parameter is used to specify the timeout in minutes before a location status value is changed from Going Out of Service to Out of Service (Timed Out). The default value is 20 minutes. The status associated with a device will be set to Out of Service (Timed Out) value only if waiting for an in progress operation to complete for longer than a configurable number of minutes given by the SYSTEM.CFG parameter ONLINE_DISABLE_TIMEOUT Valid in Systems: D-AIS OPERATOR_MESSAGES = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) Operator Message functions. These include: • Cache prompts (record tape load window displayed on the standby automation computer and optionally on each edit computer - DALstations), • Passing alarm messages to edit computers (DALstations) • Performing tape load acknowledge and tape load negative acknowledge functions on the standby computer, and optionally on each edit computer. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 OTHER_D-AIS_NAME If Active/Standby support is enabled (toc_enabled=y), then this parameter must be set to the Windows network name (e.g. D-AIS2) of the other D-AIS computer. When query interface mode is enabled, set OTHER_D-AIS_NAME to the windows hostname of the D-AIS CPU 1. Also, ensure the system32\drivers\etc\hosts file contains an IP address mapping for the windows hostname of D-AIS CPU 1, This feature is only enabled when the schema is set to version 1.05.00 or greater. D-AIS v4.00.00: This parameter is superseded by replication_controller1_name parameter. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 Remove from / Invalid in: D-AIS v4.00.00.00.Alpha OTHER_D-AIS_NAME2 This field is used when determining which CPU is main, it will setup replication with the database of that CPU. When query interface mode is enabled, set OTHER_DAIS_NAME2 to the windows hostname of the D-AIS CPU 2. Also, ensure the system32\drivers\etc\hosts file contains an IP address mapping for the windows hostname of D-AIS CPU 2. This feature is only enabled when the schema is set to version 1.05.00 or greater. D-AIS v4.00.00: This parameter is superseded by replication_controller2_name parameter. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 Remove from / Invalid in: D-AIS v4.00.00.00.Alpha OVER_SWR_LEVEL= {‘logical_level_value’} (Default: SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER) Switcher level for 1st voice-over event. Valid logical level values are: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 114 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Subevent Level Logical Level Value Old Values Audio Over SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER_1 Audio Over2 SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER2 - DSK SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_1 DSK2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK2 - DSK3 SWR_LEVEL_DSK3 - DSK4 SWR_LEVEL_DSK4 - Effect SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT SWR_LEVEL_DSK_3 Logo SWR_LEVEL_LOGO SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Logo2 SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Main Audio SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO - Main Video SWR_LEVEL_VIDEO - (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) Renamed to OVER1_SWR_LEVEL in A7500v4.05.00. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER1_SWR_LEVEL= {‘logical_level_value’} (Default: SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER) Switcher level for 1st voice-over event. Valid logical level values are: Subevent Level Logical Level Value Audio Over SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER_1 Audio Over2 SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER2 - DSK SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_1 DSK2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK2 - DSK3 SWR_LEVEL_DSK3 - DSK4 SWR_LEVEL_DSK4 - Effect SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT SWR_LEVEL_DSK_3 Logo SWR_LEVEL_LOGO SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Logo2 SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Main SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO - © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Old Values (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 115 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Subevent Level Logical Level Value Old Values (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) Audio Main Video SWR_LEVEL_VIDEO - Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER2_SWR_LEVEL= {‘logical_level_value’} (Default: SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER) Switcher level for 2nd voice-over event. Valid logical level values are: Subevent Level Logical Level Value Old Values Audio Over SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER_1 Audio Over2 SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO_OVER2 - DSK SWR_LEVEL_DSK1 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_1 DSK2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK2 - DSK3 SWR_LEVEL_DSK3 - DSK4 SWR_LEVEL_DSK4 - Effect SWR_LEVEL_EFFECT SWR_LEVEL_DSK_3 Logo SWR_LEVEL_LOGO SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Logo2 SWR_LEVEL_LOGO2 SWR_LEVEL_DSK_2 Main Audio SWR_LEVEL_AUDIO - Main Video SWR_LEVEL_VIDEO - (pre A7500 v2.44.00, 3.07.00) Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OXTEL_RELOAD = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) reload of the Oxtel picture for the DSK or Logo on each fade up, even if the picture is the same as that already loaded. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7410 v2.18.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00, P PLIST_BUS_FLAG = {Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) matching of bus description for traffic import. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 116 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.03.00, A6800 v3.04.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.58.00, A8000 v3.48.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.26.00, A8400 v3.26.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00, PLIST_DEFAULT_BUS Default bus for traffic import. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8800 PLIST_DEFAULT_EVENT Removed from / Invalid in: A8800 v3.68.00 PLIST_DEFAULT_SRC Default source for traffic import. Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.03.00, A6800 v3.04.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.58.00, A8000 v3.48.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.26.00, A8400 v3.26.00, A8500 v3.48.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00, PLIST_DEVENT_FLAG = {Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) default event insertion for traffic import. Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.58.00, A6500 v3.03.00, A6800 v3.04.00, A8000 v3.48.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.26.00, A8400 v3.26.00A8500 v3.48.00, A8600 v3.22.00 PRECUE_CONDITIONALLY= {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable D-AIS performing conditional precueing. (i.e. a tape will be precued if and only if deemed to require precueing. ) If enabled, D-AIS will not precue a tape that has been successfully precued unless something occurs that could leave the tape in a state that requires precueing, namely: • The tape is rewound (manually or otherwise). • The tape is removed from (and later re-inserted in) the FlexiCart. • The tape is in a VTR and an operator switches that VTR to local mode. Note 1: Simply moving a tape from one bin to another (or from a VTR to a bin) without closing and re-opening the FlexiCart door has the effect of removing the tape from the FlexiCart and re-inserting it as far as the FlexiCart (and hence D-FCS) is concerned. Note 2: As is the case with the other precueing parameters identified above, the setting for this parameter can be specified in either the system configuration file (SYSTEM.CFG) or the system specification table (SYSTEM.TBL). If the parameter appears in SYSTEM.TBL, the value specified therein overrides the value specified in SYSTEM.CFG Valid in Systems: D-AIS PRETAKE_IS_CUE= {Y,N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) modification of ACP “Take” and ‘Pretake’ button actions. When the "PRETAKE_IS_CUE" configuration option is enabled the functions of the Take and Pretake buttons are modified and "combined": • The Pretake button acts as a "ready next" button. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 117 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • The Take button acts as a combined Pretake/Take button - i.e. the Take button acts as a pretake if the event requires pretaking. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00 PRINT_FILTER = {Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) printing filter. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8000, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.02.00 PRINT_MODE={NET_PRINT, LOCAL_PRINT} (Default: LOCAL_PRINT) The automation and edit computers have the ability to print through the Supervisory computer. Valid Automation / Edit computer’s printing modes are: Net_Print = Send printer output to the Supervisory System Local_Print = Send printer output to the printer connected to the computer’s serial port. Valid in Systems: A7410, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800, Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.02.00 PRINT_PORT={0-n port number, 0xff – disabled) (Default: 0) Local printer’s serial port. (This serial port is now assigned in the PORT.CFG file using “usage=printer”.) Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.02.00, A7500 v 1.28.00 PROBEL_MATRIX_IS_SWRNUM = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) Probel Matrix router is switcher number. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 PROBEL_PANEL_LOGGING= {Y,N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) logging messages for Probel panel. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7600, A8000, A8500, A8800 PROCESSOR_SPEED={‘number’} (Default: measured at startup) The CPU clock rate in MHz. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8800 Removed From / Invalid In: A7400v4.00.00, D-FCSv4.00.00 PROCESSOR_TYPE = {1Ghz, etc.} (Default: measured at startup) The type of CPU. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7000, A8000 Removed from / Invalid in: A7400v4.00.00, D-FCSv4.00.00 PROFILE_API_LOG_LEVEL Specifies the amount of diagnostic logging for the Tektronix Profile DLLs. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 118 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed From/Invalid In: D-AIS v3.10.00 PROFILE_ARCHIVE_LIMIT {Default = 5} This parameter specifies the maximum number of archive or restore operation per either Profile node (DIVA_METASOURCE=N) or Profile location (DIVA_METASOURCE=Y). Valid in Systems: D-AIS PROFILE_BITRATE={24} Number of bits of storage per video field on ProFile VDRs. (Bit rate in MB/Sec.) The lowest allowed value is 1 MBit/sec. Removed from / Invalid in: A7600 v2.03.00, A7500 v2.10.00, A8000 v3.04.00, A8500 v3.4.00 PROFILE_CHECK_NODES_PERIOD={ss} (Default: 10 minutes (600 seconds)) This parameter specifies, in seconds, the time period between node checking. IMPORTANT: This parameter is valid for Win XP environments, but currently not for Win 2003 Server or Win 2008 Server, as there's no DLL for Win2008 Server. (i.e. As of 21-April-2010: Not currently valid for a D-AIS v4 environment.) Valid in Systems: D-AIS PROFILE_CHECK_PERIOD (Default: 300) Specifies, in seconds, the minimum connection check interval. Its default value is five minutes (300 seconds). Setting this parameter to a value larger than that of PROFILE_DB_REFRESH_PERIOD prevents D-AIS from checking for changes. Valid in Systems: D-AIS PROFILE_COPY_TO_TEMPORARY= {Y,N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) copy to temporary name and rename feature for GVG Profiles. • “Y,” (Default) preserves the existing behavior. • “N” disables copy to temporary name and rename feature for GVG Profile locations. Note: To support the ability for D-MAS to play items from the Profile play out server during an item trans-fer from ingest to play out server, the PROFILE_XFER_FILES system configuration parameter must be set to “Y” on D-AIS. Valid in Systems: D-AIS PROFILE_DB_REFRESH_PERIOD (Default: 3600) Specifies, in seconds, the minimum movie (item) database refresh interval. Its default value is one hour (3600 seconds). The item database is the list of video clips available on a given Profile. It is shown in the D-AIS window. D-AIS periodically updates the entire list. This parameter specifies the period, in seconds, of these updates. Valid in Systems: D-AIS © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 119 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files PROFILE_DB_MONITOR_CHANGES= {Y,N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) change notification. This notification indicates whether or not D-AIS should have the Profile notify it of changes to its item database. By default (Y), D-AIS ask the Profile to notify it when items (movies) have been changed. On receiving this notification, D-AIS queries the Profile for the list of movies added/deleted that triggered the notification. This enables D-AIS to keep its item database consistent with the contents of the Profile. Valid in Systems: D-AIS PROFILE_DB_UPDATE_PERIOD={‘ss’} (Default: 5 seconds) When the Profile interface notices a new item is created or an existing item is modified, it will put the item into a list instead of querying it right away. This parameter is used for configuring the period that a Profile interface should check the list. When checking the list, it will query those items that are older than the period and update the database accordingly. This is to avoid querying newly created items too soon and to reduce the number of queries and database updates when an item is changed repeatedly. (See also PROFILE_DB_UPDATE_RETRIES.) Valid in Systems: D-AIS PROFILE_DB_UPDATE_RETRIES (Default: 3 times) When the Profile interface notices a new item is created or an existing item is modified, it will put the item into a list instead of querying it right away. This parameter is used for configuring the maximum number of retries in case of querying failure. After the maximum retries, the changed item is ignored, instead of being added to the database with zero SOM and duration. (See also PROFILE_DB_UPDATE_PERIOD.) Valid in Systems: D-AIS PROFILE_LOAD_BALANCE_ARCHIVE= (Y, N) {Default = Y) This parameter specifies whether D-AIS should “load balance” Profile-DIVA transfers. Y = all Pro-file locations controlled by D-AIS are configured for D-AIS load balancing. Valid in Systems: D-AIS PROFILE_REOPEN_DELAY (Default: 5) Used to configure the time interval between closing and reopening a connection. It specifies, in seconds, the minimal time interval between the last Pronet connection closure and the next Pronet connection opening. Valid in Systems: D-AIS PROFILE_SHUTTLE_AT_OFFSET (Default: 4) The offset value - in fields - that is used for the stop point when the Shuttle@ option is enabled. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7600 PROFILE_UTC_EXPIRY_TIME= {Y,N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) converting the expiry date of clips is converted from local timezone to UTC when retrieved from a Profile, and converted from UTC to local timezone when stored to a Profile © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 120 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: D-AIS PROFILE_XFER_FILES= {Y,N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) whether D-AIS should “transfer” movies—using XfrRequest—instead of copying them—using PdrCopyMovie. • Disabling (N): files copied: This preserves the existing behavior: movies are copied instead of transferred. • Enabling (Y): files transferred: This causes D-AIS to transfer movies instead of copying them. Valid in Systems: D-AIS PROT_ON_RESERVE = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) system ability to switch to the protection source on the reserve switcher. The automation system can optionally switch to the protection source on the reserve switcher instead of the reserve source. Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.01.00, A6500 v3.10.00, A6800 v3.12.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A8000 v3.56.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.26.00, A8400 v3.26.00, A8500 v3.56.00, A8600 v3.30.00, A8800 v3.79.00 PURGE_FAILS_IF_LOCATED_ON_EXCLUDED={Y/N} (Default: Y) This option controls the DAIS behavior when purged material is located in the excluded location. It allows the system to take into account locations that are excluded from purge intentionally through configuration. • If set to 'Y', DAIS will fail the purge operation if purged material is located on an excluded location. Regardless of fail, DAIS will continue to purge material from other locations. This is the current behavior and this is default value of new option. When this configuration option is enabled, if the ID requested to be purged is found to exist in an excluded location, D-AIS continues to attempt to delete the ID from other locations and the Purge operation is not considered to have failed. When the Purge operation completes the ID is not deleted from the LOCATION_ASSIGNMENT table entry for the disabled location or other tables. • If set to 'N', DAIS reports on the purge success status in cases of material existing on an excluded location. So despite success of the purge action, material will remain on the excluded location. In both cases DAIS will not delete material from db completely if material exists on at least one location. Valid in Systems: D-AIS v5.07 Q QUERY_INTERFACE_MODE={Y,N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) capability of the D-AIS system determine which D-AIS CPU is the main by reading the _MAIN_CPU field from each database. After determining which CPU is main, D-AIS sets up replication with the database of that CPU. When query interface mode is enabled, set the SYSTEM.CFG parameter Other_DAIS_Name to the windows hostname of the D-AIS CPU 1. Also, ensure the © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 121 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files system32\drivers\etc\hosts file contains an IP address mapping for the windows hostname of D-AIS CPU 1. This feature is only enabled when the schema is set to version 1.05.00 or greater. Valid in Systems: D-AIS, D-AISv3 QUERY_SOCK_PORT1 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 QUERY_SOCK_PORT2 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 R RECORD_BUS_LOG_ERRORS={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the option to add messages to the as run log when there are machine control errors during a recording on a bus that has the group recording feature enabled (bus type set to REC). Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8600v4, A8400, A8800 REM_CACHE_PORT The IP port number to be used for the master/device connection. This must be set on the master and device automation computers. (Recommended: 20033.) • Cache timecode mode defaults to enabled, and needs to be explicitly disabled by setting the parameter CACHE_TIMECODE_MODE=N in SYSTEM.CFG. • For A8100 systems, if the REM_CACHE_PORT is not configured in SYSTEM.CFG or the CPU_TYPE is not AUTOMATION, the remote caching feature is not enabled and the “Remote Cache Status” is removed from the Diagnostic Display. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 REMOTE_ON_RECUE={Y, N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) re-cueing of VTRs when remote is enabled. This setting affects both BTS Jupiter and direct controlled VTRs. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 REMOTE_SOCKET_PORT The Remote display sockets port. Used for DALterm server setup. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800, D-FCSv4 REP_EVENT_INSERTS = positive integer (Default: 2) The number of times to insert a repeated event. Valid in Systems: A7800 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 122 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 REP_EVENT_QUE_SIZE = positive integer (Default: 20) The number of events in the repeated event queue. Valid in Systems: A7800 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 REPLICATION_CONTROLLER_MODE={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) use of the D-AIS replication controller mode of operation. D-AIS software running in this mode will manage the MySQL database replication process just as it used to be managed by Active/Standby D-AIS system. If this mode is enabled, set the existing system.cfg parameter toc_enabled to “Y” so that TOC is enabled on the Replication Controller system. Active and Standby Replication Controller operation is controlled using the DAL TOC server. If TOC is enabled on the Replication Controller system: • Set the replication_controller1_name parameter to the Windows host name of the Replication Controller CPU 1. • Ensure the system32\drivers\etc\hosts file contains an IP address mapping for the Windows hostname of the Replication Controller CPU 1. • Set the replication_controller2_name parameter to the Windows host name of the Replication Controller CPU 2. • Ensure the system32\drivers\etc\hosts file contains an IP address mapping for the Windows hostname of the Replication Controller CPU 2. Note: Manual database dump is only supported on the Active Replication Controller CPU. Valid in Systems: D-AIS v4 REPLICATION_CONTROLLER1_NAME This parameter is used to specify Windows host name of the Replication Controller CPU 1. (See also REPLICATION_CONTROLLER_MODE.) Valid in Systems: D-AIS v4 REPLICATION_CONTROLLER2_NAME This parameter is used to specify Windows host name of the Replication Controller CPU 2. (See also REPLICATION_CONTROLLER_MODE.) Valid in Systems: D-AIS v4 RESERVED_RAM = positive integer (default: 64MB) This parameter is used to reserve a finite amount of space for Linux processes. Set this value to the number of MB to be reserved. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7800v4, D-FCSv4 RIPPLE_LIMIT ={‘positive integer’} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: 100) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 123 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files The maximum number of Ripple commands allowed. This is the number of events to ripple through (unless a fixed-time event is encountered). This sets the upper limit on how many events will be processed for the ripple down function. The auto ripple feature is limited to the next (or current) commercial break plus one event after the break. This may cause the ripple to terminate earlier. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7410, A7500, A7600, A8000, A8100, A8600 RMC_LOG_LEVEL (Superceded by Logging Table entries.) Valid in Systems: A8000 RTM_LOG_LEVEL Sets logging levels for remote cache. (Superceded by Logging Table entries.) Valid in Systems: A8000, A8500, Removed from/ Invalid in: A8600 v3.50.00 RTM_NET_LIST LAN order for remote cache. These are the networks to be used for real-time bus control. Networks must be specified by number (e.g., 1 or 2) instead of by device name (e.g., eth0 or eth1) in the system configuration file (SYSTEM.CFG). For example, if this parameter is set to “RTM_NET_LIST =2,3”, the LANs configured as “network_2” and “network_3” in DEVICE.CFG are used as the primary and backup LANs for the real-time bus control. A8600v4: The number must correspond to the number of a network device that can be configured in DEVICE.CFG as outlined above. For example, network number 3 refers to the network device denoted by the name NETWORK3 in DEVICE.CFG A8200v4.00.00: Networks are now specified by number (corresponding to network interfaces in DEVICE.CFG) instead of device name.. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8200, A8500, A8600 RTM_PORT={‘number’} (Default: 20031) The value of the UDP port for real-time/workstation LAN. This number is unique for all UDP applications. Note: Previous default was 7001 Valid in Systems: A8000, A8400, A8500, A8600 RTM_SOCKET_RCVMEM (Default: 0) This parameter is used to set the memory size (in bytes) for the receive socket used by the RTM module. If this aparameter is set to 0 (default), the DALinux system’s default receive socket memory size is used. Set the parameter on the master automation based on the number of buses (e.g. 100K per 100 buses; tis will avoid any “missing info” issues. It is not necessary to configure it on a device automation system since most of the information messages are from device automation systems to the master automation. About Increasing the Maximum Limit: The RTM_SOCKET_RCVMEM parameter value is limited by the maximum receive socket memory size in DALinux, which is current set to 130K. In order to set the parameter to a value larger than 130K, the maximum limit must be increased before starting the automation system. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 124 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files This can be done by using the following command: # sysctl –w net.core.rmem_max=(number of bytes) The above command must be issued again after system reboot. The following command can be used to display the current default/maximum receive socket memory size in DALinux: # sysctl –A | grep net.core.rmem Valid in Systems: A8000v4, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8500v4, A8600v4, S SCH_SESS_IMPROVEMENTS={Y,N} (Default: Y) Thread synchronization in Schedule Server Interface has been to cancel Task_Lock protection of data structures which do not require protection, and to maintain Task_Lock protection for those structures which actually require such protection Enable (Y) this option to apply implemented optimization changes: cancel Task_Lock protection of data structures which do not require protection, and maintain Task_Lock protection for those structures which actually require such protection. (Default: Y The implemented changes are enabled by default.) Disable (N) to not apply implemented optimization. Recommendations for first deployments on customer sites: During the upgrade procedure and after upgrade SCH_SESS_IMPROVEMENTS should be disabled. After some period of time, when post-upgrade system’s health is confirmed, perform the following procedure: 1) Enable SCH_SESS_IMPROVEMENTS on one of Schedule Servers CPU 2) Monitor system’s performance and check that all connected clients to this CPU are working without issues 3) Enable SCH_SESS_IMPROVEMENTS on Active Master Automation CPU 4) Repeat step 2. In case of any issues, TOC should be performed and SCH_SESS_IMPROVEMENTS should be disabled on old Active 5) Enable SCH_SESS_IMPROVEMENTS on all Schedule Server CPUs. Keep this options disabled on Backup CPU Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.19, A8100 v5.06, SCH_SVR_LOG_LEVEL={0 (low) to 5 (high)} Diagnostic logging level of schedule server port. Enable by setting the parameter to a value greater than 0. (Superceded by Logging Table entries.) Valid in Systems: A8000, A8600 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.28.00, A6500 v3.50.00, A6800 v3.32.00, A7500 v3.128.00, A7800 v3.24.00, A8100 v3.50.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8400 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.50.00 SCH_SVR_PORT The TCP/IP sockets port number of the Schedule Server. Setting this parameter also enable the VICC Application interface function. If this parameter is not configured in SYSTEM.CFG, the schedule server interface is disabled. If the schedule server © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 125 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files interface is not enabled, the “Schedule Server Status” is removed from the Diagnostic Display. Specified in the SYSTEM.CFG configuration file of CPU2. An optional port used to establish a connection, when upgrading from a version that supports copying as-run log (see also SCH_SVR_PORT_UPG.) Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800 A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 SCH_SVR_PORT_UPG Specified in the SYSTEM.CFG configuration file of CPU2. The schedule server port used for incompatible upgrade. It is an optional port used to establish a connection, when upgrading from a version that supports copying as-run log (see also SCH_SVR_PORT) Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A6800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 SCHED_ITEM_ID_DELIM = {Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the ability to delineate groups of events with the same schedule item id. Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 SCHCLI_LOG_LEVEL An integer that specifies the diagnostic logging level for the schedule-server client task. Valid in Systems: Removed from / Invalid in: CAIF v3.16.00 SCH_SESS_IMPROVEMENTS={Y,N} (Default: N) Schedule Server Interface thread synchronization refactoring removes Task_Lock protection of data structures which do not require protection, while maintaining protection for those structures which require protection Enable (Y) this option enables implemented optimization changes Disable (N) disabled optimization. (Default: N - The implemented changes are disabled by default due to risk of potential data race conditions.) Recommendations for first deployments on customer sites: During the upgrade procedure and after upgrade SCH_SESS_IMPROVEMENTS should be disabled. After some period of time, when post-upgrade system health is confirmed, performing the following procedure is suggested: 1) Enable SCH_SESS_IMPROVEMENTS on one of Schedule Servers CPU 2) Monitor system’s performance and check that all connected clients to this CPU are working without issues 3) Enable SCH_SESS_IMPROVEMENTS on Active Master Automation CPU 4) Repeat step 2. In case of any issues, TOC should be performed and SCH_SESS_IMPROVEMENTS should be disabled on old Active © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 126 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files 5) Enable SCH_SESS_IMPROVEMENTS on all Schedule Server CPUs. Keep this options disabled on Backup CPU Valid in Systems: A8100v5.06, SCTE_UNIQUE_ID={T/F} (Default: False) This parameter is used to enable (True) / disable (False) generation of unique splice_event_id values for individual Splice Start and Splice End events. • If “FALSE” (default),the previous functionality is used; this ensures backward compatibility for existing consumers of the interface. If no Splice ID (TONE Splice ID) is defined in event, D-MAS inserts one automatically. In a case of Splice Start and Splice End, the same Splice ID is used. On the next pair, it is increased. • If “TRUE”, a unique Splice ID is generated for each Splice End event. Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.20 SDDS_RESP_TIMEOUT={numeric} (Default: 5) This parameter specifies the timeout for responses to requests in seconds. If a response is not received within this timeout, another attempt to send is made. A value of less than or equal to zero is invalid and is replaced by the default value (5 seconds). Valid in Systems: CAIF SDDSCLI_LOG_LEVEL={0, 1, 2…5} (Default: 0) The diagnostic logging level specified for each pair of SDDS sockets and the SDDS client task. The default value 0 turns off almost all logging. Removed from / Invalid in: CAIF 3.01.01 SEACHANGE_ARCHIVE_LIMIT Specifies the maximum number of archive or restore operations per SeaChange MediaCluster (not per SeaChange MediaCluster node). Valid in Systems: D-AIS SEACHANGE_CHK_NODES_PERIOD (Default: 600 seconds (5 minutes)) Time period between node checking Valid in Systems: D-AIS SEACHANGE_COPY_TO_TEMPORARY={Y, N} If set to ‘Y’ a temporary name will be used during transferring item between servers. After completes the clip will be renamed to the original name. Valid in Systems: D-AIS SEACHANGE_DB_REFRESH_PERIOD The SeaChange video server database refresh period – in seconds. (e.g. 3600 seconds = 1 hour) Valid in Systems: D-AIS SEACHANGE_FILE_CREATE_DELAY © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: 2000 (milliseconds)) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 127 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files This parameter specifies, in milliseconds, the delay between the end of a clip recording and the subsequent item query. The parameter default value is 2000 (milliseconds). D-AIS v3.43.07: Parameter name changed to: SEACHANGE_NOTIFY_DELAY Valid in Systems: D-AIS v3.41 SEACHANGE_NOTIFY_DELAY (Default: 2000 (milliseconds)) This parameter specifies, in milliseconds, the delay between the end of a clip recording and the subsequent item query. The parameter default value is 2000 (milliseconds). Renamed from SEACHANGE_FILE_CREATE_DELAY. Specifying a delay in milliseconds before updating item after receiving change notification allows avoiding issues when DAIS unable to update changed clip because it still opened by another application. Valid in Systems: D-AIS SEACHANGE_PRESERVE_ITEM_USERDATA={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) modified SeaChange query logic. No: Preserve existing SeaChange query behaviour. • 1) Get basic item data (in-time and duration) using the VstrmGetVideoData API; if the call succeeds, then go to next step. • 2) Get item details from the user data, if possible. If an error is encountered while reading the user data and D-AIS is configured (see below) to preserve existing SeaChange user data, then go to next step. Otherwise, fall back to lesser data (in-time and duration). Y: Enable modified SeaChange query logic (optional Step 3) • 1) Get basic item data (in-time and duration) using the VstrmGetVideoData API; if the call succeeds, then go to next step. • 2) Get item details from the user data, if possible. If an error is encountered while reading the user data and D-AIS is configured (see below) to preserve existing SeaChange user data, then go to next step. Otherwise, fall back to lesser data (in-time and duration). • 3) Look up item details in the database given material ID and location ID. If a valid item user data is found, then leave it intact in the database. Otherwise, fall back to lesser data (in-time and duration). Valid in Systems: D-AIS v3.43.00, D-AIS v4.01.00 SEACHANGE_VERIFY_DELAY Specify a delay in milliseconds before verification. This allows avoiding issues when DAIS unable to update clip metadata because file is still opened by another application. Valid in Systems: D-AIS SEGMENT_IN_ITEM={Y,N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the systems ability to handle multi-segment scheduled data. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8800 SEGMENT_IN_ITEM={Y/N} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: Y) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 128 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Enable (Y) / Disable (N) extraction of segment number nn from material IDs of the form xxxxx_nn received from automation systems. • D-AIS V3 Workaround: The following workaround allows caching of items named MMMM_NN when operating in “Segment in Database” mode. To enable this feature SEGMENT_IN_ITEM should be set to ‘N’ in SYSTEM.CFG on both D-MAS and D-AIS. This workaround only functions correctly with D-AIS V3. It is not advised to set SEGMENT_IN_ITEM to the same value on both D MAS and D-AIS unless specifically requested to do so. Defaults to Y, if the parameter is not included in SYSTEM.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6800, A8000, A7500, A7800, D-AISv3 SELF_MONITOR_CORE_DUMP (ms, default=-1): The self-diagnostic task is expanded to allow detection of CPU underutilization observed after one of the freezes. These symptoms are assumed to be caused by deadlocking. Now DMAS is able to report such issues and optionally produce core dumps. If negative, only log messages will be generated. If nonnegative, a core dump will be generated if the low CPU load issue is encountered after <DMAS startup time>+<this value>. This feature will help with collecting detailed DMAS state info (in the form of core dumps) for the deadlock-inducing class of freezes. Usage example 1: collecting statistics: • Apply basic self-monitor settings as before. Add: SELF_MONITOR_POLL_INTERVAL_LOW = 1000 SELF_MONITOR_LOAD_THRESHOLD_LOW = 1000 SELF_MONITOR_THREADS = "SWR, SWR_LOW, BUP" SELF_MONITOR_CORE_DUMP = -1 • Output for both normal conditions, and post-freeze low-load conditions should be collected. Usage example 2: collecting core dumps: • Start with the above settings on Active; apply them to Backup, as well. • Change the Backup settings: SELF_MONITOR_LOAD_THRESHOLD_LOW = <based on #1> SELF_MONITOR_CORE_DUMP = 60000 • Restart DMAS on Backup, applying these settings. • Before the core dump delay expires, perform TOC. Valid in Systems: A8100v5.06, A8600v5.06 SELF_MONITOR_DELAY_THRESHOLD (ms, default 1000): If, for some reason (e.g., due to the system-level issues mentioned in section 3), the monitor will be unable to update thread data for at least this period of time, it will be reported. • Recommended Value: delay threshold should be at least a few times higher than the poll interval. Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.13, A8100 v5.04.03.01M, A8600 v5.04.03.01M © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 129 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files SELF_MONITOR_LOAD_THRESHOLD (%, default 80): Threads with CPU load above this value (over the last update period) will be reported. • Recommended Value: load threshold highly depends on system specifications and the expected problem scenario. For example, detecting two spinning threads would require a threshold of, e.g., 40–45% on a singlecore system, but 80–90% on a dual-core machine Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.13, A8100 v5.04.03.01M, A8600 v5.04.03.01M, SELF_MONITOR_LOAD_THRESHOLD_LOW (in 0.1% units, default=0): The self-diagnostic task has been expanded to allow detection of CPU underutilization observed after one of the freezes. These symptoms are assumed to be caused by deadlocking. Now DMAS is able to report such issues and optionally produce core dumps. If the total CPU load of selected threads (over the last update period) is below this value, it will be reported (with or without generating the core dump). This feature will help with collecting detailed DMAS state info (in the form of core dumps) for the deadlock-inducing class of freezes. Usage example 1: collecting statistics: • Apply basic self-monitor settings as before. Add: SELF_MONITOR_POLL_INTERVAL_LOW = 1000 SELF_MONITOR_LOAD_THRESHOLD_LOW = 1000 SELF_MONITOR_THREADS = "SWR, SWR_LOW, BUP" SELF_MONITOR_CORE_DUMP = -1 • Output for both normal conditions, and post-freeze low-load conditions should be collected. Usage example 2: collecting core dumps: • Start with the above settings on Active; apply them to Backup, as well. • Change the Backup settings: SELF_MONITOR_LOAD_THRESHOLD_LOW = <based on #1> SELF_MONITOR_CORE_DUMP = 60000 • Restart DMAS on Backup, applying these settings. • Before the core dump delay expires, perform TOC. Valid in Systems: A8100v5.06, A8600v5.06 SELF_MONITOR_POLL_INTERVAL (ms, default 0) The delay between successive timing polls (all threads per single poll). The value of 0 disables the monitor. • Recommended Value: The poll interval should be small enough to capture the initial period of CPU overloading before the potential system-level freeze; values on the order of a frame length (~30ms) are recommended • When SELF_MONITOR_POLL_INTERVAL is zero or missing, the new feature will not be available, and the self-monitor task will not start at all. This can be tested with the help of DALterm’s diagnostic debugger by using the “stat thread SELF_MONITOR” command. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 130 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Expected results: the above command prints thread information when the feature is available, and reports an error otherwise. Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.13, A8100 v5.04.03.01M, A8600 v5.04.03.01M SELF_MONITOR_POLL_INTERVAL_LOW (ms, default=0) The self-diagnostic task is expanded to allow detection of CPU underutilization observed after one of the freezes. These symptoms are assumed to be caused by deadlocking. Now DMAS is able to report such issues and optionally produce core dumps. The interval be-tween successive checks for low CPU load. Disabled if zero. These checks are scheduled together with (some of) the basic CPU load checks, so this value is rounded up to the nearest multiple of SELF_MONITOR_POLL_INTERVAL. This feature will help with collecting detailed DMAS state info (in the form of core dumps) for the deadlock-inducing class of freezes. Usage example 1: collecting statistics: • Apply basic self-monitor settings as before. Add: SELF_MONITOR_POLL_INTERVAL_LOW = 1000 SELF_MONITOR_LOAD_THRESHOLD_LOW = 1000 SELF_MONITOR_THREADS = "SWR, SWR_LOW, BUP" SELF_MONITOR_CORE_DUMP = -1 • Output for both normal conditions, and post-freeze low-load conditions should be collected. Usage example 2: collecting core dumps: • Start with the above settings on Active; apply them to Backup, as well. • Change the Backup settings: SELF_MONITOR_LOAD_THRESHOLD_LOW = <based on #1> SELF_MONITOR_CORE_DUMP = 60000 • Restart DMAS on Backup, applying these settings. • Before the core dump delay expires, perform TOC. Valid in Systems: A8100v5.06, A8600v5.06 SELF_MONITOR_THREADS (string, default="") The self-diagnostic task is expanded to allow detection of CPU underutilization observed after one of the freezes. These symptoms are assumed to be caused by deadlocking. Now DMAS is able to report such issues and optionally produce core dumps. The list of threads to be counted in the totals separated by any of the characters " ,;". If empty, all registered thread's CPU load will be summed. Threads are identified by their task names with or without the "NTASK_" part, e.g.: NTASK_SWR, LA_HIGH. This feature will help with collecting detailed DMAS state info (in the form of core dumps) for the deadlock-inducing class of freezes. Usage example 1: collecting statistics: • Apply basic self-monitor settings as before. Add: SELF_MONITOR_POLL_INTERVAL_LOW = 1000 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 131 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files SELF_MONITOR_LOAD_THRESHOLD_LOW = 1000 SELF_MONITOR_THREADS = "SWR, SWR_LOW, BUP" SELF_MONITOR_CORE_DUMP = -1 • Output for both normal conditions, and post-freeze low-load conditions should be collected. Usage example 2: collecting core dumps: • Start with the above settings on Active; apply them to Backup, as well. • Change the Backup settings: SELF_MONITOR_LOAD_THRESHOLD_LOW = <based on #1> SELF_MONITOR_CORE_DUMP = 60000 • Restart DMAS on Backup, applying these settings. • Before the core dump delay expires, perform TOC. Valid in Systems: A8100v5.06, A8600v5.06 SET_CPU_AFFINITY={Y, N}. (Default: Y) Enable (Y) this parameter and D-AIS v3.37.00 and higher will programmatically lock itself to the first physical CPU in a multi-processor or multi-core platform at start up time. Disable (N) this parameter only in test environments. Valid in Systems: D-AISv3 SET_DELETE_TIME={Y,N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the delete time feature. If Y, the system sets the expire-time in all recorded clips, retrieves the expiretime for each clip when doing a cache query, and displays the expire-time in the cache list display. If N, the expire-time is not set in recorded clips, not retrieved in cache queries, and not displayed in the cache list display. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8600v4 SET_EXPIRE_TIME={Y,N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the expire time feature. If Y, the system sets the expire-time in all recorded clips, retrieves the expiretime for each clip when doing a cache query, and displays the expire-time in the cache list display. If N, the expire-time is not set in recorded clips, not retrieved in cache queries, and not displayed in the cache list display. Renamed to SET_DELETE_TIME in A7500v4.00.03 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 SERVER_SEGMENT_QUERY={Y,N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) segment querying. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 132 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files For sites that have the type of material field set to Mnn (multi-segment) for sources that have “Item available check through D-AIS” enabled in SRC.TBL, it is possible to disable querying for the segment data and always query for the full item. This is required when D-AIS is not setup to support querying of segment data. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200 SHADOW_PATHx={path} The paths for the primary shadow file directory and any additional shadow files. (Where x = 1, 2, …8) • SHADOW_PATH1: The primary shadow file directory path. The default value is the “SHADOW” sub-directory of the D-MAS executable directory. A7400v4 supports this level. • SHADOW_PATH2 through SHADOW_PATH8: These are paths for additional shadow files. These are configured in ascending order and cannot be on the same partition as the D-MAS executable. No two shadow paths can be configured to be on the same disk partition. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100 SHADOW_PERIOD= positive integer (Default: 10 (seconds)) Store Shadow Period. Bus shadowing period in seconds. Duration (in seconds) that shadow info holding in RAM being written into shadow files on hard drive. See also NTASK_SHADOW Typical Setting: 10 seconds Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 SHADOW_SIZEx={size in megabytes) The maximum size for shadow files in the primary shadow file directory and any additional shadow files. (Where x = 1, 2, …8) • SHADOW_SIZE1: The maximum size of the shadow files in shadow path 1, in megabytes. If not configured, the default value depends on SHADOW_PATH1. If it is set to a path on the same drive as the D-MAS executable, SHADOW_SIZE1 is configured to be large enough to hold all shadow files required for the number of stores configured in SYSTEM.CFG.. If SHADOW_PATH1 is on another disk partition, the default size for SHADOW_SIZE1 is the entire partition. If SHADOW_PATH1 is on the same drive as the D-MAS executable and SHADOW_PATH2 is also configured, then a value must be specified for SHADOW_SIZE1. • SHADOW_SIZE2 through SHADOW_SIZE8: The maximum size of the shadow files in shadow paths 2 through 8. The corresponding SHADOW_PATH parameter (x = 2, 3, 4,…8) must be configured. The default value is the entire size of the partition for the corresponding shadow path. • A7400v4 supports SHADOW_SIZE1 Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100 SITE_NAME = (valid site name, from list below). © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 133 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Enable site-specific features (not applicable to A.... systems). Selections include: • DEFAULT • “List of Client-Specific Names” Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 SNMP_NOTIFICATION_COMMUNITY (Default=”dmaspublic”) This option sets community name for SNMP traps which is part of SNMP trap message. Community name for Listener is configured in dmas.conf which is manually created in /etc/snmp. Sample contents of dmas.conf is shown below: • authCommunity log,execute,net public • rocommunity dmaspublic • rwcommunity dmasprivate • dontLogTCPWrappersConnects true Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.18 SOCK_LOG_LEVEL= {0, 1, ..., 5} (Default: 1, (log only error conditions)) Sockets diagnostic logging level. Enables/ disables diagnostic logging for the Automation/Supervisory connection. (0 disables diagnostic logging.) (Superceded by Logging Table entries.) Valid in Systems: A8000, A8500, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.28.00, A6500 v3.50.00, A6800 v3.32.00, A7400v4.00.00, A7500 v3.120.00, A7800 v3.24.00, A8100 v3.50.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8400 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.50.00 SOCKET_TIMEOUT TCP/IP socket timeout (in seconds) Valid in Systems: D-AIS SOFT_CUT_DUR_FRAMES: Soft cut duration (in frames). Default: 5 frames The value of the “SOFT_CUT_DUR_FRAMES” parameter is read from system.tbl and stored in the new Sys_Soft_Cut_Dur_Frames variable. This value is used in send_audio_down_comand() and send_audio_up_command() functions. See also Swr.TBL parameter SPECIFIC CUT-FADE TRANSITION. This parameter allows the “SOFT_CUT_DUR_FRAMES” separate audio transition logic to be enabled or disabled for IS-750 switchers. The parameter field should be left blank for other switcher types. Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.11 SOM_PREOLL={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the recording of material prior to the SOM (start of material) of the clip (referred to as preroll material) and material after the EOM (end of © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 134 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files material) of the clip (referred to as post-roll material). Also Enable / Disables the playback of this material in a similar fashion that exists for VTRs, whereby the preroll material and post-roll material can be played back from the recorded clip. (Used with Server Over Record.) Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8800 SQI_SRV_PORT This should be the valid TCP/IP port (values from 20000 to 30000 are acceptable. The value should not be the same as any other D-MAS network port). (See also: SQI_SRV_PORT, SQI_SRV_NUM_CONNECTIONS, SQI_SRV_TOTAL_SIZE, SQI_SRV_POLL_PERIOD, and System_ID.) Valid in Systems: D-AIS v5.11 Removed from / Invalid in: A8100 v5.04.03 SQI_SRV_NUM_CONNECTIONS This should be non-negative number not greater than 4. Setting SQI_SRV_NUM_CONNECTIONS to 0 guarantees that SQI Server in D-MAS will be fully disabled. (See also: SQI_SRV_PORT, SQI_SRV_NUM_CONNECTIONS, SQI_SRV_TOTAL_SIZE, SQI_SRV_POLL_PERIOD, and System_ID.) Valid in Systems: D-AIS v5.11 Removed from / Invalid in: A8100 v5.04.03 SQI_SRV_TOTAL_SIZE (Total Queue Size) To guarantee that SQI Server would not affect main D-MAS functionality in case of some client failure or similar situation the customer is able to specify the maximum amount of memory (in bytes) which can be used by one session to store sync messages waiting to be sent. • SQI_SRV_TOTAL_SIZE should be positive number. 5000000 bytes should be enough in case of medium size of schedules, 100000000 should be the safe value for all cases. • Exceeding the SQI_SRV_TOTAL_SIZE is very unusual situation; if SQI Server will exceed this value some of sync messages can be lost so the synchronicity will be destroyed. SQI Server will report about it with the highest logging level. (See also: SQI_SRV_PORT, SQI_SRV_NUM_CONNECTIONS, SQI_SRV_TOTAL_SIZE, SQI_SRV_POLL_PERIOD, and System_ID.) Valid in Systems: D-AIS v5.11 Removed from / Invalid in: A8100 v5.04.03 SQI_SRV_POLL_PERIOD This is the required client poll time (in seconds). SQI_SRV_POLL_PERIOD should be the positive integer, “100” value should be acceptable for most cases. (See also: SQI_SRV_PORT, SQI_SRV_NUM_CONNECTIONS, SQI_SRV_TOTAL_SIZE, SQI_SRV_POLL_PERIOD, and System_ID.) Valid in Systems: D-AIS v5.11 Removed from / Invalid in: A8100 v5.04.03 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 135 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files SRC_ASGN_POLL_PERIOD={‘1 or more’} (Default: 4) Number of seconds to wait between scanning schedules (1 or more). (See also AUTO_SOURCE_ASSIGN) Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8600 SS_DFLAG_NUMBER The list of the number of allocation units of the corresponding size. D-Series automation will not start unless the number of elements in each list is the same, the sizes are in increasing order, and the sizes are not greater than the maximum possible. • The default values for this system are: SS_DFLAG_NUMBER=160, 160, 240, 160 • The default values may be changed in future versions based on experiences at various sites. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500, A7800v3, A7800v4, A8100, A8200 Removed from / Invalid in: A8500v3.80.00 SS_DFLAG_SIZE The list of allocation sizes in increasing order. The maximum possible value is 400 D-Series automation will not start unless the number of elements in each list is the same, the sizes are in increasing order, and the sizes are not greater than the maximum possible. • The default values for this system are: SS_DFLAG_SIZE=3, 25, 55, 100 • The default values may be changed in future versions based on experiences at various sites. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500, A7800v3, A7800v4, A8100, A8200 Removed from / Invalid in: A8500v3.80.00 SSVR_GLOBAL_EDIT The number of global edit buffers shared among all schedule server connections (DALstation, DALtraffic, Device Automations, etc). Reducing the number of global edit buffers to zero on the Master automation CPUs (both main and backup) frees approximately 3.5MB of memory for other use (assuming the default of 32 was previously used). This increases the number of cache items by approximately 5000. Valid in Systems: A8000 SSVR_GLOBAL_SEARCHES= {0 …16} (Default: 5) The number of concurrent global edits per schedule server – the maximum is the maximum number of schedule server connections:16. A schedule server session can reuse its first assigned search handle on subsequent searches. This allows a session to retain control of a search handle as long as it wants; this is required for the global review feature. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8600, A8800 SSVR_NUM_CONNECTIONS={0, 1, 2, 3,…32} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 136 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files The number of simultaneous schedule server connections. • Decreasing the number of simultaneous schedule server connections frees memory that can be used for cache items. Each connection saves approximately 200KB of memory (or 320 cache items). • This value should only be decreased on Master automation (not Schedule Server CPUs) and set to an appropriate value sufficient for all connections that are critical to normal operations. Note: Device automation CPUs have limit of 6 client connections, and if more are required then schedule servers should be used. If the setting of variable SSVR_NUM_CONNECTIONS is omitted from the system.cfg files then this limit can be exceeded. SSVR_NUM_CONNECTIONS=6 should therefore be added to all device controller system.cfg files to ensure the client connection limit is maintained. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200 SSVR_NUM_MULTI_BLOCK If schedule server in D-MAS is NOT used for DALstation clients, set this parameter to 0 to allows a memory savings. If schedule server is used by DALstation, delete the parameter from the file to enable its default value, i.e. one for each DALstation client. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7400v4, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600 SSVR_POLL_TIMEOUT (Default: 0) Time out for schedule server status poll - in seconds. If the schedule server doesn't receive any status poll message # seconds after the last poll, it closes a client session. • If 0, the schedule server doesn't require a status poll message to keep a session. • Recommend value: 60 seconds. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8800, CAIF SSVR_PORT (Default: 0) Specifies the port of the schedule server. As a client to the schedule-server, the CA computer sends connection request to schedule server on this port. Valid in Systems: CAIF SSYNC_SRV_NUM_BUF (Default: 100) When the schedule of a primary bus changes, a change notification message is buffered in the memory. The SSYNC server task sends those buffered messages when it has chance. Use this parameter to define the maximum number of buffers the system will allocate for the notifications. The size of each buffer is about 2k. When used with DRSS, SSYNC_SRV_NUM_BUF defines the max amount of notifications which should be stored before sending them to DRSS. If events are copied to fast, it is possible that the rate of insertion can exceed the rate of sending (because the priority of SSync task is low). In this case buffers can be overflowed and sync errors occur. It is strongly recommended to set SSYNC_SRV_NUM_BUF value to at least 1000 (as by default). (SSYNC_SRV_NUM_BUF=1000) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 137 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files SSYNC_SRV_NUM_BUF=1000 should be safe and reliable for most situations (except copying of several hundreds of events at a time). SSync buffers does not require a big amount of memory, so even values above 10000 are possible for heavy loaded systems. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 SSYNC_SRV_NUM_CONNECTIONS (Default: 1) This parameter defines the maximum number of clients allowed to connect to the server at the same time. Currently the maximum value (and the default) for this parameter is 1. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 SSYNC_SRV_POLL_PERIOD (Default: 60) This parameter defines the period (in seconds) that the server expects the client to poll. If the client doesn’t send the poll message in time, the server closes the connection. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 SSYNC_SRV_PORT (Default: 0) The SSYNC server uses TCP/IP socket to communicate with clients. This parameter is used to setup the server port number. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 STACK_THRESHOLD ={‘integer i | 0 <= i <= 100’} (Default: 5) Threshold (in %) for stack overflow system warnings. If the idle task finds the stack has used more than (100-STACK_THRESHOLD)% of the space allocated to it, a message is written to the diagnostic log. The first time this is found to have happen, an alarm is raised. Suggested Setting: Lower the threshold to 80% or less (STACK_THRESHOLD = 20 or higher), so that any potential trouble is more noticeable. (At 95%, the messages should be genuinely exceptional conditions.) To do this, add the following line to you system.cfg file: STACK_THRESHOLD = 20 This value for STACK_THRESHOLD should rarely (if ever) be used at customer sites. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7600, A8000, A8500 STORE_BUFFER_ALIGN_BYTE Aligns xmalloc memory by how many bytes Removed from / Invalid in: A8200 v3.26.00 STORE_BUFFER_ALIGN={BYTE, DWORD, WORD} (Default: BYTE) Field removed. The alignment is now hard coded as 4 bytes. Aligns xmalloc memory by how many bytes: 16 bytes (if xmalloc is not used). (See also XMALLOC_ALIGN.) • BYTE: No Alignment <1: no alignment> • DWORD: <4: 4-byte boundaries> © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 138 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • WORD: <16: 16-Byte boundaries> Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.03.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 v3.58.00, A8000 v3.48.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.48.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 STORE_LOG_LEVEL (Default: 1) Diagnostic logging of various conditions in the event store module. (1 specifies to log only error conditions.) (Superceded by Logging Table entries.) Valid in Systems: A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.28.00, A6500 v3.50.00, A6800 v3.32.00, A7400v4.00.00, A7500 v3.128.00, A7800 v3.24.00, A8100 v3.50.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8400 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.50.00 STORE_SIZE={‘number’} Defines the RAM store size for use by the software. This can be increased if more physical RAM is added. • Must be the same on each CPU on the system. • If the variable ‘store_size’ is set too large then the system will not start up and an obvious warning is given. • If shadowing of the program memory is enabled, a 2 MByte block of memory is allocated for function. This subtracts from the maximum number of schedule events. The STORE_SIZE parameter may have to be reduced. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8800 STORE_SIZE = {(lower bound unknown), ..., (value dependent on available memory & version)} The maximum number of events. Valid in Systems: A7410, A7500, A8000, A8800 STRICT_NETCUE_MACROS (Default: True or Y) Enabling (TRUE) this parameter forces the Begin Netcue Macro and End Netcue Macro fields to match an entry in NETCUE.TBL. Valid in Systems: A7410 SUBNET_MASK (Default: 255.0.0.0) Mask to extract the network portion of the IP address. As of A7500 v3.18.00 it is derived from the IP address based on the class (A, B, or C). It can still be used in DEVICE.CFG to override the default. Valid in Systems: A7600 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v3.18.00, A8000 v3.02.00, A8500 v3.02.00 SUPERVISORY_V3= {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) support for v3 Supervisory software. If N, V2 Supervisory software is used. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 139 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files SUPRESS_LGK3901_ITEM_QUERY= {Y, N} This keyword controls whether item query will be performed for LGK-3901 devices controlled using either the Imagestore or the Intuition driver. • If the value of this parameter is set to Y, D-MAS will not perform item availability checking for LGK-3901 devices controlled using either the Imagestore or the Intuition serial driver. • If the value of this parameter is set to N, or if it is not present in the system.cfg configuration file, D-MAS will continue to perform item availability checking for LGK-3901 devices as it does currently. Note: The determination of whether the controlled device is an LGK-3901 requires retrieving information from the device. Although this happens shortly after D-MAS initially establishes communication with the device, there is still time for the query item tasks to queue a small number of item queries. D-MAS will perform these queries as expected; after the controlled device has been found to be an LGK-3901, the query task will no longer request queries. SWR_LOG_LEVEL={0, 1, 2,…5} (Default: 0) Enables switcher task diagnostic logging. • Disable logging: 0 • Enable full logging: 5 (use 0xff instead of 5) Valid in Systems: A8000, A8500, A7500v5 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.28.00, A6500 v3.50.00, A6800 v3.32.00, A7500 v3.128.00, A7800 v3.24.00, A8100 v3.50.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8400 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.50.00 SWR_LOOKAHEAD The minimum number of events scanned per bus per scheduler lookahead. If the BUSLIST_LOOKAHEAD parameter is undefined, SWR_LOOKAHEAD is used. The system reads a maximum of 30 events for Softel and Softel MHEG bus machines. Valid in Systems: A5500 SWR_MAX_LOOKAHEAD={‘number’} (Default: 12) The maximum number of events scanned per bus per scheduler look ahead. Typical Setting: 12 – 15 Practical Maximum: 30 (on low numbers of busses) Allowable Maximum: 50 • As the number of buses increases, reduce this value as it creates a high loading on the system. For example, in a 28 channel system this value is set to 15. If this value is set too high system instability occur, such as unreliable switching, etc. • Switcher Look Ahead Limit is based on the memory used in maintaining information on the events within the switcher look ahead. • Events outside of the SWR_MAX_LOOKAHEAD events appear on the displays. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7410, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 140 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files SWR_MAX_ZERO (Default: 5) Zero Duration Event Limit. The maximum number of consecutive zero-duration events that can be taken at one time on a single bus. ** Not applicable to A7500v2 Typical Setting: 5 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 SWR_MIN_LOOKAHEAD (Default: 3) The minimum number of events scanned per bus per scheduler lookahead. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8800 SWR_SUPPRESS_EARLY_STOP={Y/N} (Default: N) Use this option to enable (Y)/disable (N) stopping events with non-blank end type and numeric duration when their duration is expired. • If enabled (Y), STOP commands are sent for events with non-blank end type and numeric duration when the event is ended, rather than when its duration is expired. • If disabled (N), STOP commands are sent for events with non-blank end type and numeric duration when an event’s duration is expired. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 SWR_TT_WINDOW (Default: 500 ticks) True Time Window. The true-time late window in system ticks. This sets the time - in units of hundredths of a second - that the true-time event can be overdue and still be taken. (1 Tick = 0.01s) Typical Setting: 500 (5 seconds) Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 SYSTEM_ID (Default: NULL) This parameter is used to setup the automation system identification string (only the first 15 characters are used.) • D-VER: The interface uses TCP/IP socket to connect to the D-VER application. The interface isdisabled if this parameter is not configured, or the port number is not positive. This System ID is used in the CPU table of DRSS system to identify this system. It defines a unique ID (string) for the system. (See also DVER_PORT and INET_ADDRESS_DVER.) • SQI Server: Specify System ID to enable the SQI Server tasks in D-MAS; it is needed for client authentication. This parameter is used to identify the system. It should be set the same on both the main CPU and the backup CPU. The SSYNC server will not run if the system ID is set to blank (which is the default value). (See also: SQI_SRV_PORT, SQI_SRV_NUM_CONNECTIONS, SQI_SRV_TOTAL_SIZE, SQI_SRV_POLL_PERIOD, and System_ID.) Valid in Systems: A7500, A7500v5, DAISv5.10 Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.10.00, A6800 v3.12.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00, A8800 v3.79.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 141 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files SYSTEM_NAME The name of the local system. It should match one of the configured names in METADATA_EXCHANGE_SERVICE table. Example: SYSTEM_NAME=MES1 Valid in Systems: A7500, A7500v5, DAISv5.10 T T_DISK_AUDIT_LIFE={‘number’} (Default: 7) Number of days after which a audit disk log file is automatically deleted. May be omitted. Default: 7 Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v5, A8600v5 T_DISK_LOG_LIFE={‘number’} (Default: 7) The number of days after which a diagnostics disk log is automatically deleted. Typical Setting: 7 CAUTION: Since logging consumes system resources, having large amounts of logging enabled (e.g. many parameters set to high levels in logging.tbl) may impact system performance. If log file parameters are increased above the recommended settings, monitor system performance, the number of log files created, and reduce the logging levels as soon as possible. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800, CAIF T_FADE_FAST Use this parameter to specify the maximal valid value of transition duration. (See also T_FADE_SLOW.) To specify different transition duration values optional event field “TRANSITION_DURATION” is added. Possible valid values are bounded using “T_FADE_FAST” and “T_FADE_SLOW” parameters that are configured in system.cfg. If the value entered in the “TRANSITION_DURATION” event field does not satisfy the conditions, the field is highlighted. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v5, A8100v6 T_FADE_SLOW Use this parameter to specify the minimal valid value of transition duration. (See also T_FADE_FAST.) To specify different transition duration values optional event field “TRANSITION_DURATION” is added. Possible valid values are bounded using “T_FADE_FAST” and “T_FADE_SLOW” parameters that are configured in system.cfg. If the value entered in the “TRANSITION_DURATION” event field does not satisfy the conditions, the field is highlighted. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v5, A8100v6 T_MAX_DISK_NOLOG © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: 60) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 142 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files The maximum interval in minutes without disk logging before a Watchdog message is logged. This is the time between "System: time check" messages in the log, which are written if nothing else has been logged in the last T_MAX_DISK_NOLOG minutes. Since these messages do nothing except prevent an empty log file, there is no need to log them more often. IMPORTANT: This parameter should never need to be changed from its default value. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800 T_SOFTEL_POLL={‘ticks’} (Default: 6000) Softel EBU Disk Reader poll, timeout period in ticks (1 Tick = 0.01s). Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A8000 v3.44.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, TASK_REG_UNUSED_MKR (Default: 0xDEADBEEF) Regular unused marker. The value used to fill task registers on start-up. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A7500 TASK_STK_BTM_MKR (Default: 0x2A2A2A2A) BTM marker. The value used to mark bottom of task stacks. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A7500 TASK_STK_EMPTY_MKR (Default: 0x2B2B2B2B) Empty marker. The value used to mark empty task stacks. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A7500 TBALL_DELAY={‘number’} (Default: 20) Trackball button auto-repeat delay in system ticks (1 Tick = 0.01s). This integer value sets the delay time before a button press is repeated when a trackball is held down. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7400v4.00.00, D-FCSv4.00.00 TBALL_RATE={‘number’} (Default: 20) Trackball button auto-repeat rate. This integer value sets the rate at which a button press is repeated when a trackball is held down. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7400v4.00.00, D-FCSv4.00.00 TBL_BUSLIST_COLUMN_SIZE={up to 90 (symbols)} This optional parameter specifies the width of the following columns: • password.tbl: View Buses, Edit Buses, and Control Buses • busorder.tbl: Bus Order Once the TBL_BUSLIST_COLUMN_SIZE parameter is specified the engineer must manually resize these fields to match the setting. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 143 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Default value for: • A7500 is 25 • A8100 is 60 Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100 TCPIP_PORT Changed to AUTOMATION_SERVER_PORT in D-AIS v1.10.00 Valid in Systems: D-AIS TELNET_PASSWORD={‘up to 20-character password’} An optional, case-sensitive password of up to 20 characters. (For example: dal and Dal are different). • If this parameter is omitted, then no password prompt appears and the diagnostic access is provided immediately. This is similar to the way FTP is configured. • When available the user is prompted and has 3 attempts to enter the correct password before being disconnected. Nothing is echoed during password entry, similar to FTP. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800, CAIF TELNET_PORT (Default: 0) Enable / Disable (0) TELNET Access. Telnet access works via any enabled network, but only one access is permitted at a time. • The standard telnet port is 23, but most telnet clients allow you to specify the port, with a default of 23. • Using a non-standard port is less convenient but may be more secure if there is concern about others attempting telnet access on the systems. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7200, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800, CAIF TEST_ARCHIVE_LIMIT (Default: 1) Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of archive or restore operations per Test location. Its default value is 1. Used when setting up test locations for a Plug In Third Party Device Driver Note: This parameter is overridden by the ARCHIVE_RESTORE_LIMIT field in the DALdb LOCATION table. (See also: ARCHIVE_TEST_REFRESH_PERIOD and ARCHIVE_TEST_UPDATE_PERIOD.) Valid in Systems: D-AIS TEST_CHK_NODES_PERIOD={‘seconds’} (Default: 300 seconds(or 5 minutes)) Use this parameter to specify, in seconds, how often the Test locations will be checked, i.e. whether the file corresponding to the Test location can be accessed. Its default value is 5*60 (or 5 minutes). Used when setting up test locations for a Plug In Third Party Device Driver. Valid in Systems: D-AIS © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 144 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files TEST_COPY_TO_TEMPORARY={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) copy to a temporary name. Used when setting up test locations for a Plug In Third Party Device Driver. Valid in Systems: D-AIS TEST_REFRESH_PERIOD={‘seconds’} (Default: 600 seconds(or 10 minutes)) Use this parameter to specify, in seconds, the minimum database refresh interval for the Test locations. Its default value is 10*60 (or 10 minutes). Used when setting up test locations for a Plug In Third Party Device Driver. Valid in Systems: D-AIS TIMECODE_DATE={N, NONE, LEITCH, SMPTEYYMMDD} (Default: N) Set the D-MAS system’s ability to read the date out of the user bits of the timecode. Value Meaning N Don’t read date from timecode feed (For backwards compatibility) Note: If this parameter is omitted from System.CFG, it defaults to N. NONE Don’t read date from timecode feed LEITCH Read Leitch formatted date from timecode feed SMPTEYYMMDD Read SMPTE 309M YYMMDD formatted date from timecode feed. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7200, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800, CAIF TIMELINE_SERVER={Y/N} (Default: N) Enable (Y)/Disable (N) Timeline Server functionality. If this option is disabled, Timeline Server will not perform any actions. Default value: N (Timeline Server disabled by default). This system.cfg parameter can be configured to Y only when CPU_TYPE is equal to AUTOMATION. Timeline Server Dependencies: Configure the following list of parameters only with enabled Timeline Server. Otherwise, do not configure these parameters. Note: If these parameters have been configured, but Timeline Server was disabled, these options are ignored without any error messages during D-MAS startup. • store.cfg: TIMELINE_START_DATE, TIMELINE_START_TIME, TIMELINE_END_TIME, TIMELINE_THRESH_TIME, TIMELINE_THRESH_DATE • logging.tbl: LA_TL_HIGH © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 145 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files TIMELINE_SERVER • type_mat.tbl: DEFAULT TIMELINE DURATION SQI Event Range Restrictions: To configure event range restrictions for SQI by time, enabling of the Timeline Server feature is recommended. Valid in: A7500v5, A8100v5, TITLE_FONT Graphics mode (oversized) title font file name. Removed from / Invalid in: A6800 v3.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v3.58.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.26.00, A8400 v3.26.00, A8500 v3.48.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 TOC_ENABLED= {Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) transfer-of-control (Active/Standby) to allow automatic changeover. For D-AISv3: If Active/Standby support is enabled (toc_enabled=y), then the OTHER_D-AIS_NAME parameter must be set to the Windows network name (e.g. DAIS2) of the other D-AIS computer. Valid in Systems: D-AIS, D-AISv3 TRANSLATE_OEM_CODEPG={Y,N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) translating the characters received for abbreviated title from the DOS/OEM code page to the Windows code page for display. The default (N) setting is backwards compatible with previous versions of D-AIS. Valid in Systems: D-AIS TRF_PORT1={)-n port number, 0xff – disabled} (Default: 0) Serial Traffic File Port. (This serial port is now assigned in the PORT.CFG file using “usage=traffic”.) Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v 1.28.00. TRF_SOCK_PORT1 Traffic sockets port 1. Valid in Systems: Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 TRF_SOCK_PORT2 Traffic sockets port 2. Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 TRUE_TIME_MANUAL_TAKE_DEFAULT= {Y, N} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential (Default: N) 23-October-2015 | Page 146 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Take default event on a manual take if the next event is true-time. (TRUE_TIME_MAN_TAKE_DEFAULT) Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 TSX56_LOG_LEVEL = {0, 1, ..., 5} TSX-56 diagnostic logging level. (Possibly over-ridden by the LOG_LEVEL setting in PORT.CFG). Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A6500 v3.18.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A6800 v3.32.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A7800 v3.24.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 U UDP_SYSLOG_PORT Syslog server port. May be omitted. Default is 514. The syslog messaging is disabled if port not specified. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v5, A8600v5 UDP_SYSLOG_ADDR Syslog server address. May be omitted. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v5, A8600v5 UDP_TEXTOUT_ADDR# (Where # = 1, 2, 3, 4) Netcue trigger messages can be sent from D-MAS automation to a network connected device via UDP packets. These messages are transmitted to the external system a short period of time (e.g. 100 ms) before a commercial event is taken to air. This parameter specifies the IP addresses of the external systems to send messages to(UDP_TEXTOUT_ADDR1, UDP_TEXTOUT_ADDR2, UDP_TEXTOUT_ADDR3, UDP_TEXTOUT_ADDR4). The same message is sent to all specified IP addresses. Valid in Systems: A8200v3, A8400v3, A8400v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 UDP_TEXTOUT_FORMAT (Default: 0) Netcue trigger messages can be sent from D-MAS automation to a network connected device via UDP packets. This paramter specifies the format number of the UDP message. UDP messages have the format: [FORMAT]:[FIELD1]:[FIELD2]:[FIELD3]:…:[FIELDN] • [FORMAT] is the format number of the message. The default value is ‘0’. • [FIELD1] to [FIELDN] refer to the fields specified in UDPTEXT.TBL It is their content that is transmitted in the message. Even if several messages are going out simultaneously, only one message will be sent per UDP packet. As of versions A8200v3.56.03, A8200v3.60.00, A8400v3.56.03, and A8400 v3.60.00 the message format will be simply: [FIELD1]:[FIELD2]:[FIELD3]:…:[FIELDN] A7500v4.24.00: This parameter determines the XML schema version to be used for the new XML protocol. If trigger messages are XML formatted, each message will specify the version of the schema to allow for future expansion of the protocol. Since © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 147 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files XML schema version 1.0 is currently implemented, the default value for this paranmeter is 1.0. Valid in Systems: A8400v4, A8500v5, A8600v4 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500v4.24.00, A8200v3.56.03, A8200v3.60.00, A8400v3.56.03, A8400 v3.60.00 UDP_TEXTOUT_PORT Netcue trigger messages can be sent from D-MAS automation to a network connected device via UDP packets. This paramter specifies the Port number on the external systems and automation. Valid in Systems: A8200v3, A8400v3, A8400v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 UDP_TEXTOUT_XMLOUT={Y, N} (Default: Y) This parameter determines whether the trigger messages are transmitted in the new XML format (Y), or the existing Enhanced NetCue flat ASCII format (N). The default value for this parameter is ‘Y’. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8400v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 UMS_ACK_TMO (Default: 4) Timeout for receiving an ACK (ticks) (ACK is acknowledge.) Note: One tick is 1/100 second. The UMS_ACK_TMO may have to be adjusted if the UMS frequently takes longer than 0.04 seconds to ACK. Valid in System: CAIF UMS_RCV_TMO (Default: 8) Timeout to close socket if no responses (seconds). Valid in Systems: CAIF UMS_POLL_PRD (Default: 2) Poll period (seconds). Valid in Systems: CAIF UMS_NAK_LIM (Default: 3) Limit of number of No Acknowledgements (NAKs) before canceling transmit. Valid in Systems: CAIF UMS_ERR_LIM (Default: 3) Limit of number of receive errors before failing. Valid in Systems: CAIF UMS_XMT_LIM (Default: 3) Limit of number of retransmits before failing. Valid in Systems: CAIF UMS_QUE_SIZ (Default: 100) Limit of number of pending transmits. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 148 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: CAIF UNICODE_FALLBACK_TO_ASCII={Y, N} (Default: Y) This parameter determines the encoding for text fields. • Y: Enable ASCII encoding of the fields. • N: Enable Unicode encoding of the fields. If an installation wishes to use Unicode for the D-MAS long title field, it is necessary to set UNICODE_FALLBACK_TO_ASCII=N and also set NEXIO_UNICODE_MODE=Y. D-MAS will fail to start up if these to configuration parameters are mismatched (i.e. both set to Y or both set to N). Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A8100, A8600 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.55.00, A8800 v3.46.00 UNIQUE_EVENT_ID Removed from / Invalid in: A8000 v3.56.00, A8500 v3.56.00 UDP_SYSLOG_PORT Syslog server port. The syslog messaging is disabled if port not specified. May be omitted. Default is 514 Valid in Systems: A7500v5 UDP_SYSLOG_ADDR Syslog server address. May be omitted. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 UPDATE_IGNORE_DISCREPANCY={Y, N} (Default: N) N, highlight a discrepancy between the scheduled and database values in an event regardless of what is specified for the corresponding update ignore field Y, revert to original behavior. Do not highlight a discrepancy between the scheduled and database values in an event, even if “update ignore” is specified for the field(s) with the discrepancy. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7400, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 UPDATE_TIME_PERIOD={‘ss’} (Default: 40 seconds) This parameter defines the heartbeat period of the master node, i.e. the number of seconds between each time the master updates the UPDATE_TIME field in the system table. This value defaults to 40 (seconds), with 10 being the minimum accepted value. If set to less than 10, the custom configuration is discarded and 10 is used. (See also MAX_REPLICATION_LAG.) Valid in Systems: D-AISv4 UPG_SYNC_SCH_SVR_PORT (e.g. 20023) The IP address and schedule incompatible upgrade server port of CPU2 (See also INET_ADDRESS_SCH_SVR and SCH_SVR_PORT_UPG). For Port standards see D-Series Automation LAN Reference Guide. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 149 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files UPG_SYNC_TRUE_TIME= {Y, N} (Default: N) Synchronize True Times during system upgrade. If Y, then for each schedule in the CPU running the new version, the first event, copied from the CPU running the old version, is changed to true time event automatically - if it has blank start type. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800, Removed from / Invalid in: A8000 v3.15.04 UPSTREAM_ROUTING_TIME_SCALE Sets timescale for upstream routing. (UPSTREAM_ROUTING_TIMESCALE) Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 US_DATE_FORMAT= {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) American date formats (mm/dd/yy). Y = MM/DD/YY N = DD/MM/YY Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8500, A8800, CAIF USE_BUS_ITEM= {Y, N} Use bus item (instead of main item) for bus control. • When Y, each bus machine uses its own item field (e.g. the first bus machine uses BUS_ITEM and the second bus machine uses BUS_ITEM_2) for control. • When N, the first and second bus machines use the main source item field for control. To prevent a recording from being attempted with an item ID that is invalid, the main item is error checked against both the main source and the bus machine. Valid in Systems: A7600, A7410, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600 Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.16.00, A6500 v3.10.00, A6800 v3.05.00, A7500 v3.66.00, A8100 v4.09.00, A8600 v4.09.00, A8800 v3.78.00 USE_FIRST_BUS_MACH_ITEM={Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) retrieving crash item IDs for the first bus item fields. Note: When USE_FIRST_BUS_MACH_ITEM=N, D-MAS will fill multiple bus item fields when DALingest is using it to set up an ingest. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A8800 Removed from/ Invalid in: A8100v412.00, A8600v412.00 USE_OLD_REMOTE_LOGIN = {Y, N} Enable (Y) / Disable (N) use of the old remote login. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, D-FCSv4 USE_ONAIR_COLOUR = {Y, N} Use the on-air color for on air events. Use N, if on air event line uses different colors. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 150 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8800 USE_TRANS_DURATION = {Y, N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable Transition Duration function. • If Y, then the fade rate parameters in the system specification table file SYSTEM.TBL (T_FADE_SLOW, T_FADE_MEDIUM, and T_FADE_FAST) are interpreted as the total duration of the transition rather than the speed fading up or down. For example, a 3 second V-fade fades down for 1.5 s and up for 1.5 s, while a 3 second E-fade fades down for 3 seconds and then cuts up. This interpretation is consistent with the behavior of most television master control switchers (e.g. Master-21/2100, Saturn, Tx220). • If N, then the fade times are interpreted as the time to fade in one direction (so a V-fade will take twice as long as an E or F-fade). Warning: Setting USE_TRANS_DURATION=N on an automation system controlling one of the television master control switchers causes transitions to occur with the wrong timing. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A6800 v3.16.00, A7200 v2.04.00 USE_SOFTEL_DUMMY_EVENTS={Y, N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the reporting of dummy blank events to the Softel EBU Disk Reader. Used to fix the Softel EBU Disk Reader communication problems. Removed from / Invalid in: A7500v1.28.06 USE_STATUS_SWR_DISCREPANCIES= {Y, N} Modifies how crosspoint discrepancies are processed for a switcher that is using a separate “status switcher.” A “status switcher” is configured in the SWR.TBL specification tables. When Y, the main switcher interface does not reset crosspoint status to “unknown” when it cannot communicate with the switcher. It relies on crosspoint status from the associated “status switcher”. Valid in Systems: A8000 USERDATA_OUTPUT_FORMAT (Default: DAL1) The format of the user data block (material meta-information) that is written by the DAIS system. This parameter can be set to DAL1, DAL2, DAL3, DAL4, DAL5. Value Description DAL1 Specifies using the DAL1 user data format when writing user data. This is the default setting, thus preserving the behavior of earlier versions of the system. DAL2 Specifies using the DAL2 user data format when writing user data. The DAL2 user data format includes an abbreviate title (12 characters), a long title (60 characters), an embargo date, and time fields. DAL3 Specifies using the DAL3 user data format when writing user data. The DAL3 user data format includes an agency code field (32 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 151 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Value Description characters), a classification code field (2 characters), an abbreviated title (16 characters), and a long title (36 characters). It Does Not Include embargo date and time fields. DAL4 Specifies using the DAL4 user data format when writing user data. DAL5 Specifies using the DAL5 user data format when writing user data. Note: When Vision Drop Frame Durations feature enabled (DROPFRAME_DURATIONS in the system.cfg), the system must be configured new user data output format DAL5. Note: If a client is connected to a schedule server computer (as opposed to an automation computer), the system uses the user data format configured on that schedule server computer (instead of the user data format configured on the automation computer). Consequently, it is essential that all automation and schedule server computers in an installation have the same setting configured for this parameter. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7500v5, A7800, A8100, A8600, A8800, D-AISv5, DALingest v3 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.55.00, A8600 v3.18.00 V VIEW_BUFSZ={numeric} (Default: 1000) This parameter configures the view requests buffer size. (See also DISP_BUFSZ and EDIT_BUFSZ.) Valid in Systems: CAIF VTR_LTC_SELECT_DATA (Default: 1) The value to use with the Record Select VTR command (41.63). This command is issued when a record cue is requested. (1 selects external LTC.) Valid in Systems: A8800 VTR_VITC_BYPASS_DATA (Default: 1) The value to use with the VITC bypass VTR command (41.60). This command is issued when a record cue is requested. (1 records VITC signal data inserted in Input Video Signal.) Valid in Systems: A8800 VTR_TIMER_MODE_DATA (Default: 0) The data to use with the Time Mode Select command. This command is issued when a playback cue is requested. (0 selects timecode.) Valid in Systems: A8800 VTR_LTC_GENERATOR_DATA1 (Default: 3) The value to use with the LTC Generator Mode VTR command (42.61). This command is issued when a record cue is requested. (3 regenerates TC with tape VITC.) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 152 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A8800 VTR_LTC_GENERATOR_DATA2 (Default: 0) The value to use with the LTC Generator Mode VTR command (42.61). This command is issued when a record cue is requested. (0 regenerates TC with tape VITC.) Valid in Systems: A8800 W WATCH_DOG = {Y, N} (Default: N) The Watchdog automation CPU. Valid in Systems: Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 V3.04.00, A7500 v3.72.00, A6800 v3.16.00, A8000 v3.60.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8200 v3.32.00, A8400 v3.32.00, A8500 v3.60.00, A8600 v3.30.00 WOS_USE_CACHE Enable (Y) / Disable (N) forcing the work order system to delete through the cache. By default, items are deleted directly through D-AIS. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8800 X XDS_PROGRAM_ID={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) issuing of the XDS PROGRAM ID command to the Evertz VChip Encoder function Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8600v4 XDS_TIME_IN_SHOW={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) issuing of the XDS TIME IN SHOW LENGTH command to the Evertz V-Chip Encoder function. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8600v4 XDS_TIME_OF_DAY={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) issuing of the XDS TIME OF DAY command to the Evertz VChip Encoder function. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8600v4 XDS_TIMEZONE={Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) issuing of the XDS TIMEZONE command to the Evertz VChip Encoder function. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8600v4 XDSP_AIR_COLOUR = {Y, N} Valid in Systems: A7800 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 153 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v2.60.00, A7500 v3.50.00, A8000 v3.44.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 XDSP_BUS_COLOUR = {Y, N} Use bus colors in the external schedule display. Valid in Systems: A7800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v2.60.00, A7500 v3.50.00, A8000 v3.44.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 XDSP_MAX_EVENTS The maximum number of events in the external schedule display. Valid in Systems: A7800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7200 v2.04.00, A7410 v2.18.00, A7500 v2.60.00, A7500 v3.50.00, A8000 v3.44.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.22.00, A8400 v3.22.00, A8500 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.22.00, A8800 v3.68.00 XMALLOC_ALIGN (Default: 1) Align memory mapped in xmalloc by 4 bytes - on 4-byte boundaries. (See also STORE_BUFFER_ALIGN.) • 1: No Alignment (BYTE boundaries) • 4: 4-byte boundaries (DWORD boundaries) • 16: 16-Byte boundaries (WORD boundaries) The alignment is now hard coded as 4 bytes. Valid in Systems: A7600, A8500 Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.03.00, A7500 v3.58.00, A8000 v3.48.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.26.00, A8800 v3.68.00 XMALLOC_BASE (Default: 65) Physical base of mapped memory for xmalloc function- specified in MB. (68157440=64mb+1mb). This parameter is used to restructure cache list and store for better memory utilization. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8800 XMALLOC_GUARD={‘size_in_bytes’} (Default: 0) The optional reserved memory areas (guard bands) that may be put in the upper memory to surround the data structures there. If these guard bands change, a message is written to the diagnostic log for each long word that changed. Monitor the logs for any occurrence of “xmalloc”. 0, no guard bands. 4096, for testing. If it is already close to the memory limit, the store or cache in upper memory may need to be reduced slightly. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A6800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8800 XMALLOC_MAT_REPORT= {Y, N} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: N) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 154 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Enable (Y) / Disable (N) placing the data storage for the material reports in high memory- specified in MB. N, places structures for the material reports into low memory. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500v4.22 (This as per field report. Removal not stated in release notes.) XMALLOC_SIZE (Default: 0) Amount of RAM to map using xmalloc. (468713472=512mb-64mb-1mb.) The memory to Xmalloc is replaced by XMALLOC_TOTAL_RAM and XMALLOC_BASE. Valid in Systems: A7600, A8500 Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.03.00, A7500 v3.58.00, A8000 v3.48.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.26.00, A8800 v3.68.00 XMALLOC_SHADOW_BITS Enable (Y) / Disable (N) allocating to high memory all available bit arrays required for keeping track of shadow files. The amount of memory available on the system determines whether this parameter should be set to true (Y) or not (N). Large amounts of high memory, such as on machines with 4GB of RAM, use up a considerable amount of low memory for page tables, thus some allocations must be moved to high memory. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100 XMALLOC_STORE= {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the extended allocation of the store data. Use xmalloc RAM for store buffers. This parameter is primarily used for machines that have more than 64MB RAM. Typically the store allocation is specified in a manner similar to the cache allocation, as follows: STORE_SIZE=num_in_lo_mem,num_in_hi_mem Valid in Systems: A7600, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600 Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.03.00, A7500v3.58.00, A8000 v3.48.00, A8100 v3.22.00, A8200 v3.26.00, A8800 v3.68.00 XMALLOC_STORE_LINKS= {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the extended allocation of the store linked list. If there is sufficient free normal memory to hold the links, it is better to not put them in extended memory. Leaving the links in regular memory improve performances. This parameter is used to restructure cache list and store for better memory utilization. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500v4.22 (This as per field report. Removal not stated in release notes.) XMALLOC_TEST_RAM = {Y, N} (Default: N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) RAM memory test at start up, if xmalloc is used - specified in MB. This parameter is used to restructure cache list and store for better memory utilization. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 155 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500v4.22 (This as per field report. Removal not stated in release notes.) XMALLOC_TOTAL_RAM Total available RAM in the automation computer being configured. The high limit for the memory to Xmalloc, specified in MB. This must be <= (total memory). This parameter is used to restructure cache list and store for better memory utilization. Default: The total amount of memory present in the machine if that can be determined (Pentium Pro, Pentium 2, and later systems). 134217728 = 128 mb 268435456 = 256 mb Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8800 Y Z © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 156 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALARM.CFG Alarms are configured in the alarm configuration file (ALARM.CFG), which resides in the DATA directory. This file must be present (but it can be empty). This file has a format similar to the port configuration file (PORT.CFG). Each line in the file corresponds to a single alarm point. Each line begins with a keyword that identifies the alarm, followed by one or more parameter settings. The following parameters are supported: Alarms are configurable through Alarm.CFG. This includes Alarm conditions, such as: • whether setting or clearing the alarm is logged or even signaled to the operator, • what alarm is raised on the supervisory computer, • how many alarm points are associated with the alarm on the supervisory system. If any flag indicates an alarm should be logged or displayed, alarms occurring on the standby computer are sent to the main computer. If the number of alarm points on the supervisory system is 0 for an alarm, the supervisory system is NOT notified. Automation consists of two types of alarms: static alarms and dynamic alarms. Static alarms are always present and can always be configured in ALARM.CFG. Dynamic alarms are only present if the controlling subsystem is in use (e.g. MUX alarms are only present and configurable if a MUX is con-figured in PORT.CFG). About Broadcast Video Server Alarm Prefixes All alarms beginning with the prefix: • ALRM_BVS_CUE (all [play] cue failure alarms). • ALRM_BVS_INIT (all record cue failure alarms). • ALRM_BVS_DELETE (all cache delete failure alarms). • ALRM_BVS_VERIFY (all recording verification alarms). • ALRM_BVS_REJECT (all recording rejection alarms). To View all Available Options The option -alarminfo (for V3 Systems), --list-alarms (for V4 Systems) results in the listing of all the static alarms and all potential dynamic alarms. This should be used as a guide only. Presence in the list of dynamic alarms does not indicate validity in ALARM.CFG, however absence in the list does indicate invalidity in ALARM.CFG. For the authoritative list of valid alarms (alarms that can appear in ALARM.CFG) the Alarm Test diagnostics should be consulted ([F9] > Maintenance > Alarm Test). This diagnostic contains all valid alarms. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 157 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Standard Format Alarm.cfg entries have the following format: Alarm Type [setting=value...]. The following listings define the Alarm.CFG fields. SUPERVISORY_INDEX={‘numeric’} (Default: -1) A numeric parameter that specifies the alarm’s starting index, as given by the supervisory system’s PRES.CFG file. If –1, the alarm is not present in PRES.CFG, which means the alarm is not shown on the supervisory system. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7600, A7500, A7600, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8800 SUPERVISORY_COUNT=1 (Default: 0) A numeric parameter that specifies the number of alarm points (i.e., instances of the alarm) allocated by the supervisory system for the alarm. If 0, the display of the alarm on the supervisory system is disabled. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7600, A7500, A7600, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8800 AUTOMATION_SET_LOG={Y,N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the logging of a message on the automation system when the alarm is raised (i.e., changes to the alarm state). Valid in Systems: A7500, A7600, A8200 AUTOMATION_CLR_LOG={Y,N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the logging of a message on the automation system when the alarm is cleared (i.e., changes to the non-alarm state). Valid in Systems: A7500, A7600, A8200 AUTOMATION_SET_MESSAGE={Y,N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the display of a flashing message on the automation screens when the alarm changes to the alarm state. Valid in Systems: A7500, A7600, A8200 AUTOMATION_CLR_MESSAGE={Y,N} (Default: Y) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the display of a flashing message on the automation screens when the alarm changes to the non-alarm state. Valid in Systems: A7500, A7600 WORKSTATION_ALARM={Y,N} (Default =N) Enable (Y) / Disable (N) the display of an operational alarm on DALstation. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500v3, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8800 INET_ADDRESS_D-AIS1 / INET_ADDRESS_D-AIS2 The system supports multiple socket connections to D-AIS. Two IP addresses can be assigned to each D-AIS CPU, for example: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 158 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files INET_ADDRESS_D-AIS1=192.168.100.101|172.168.100.101 INET_ADDRESS_D-AIS2=192.168.100.102|172.168.100.102 The automation system maintains connections to all configured addresses; it will pick one that is connected to the active D-AIS CPU as the main connection for sending requests and send only the hear-beat message on other connections. Valid in Systems: A8200, Alarm Type Parameter Settings ALRM_A ALRM_B ALRM_C ALRM_D ALRM_E ALRM_F ALRM_G ALRM_H ALRM_I ALRM_J ALRM_K KLOTZ ALRM_L ALRM_M ALRM_N ALRM_O ALRM_P ALRM_Q ALRM_R ALRM_S ALRM_T ALRM_U ALRM_V ALRM_W ALRM_X ALRM_Y ALRM_Z ALRM_A ARBITRARY “ALARM KEYWORD” FOR BUS TALLY Bus tally alarms are configured though the use of BUSTALLY.TBL. The “Alarm Keyword” field is used to specify an arbitrary “Alarm Keyword.” This keyword can be present in ALARM.CFG for configuring with Supervisory and/or DALstation. These alarms are added to the output of the -alarminfo option. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALARM_AC_AVAIL Automation Computer availability alarm. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALARM_AC_DATA Automation Computer data alarm. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_ALLST_AFULL All Store Full Alarms. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8800 ALRM_ALLST_FULL All Store Full Alarms. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8800 ALRM_ASN_FAIL_JUPITER Assignment failure for Jupiter Router. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 159 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8500, A8800 ALRM_AUD_FAIL_n (Where n= 1, 2, 3, 4) Configures the logging in the utility bus. Used for the logging of silence detection. Note: The logging in the local bus log is configured through system table (LOG_SIL_IN_BUS_LOG). Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8200, A8400 ALRM_AUTO_SWAP_BUP This alarm is issued when an automatic swap to the backup source is taken. It remains displayed until the operator presses the alarm ACK button. The alarm text identifies the bus undertaking the automatic swap. Valid in Systems: A8400, A8600 ALRM_AUTO_SWAP_DEF This alarm second is issued when an automatic swap to the default source is taken. It remains displayed until the operator presses the alarm ACK button. The alarm text identifies the bus undertaking the automatic swap. Valid in Systems: A8400, A8600 ALRM_AUTO_SWAP_RES This alarm is issued when an automatic swap to the reserve source is taken. It remains displayed until the operator presses the alarm ACK button. The alarm text identifies the bus undertaking the automatic swap. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8400, A8600 ALRM_AUTO_UNSWAP_RES Valid in Systems: A8600v4 ALRM_AUX_PROCESS Diag Log Error. Used for handling alarms passed between automation computers. Valid in Systems: A6500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_B ALRM_BAD_TAPE_FLEXICART General Alarm. (Bad Tape on Flexicart.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_BREAKPOINT General Alarm. (Breakpoint) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8200, A8400, A8500 ALRM_BUS_RECORD_DUP_ITEM © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 160 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Bus record item exists error, one per bus per bus machine. Bus Maximum: 16 - A5500, 32- A6500, 280 - A7500 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A8600v4 ALRM_BUS_RECORD_FREESPACE_WARN Manual End-Type Alarm. This alarm addresses the handling of non-numeric durations on a record bus. If the duration, end-type or start-type of the event contains MAN, EXT, or NET, the duration is considered to be unknown. When the duration is unknown and a recording is initiated, an alarm is raised warning of the possibility that there might not be enough freespace. However, the recording is allowed to start and no log message is generated. Valid in Systems: A6800, A8600v4, A8800 ALRM_BUS_RECORD_MISS_ITEM When a recording is initiated, an alarm is raised if material is missing from sourcetype bus machines. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8400, A8600v4 ALRM_BUS_RECORD_NOFREESPACE When a recording is initiated, an alarm is raised if there is insufficient freespace. Valid in Systems: A6800, A8600v4 ALRM_BUS_RECORD_VERIFY_FAIL Group record verify error, one per bus per bus machine. Bus Maximum: 16 - A5500, 32 - A6500, 280 - A7500 A8800: General verify errors. This alarm point is set when the verify operation fails after a record bus recording is accepted (either automatically or manually). By default, this alarm point has automation display and logging enabled and Supervisory alarm point disabled. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A8600v4, A8800 ALRM_BUS_RECORD_VERIFY_TC_FAIL Group record verify timecode error, one per bus per bus machine. (Max. 16) Bus Maximum: 16 - A5500, 32- A6500, 280 - A7500 A8800: Timecode search errors. This alarm point is set when the verify operation fails after a record bus recording is accepted (either automatically or manually). By default, this alarm point has automation display and logging enabled and Supervisory alarm point disabled. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A8600v4, A8800 ALRM_BUS_TALLY_# (Where # = 1, 2, 3,…1000) Bus Tally Alarms. Where # is additoanl bus tallys. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4 ALRM_BUSST_AFULL_LOG Bus Store Full Alarms. (Log full.) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 161 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8800 ALRM_BUSST_AFULL_SCH Bus Store Full Schedule Alarms. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8800 ALRM_BUSST_FULL_LOG Bus Store Full Alarms. (Log full.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8800 ALRM_BUSST_FULL_SCH Bus Store Full Schedule Alarms. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8800 ALRM_BVS_ASN_CONFLICT Broadcast Video Server (Assignment conflict.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_BVS_COM_FAIL Broadcast Video Server communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_CUE Broadcast Video Server all [play] cue failure alarms. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_CUE_NOT_FOUND Broadcast Video Server cue not found. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_CUE_NOT_XREF Broadcast Video Server (Cue not cross referenced.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_BVS_CUE_RECORDING Broadcast Video Server (Cue recording.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_BVS_DELETE Broadcast Video Server all cache delete failure alarms. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_DELETE_PLAYING © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 162 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Broadcast Video Server Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_DELETE_PROTECTED Broadcast Video Server Valid in Systems: A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_DELETE_RECORDING Broadcast Video Server Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_DENIED_PORT Broadcast Video Server. The automation system detects and signals that a server port is inaccessible when an operator “grabs” the port using the MediaStream Interface (MSi). The automation system raises the alarm ALRM_BVS_DENIED_PORT and sets the source availability error flag in events that specify this server port as a source. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_INIT Broadcast Video Server all record cue failure alarms Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_INIT_DISK_FULL Broadcast Video Server. (Initialized disk full.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_INIT_DUP Broadcast Video Server. (Initialize duplication.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_INIT_EXISTS Broadcast Video Server. (Initialized exists.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_INIT_NOT_IDLE Broadcast Video Server. (Initialized not idle.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_INIT_TEMP Broadcast Video Server. (Initialized temporary.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_INVALID_PORT Broadcast Video Server. (Invalid port.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 163 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALARM_BVS_PLAY_LATE_NEVER_CUED This alarm indicates that the item due to be played had never been cued. This can occur when an event airs (e.g., as a result of a manual take) before D-MAS has had an opportunity to cue the event. The message for this alarm reads, in part, “Play delayed (ID never cued).” Valid in Systems: A7500, A8000, A8100v4, A8500 ALARM_BVS_PLAY_LATE_OTHER_CUED This alarm indicates that another item had been cued earlier, thereby preventing the machine interface from cueing the item due to be played now (i.e., the situation described above in 8). The message for this alarm reads, in part, “Play delayed (other ID cued first).” Valid in Systems: A7500, A8000, A8100v4, A8500 ALRM_BVS_PORT_LOCKUP Alarm for port lockup of the BVS. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_REJECT Broadcast Video Server all recording rejection alarms. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_REJECT_PLAYING Broadcast Video Server. (Reject playing.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_REJECT_PROTECTED Broadcast Video Server. (Reject protected.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_REJECT_RECORDING Broadcast Video Server. (Reject recording.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_REQD_CMD_UNSUPP Broadcast Video Server. (Required command not supported.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_SCHED Broadcast Video Server schedule ID alarm. If the ID_STATUS command is not supported or times out, this alarm displays the text "Schedule ID failed". The ID_STATUS command is used when cueing an item and when querying for metadata for an item. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 ALRM_BVS_SCHED_NOT_FOUND © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 164 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Broadcast Video Server schedule ID not found. If an error is encountered for the ID_STATUS command, or if the returned status indicates that the item is not playable (VDCP status not "in disk" or "not ready to play"), this alarm displays the text "Schedule ID failed (ID not found)". The ID_STATUS command is used when cueing an item and when querying for metadata for an item. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 ALRM_BVS_TRIM Raises an alarm if trimming failed for a reason other than bad data, unsupported user data, or ID not found: Trim failed. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8800 ALRM_BVS_TRIM_BAD_USER_DATA Raises an alarm if the video clip does not contain valid DAL user data: Trim failed (user data invalid). Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8800 ALRM_BVS_TRIM_NOT_FOUND Raises an alarm if the specified item (video clip) does not exist: Trim failed (ID not found) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8800 ALRM_BVS_TRIM_UNSUPPORTED Raises an alarm if the server does not support one or more of the user data commands required for trimming: Trim failed (user data unsupported). Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8800 ALRM_BVS_VERIFY Broadcast Video Server all recording verification alarms. Valid in Systems: A8800 ALRM_BVS_VERIFY_BAD_DUR Broadcast Video Server. (Verify bad duration.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_VERIFY_BAD_SOM Broadcast Video Server. (Verify bad Start of Message.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_VERIFY_EXPIRY Broadcast Video Server. (Verify expiry date.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500v4.14.00.00, A7800v4.11.00.00, A8000 v4.02.00.00, A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00, A8500 v4.02.00.00 ALRM_BVS_VERIFY_NOT_FOUND © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 165 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Broadcast Video Server. (Verify item not found.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_VERIFY_RENAME Broadcast Video Server. (Verify rename.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_BVS_VERIFY_USERDATA Broadcast Video Server. (Verify userdata.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_C ALRM_CA_FAILn (Where n= 0, 1, 2, 3) Conditional Access failure. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_CA_GOT_NAK Conditional Access got no acknowledgement. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_CA_NO_RSP Conditional Access got no response. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_CA_MSG_FAIL Conditional Access message failure. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_CA_SER_FAILn (Where n= 0, 1) Conditional Access serial communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_CACHE_ABORT_REC_BAD_COMM Cache abort record due to Bad Comms. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the source device, an alarm will be raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 ALRM_CACHE_ABORT_REC_DEVICE_ERROR Cache abort record due to Device Error. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the source device, an alarm will be raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 166 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALRM_CACHE_ABORT_REC_NO_TAPE Cache abort record due to No Tape. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the source device, an alarm will be raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 ALRM_CACHE_ABORT_REC_NOT_PLAYING Cache abort record due to Not Playing. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the source device, an alarm will be raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 ALRM_CACHE_ABORT_REC_NOT_RECORDING Cache abort record due to Not Recording. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the source device, an alarm is raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7800v4, A7500v4, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 ALRM_CACHE_ARCHIVE_FAIL Valid in Systems: Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.02.00, A7500 v3.92.00, A8000 v3.68.00, A8100v3.34.00 ALRM_CACHE_FREESPACE_MINIMUM Automation logging and display, DALstation display, and Supervisory display of the minimum freespace alarm points. This alarm is raised when the amount of freespace on a cache server drops below the Minumum freespace level configured in cache.tbl. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8100v4, Removed from / Invalid in: A8800 v3.57.00 ALRM_CACHE_FREESPACE_WARNING Automation logging and display, DALstation display, and Supervisory display of the warning alarm points. This alarm raised when the amount of freespace on a cache server drops below the Warning freespace level configured in cache.tbl. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8100v4, Removed from / Invalid in: A8800 v3.57.00 ALRM_CACHE_LIBDEL_FAIL Valid in Systems: Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.02.00, A7500 v3.92.00, A8000 v3.68.00, A8100v3.34.00 ALRM_CACHE_LIST_AFULL © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 167 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files All Store Full Alarms. (Cache list full.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8800 ALRM_CACHE_RES_VERIFY_FAIL Cache reserve source verify failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800v4 ALRM_CACHE_RES_VERIFY_TC_FAIL Cache reserve source verify timecode fail. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800v4 ALRM_CACHE_RES_VERIFY_TC_FAIL2 Cache reserve source verify timecode fail 2. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800v4 ALRM_CACHE_RESTORE_FAIL Valid in Systems: Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.02.00, A7500 v3.92.00, A8000 v3.68.00, A8100v3.34.00 ALRM_CACHE_STORE_FULL All Store Full Alarms (Max 1). This alarm point applies to all caches as a group. The text of this alarm point is “Cache List Full.” Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8800 ALRM_CACHE_VERIFY_FAIL Cache source verify fail. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800v4 ALRM_CACHE_VERIFY_TC_FAIL Cache source verify timecode fail. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800v4 ALRM_CACHE_VERIFY_TC_FAIL2 Cache source verify timecode fail2. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800v4 ALRM_CHT_COM_FAIL Chyron Template Alarm: Problems using the Chyron Template driver communications failure. (See also ALRM_COM_FAIL_CHT) Valid in Systems: A7500, ALRM_CHT_CUE_FAIL Chyron Template Alarm: Problems using the Chyron Template driver - cue failure. (See also ALRM_CUE_FAIL_CHT) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 168 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500, ALRM_COM_FAIL_ACE CBC ACE communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_COM_FAIL_ACP1 Automation Control Panel 1 (ACP1) communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8200, A8400 ALRM_COM_FAIL_ACP2 Automation Control Panel 2 (ACP2) communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8200, A8400 ALRM_COM_FAIL_AMPEXVPR AMPEX VPR communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500 ALRM_COM_FAIL_ANTENNA={0, 1, 2, 3,…25} Communications failure to antenna controllers. Valid in Systems: A6800, A7800 ALRM_COM_FAIL_APOL_PNL Apology panel communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7410 ALRM_COM_FAIL_BRKDWN Communications failure breakdown. Valid in Systems: A7410, A7500 ALRM_COM_FAIL_CCPS CBC CCPS communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v5.04.00 ALRM_COM_FAIL_CHGOVER_PANEL The CPU-specific alarm associated with the CPU Changeover Panel. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_COM_FAIL_CHT Static Chyron Template Alarm: Problems using the Chyron Template driver communications failure. (See also ALRM_CHT_COM_FAIL) Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600 ALRM_COM_FAIL_CHYRON © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 169 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Chyron communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, ALRM_COM_FAIL_CHYRON_MAXINE Chyron Maxine communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A750, A8100 ALRM_COM_FAIL_CLIPBOX Clipbox communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_COM_CODI Communications failure with CODI used for external schedule display. (Maximum 1) Valid in Systems: A7800 ALRM_COM_FAIL_COLLAGE Collage communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 ALRM_COM_FAIL_D-AIS D-AIS communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500v4.13.02, A7800v4.10.00.00, A8000v3.88.00, A8000v4.01.00, A8100v4.03.00, A8200v3.60.00 ALRM_COM_FAIL_D-AIS# (Where # = 1 – 4) D-AIS communications failure with D-MAS across automation LAN. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000v3, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8200 ALRM_COM_FAIL_DAT DAT player communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7410 ALRM_COM_FAIL_DENCD Dennon CD communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 ALRM_COM_FAIL_DENMD Dennon MD communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 ALRM_COM_FAIL_DENON Dennon communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7410 ALRM_COM_FAIL_DIGC © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 170 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Digicart communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8400v4, A8600v4 ALRM_COM_FAIL_DSS Identifier for the DSS sub-system first serial port communication failure alarm point. These settings should be the same as for “ALRM_COM_FAIL_DSSB”. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A8200, A8400 ALRM_COM_FAIL_DSSB Identifier for the DSS sub-system second serial port communication failure alarm point . These settings should be the same as for “ALRM_COM_FAIL_DSS”. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A8200, A8400 ALRM_COM_FAIL_EMERG_SWR Emergency Switcher backup port communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A8500, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8600 ALRM_COM_FAIL_EVERTZ Evertz communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600v4 ALRM_COM_FAIL_FLEXCART Flexicart communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_COM_FAIL_INPUT Uio80s: Input GPI communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_COM_FAIL_JUPITER Jupiter router/switcher communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500 ALRM_COM_FAIL_LIGHTENING Pinnacle Lightening communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 ALRM_COM_FAIL_LSF Lietch StillFile (LSF) communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 ALRM_COM_FAIL_MCCART McCart communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7410, A7500 Removed from/Invalid in: A7400v4.01.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 171 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALRM_COM_FAIL_MCCARTB McCartB communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed from/Invalid in: A7400v4.01.00 ALRM_COM_FAIL_MON_PNL Monitor panel communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7410 ALRM_COM_FAIL_MOTIF Generate an alarm when communications with the Aston Motif fails. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 ALRM_COM_FAIL_MUX8 Generate an alarm when communications with the MUX-8/MUX-800 fail. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_COM_FAIL_NEWS_ALERT_PNL News Alert panel communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7410 ALRM_COM_FAIL_PCI_TCODE PCI Timecode card communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7800v4 ALRM_COM_FAIL_PLS200 PLS200 communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_COM_FAIL_PROFVDR Professional VDR communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_COM_FAIL_RECEIVER={0, 1, 2, 3,…60} Communications failure to receivers Valid in Systems: A6800, A7800 ALRM_COM_FAIL_RELAY Uio80s: Relay GPI communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_COM_FAIL_SER_TCODE Indicates a failure of the Imagine Communications timecode reader to communicate with D-MAS. The text for the alarm is: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 172 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Com Failure, Automation CPU #1, with Imagine Communications timecode reader and Com Okay, Automation CPU #1, with Imagine Communications timecode reader Valid in Systems: A6500, A7400v4, A7500, Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v5.04.00 ALRM_COM_FAIL_SER_TCODE_AV Indicates a failure of the Imagine Communications timecode reader to communicate with D-MAS. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7400v4, A7500, Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v5.04.00 ALRM_COM_FAIL_SONYLMS Sony LMS communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500 ALRM_COM_FAIL_SONYVTR Sony VTR communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_COM_FAIL_SWITCHER Switcher communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_COM_FAIL_TALLY_IO={1, 2, 3} Communications failure with source tally (DIF) interface. Valid in Systems: A7800, A8000, A8100 ALRM_COM_FAIL_TARGA Targa communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_COM_FAIL_TYPEDEKO TypeDeko communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_COM_FAIL_VU_PNL VU panel communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7410 ALRM_COM_FAIL_ZEPHYR Telos Zepher communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7410 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 173 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALRM_CONNECT_FAIL_ZEPHYR Telos Zepher connection failure. Valid in Systems: A7410 ALRM_CONNECTION_FAIL_MDAC MDAC connection failure. Valid in Systems: A8400, A8500 ALRM_CPU_DOWN Cpu Down (Network Timeout). Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_CPU_LINK_FAIL Smpte Clock. (Computer link failure.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8200, A8400, A8500 ALRM_CUE_ABORT_FLEXCART Flexicart cue abort. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_ACE Cue failure on ACE device. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_AMPEXVPR Ampex VPR cue failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_CCPS Cue failure on CCPS device. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v5.04.00 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_CHT Static Chyron Template Alarm: Problems using the Chyron Template driver - cue failure. (See also ALRM_CHT_CUE_FAIL) Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 174 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALRM_CUE_FAIL_CHYRON_MAXINE Cue failure on Chyron Maxine. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_CLIPBOX ClipBox cue failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_DIGC This indicates cue failures on DigiCart devices configured to accept filenames instead of cut IDs. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8600v4 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_DAT Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A7410 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_DENCD Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8500 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_DENMD Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8500 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_DENNON Dennon cue failure. Valid in Systems: A7410 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_DGC This cue failure alarm for DigiCart devices is raised when DMAS is unable to find the cut index corresponding to a given filename. If the ALRM_CUE_FAIL_DGC keyword is not specified in alarm.cfg, the following default behavior applies: Keyword Value AUTOMATION_SET_LOG Y AUTOMATION_CLR_LOG Y AUTOMATION_SET_MESSAGE Y © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 175 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Keyword Value AUTOMATION_CLR_MESSAGE N SUPERVISORY_INDEX -1 SUPERVISORY_COUNT 0 WORKSTATION_ALARM N Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_FLEXCART_INIT Sony Flexicart cue failure in initialization. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_FLEXCART_NOCOMM Sony Flexicart cue failure due to no communications. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_FLEXCART_NOTAPE Sony Flexicart cue failure due to no Tape. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_FLEXCART_NOVTRAV Sony Flexicart cue failure due to no VTR available. This kind of cue failure occurs if no VTRs are available to play the tape. It can be expected to occur for FlexiCart™ with one or two VTRs, or in the situation described above for tape in use. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_FLEXCART_OTHER Sony Flexicart cue failure due to a situation other than defined. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_FLEXCART_TAPBUSY Sony Flexicart cue failure due to Tape busy or in use. This kind of cue failure occurs if the tape to be cued is already playing. It can be expected to occur when playing successive segments of a multi-segment tape with short breaks separating the segments. (In this case, ‘short’ means shorter than the cue time specified for the FlexiCart™ source.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_FLEXCART_TEST Sony Flexicart cue failure due to test operations. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_JUPITER Cue failure on Jupiter Router. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 176 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8500, A8800 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_LIGHTENING Pinnacle Lightening cue failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_LOCAL_SONYVTR Alarm For Sony VTRs. This alarm is triggered when a VTR is to be cued but is found to be in local (not remote). The message text is “Cue Failure (Local)”. Acknowledging the alarm clears it. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_NEXIO_ODT DMAS raises a new “Cue Fail (Not Ready to Play)” alarm. Timeline processing periodically attempts to Cue the clip multiple times (approximately once per second) in accordance with existing rules. Support is added for suppressing Cue request for NEXIO clips with a "Not Ready To Play" attribute in order to prevent playback failure. This enhancement affects both the Nexio ODT and DCAL interfaces. Setting the “Not Ready to Play” flag prevents a cue both for ODT serial interface and for Nexio DCAL. DMAS treats the “Not Ready to Play” condition as being similar to the “Does not exist” condition. In other words, automation raises alarm and stops Cue sequence. After standard delays, timeline processing continues attempts to Cue the clip again. The Cue sequence is repeated until such time as the clip is no longer reported as “Not Ready to Play” and can be Cued or other existing rules and procedures apply when the clip is normally expected to play at the start of the event. Nexio DCAL: Automation checks Nexio Special ID Attributes prior to a cue request for Nexio DCAL. If the “Not Ready to Play” flag is set, Nexio DCAL Plugin stops the cue sequence and sets the status of the current timeline event to “FAILURE”. D-MAS raises the “DCAL Device Cue Fail” alarm. Note: The Cue request does not repeat after “Cue Fail” alarm on Nexio DCAL. Timeline processing does not update the requested cue array after cue failure and a new cue request is not sent. This issue will be addressed under a separate defect case. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_ODTVDR ODT VDR cue failure in case of cueing to wrong in_time. Valid in Systems: A8600v5 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_PROFVDR Profile VDR cue failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800v4, A8100, A8500, A8600 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 177 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALRM_CUE_FAIL_SONYLMS Alarm For Sony LMS cart machines. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8500, A8800 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_SONYVTR Alarm For Sony VTRs. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_CUE_FAIL_TRANSFER_PROFVDR Profile “Cue failed – material transfer in progress” alarm. Dynamically created alarm. For playback of Profile material while it is being copied or transferred from another Profile, the material on the playout server must satisfy both of the following constraints in order to be playable: • There must be at least 20 seconds of material present, • If the scheduled SOM differs from the material’s SOM, the material to be played out must included the scheduled SOM. If one of the above constraints is not fulfilled when the event containing the material goes to air, D-MAS will attempt to cue the material one final time, and raise a “Cue failed – material transfer in progress” alarm. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8500, A8600v4 ALRM_CUE_JOB_FAIL_COLLAGE Job cue failure on Collage. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8000, A8500 ALRM_CUE_NOT_DONE_ON_PLAY If a VTR receives a play request before a cue request has completed, the material is played as soon as the cue completes. Alarms for incomplete cueing. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600 ALRM_CUE_NOT_DONE_ON_STBYON Alarms for failed cue. Note: In the case where the difference between the ready and pre-roll times is too small for a re-cueing to complete, the ALRM_CUE_NOT_DONE_ON_PLAY alarm is be raised, however the event still pre-rolls when the cue completes. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 178 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600 ALRM_CUE_PAGE_FAIL_COLLAGE Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8000, A8500 ALRM_CUE_PIX_FAIL_COLLAGE Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8000, A8500 ALRM_CUE_TIMEOUT_FLEXCART Sony Flexicart cue timed out. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_CUE_VALID Cue valid. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8200, A8400 ALRM_D ALRM_D-AIS_# (# = 0…19) D-AIS alarm. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. A7500v4.25.00 Note: ALRM_D-AIS_5 introduced an incompatibility and should not be used since it had no effect. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_D-AIS_ARCHIVE_GROUP_NONEXISTENT This alarm is raised through a D-AIS request if an archive failure has occurred due to a nonexistent archive group. This alarm only works for DIVA archives, since DIVA is currently the only active library with archive group support. The alarm message reports: D-AIS alarm: ARCHIVE_NAME: Archive failed due to nonexistent group, ID=MATERIAL_ID, GROUP=ARCHIVE_GROUP, where ARCHIVE_NAME corresponds to the name of the library object of the archive operation, MATERIAL_ID identifies the material being archived and ARCHIVE_GROUP is the name of the group to where the material was being archived. A7500v4.25.00 Note: This alarm replaces the alarm: ALRM_D-AIS_5. ALRM_DAIS_5 introduced an incompatibility and should not be used since it had no effect. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500 v5, D-AISv4 ALRM_D-AIS_COM_FAIL © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 179 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files D-AIS communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7400v4 ALRM_DAIS_COMPATIBILITY This alarm indicates that D-MAS and D-AIS have been configured differently. Configure D-AIS and any communicating D-MAS systems in the same way with respect to DROPFRAME_DURATIONS. When D-MAS first connects to D-AIS there is an exchange indicating whether DROPFRAME_DURATIONS are configured or not. If the systems are found to be configured differently, this situation detected by DMAS and an alarm raised to alert operations staff and error message is added to the D-AIS log file. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, DAISv5.11 ALRM_D-AIS_UNKNOWN All Store Full Alarms. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8800 ALRM_?DCAL?_TRIM_ERROR This alarm indicates problems with item trimming. The ?DCAL? corresponds to the DCAL machine interface and instance number. For example: On instance number 1 of a Nexio machine (as configured in equipment.xml), the trim error alarm would be ALRM_NEXIO_1_TRIM_ERROR. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 ALRM_?DCAL?_TRIM_FILE_NOT_FOUND This alarm indicates problems with item trimming. The ?DCAL? corresponds to the DCAL machine interface and instance number. For example: On instance number 1 of a Nexio machine (as configured in equipment.xml), the trim error alarm would be ALRM_NEXIO_1_TRIM_ERROR. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 ALRM_?DCAL?_TRIM_TIME_OUT This alarm indicates problems with item trimming. The ?DCAL? corresponds to the DCAL machine interface and instance number. For example: On instance number 1 of a Nexio machine (as configured in equipment.xml), the trim error alarm would be ALRM_NEXIO_1_TRIM_ERROR. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 ALRM_DISK_ALMOST_FULL Raise an alarm when the active disk partition (i.e., the one containing the D-MAS executable) approaches capacity. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 180 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALRM_DISK_FAIL Disk (Diagnostic) Logging. Hard drive failure. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. For A8100v4.12/A8600v4.12: The ALRM_DISK_FAIL alarm is raised if DALinux fails to return the amount of free disk space in response to automation’s query. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7400, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_DISK_FULL Raise an alarm when the active disk partition (i.e., the one containing the D-MAS executable) reaches capacity. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8800 ALRM_DLOG_BUF_FULL Disk (Diagnostic) Logging buffer full. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_DLOG_TOO_MANY_FILES This alarm point is triggered once per day after the day change over time, if the number of log files meets or exceeds the DISK_LOG_MAX_FILES parameter. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_DSS_LOAD_FAIL The DSS load fail alarm is set when the loading of an item on an XM3000 show channel takes longer than this time (set in table parameter: T_XM3000_SHOW_CUE) to complete. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A8200, A8400 ALRM_DSS_ORG_CLRL DCart (DSS) origin. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A8200, A8400 ALRM_DSS_START_FAIL DCart (DSS) start failure. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A8200, A8400 ALRM_DVER_DETECTOR Raise an alarm when any verifier detector state is reported changing to alarm state by the D-VER application. Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v4.16.00.00, A7500v5.00.00 ALRM_DVER_ERROR © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 181 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Raise an alarm when automaton receives error response from the D-VER application. Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v4.16.00.00, A7500v5.00.00 ALRM_E ALRM_ELV_FAIL_FLEXCART Sony Flexicart Elevator failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_EMBARGO_VIOLATION Embargo date violation. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4 ALRM_EMBARGO_WARNING Embargo date warning. Valid in Systems: A8100v4 ALRM_EVTZ9725_CUE_FAIL Alarm for Evertz cue failure. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4, A8600v4 ALRM_F ALRM_FAILED_PURGE Purge operation failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800v4, A8800 ALRM_FAULTY_ANTENNA={0, 1, 2, 3…25} Movement fault reported by antenna controller. Valid in Systems: A6800, A7800 ALRM_FLX_EXTVTR_PBA_BAD Audio Bad. Extended VTR Status error levels for either playing or recording will appear in the Flexicart Diagnostic Display. Playing VTRs will display audio and video error levels for: • INVALID (N/A): The current transport state is neither playing nor recording. Some VTRs may not support Extended VTR Status and will always be displayed as INVALID (N/A). • NO_GOOD (BAD), • DOUBTFUL (DOUBT), • INDETERMINATE (INDET), • ALMOST, and © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 182 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • GOOD. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8500v4 ALRM_FLX_EXTVTR_PBA_DOUBTFUL Audio Doubtful. Extended VTR Status error levels for either playing or recording will appear in the Flexicart Diagnostic Display. Playing VTRs will display audio and video error levels for: • INVALID (N/A): The current transport state is neither playing nor recording. Some VTRs may not support Extended VTR Status and will always be displayed as INVALID (N/A). • NO_GOOD (BAD), • DOUBTFUL (DOUBT), • INDETERMINATE (INDET), • ALMOST, and • GOOD. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8500v4 ALRM_FLX_EXTVTR_PBA_INDET Audio Indeterminate. Extended VTR Status error levels for either playing or recording will appear in the Flexicart Diagnostic Display. Playing VTRs will display audio and video error levels for: • INVALID (N/A): The current transport state is neither playing nor recording. Some VTRs may not support Extended VTR Status and will always be displayed as INVALID (N/A). • NO_GOOD (BAD), • DOUBTFUL (DOUBT), • INDETERMINATE (INDET), • ALMOST, and • GOOD. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8500v4 ALRM_FLX_EXTVTR_PBA_ALMOST Audio Almost. Extended VTR Status error levels for either playing or recording will appear in the Flexicart Diagnostic Display. Playing VTRs will display audio and video error levels for: • INVALID (N/A): The current transport state is neither playing nor recording. Some VTRs may not support Extended VTR Status and will always be displayed as INVALID (N/A). • NO_GOOD (BAD), • DOUBTFUL (DOUBT), • INDETERMINATE (INDET), • ALMOST, and © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 183 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • GOOD. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8500v4 ALRM_FLX_EXTVTR_PBV_BAD Video Bad. Extended VTR Status error levels for either playing or recording will appear in the Flexicart Diagnostic Display. Playing VTRs will display audio and video error levels for: • INVALID (N/A): The current transport state is neither playing nor recording. Some VTRs may not support Extended VTR Status and will always be displayed as INVALID (N/A). • NO_GOOD (BAD), • DOUBTFUL (DOUBT), • INDETERMINATE (INDET), • ALMOST, and • GOOD. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8500v4 ALRM_FLX_EXTVTR_PBV_DOUBTFUL Video doubful. Extended VTR Status error levels for either playing or recording will appear in the Flexicart Diagnostic Display. Playing VTRs will display audio and video error levels for: • INVALID (N/A): The current transport state is neither playing nor recording. Some VTRs may not support Extended VTR Status and will always be displayed as INVALID (N/A). • NO_GOOD (BAD), • DOUBTFUL (DOUBT), • INDETERMINATE (INDET), • ALMOST, and • GOOD. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8500v4 ALRM_FLX_EXTVTR_PBV_INDET Video Indeterminate. Extended VTR Status error levels for either playing or recording will appear in the Flexicart Diagnostic Display. Playing VTRs will display audio and video error levels for: • INVALID (N/A): The current transport state is neither playing nor recording. Some VTRs may not support Extended VTR Status and will always be displayed as INVALID (N/A). • NO_GOOD (BAD), • DOUBTFUL (DOUBT), • INDETERMINATE (INDET), • ALMOST, and © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 184 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • GOOD. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8500v4 ALRM_FLX_EXTVTR_PBV_ALMOST Video Almost. Extended VTR Status error levels for either playing or recording will appear in the Flexicart Diagnostic Display. Playing VTRs will display audio and video error levels for: • INVALID (N/A): The current transport state is neither playing nor recording. Some VTRs may not support Extended VTR Status and will always be displayed as INVALID (N/A). • NO_GOOD (BAD), • DOUBTFUL (DOUBT), • INDETERMINATE (INDET), • ALMOST, and • GOOD. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8500v4 ALRM_FSTAT_DOOR Sony Flexicart status: Cabinet door open. Door open This kind of cue failure occurs if the FlexiCart™’s door is open, and can be expected to occur at any time. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_FSTAT_NOCOM Sony Flexicart status: No communications. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_G ALRM_GPI6800_COM_FAIL Serial communications with the GPI6800 controller card have failed. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7500v5, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 ALRM_GPI_UNAVAILABLE The corresponding input provided by a GPI6800 GPIO daughter card is not available because the card is not installed or is malfunctioning. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7500v5, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 ALRM_GPO_UNAVAILABLE The corresponding output provided by a GPI6800 GPIO daughter card is not available because the card is not installed or is malfunctioning. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 185 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7500v5, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 ALRM_GSERIES_COM_FAIL Alarm point controls the alarm for communications failure with the Inscriber GSeries. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A7500v4, A8100v4, A8600v4, ALRM_I ALRM_ICONSTN_SRC_COM_FAIL This alarm point controls the alarm for communications failure with a source-only IconStation. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4, ALRM_ID_FAIL_FLEXCART Sony Flexicart ID failure. Valid in Systems: A8800 ALRM_ILLEGAL_TIMECODE_HVIS Illegal timecode. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500 ALRM_ILLEGAL_TVFORMAT_HVIS Illegal TV format. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500 ALRM_INHIBIT_BAD_CHANNEL_GROUP An upcoming event has material with a bad channel group and play out will be inhibited. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8400, A8000, A8100v4, A8500, A8600v4 ALRM_INHIBIT_BAD_CHANNEL_GROUP_OVRRD An upcoming event has material with a bad channel group and the event will play out. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8400, A8000, A8100v4, A8500, A8600v4 ALRM_INHIBIT_FAILED_QC_STATUS An upcoming event has material with failed QC status and play out will be inhibited Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4, A8600v4 ALRM_INHIBIT_FAILED_QC_STATUS_OVRRD An upcoming event has material with failed QC status and the event will play out © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 186 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4, A8600v4 ALRM_INHIBIT_ITEM_NOT_RELEASED An upcoming event has material with not released status and play out will be inhibited. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8600v4 ALRM_INHIBIT_ITEM_NOT_RELEASED_OVRRD An upcoming event has material with not released status and the event will play out. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8600v4 ALRM_INHIBIT_UNKNOWN_QC_STATUS An upcoming event has material with unknown QC status and play out will be inhibited Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4, A8600v4 ALRM_INHIBIT_UNKNOWN_QC_STATUS_OVRRD An upcoming event has material with unknown QC status and the event will play out Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4, A8600v4 ALRM_INTERNAL_STACK_LOW Raises an alarm if a task’s stack usage exceeds a configurable limit. (See SYSTEM.CFG: STACK_THRESHOLD. Valid in Systems: A7500, A7600 ALRM_INTERFACE_INSTANCE_COM_FAIL Modular Device Control Interface: This alarm indicates communication failure for transport-type DCAL devices. Where, • INTERFACE corresponds to the device type interface, • INSTANCE corresponds to the device instance number. For example, for instance 1 of a Nexio, the alarm name would be ALRM_NEXIO_1_COM_FAIL. This alarm may be added to alarm.cfg provided that a suitable DCAL device is configured in the equipment.xml file. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 ALRM_INTERFACE_INSTANCE_CUE_FAIL Modular Device Control Interface: This alarm indicates a cue failure for transport-type DCAL devices. Where, • INTERFACE corresponds to the device type interface, • INSTANCE corresponds to the device instance number. For example, for instance 1 of a Nexio, the alarm name would be ALRM_NEXIO_1_CUE_FAIL. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 187 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files This alarm may be added to alarm.cfg provided that a suitable DCAL device is configured in the equipment.xml file. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 ALRM_INTERFACE_INSTANCE_PLAY_LATE_OTHER_CUED Modular Device Control Interface: This alarm is raised for DCAL devices when a play command for an item is received but another item is cued instead. If this happens the new item is cued before being played. Where, • INTERFACE corresponds to the device type interface, • INSTANCE corresponds to the device instance number. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 ALRM_INTERFACE_INSTANCE_START_FAIL, Modular Device Control Interface: This alarm indicates a start failure for transporttype DCAL devices. Where, • INTERFACE corresponds to the device type interface, • INSTANCE corresponds to the device instance number. For example, for instance 1 of a Nexio, the alarm name would be ALRM_NEXIO_1_START_FAIL. This alarm may be added to alarm.cfg provided that a suitable DCAL device is configured in the equipment.xml file. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 ALRM_INTERFACE_INSTANCE_STOP_FAIL. Modular Device Control Interface: This alarm indicates a stop failure for transporttype DCAL devices. Where, • INTERFACE corresponds to the device type interface, • INSTANCE corresponds to the device instance number. For example, for instance 1 of a Nexio, the alarm name would be ALRM_NEXIO_1_STOP_FAIL. This alarm may be added to alarm.cfg provided that a suitable DCAL device is configured in the equipment.xml file. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 ALRM_INTUITION_COM_FAIL Raises an alarm if there is a com failure with the Miranda Imagestore Intuition. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 ALRM_INTUITION_CUE_FAIL Raises an alarm if there is a cue failure on the Miranda Imagestore Intuition. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 188 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALRM_K ALRM_KNOWN_SUBTITLE_HVIS Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500 KLOTZ KLOTZ_CLOCK_COM_FAIL Alarm for the Klotz Countdown Clock Interface. Valid in Systems: A8200 KLOTZ_CLOCK_NO_CTRL Alarm for the Klotz Countdown Clock Interface. Valid in Systems: A8200 KLOTZ_CLOCK_NO_ACTIVE Alarm for the Klotz Countdown Clock Interface. Valid in Systems: A8200 KLOTZ_GPI_COM_FAIL Klotz GPI communication failure. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400 KLOTZ_GPI_NO_ACTIVE Klotz Router Logic alarm. One (1) alarm point is defined to reflect that only one Klotz logic interface may be configured. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400 KLOTZ_GPI_NO_CTRL Klotz Router Logic alarm. One (1) alarm point is defined to reflect that only one Klotz logic interface may be configured. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400 KLOTZ_SWR_COM_FAIL This alarm is triggered if D-MAS loses communication on one (or more) of the configured serial ports. Twenty (20) alarm points are defined to reflect that up to ten routers may be configured, all of them configured as Klotz routers, and each Klotz router supports two serial ports. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400 KLOTZ_SWR_NO_ACTIVE This alarm is triggered if D-MAS cannot find an active D-KIF on any of its serial ports. This alarm is not triggered the moment D-MAS doesn’t know which D-KIF is active, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 189 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files rather if a few seconds elapse without an active D-KIF an alarm is raised (NOTE: Without an active D-KIF, the Klotz cannot be controlled). Ten (10) alarm points are defined to reflect that up to ten Klotz routers may be configured. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400 KLOTZ_SWR_NO_CTRL This alarm is triggered if D-KIF loses communication with the Klotz (see D-KIF documentation on when this could occur). Ten (10) alarm points are defined to reflect that up to ten Klotz routers may be configured. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400 ALRM_L ALRM_LD_FAIL_FLEXCART Sony FlexiCart Load failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_LOAD_FAIL_LSF Lietch StillFile (LSF) Load failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 ALRM_M ALRM_MCCART_LOAD_FAIL MCCart Load failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7410, A7500 Removed from/Invalid in: A7400v4.01.00 ALRM_MCCART_ORG_CLR MCCart origin clear. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7410, A7500 Removed from/Invalid in: A7400v4.01.00 ALRM_MCCART_START_FAIL MCCart Start failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7410, A7500 Removed from/Invalid in: A7400v4.01.00 ALRM_MODC_COM_FAIL Softel MediaSphere MHEG Data Carousel (MODC) communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v5.04.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 190 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALRM_MUTEX_LOCK_ORDER This alarm is raised when D-MAS encounters an internal error related to task interactions. (See also LOCK_ALARM_BACKTRACE_SIZE in System.CFG. This parameter controls the amount of information printed.) Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7500v5, A8000v4, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 ALRM_N ALRM_NCUE_COM_FAIL NetCue Decoder communications failure alarm. Used to: • Log communications failures in the As-Run log. • Log restoration of communications in the As-Run log. • Display communication failure alarm on D-MAS console Valid in Systems: A8200 ALRM_NET_MON_# (# ranges from 1 to the number of network cards.) There is one alarm for each network card in the system. For each of these there is one sub-alarm for each computer in NETWORK.TBL, except for the supervisory systems, and the largest index in NETWORK.TBL should be specified as SUPERVISORY_COUNT. For A6500: Max 4 Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_NET_RCV_ERR Network. (Receive error.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_NET_RSTRT Network restart. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_NET_XMT_COL Network Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_NO_BINS_FLEXCART Sony Flexicart. No free bins (freespace). © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 191 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_NUM_DISK_ALMOST_FULL This alarm is raised when the amount of free disk space is approximately between 1000 KB and 200 KB. The alarm text and logging messages specify the disk is almost full explicitly to more accurately reflect the usage of the alarm. Note: The order of the ALRM_NUM_DISK_ALMOST_FULL alarm and the ALRM_NUM_DISK_FULL alarm is set so that the ALRM_NUM_DISK_FULL alarm is handled first. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_NUM_DISK_FULL This alarm is raised if the number of free kilobytes is 200 KB or less. The reason the ALRM_NUM_DISK_FULL alarm is raised when there is 200 KB or less free and not when there is 0 KB free is because DALinux begins to report disk full errors on some write operations when there is approximately 200 KB or less free due to reserved disk space. Note: The order of the ALRM_NUM_DISK_ALMOST_FULL alarm and the ALRM_NUM_DISK_FULL alarm is set so that the ALRM_NUM_DISK_FULL alarm is handled first. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_NUM_DLOG_TOO_MANY_FILES This diagnostic logging message alarm is raised when the limit of how many files are checked when deleting old log files (set by system.cfg parameter DISK_LOG_MAX_FILES) is exceeded. Removed From/Invalid in: A7500 v5.09.00.00 ALRM_0 ALRM_ODT_COM_FAIL Communication with the server was lost. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8600 ALRM_ODT_CUE_FAIL An item could not be cued for playback. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500v4, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8600 ALRM_ODT_CUE_FAIL_NOT_FOUND An item could not be cued for playback because it was not found on the server. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8600 ALRM_ODT_CUE_FAIL_RECORDING An item could not be cued/created for recording Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8600 ALRM_ODT_REC_REN_FAIL Renamed to ALRM_ODT_REC_RENAME_FAIL © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 192 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Renamed From / Invalid In: A7500 v3.121.00 ALRM_ODT_REC_RENAME_FAIL Handles renaming for ODT machines. The item renaim failed. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8600 ALRM_ODT_UD_READ_FAIL The ability to read and write userdata to both Nexio and GVG AMP video servers, adds the following alarm to indicate failure to read or write user data.This alarm is raised if an attempt to read userdata has failed Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8600v4 ALRM_ODT_UD_READ_NOT_SUPPORTED The ability to read and write userdata to both Nexio and GVG AMP video servers, adds the following alarm to indicate failure to read or write user data.This alarm is raised if one attempts to read user data from a server which does not support it (such as a Leitch VR server or a GVG M-Series server) Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8600v4 ALRM_ODT_UD_WRITE_FAIL The ability to read and write userdata to both Nexio and GVG AMP video servers, adds the following alarm to indicate failure to read or write user data.This alarm is raised if an attempt to read userdata has failed. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8600v4 ALRM_ODT_UD_WRITE_NOT_SUPPORTED The ability to read and write userdata to both Nexio and GVG AMP video servers, adds the following alarm to indicate failure to read or write user data.This alarm is raised if one attempts to write user data to a server which does not support it (such as a Leitch VR server or a GVG M-Series server) Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8600v4 ALRM_ODT_TRIM_FAIL_UD_READ Handles trimming for ODT machines. The userdata for the item could not be read during trimming. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8600 ALRM_ODT_TRIM_FAIL_UD_WRITE Handles trimming for ODT machines. The userdate for the item could not be written during trimming. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8600 ALRM_ODT_TRIM_NOT_SUPPORTED Handles trimming for ODT machines. Trimming clips is not supported by the controlled server. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8600 ALRM_ODT_VERIFY_NOT_FOUND © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 193 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Handles verification after record for ODT machines. The item to was not found during record verification. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8600 ALRM_ODT_VERIFY_USERDATA Handles verification after record for ODT machines. The userdata for the item could not be written during record verification. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800 ALRM_OPEN_RECORD_ENDING An open-ended recording is about to end because of the expiry of a default duration. One per bus. Bus Maximum: 8 - A5500, 16- A6500, 70 - A7500, For A6800: This is and alarm for the Ad Hoc Ingest Window. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7500, A8600v4, A8800 ALRM_P ALRM_PLAY_AUDIO_INDETERMINATE Alarm point to indicate a VTRs extended status errors. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7600, A8500, A8600 ALRM_PLAY_AUDIO_INVALID Alarm point to indicate a VTRs extended status errors. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7600, A8500, A8600 ALRM_PLAY_AUDIO_NOGOOD Alarm point to indicate a VTRs extended status errors. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7600, A8500, A8600 ALRM_PLAY_VIDEO_INDETERMINATE Alarm point to indicate a VTRs extended status errors. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7600, A8500, A8600 ALRM_PLAY_VIDEO_INVALID Alarm point to indicate a VTRs extended status errors. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7600, A8500, A8600 ALRM_PLAY_VIDEO_NOGOOD Alarm point to indicate a VTRs extended status errors. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7600, A8500, A8600 ALRM_PORT_LOST Ports Lost alarm. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 194 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed fron / Invalid in: A7400v4.00.00.00, A7800v4.06.00 ALRM_PROTECTION_SWITCH Protection switcher alarms. There can be up to 120 Supervisory alarms for protection switches. This number comes from the maximum number of switchers supported (30), multiplied by the number of modules per frame (4 modules per frame). Protection switchers do not need to be assigned to a bus to generate alarms. This is used for protection switchers used for standards converters, etc. Valid in Systems: A6800, A8500, A8600 ALRM_R ALRM_REC_AUDIO_INVALID Alarm point to indicate a VTRs extended status errors. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7600, A8500, A8600 ALRM_REC_AUDIO_NOGOOD Alarm point to indicate a VTRs extended status errors. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7600, A8500, A8600 ALRM_REC_VIDEO_INVALID Alarm point to indicate a VTRs extended status errors. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7600, A8500, A8600 ALRM_REC_VIDEO_NOGOOD Alarm point to indicate a VTRs extended status errors. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7600, A8500, A8600 ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_BAD_COMM Record Bus abort record due to Bad Comms. Alarm point t0 indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the source device, an alarm will be raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8600v4 Invalid in/ Removed from: A7500v4.27.00 ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_DEVICE_ERROR Record Bus abort record due to Device Error. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the source device, an alarm will be raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8600v4 Invalid in/ Removed from: A7500v4.27.00 ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_ENC_BAD_COMM © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 195 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files This alarm indicates a recording encoder device status error (Bad Comms) for record bus recordings. When a Record Bus recording is noticed to have an error in the recording encoder device status, an alarm is raised indicating the type of error. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_ENC_DEVICE_ERROR This alarm indicates a recording encoder device status error (Device Error) for record bus recordings. When a Record Bus recording is noticed to have an error in the recording encoder device status, an alarm is raised indicating the type of error. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_ENC_NO_TAPE This alarm indicates a recording encoder device status error (No Tape) for record bus recordings. When a Record Bus recording is noticed to have an error in the recording encoder device status, an alarm is raised indicating the type of error. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5 ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_ENC_NOT_PLAYING Record Bus abort record due to encoder Not Playing. Valid in Systems: A8600v4, ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_ENC_NOT_PLAYING Record Bus abort record due to encoder Not Playing. Valid in Systems: A8600v4, ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_ENC_NOT_RECORDING Used to inform the operator that material may not be overwritten by new recording. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_NO_TAPE Record Bus abort record due to No Tape. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the source device, an alarm will be raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, Invalid in/ Removed from: A7500v4.27.00 ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_NOT_PLAYING Record Bus abort record due to Not Playing. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the source device, an alarm will be raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, Invalid in/ Removed from: A7500v4.27.00 ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_NOT_RECORDING Record Bus abort record due to Not Recording. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 196 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files an error in the source device, an alarm ise raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, Invalid in/ Removed from: A7500v4.27.00 ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_SRC_BAD_COMM Record Bus abort record due to Bad Comms. Alarm point t0 indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the source device, an alarm will be raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_SRC_DEVICE_ERROR Record Bus abort record due to Device Error. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the source device, an alarm will be raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_SRC_NO_TAPE Record Bus abort record due to No Tape. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the source device, an alarm will be raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_SRC_NOT_PLAYING Record Bus abort record due to Not Playing. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the source device, an alarm will be raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_RECBUS_ABORT_REC_NOT_RECORDING Record Bus abort record due to Not Recording. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the destination device transport status, an alarm is raised indicating the type of error which triggered the abort. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, Invalid in/ Removed from: A7500v4.27.00 ALRM_RECBUS_REC_BAD_COMM Bad comms with source device. D-MAS was unable to communicate with the source device to check its status. Message: Record Errors (Bad Comm with source device), Bus [Bus Name], Src [Source Name]. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A7800v4 Invalid in/ Removed from: A7500v4.27.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 197 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALRM_RECBUS_REC_DEVICE_ERROR Source Device reports playback errors exceeding its configured threshold. Message: Record Errors (Errors in Source Playback), Bus [Bus Name], Src [Source Name]. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A7800v4 Invalid in/ Removed from: A7500v4.27.00 ALRM_RECBUS_REC_ENC_BAD_COMM This alarm indicates a recording encoder device status error (Bad Comms) for record bus recordings. When a Record Bus recording is noticed to have an error in the recording encoder device status, an alarm is raised indicating the type of error. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_RECBUS_REC_ENC_DEVICE_ERROR This alarm indicates a recording encoder device status error (Device Error) for record bus recordings. When a Record Bus recording is noticed to have an error in the recording encoder device status, an alarm is raised indicating the type of error. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_RECBUS_REC_ENC_NO_TAPE This alarm indicates a recording encoder device status error (No Tape) for record bus recordings. When a Record Bus recording is noticed to have an error in the recording encoder device status, an alarm is raised indicating the type of error. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_RECBUS_REC_ENC_NOT_PLAYING Recording encoder not playing during active recording. Valid in Systems: A8600v4, ALRM_RECBUS_REC_ENC_NOT_RECORDING Source device not recording. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the destination device transport status, an alarm is raised indicating the type of error. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 ALRM_RECBUS_REC_NO_TAPE Source device indicates no tape present during playout. Message: Record Errors (No Tape in Source Device), Bus [Bus Name], Src [Source Name]. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A7800v4, Invalid in/ Removed from: A7500v4.27.00 ALRM_RECBUS_REC_NOT_PLAYING Source device not playing during active recording. Message: Record Errors (Source Device not Playing), Bus [Bus Name], Src [Source Name]. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 198 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A7800v4 Invalid in/ Removed from: A7500v4.27.00 ALRM_RECBUS_REC_NOT_RECORDING Source device not recording. Alarm point to indicate aborted cache and record bus recordings. When a Cache or Record Bus recording is aborted due to an error in the destination device transport status, an alarm is raised indicating the type of error. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, Removed from/ Invalid in: A7500v4.27.00 ALRM_RECBUS_REC_SRC_BAD_COMM Bad comms with source device. D-MAS was unable to communicate with the source device to check its status. Message: Record Errors (Bad Comm with source device), Bus [Bus Name], Src [Source Name]. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_RECBUS_REC_SRC_DEVICE_ERROR Source Device reports playback errors exceeding its configured threshold. Message: Record Errors (Errors in Source Playback), Bus [Bus Name], Src [Source Name]. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_RECBUS_REC_SRC_NO_TAPE Source device indicates no tape present during playout. Message: Record Errors (No Tape in Source Device), Bus [Bus Name], Src [Source Name]. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_RECBUS_REC_SRC_NOT_PLAYING Source device not playing during active recording. Message: Record Errors (Source Device not Playing), Bus [Bus Name], Src [Source Name]. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_REP_INSERT Repeat event mechanism failures. (1 each) Valid in Systems: A6800, A7800 ALRM_REP_QUEUE Repeat event mechanism failures. (1 each) Valid in Systems: A6800, A7800 ALRM_RIL_POOL Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 199 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALRM_S ALRM_SCTE_BREAK_COM_FAIL Automation will trigger this alarm when there is a problem communicating with a digital compression system via SCTE 104. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_SCTE_BREAK_SPLICE_FAIL Automation will trigger this alarm when it does not receive the acknowledgement it expects to a message informing the digital compression system of a splice point. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8600v4 ALRM_SHD_REC_ALMOST_FULL Raise an alarm when less than 10% of the shadow records allocated is available. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500, A8000, A8100 ALRM_SHD_REC_FULL Raise an alarm when all shadow records are full. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500, A8000, A8100 ALRM_SKIP_BREAK Skip Break Alarm. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8000v4, A8200, A8400, A8500 Removed from/Invalid in: A8100 v4.09.00, A8200 v4.02.00.00 ALRM_SKIP_NEXT Skip Next Break Alarm. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600v4 ALRM_SMPTE_FAIL SMPTE clock failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_SMPTE_TDIFF SMPTE clock time difference. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 SNMP_ALARM={Y/N} (Default=N): Enable (Y) / Disable (N) generation and sending trap for a particular alarm. • N disables the functionality and the trap is not sent. When set for particular alarm, manager requests more information for this alarm, D-MAS returns correct responses for all alarm fields except the LastChangeTime column because it sets only the Trap sent. • Y enables the sending trap notifications to SNMP manager, when an SNMP alarm changes state in D-MAS. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 200 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500v5.18 ALRM_SOFTEL_COM_FAIL Softel Communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500 ALRM_SONYMAV_COM_FAIL Sony MAV Communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v5.06.00.00 ALRM_SONYMAV_CUE_UP_FAIL Sony MAV cue up failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v5.06.00.00 ALRM_SONYMAV_FILE_ENTRY_BAD Sony MAV. (Bad file entry.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v5.06.00.00 ALRM_SONYMAV_OPEN_NEXT_FAIL Sony MAV. (Open next failure.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v5.06.00.00 ALRM_SONYMAV_OPEN_REC_FAIL Sony MAV. (Open record failure.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v5.06.00.00 ALRM_SONYMAV_PLAY_FAIL Sony MAV play failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v5.06.00.00 ALRM_SONYMAV_REC_FAIL Sony MAV record failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v5.06.00.00 ALRM_SONYMVS_COM_FAIL Sony 555/MVS communications failure. This dynamically allocated alarm is used to indicate problems using the Sony 555/MVS driver. Valid in Systems: A7500 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 201 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALRM_SONYMVS_CUE_UP_FAIL Sony 555/MVS cue up failure. This dynamically allocated alarm is used to indicate problems using the Sony 555/MVS driver. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_SONYMVS_FILE_ENTRY_BAD Sony 555/MVS file entry failure. This dynamically allocated alarm is used to indicate problems using the Sony 555/MVS driver. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_SONYMVS_OPEN_NEXT_FAIL Sony 555/MVS ooen next record failure. This dynamically allocated alarm is used to indicate problems using the Sony 555/MVS driver. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_SONYMVS_OPEN_REC_FAIL Sony 555/MVS open record failure. This dynamically allocated alarm is used to indicate problems using the Sony 555/MVS driver. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_SONYMVS_PLAY_FAIL Sony 555/MVS play failure. This dynamically allocated alarm is used to indicate problems using the Sony 555/MVS driver. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_SONYMVS_REC_FAIL Sony 555/MVS record failure. This dynamically allocated alarm is used to indicate problems using the Sony 555/MVS driver. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_SRC_DISCREP Source Discrepancy Alarm: Generate an alarm when a source discrepancy is detected. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A7600, A8000, A8500, A8800 ALRM_SRU_AVAIL_LIST_FULL Screen Subtitling SRU. (Availability list is full.) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500 ALRM_SRU_COM_FAIL Screen Subtitling SRU Communications failure. Valid in Systems: A6500,A6800, A7500 ALRM_SSVR_CLIENT_TRAFFIC_EDIT_FAIL © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 202 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files DALtraffic: traffic file edit failed. This parameter allows client software, such as DALtraffic, to raise automation system alarms when automatic traffic file operations fail. • If it is to appear at DALstation workstations, configure this alarm with “workstation_alarm=y” in the ALARM.CFG file • If it is to be sent to the supervisory system (“supervisory_count=1” for this alarm), assign a “supervisory_index.” Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8800 ALRM_SSVR_CLIENT_TRAFFIC_EDIT_RANGE DALtraffic: warning - traffic file replace range mismatch. This parameter allows client software, such as DALtraffic, to raise automation system alarms when automatic traffic file operations fail. • If it is to appear at DALstation workstations, configure this alarm with “workstation_alarm=y” in the ALARM.CFG file • If it is to be sent to the supervisory system (“supervisory_count=1” for this alarm), assign a “supervisory_index.” Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8800 ALRM_SSVR_CLIENT_TRAFFIC_EVENT_NUM DALtraffic: warning - unable to find event by EVENT_NUM2 field. This parameter allows client software, such as DALtraffic, to raise automation system alarms when automatic traffic file operations fail. • If it is to appear at DALstation workstations, configure this alarm with “workstation_alarm=y” in the ALARM.CFG file • If it is to be sent to the supervisory system (“supervisory_count=1” for this alarm), assign a “supervisory_index.” Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8800 ALRM_SSVR_CLIENT_TRAFFIC_EXPORT_FAIL DALtraffic: traffic file export failed. This parameter allows client software, such as DALtraffic, to raise automation system alarms when automatic traffic file operations fail. • If it is to appear at DALstation workstations, configure this alarm with “workstation_alarm=y” in the ALARM.CFG file • If it is to be sent to the supervisory system (“supervisory_count=1” for this alarm), assign a “supervisory_index.” Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8800 ALRM_SSVR_CLIENT_TRAFFIC_IMPORT_FAIL DALtraffic: traffic file import failed. This parameter allows client software, such as DALtraffic, to raise automation system alarms when automatic traffic file operations fail. • If it is to appear at DALstation workstations, configure this alarm with “workstation_alarm=y” in the ALARM.CFG file • If it is to be sent to the supervisory system (“supervisory_count=1” for this alarm), assign a “supervisory_index.” Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8800 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 203 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALRM_SSVR_CLIENT_TRAFFIC_REMOVE_FAIL DALtraffic: block delete failed. This parameter allows client software, such as DALtraffic, to raise automation system alarms when automatic traffic file operations fail. • If it is to appear at DALstation workstations, configure this alarm with “workstation_alarm=y” in the ALARM.CFG file • If it is to be sent to the supervisory system (“supervisory_count=1” for this alarm), assign a “supervisory_index.” Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8800 ALRM_SSYNC_SRV_BUF When enabled, an alarm will be raised when there is no free buffer available for SSYNC server to save schedule change notifications. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 ALRM_STBL_COMIT_CONF Specification Table Commit Conflict. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_STBL_COMIT_COPY When a standby computer is started which has newer specification tables than the active computer, the new tables will be copied to the active, and then committed. D-Series checks if a specification table that has been copied over has changed in size. If this situation occurs, then the alarm (ALRM_STBL_COMIT_COPY) is raised indicating which CPU and specification table caused the problem. In addition, the specification table is not committed, and is flagged as non-editable. Automation must be restarted on the computer in question in order to properly recover from this situation. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7800v3, A7800v4, A8000, A8100v4, A8200v3, A8400v3, A8500, A8600v4 ALRM_STC_COM_FAIL STC Communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7500 ALRM_STC_CUE_FAIL STC Cue failure. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v3, A7800v4 ALRM_SWIFTX_COM_FAIL SWIFTX Communications failure. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 ALRM_SWIFTX_SERVICE_FAIL SWIFTX Service failure. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 204 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALRM_SWIFTX_CUE_FAIL SWIFTX cue failure. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 ALRM_SWIFTX_PLAY_FAIL SWIFTX play failure. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 ALRM_SYSTEM_WARNING General Alarm. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_U ALRM_UB_FAIL_SONYVTR Sony VTR UB failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_UNASSIGNED_ALARM Unassigned alarm. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8200, A8400 ALRM_UNCONDITIONAL_PURGE All Store Full Alarms. (Unconditional purge operation) Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A7800v4, A8800 ALRM_UNEXPECT_ERR_HVIS Unexpected error condition. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500 ALRM_UNK_TAPE_FLEXCART Sony Flexicart junk tape. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_UNKNOWN_CHANNEL_HVIS Unknown channel. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 205 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A6500 ALRM_UNKNOWN_EVENT_HVIS Unknown event. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500 ALRM_UNKNOWN_FILE_HVIS Unknown file. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500 ALRM_UNKNOWN_SUBTITLE_HVIS Unknown subtitle. Each occurrence of the alarm is re-triggered on Supervisory (if Supervisory and DMAS are configured properly), so that each occurrence can be logged, instead of just the first occurrence after the alarm is acknowledged. Valid in Systems: A6500 ALRM_USR_BITS_FLEXCART Sony Flexicart user bits alarm. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_V ALRM_VDR_QUERY If an error occurs for a particular clip, an alarm message is displayed and the clip is skipped. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_VDR_TIMECODE VDR timecode. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600 ALRM_VDR_TRIM This alarm point is set when there is an error during the Profile trim clip function. The alarm text indicates the Profile channel and item ID involved. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_VID_FAIL Video fail. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8200, A8400 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 206 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ALRM_VTR_FAIL_FLEXCART Sony Flexicart Video Tape Recorder failure. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 ALRM_X ALRM_XENC_FAIL Xenc (encoder) failure. Valid in Systems: A8200 ALRM_Z ALRM_ZEPHYR_DISCONNECT Telos Zepher disconnected. Valid in Systems: A7410 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 207 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files CA_SYS.CFG The CA interface system contains a pair of CA interface computers, main and backup. The CA interface computer acts as the interface between the DAL automation system and the external CA computers. Each external system deals with one or more types of CA data. ca data types: • Data types are case insensitive (“PAD” is the same as “pad”) • Data types less than 3 characters in length can be entered in the schedule without creating a data error • CA subevents destined for the UMS are configured identically to SDDS. UMS specific subevents are supported are: Channel Request: Program Type Label Request and Audio Encoder Request. (Currently there is no CA_IF that supports the UMS interface). To avoid the requirement for duplicate data entry and to provide new features, CA_SYS.CFG and CA_CODE.TBL replace CA_Type.CFG as of CAIF v3.10.04. Valid in Systems: CAIF Standard Format CA_SYS.CFG is a required file that specifies the names, types, and socket addresses (IP address + port number) for each of the CA systems that are connected. Each record has the form: NAME TYPE=type SOCKET=system_1_addresses SOCKET=system_2_addresses PASSWORD=password Parameters Parameter Description NAME The name is arbitrary and is the identifier for this system. Each line must have a unique name. This name appears in the CA_CODE.TBL file to specify which system processes the given type. TYPE The type must be one of SPI, SDDS, or UMS. SOCKET There may be 1 or 2 SOCKET=value items corresponding to the 1 or 2 systems that are used. These correspond to main and backup CA systems. Each SOCKET=value item may specify 1 or 2 socket addresses that must be for the same system via different networks. The format is A.B.C.D:P where P is the port number and A.B.C.D is the IP address. A vertical bar separates the two addresses. An example is: SOCKET=172.17.100.3:9999|192.168.4.3:9998 Normally the same port is used for all networks. COMM FTP communications PROTOCOL Protocol © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 208 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Parameter Description USER User Name PASSWORD or PASS The PASSWORD=password specification is optional and currently used for SPI and EPG/PSIP. PATH Path © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 209 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files CA_TYPE.CFG To avoid the requirement for duplicate data entry and to provide new features, this configuration file has been replaced by CA_SYS.CFG and CA_CODE.TBL Removed from / Invalid in: CAIF v3.10.04 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 210 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files COLOURS.CFG This configuration file has been replaced by COLOURS.TBL to make it similar to other automation systems. Removed from / Invalid in: CAIF v3.10.04 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 211 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files DEVICE.CFG The DEVICE.CFG file configures the hardware installed on the computer that runs the system (e.g. COM ports, Graphics Display, Timecode Card, Serial Control Cards, Network Interface Cards, GPI Chassis, etc.). It is typically customized for each computer, whether it’s an Automation, Edit, Display, or Supervisory. Because of TCP_IP protocol, the DEVICE.CFG files must be different on all systems. This file consists of one or more lines. Each line defines one device to the system. Comments begin at an exclamation mark and end at the end of the line. Blank lines are allowed. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7400v4, A7410, A7500v3, A7500v4, A7600, A7800v3, A7800v4, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800, CAIF, DFCSv4 Command line option (--show-device-settings) displays the device settings. The settings displayed include both the configured values for devices that appear in the device configuration file (DEVICE.CFG), and the default values for devices that do not appear in this file. Standard Format Device.cfg entries have the following format: device [setting=value...] The following tables define the Device.CFG fields. Device Device name. Valid device names have the format XXX or XXX_nnn, where XXX identifies the type of device, and nnn distinguishes among different devices of the same type. Valid devices are described below: ID Description DISPLAY Monitor/video card MEM_ADDR, IRQ Dropped from the DISPLAY, TIMECODE, and UIO-80 device types: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 KEYBOARD Keyboard Removed from / Invalid in: A7800v3.34.00, A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 TRACKBALL Pointing device (trackball or mouse) NPORTS, MEM_ADDR Dropped from the DISPLAY, TIMECODE, and UIO-80 device types: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 PRINTER Parallel port printer Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.02.00, A7800v3.34.00, A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 212 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ID Description HARDDISK Hard disk drive (DOS drive C:) Removed from / Invalid in: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 FLOPPY_A-FLOPPY_B Floppy disk drives (DOS drives A:-B:) Removed from / Invalid in: A7800v3.34.00, A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 COMn Built-in serial communication ports (DOS devices COM1: and COM2:.) NETWORKn Networks 1-4 NPORTS Dropped from the Trackball, TIMECODE, Network, and UIO-80 device types: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 HOSTESS_AHOSTESS_H Hostess 8-port serial communication port cards SER8_A-SER8_H McCurdy 8-port serial communication port cards SPEAKER Removed from / Invalid in: A7800v3.34.00, A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 TIMECODE Serial Timecode card NPORTS, MEM_ADDR, IRQ Dropped from the DISPLAY, TIMECODE, and UIO-80 device types: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 UIO80_0-UIO80_29 McCurdy UIO-80s NPORTS, MEM_ADDR, IRQ Dropped from the DISPLAY, TIMECODE, and UIO-80 device types: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 NAME Specify a name on each of the network lines: Realtime-LAN, Info-LAN, Auto-LAN, If omitted, a default name (LAN-1, LAN-2, etc.) is used. KLOTZGPI_n Klotz Logic Interface. Valid in A8200, A8400 setting=value Device setting. Valid device settings are described below: Setting Description ENABLE Enables/disables the port Values: Y/ N Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCSv4.06.00.00, A7800v3.34.00, A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 (In A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.00.00: This parameter was rendered superfluous by TYPE=NONE.) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 213 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Setting Description IRQ Interrupt request number Values: 0 – 15 Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCSv4.05.00.00, A7800v4.08.00 Dropped from the DISPLAY, TIMECODE, and UIO-80 device types: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 IO_ADDR I/O address Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCSv4.05.00.00, A7800v4.08.00, Removed from / Invalid in Trackball: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 MEM_ADDR Memory address for memory-mapped device. Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCSv4.05.00.00, A7800v4.08.00 Dropped from the DISPLAY, TIMECODE, Trackball, and UIO-80 device types: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 MEM_SIZE Memory size Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCSv4.05.00.00, A7800v3.34.00, A7800v4.08.00, A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 MODE m Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCSv4.05.00.00, A7800v3.34.00, A7800v4.08.00, A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 TYPE Model name for some devices: - DISPLAY Values: VGA, FOREX, MVPVGA, INSYNCVGA, EVOLUTION** ** A7600 only: (Colorgraphics Evolution 4 multi-VGA adapter) - TRACKBALL Values: MICROSOFT Removed from / Invalid in Trackball: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 - PRINTER Values: STANDARD, SPECIAL - UIO80 Values: INPUT, OUTPUT SERIAL Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCSv4.06.00.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 214 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Setting Description PCI (Specifies a PCI timecode card) NPORTS Number of I/O ports Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCSv4.05.00.00, A7800v3.34.00, A7800v4.08.00 Dropped from the TIMECODE, Trackball, Network and UIO-80 device types: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 NPORTS_8 Number of 8-bit digital I/O ports NPORTS_16 Number of 16-bit digital I/O ports NUM_BUF The number of IP buffers configured for network cards that use DMA to transfer received data to data buffers. For A8000 software, num_buf defaults to 32 buffers. LINE Party line address Parameter Settings The following tables define Device.CFG parameters. NAME A name specified on each of the network lines by placing “NAME=LAN-NAME” “NAME=”Network Name” on the network line. For example: NAME=Realtime-LAN. This name will be displayed on the LAN Status diagnostic. These names are used in network related messages, status screens, and alarms. They have been added to the “stat netip 2” diagnostic display. • If this is omitted a default name (LAN-1, LAN-2, etc.) is used. COM1 COM2 Enable Comm Ports: Standard COM port set-up is used, where the port is allocated an IRQ, and an IO_ADDR. • Older versions of software allowed COM1 and COM2 to be used for printer control, for traffic imports or, until recently, diagnostics. • It is a useful utility, as a number of devices still run on RS232 protocol, instead of RS422. This port can be used for testing serial communication with the RS232 device, without conversion. COM Settings Setting Description Enable Y or N IRQ Interrupt number I/O Address Base I/O address © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 215 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Setting Description Removed from / Invalid in: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 Example (enabled): COM1 ENABLE=Y IRQ=4 IO_ADDR=0X3F8 COM2 ENABLE=Y IRQ=3 IO_ADDR=0X2F8 DEV_FILE This parameter is only valid when used with a timecode device of type PCI in device.cfg. Using it with any other device or type of timecode device results in an error on startup. The value of the parameter specifies a string indicating the location of the device file for the PCI timecode card. Example: The default location for an Adrienne Electronics Corporation (AEC) timecode reader PCI card is: DEV_FILE=/dev/timecode/ltcr0 Renamed to Device in A7500v4, A8000v4, A8200v4, A7800v3 DEVICE This parameter is only valid when used with a timecode device of type PCI in device.cfg. Using it with any other device or type of timecode device results in an error on startup. The value of the parameter specifies a string indicating the location of the device file for the PCI timecode card. Example: The default location for an Adrienne Electronics Corporation (AEC) timecode reader PCI card is: DEV_FILE=/dev/timecode/ltcr0 Valid in: A7500v4, A8000v4, A8200v4, A7800v3 DISPLAY Enable Display: This parameter enables the graphics card fitted to the computer. The set-up for the graphics card is declared in the SYSTEM.CFG file, and must always be enabled. Display Settings Y or N Example (enabled): DISPLAY=Y Removed from / Invalid in: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 TIMECODE (for V3 Systems) Enable Timecode Card: There is currently only one type of timecode card supported, the Telcom PC-600. There is normally no requirement to declare the timecode card, as the default setting is Y. No io_addr= specification is necessary. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 216 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Timecode Settings: Y or N Example (enabled) : TIMECODE=Y Removed from / Invalid in: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 TRACKBALL Enable Trackball: The automation allows for a TRACKBALL pointing device, but it is rare to see this facility used. The trackball plugs into a Com port, and uses the resources of that port. Trackball Settings Setting Description Enable Y or N IRQ Interrupt number Example (enabled): TRACKBALL ENABLE=Y IRQ=3 Enable, IO_ADDR, and TYPE parameters Removed from / Invalid in: A8000v3.88.00, A8500v3.88.00 SER12_ SER8_ HOSTESS_ Serial Card Setup: There are three types of serial card that are supported by the different versions of software: SER-8 cards, SER-12 cards, and HOSTESS card (typically exist in older systems where there is no support contract.) Even though a computer may support up to 8 serial cards, the current range of motherboards disallow 8 to be physically fitted, especially if a timecode card is fitted. SER-12 card Settings Setting Description Device Name: SER-12_A through SER-12_H Enable Indicate if that network is active (Y) or not (N) IRQ: Interrupt number IO_ADDR: Base I/O address of card MEM_ADDR: Card selects number NPORTS: 12 Removed from / Invalid in: DFCSv4.05.00.00, A7800v3.34.00, A7800v4.08.00 SER-12 Example (enabled) : Usually, all SER-12 cards have the same base I/O address and each has a unique value for the card select number, starting at 0. For this example, 1 is selected as the base number. SER12_A ENABLE=Y IRQ=10 IO_ADDR=0X1140 MEM_ADDR=1 NPORTS=12 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 217 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files SER12_B ENABLE=Y IRQ=10 IO_ADDR=0X1140 MEM_ADDR=2 NPORTS=12 SER12_C ENABLE=Y IRQ=11 IO_ADDR=0X1140 MEM_ADDR=3 NPORTS=12 SER12_D ENABLE=Y IRQ=11 IO_ADDR=0X1140 MEM_ADDR=4 NPORTS=12 SER-8 card Settings Setting Description Device Name: SER-8_A through SER-12_8 Enable Indicate if that network is active (Y) or not (N) IRQ: Interrupt number IO_ADDR: Base I/O address of card NPORTS: 8 Removed from / Invalid in: DFCSv4.05.00.00, A7800v3.34.00, A7800v4.08.00 SER-8 Example (enabled): SER-8 cards are typically installed in pairs. They share the same IRQ, but have different IO-Addresses. SER8_A ENABLE=Y IRQ=10 IO_ADDR=0X1140 NPORTS=8 SER8_B ENABLE=Y IRQ=10 IO_ADDR=0X1180 NPORTS=8 SER8_C ENABLE=Y IRQ=11 IO_ADDR=0X1540 NPORTS=8 SER8_D ENABLE=Y IRQ=11 IO_ADDR=0X1580 NPORTS=8 SER8_E ENABLE=Y IRQ=15 IO_ADDR=0X1540 NPORTS=8 SER8_F ENABLE=Y IRQ=15 IO_ADDR=0X1D40 NPORTS=8 Hostess card Settings Setting Description Device Name: Hostess_A through Hostess_H Enable Indicate if that network is active (Y) or not (N) IRQ: Interrupt number IO_ADDR: Base I/O address of card NPORTS: 8 Removed from / Invalid in: DFCSv4.05.00.00, A7800v3.34.00, A7800v4.08.00 NETWORK, NETWORK_2-6 Network Cards & LANS: Network cards are used to specify networks and automation computer connections to D-Series LANs: AUTOMATION LAN, INFORMATION LAN, REAL TIME LAN, and MEDIA LAN. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 218 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files For V4 Systems Network setup see below, V4 Systems: Network Device Configuration. Supported NICs include: • Intel PRO 100 (PCI) and Intel PRO 100 PLUS (PCI) • Intel PRO 10 (ISA) • 3COM 3C900 Etherlink XL (PCI) • 3COM 3C509 (ISA) and 3C595 (PCI) • SMC Elite 16 Ultra (ISA) • Racal Interlan NI5210 (ISA) (No longer used) Network card Settings Setting Description ENABLE Y or N (Indicates if that network is active or not) Removed from / Invalid in: A7800v3.34.00 NET_IP network_ip_address, such as NET_IP=10.0.0.0 This should be non-zero for the network portion of the address only, as specified by the system parameter SUBNET_MASK. IRQ irq_number, such as IRQ=7 TYPE Card_type, such as PCI, PRO10, 3C509, SMCE16, or NI5210 Type of network card. Must be PCI for this version of software. Note: PCI cards are plug-and-play, so the IRQ, IO_ADDR, MEM_ADDR, and MEM_SIZE are ignored. INDEX For PCI Cards only (TYPE=PCI). PCI cards require an INDEX keyword to select from one of several PCI network cards. The values may be 0, 1, 2,… to select the nth PCI network card counting from the ISA slots (in reverse order from the PCI slot numbering). For example, if there were PRO 100 cards in PCI slots 1 and 4, the one in slot 4 would be index 0 and the one in slot 1 would be index 1. IO_ADDR For ISA cards only. The IO_Port_Value such as IO_ADDR=0x300 MEM_ADDR For SMCE16 type cards only (TYPE=SMCE16). The base_of_shared_memory such as MEM_ADDR=0xCC000 The SMC diagnostics (EZSTART.EXE) show this as the segment address (0xCC00) instead of the full address (0xCC000) and that the full address must be given, consistent with the existing NI5210. SMC cards are ISA cards. Removed from / Invalid in: A7800v3.34.00, A7800v4.08.00 SUBNET The network_subnet_mask, such as SUBNET=255.255.255.0. By Default, the subnet is 255.0.0.0 unless specified. (This setting overrides the subnet specified in the file SYSTEM.CFG.) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 219 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Setting Description NUM_BUF To gain additional free buffers, reduce from 32 to 16 the number of buffers reserved by the Ethernet cards for DMA. Do this by specifying NUM_BUF=16 on each of the NETWORK lines in DEVICE.CFG. For 3 cards this gains an extra 48 buffers in the free pool. Note: This should address the situation that occasionally happens where the free buffer count goes to zero. Network Card & LAN Example (enabled): The following example shows 3 declared networks: !AUTOLAN NETWORK ENABLE=Y NET_IP=192.168.1.1 IRQ=5 TYPE=PCI INDEX=0 SUBNET=255.255.255.0 !INFO LAN NETWORK_2 ENABLE=Y NET_IP=192.168.100.1 IRQ=7 TYPE=PCI INDEX=1 SUBNET=255.255.255.0 !REALTIME LAN NETWORK_3 ENABLE=N NET_IP=192.168.200.1 IRQ=9 TYPE=PCI INDEX=2 SUBNET=255.255.255.0 A7410 must contain network lines in the V2 format with the following items: ENABLE=Y NET_IP=192.168.1.101 (for example) TYPE=PCI (for example) INDEX=0 (for example). Network cards of other types (non-PCI) require different information. A8200/A8400 v3.56.00: To allow for netcue trigger messages to be sent from D-MAS automation to a network connected device via UDP packets an additional NETWORK# entry (e.g. NETWORK4) must be configured in DEVICE.CFG. This entry specifies ENABLE=Y and identifies the physical network card. <<Note: A8400 supports up to 4 network cards, which should be sufficient to allow a separate LAN to be used for the interface to the external NetCue system.>> UIO-80_ Declares the amount of GPI chassis used in the system. Each GPI chassis can be fitted with a maximum of 5 cards. For V4 Systems and A7800v3 these parameters are now set up in GPI.CFG. Available Types • UIO-80A is TTL INPUT, with 16 inputs • UIO-80B is TTL OUTPUT, with 16 outputs • UIO-80C is RELAY OUTPUT, with 8 relays • UIO-80D is OPTO-ISOLATED INPUT, with 8 opto-isolated inputs A7980s (the new name for UIO-80s) are always declared in the CFG fields as UIO-80 - this refers to the original design number by McCurdy). Declarations include: the amount of © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 220 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files chassis fitted, whether it is an OUTPUT or INPUT, the RS485 address, and what type of cards are fitted. Network card Settings Setting Description ENABLE Y or N (Indicates if chassis is active or not) TYPE GPI Chassis type: Input or Output LINE Start "LINE=" numbers with 1, instead of with 0. This number refers to the port usage index for the A7980 control port.(e.g. relayX or inputY.) IO_ADDR The A7980 device number, as configured by the SW1 & SW2 dip switches on the physical A7980 crate. If the A7980 chassis are on a party line, this number must be unique for each crate on the line. Normal convention is not to Daisy chain A7980 crates, since frame accurate control is compromised, the more devices that are on a chain. NPORTS_16 Number of cards fitted 0 …5 0 indicates no cards are fitted and this is not a UIO-80A or UIO-80B Removed from / Invalid in: A7800v3.34.00 NPORTS_8 Number of cards fitted 0 …5 0 indicates no cards are fitted and this is not a UIO-80C or UIO-80D Removed from / Invalid in: A7800v3.34.00 Example A7980 (UIO) (enabled): As shown in the following example the declaration is different for each installation. UIO80_1 ENABLE=Y TYPE=INPUT NPORTS_8=0 LINE=1 IO_ADDR=0 NPORTS_16=5 UIO80_2 ENABLE=Y TYPE=OUTPUT LINE=1 IO_ADDR=0 NPORTS_16=5 NPORTS_8=0 UIO80_3 ENABLE=Y TYPE=OUTPUT LINE=1 IO_ADDR=1 NPORTS_16=0 NPORTS_8=5 KLOTZGPI_n The Klotz Logic Interface is configured with the following entry in DEVICE.CFG: KLOTZGPI_n, where n denotes the Klotz Logic Interface number, currently limited to 1. Valid in System: A8200 This entry takes the following modifiers: Modifier Description ENABLE Turns the interface on/off IN_OFFSET This indicates the where to start numbering the D-KIF inputs (i.e. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 221 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Modifier Configuration Files Description subtract this number from an automation input number to get the Klotz Input number). If this is set to 200, then automation input 201 would map to Klotz input 1. N_INPUTS The number of inputs that this D-KIF is responsible for (this is not the number of inputs this particular automation CPU is responsible for). IN_DA_OFS This indicates where this particular device (or master) automation starts its subset of inputs that it is responsible for. This is an offset into the Klotz Inputs, not the automation inputs. This value MUST be less than the total number of Klotz inputs (N_INPUTS). If this is not specified, this defaults to 0. N_DA_INPUTS This is the number of inputs that this particular device (or master) automation is responsible for. If this is not specified it defaults to the end of the Block. OUT_OFFSET This indicates the where to start numbering the D-KIF outputs (i.e. subtract this number from an automation output number to get the Klotz output number). If this is set to 200, then automation output 201 would map to Klotz output 1. N_OUTPUTS The number of outputs that this D-KIF is responsible for (this is not the number of outputs this particular automation CPU is responsible for). OUT_DA_OFS This indicates where this particular device (or master) automation starts its subset of outputs that it is responsible for. This is an offset into the Klotz Outputs, not the automation outputs. This value MUST be less than the total number of Klotz outputs (N_OUTPUTS). If this is not specified, this defaults to 0. N_DA_OUTPUTS This is the number of inputs that this particular device (or master) automation is responsible for. If not specified it defaults to the end of the Block. For Example: KLOTZGPI_1 IN_OFFSET=200 IN_DA_OFS=50 N_INPUTS=100 N_DA_INPUTS=10 Configures a D-KIF with 100 inputs (automation inputs 201-300 inclusive). The particular device (or master) automation where this file resides would only have access to automation inputs 251 to 260 inclusive (Klotz Inputs 51 to 60 inclusive). V4 Systems: COMn, PortN, MUXn Parameter Settings: COMn PORTn MUXn ENABLE=e ENABLE=e ENABLE=e DEVICE= file DEVICE= file DEVICE= file © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 222 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Format Used The following format is used to configure COM port mappings in DEVICE.CFG: COMn ENABLE=e DEVICE=file PORTn ENABLE=e DEVICE=file MUXn ENABLE=e DEVICE=file V4 Systems: TIMECODE V3 and V4 systems support a PCI timecode card. In particular, this interface supports the Adrienne Electronics Corporation (AEC) timecode reader PCI card. Parameter Settings: ENABLE=Y DEV= a string indicating the location of the device file for the PCI timecode card. (The example below is the default location for an AEC timecode reader card.) TYPE = None PCI timecode card: A PCI timecode card is configured as follows in device.cfg: TIMECODE ENABLE=Y TYPE=PCI DEV=/dev/timecode/ltcr0 PCIe timecode card: D-MAS systems can be configured to use a Imagine Communications PCIe TC Card as a timecode reference as follows in device.cfg: TIMECODE ENABLE=Y TYPE=PCI DEV=/dev/timecode/htcr0 Device Numbers: By default, the device driver uses major device number 243, which is one of the numbers reserved for local/experimental use. The device driver supports a means to change this default major number. The device driver uses one minor number for PCIe TC boards, starting with minor number 0. Each minor number represents the LTC reader on the corresponding PCIe TC board. Thus, minor number 0 will represent the LTC reader on the first PCIe TC board; minor number 1 will represent the LTC reader on the second PCIe TC board; and so on. Device Files : Device file names are chosen for the device driver that does not conflict with any of the standard device file names. The device files representing LTC readers have names of the form /dev/timecode/htcrn, where n is 0, 1, 2, … to denote different PCIe TC boards. Thus, /dev/timecode/htcr0 represent the LTC reader on the first PCIe TC board; /dev/timecode/htcr1 represent the LTC reader on the second PCIe TC board; and so on. NOTE: The driver to support this card is included in DALinux-Tools 1.1 and later. V4 Systems: Mapping of Serial Ports is done in Device.CFG In V4 systems the mapping of (physical) serial ports (e.g., COM1 or PORT1) to device files (e.g., /dev/ttyQ0 or /dev/ttyQ2) is no longer configured in the port configuration file (PORT.CFG), but in the device configuration file (DEVICE.CFG) instead. Doing so makes it © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 223 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files easier to reuse a (customer site) port configuration (as it appears in PORT.CFG) unchanged on a (test) computer that lacks the same complement of serial port hardware called for by the corresponding device configuration (as it appears in DEVICE.CFG). Changes needed to account for differences in serial port hardware are re-stricted to DEVICE.CFG. Supported by / Implemented in: A7400v4, A7500v4, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8500v4, A8600v4.0, D-FCSv4, A7800v4 Format Used The exact same format is used to configure port to device file mappings in DEVICE.CFG as was used to configure them in PORT.CFG. For example, under previous versions the following line in PORT.CFG: PORT1 ENABLE=Y DEVICE=/dev/ttyQ2 USAGE=MUX1 SPEED=230400 NDATA=8 PARITY=NONE NSTOP=1 DUPLEX=FULL HANDSHAKE=NONE would enable PORT1 and map it to device file /dev/ttyQ2. Under this version, the ENABLE and DEVICE settings must be moved from PORT.CFG to DEVICE.CFG. Thus, the above line would have to be modified to read as follows: PORT1 USAGE=MUX1 SPEED=230400 NDATA=8 PARITY=NONE NSTOP=1 DUPLEX=FULL HANDSHAKE=NONE and the following line would have to be added to DEVICE.CFG: PORT1 ENABLE=Y DEVICE=/dev/ttyQ2 To Modify a Port.CFG for use in a Device.CFG In general, modifying existing PORT.CFG and DEVICE.CFG for use with this version involves the following steps: 1. Append the existing PORT.CFG to the existing DEVICE.CFG. 2. Edit the (modified) DEVICE.CFG such that only the (physical) port configuration lines remain, removing all settings other than ENABLE and DEVICE from these lines. 3. Edit the (existing) PORT.CFG such that the ENABLE and DEVICE settings are removed from all (physical or MUX) port configuration lines. V4 Systems: Network Device Configuration The mapping of networks (NETWORKn) to device names (e.g., eth0, eth1, or eth2) must be configured in the device configuration file (DEVICE.CFG) for each of the networks configured in the system configuration file (SYSTEM.CFG). Doing so makes it easier to use a (customer site) system configuration (as it appears in SYSTEM.CFG) on a (test) computer that lacks the same complement of network interface hardware as called for by the (customer site) system configuration. Changes needed to account for differences in network interface hardware are restricted to DEVICE.CFG. Note: Changes to UDP and TCP/IP ports and/or IP addresses may still be needed; such changes would require modifying the (customer site) SYSTEM.CFG. Note: A7500 V4 supports up to 6 network cards, which should be sufficient to allow a separate LAN to be used for the interface to the external system(s). Supported by / Implemented in: A7400v4, A7500v4, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8500v4, A8600v4.0, D-FCSv4, A7800v4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 224 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Format Used The following format is used to configure network to device name mappings in DEVICE.CFG: NETWORKn ENABLE=e DEVICE=name where: ‘n’ denotes the number of the network (1-6); ‘e’ denotes whether the network is enabled or not; ‘name’ denotes the device name mapped to this network. For example, The following enables network 1 and maps it to the first Ethernet adapter: NETWORK1 ENABLE=Y DEVICE=eth0 The following disables network 2, which is mapped to the second Ethernet adapter: NETWORK2 ENABLE=N DEVICE=eth1 Note: The command line option –-show-device-settings can be used to obtain a list of the sup-ported network devices and their (default or configured) settings. Virtual Serial Ports A8100v5.08 and higher treats MOXA NPort virtual serial port “/dev/ttyrNN” device files as valid when checking that all the Ports defined in device.cfg are members of the class of supported serial port devices. Valid in: A8100v5, A8600v5 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 225 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files GPI.CFG In v4 Systems, GPIs (e.g., UIO-80s) are no longer configured in the device configuration file (DEVICE.CFG), but in a GPI configuration file (GPI.CFG) instead. This makes it easier to reuse a (customer site) GPI configuration (as it appears in GPI.CFG) unchanged on a (test) computer that lacks the same complement of hardware called for by the corresponding device configuration (as it appears in DEVICE.CFG). Supported by / Implemented in: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7500v5, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8500v4, A8600v4, D-FCSv4, A7800v4 To create a GPI.CFG To create a GPI.CFG modify an existing DEVICE.CFG using the following steps: Create a (new) GPI.CFG by copying the existing DEVICE.CFG. Remove all the lines that configure GPIs from DEVICE.CFG. Remove all the lines that configure devices other than GPIs from GPI.CFG. Standard Format The exact same format is used to configure the GPIs in GPI.CFG as was used to configure them in DEVICE.CFG. For example, under previous versions the following line in DEVICE.CFG: UIO80_1 ENABLE=Y TYPE=OUTPUT LINE=1 IO_ADDR=0 NPORTS_16=3 NPORTS_8=0 would configure a 48-output UIO-80 (a.k.a. A7980). Under this version, the same effect would be achieved by an identical line in GPI.CFG. Parameter Settings The following example entries define GPI.CFG parameters. UIO-80_ Declares the amount of GPI chassis used in the system. Each GPI chassis can be fitted with a maximum of 5 cards. Available Types UIO-80A is TTL INPUT, with 16 inputs UIO-80B is TTL OUTPUT, with 16 outputs UIO-80C is RELAY OUTPUT, with 8 relays UIO-80D is OPTO-ISOLATED INPUT, with 8 opto-isolated inputs A7980s (the new name for UIO-80s) are always declared in the CFG fields as UIO-80 - this refers to the original design number by McCurdy). Declarations include: the amount of chassis fitted, whether it is an OUTPUT or INPUT, the RS485 address, and what type of cards are fitted. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 226 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Network card Settings Setting Description ENABLE Y or N (Indicates if chassis is active or not) TYPE GPI Chassis type: Input or Output LINE Start "LINE=" numbers with 1, instead of with 0. This number refers to the port usage index for the A7980 control port.(e.g. relayX or inputY.) IO_ADDR The A7980 device number, as configured by the SW1 & SW2 dip switches on the physical A7980 crate. If the A7980 chassis are on a party line, this number must be unique for each crate on the line. Normal convention is not to Daisy chain A7980 crates, since frame accurate control is compromised, the more devices that are on a chain. NPORTS_16 Number of cards fitted 0 …5 0 indicates no cards are fitted and this is not a UIO-80A or UIO-80B NPORTS_8 Number of cards fitted 0 …5 0 indicates no cards are fitted and this is not a UIO-80C or UIO-80D Example A7980 (UIO) (enabled): As shown in the following example the declaration is different for each installation. UIO80_1 ENABLE=Y TYPE=INPUT NPORTS_8=0 LINE=1 IO_ADDR=0 NPORTS_16=5 UIO80_2 ENABLE=Y TYPE=OUTPUT LINE=1 IO_ADDR=0 NPORTS_16=5 NPORTS_8=0 UIO80_3 ENABLE=Y TYPE=OUTPUT LINE=1 IO_ADDR=1 NPORTS_16=0 NPORTS_8=5 Valid in: A7400v4, A8600v4 KLOTZGPI_n The Klotz Logic Interface is configured with the following entry in DEVICE.CFG: KLOTZGPI_n, where n denotes the Klotz Logic Interface number, currently limited to 1. Valid in System: A8200 This entry takes the following modifiers: Modifier Description ENABLE Turns the interface on/off IN_OFFSET This indicates the where to start numbering the D-KIF inputs (i.e. subtract this number from an automation input number to get the Klotz Input number). If this is set to 200, then automation input 201 would map to Klotz input 1. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 227 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Modifier Description N_INPUTS The number of inputs that this D-KIF is responsible for (this is not the number of inputs this particular automation CPU is responsible for). IN_DA_OFS This indicates where this particular device (or master) automation starts its subset of inputs that it is responsible for. This is an offset into the Klotz Inputs, not the automation inputs. This value MUST be less than the total number of Klotz inputs (N_INPUTS). If this is not specified, this defaults to 0. N_DA_INPUTS This is the number of inputs that this particular device (or master) automation is responsible for. If this is not specified it defaults to the end of the Block. OUT_OFFSET This indicates the where to start numbering the D-KIF outputs (i.e. subtract this number from an automation output number to get the Klotz output number). If this is set to 200, then automation output 201 would map to Klotz output 1. N_OUTPUTS The number of outputs that this D-KIF is responsible for (this is not the number of outputs this particular automation CPU is responsible for). OUT_DA_OFS This indicates where this particular device (or master) automation starts its subset of outputs that it is responsible for. This is an offset into the Klotz Outputs, not the automation outputs. This value MUST be less than the total number of Klotz outputs (N_OUTPUTS). If this is not specified, this defaults to 0. N_DA_OUTPUTS This is the number of inputs that this particular device (or master) automation is responsible for. If not specified it defaults to the end of the Block. For Example: KLOTZGPI_1 IN_OFFSET=200 IN_DA_OFS=50 N_INPUTS=100 N_DA_INPUTS=10 Configures a D-KIF with 100 inputs (automation inputs 201-300 inclusive). The particular device (or master) automation where this file resides would only have access to automation inputs 251 to 260 inclusive (Klotz Inputs 51 to 60 inclusive). Valid in: A7400v4, A8600v4 GPI6800_n Entries for devices GPI6800_n (where, n = 1 – 24) are supported to describe how the inputs and outputs are configured on a GPI6800 unit. D-Series automation supports using the Imagine Communications GPI6800 GPIO device to provide digital input and output signals. The GPI6800 provides similar functionality to the older A7980. A GPI6800 consists of a GPC6800+FM controller card, a GPIO OBMF rear connector card and between one and six GIO6800+FM GPIO cards installed in a 6800 series frame (expansion rear connector cards are required if there are more than two GIO6800+FM GPIO cards). Each GIO6800+FM GPIO card provides 32 GPIOs (which can be configured as inputs © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 228 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files or outputs), allowing a total of 192 GPIOs in a fully populated GPI6800 (one controller and 6 GPIO cards). A single 6800 series frame can accommodate two fully populated GPI6800 units (384 GPIOs). Valid in: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7500v5, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 GPIO_n An entry for each GPI6800 device is used to configure which GPIO daughter cards are installed and which GPIOs are to be treated as inputs or outputs. There is one line for each installed GPI6800 device that begins with the corresponding device name GPI6800_1 through GPI6800_24. Each entry supports the enable keyword, which can be set to Y or N to enable or disable the particular device. Finally, it supports the six keywords GPIO_1 through GPIO_6 which describe how the GPIOs on each of the six possible GPIO daughter cards are to be configured. This is specified by a group of 4 letters separated by commas describing how each successive block of 8 GPIOs is to be configured. Letter Codes for Configuring GPI6800 GPIO Points Letter Configuration N Block of 8 GPIOs are not configured I Block of 8 GPIOs are configured as inputs O Block of 8 GPIOs are configured as outputs (a.k.a relays) If GPIO daughter cards are not present, the corresponding GPIO_n keyword can be omitted entirely: it will be treated as though “N,N,N,N” had been specified (i.e. none of the corresponding GPIOs will be used). For Example: A single GPI6800 device with 2 GPIO daughter cards could be specified as GPI6800_1 ENABLE=Y GPIO_1=I,I,I,O GPIO_2=O,O,O,O which would configure the first 24 GPIOs on daughter card 1 as inputs, and the last 8 GPIOs on daughter card 1 and all 32 GPIOs on daughter card 2 as outputs (for a total of 40 outputs). Valid in: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7500v5, A8000v4, A8500v4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 229 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files IO_POOL.CFG This configuration file has been replaced by IO_POOL.TBL to make it similar to other automation systems. Removed from / Invalid in: CAIF v3.10.04 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 230 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files KEYBMAP.CFG This optional configuration file allows the keyboard to generate characters in the upper half of the character set, such as the characters used to display the Cyrillic alphabet. This is done by toggling the scroll lock state on with the <Scroll-Lock> key. By default the keyboard generates the same characters in normal and scroll lock mode. Keyboard Mapd Configuration File (Scroll Lock On) Reference: ASCII/Decimal/Hexidecimal tables The following ASCII/Decimal/Hexidecimal tables (ALLCHARS.DAT) are provided for reference. Decimal: 1 Hex: 0x01 to Decimal: 40 Hex: 0x28 ASCII DECIMAL HEX ASCII DECIMAL HEX 1 0x01 21 0x15 2 0x02 22 0x16 3 0x03 23 0x17 4 0x04 24 0x18 5 0x05 25 0x19 6 0x06 26 0x1a 7 0x07 27 0x1b 8 0x08 28 0x1c 9 0x08 29 0x1d 10 0x0a - 30 0x1e 11 0x0b 31 0x1f 12 0x0c 32 0x20 13 0x0d ! 33 0x21 14 0x0e " 34 0x22 15 0x0f # 35 0x23 16 0x10 $ 36 0x24 17 0x11 % 37 0x25 18 0x12 & 38 0x26 19 0x13 ' 39 0x27 20 0x14 ( 40 0x28 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 231 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Decimal: 41 Hex: 0x29 to Decimal: 98 Hex: 0x62 ASCII DECIMAL HEX ASCII DECIMAL HEX ) 41 0x29 F 70 0x46 * 42 0x2a G 71 0x47 + 43 0x2b H 72 0x48 , 44 0x2c I 73 0x49 - 45 0x2d J 74 0x4a . 46 0x2e K 75 0x4b / 47 0x2f L 76 0x4c 0 48 0x30 M 77 0x4d 1 49 0x31 N 78 0x4e 2 50 0x32 O 79 0x4f 3 51 0x33 P 80 0x50 4 52 0x34 Q 81 0x51 5 53 0x35 R 82 0x52 6 54 0x36 S 83 0x53 7 55 0x37 T 84 0x54 8 56 0x38 U 85 0x55 9 57 0x39 V 86 0x56 : 58 0x3a W 87 0x57 ; 59 0x3b X 88 0x58 < 60 0x3c Y 89 0x59 = 61 0x3d Z 90 0x5a > 62 0x3e [ 91 0x5b ? 63 0x3f \ 92 0x5c @ 64 0x40 ] 93 0x5d A 65 0x41 ^ 94 0x5e B 66 0x42 _ 95 0x5f C 67 0x43 ` 96 0x60 D 68 0x44 a 97 0x61 E 69 0x45 b 98 0x62 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 232 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Decimal: 99 Hex: 0x63 to Decimal: 156 Hex: 0x9c ASCII DECIMAL HEX ASCII DECIMAL HEX c 99 0x63 € 128 0x80 d 100 0x64 129 0x81 e 101 0x65 ‚ 130 0x82 f 102 0x66 ƒ 131 0x83 g 103 0x67 „ 132 0x84 h 104 0x68 … 133 0x85 i 105 0x69 † 134 0x86 j 106 0x6a ‡ 135 0x87 k 107 0x6b ˆ 136 0x88 l 108 0x6c ‰ 137 0x89 m 109 0x6d Š 138 0x8a n 110 0x6e ‹ 139 0x8b o 111 0x6f Œ 140 0x8c p 112 0x70 141 0x8d q 113 0x71 Ž 142 0x8e r 114 0x72 143 0x8f s 115 0x73 144 0x90 t 116 0x74 ‘ 145 0x91 u 117 0x75 ’ 146 0x92 v 118 0x76 “ 147 0x93 w 119 0x77 ” 148 0x94 x 120 0x78 • 149 0x95 y 121 0x79 – 150 0x96 z 122 0x7a — 151 0x97 { 123 0x7b ˜ 152 0x98 | 124 0x7c ™ 153 0x99 } 125 0x7d š 154 0x9a ~ 126 0x7e › 155 0x9b 127 0x7f œ 156 0x9c © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 233 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Decimal: 157 Hex: 0x9d to Decimal: 214 Hex: 0xd6 ASCII DECIMAL HEX ASCII DECIMAL HEX 157 0x9d º 186 0xba ž 158 0x9e » 187 0xbb Ÿ 159 0x9f ¼ 188 0xbc 160 0xa0 ½ 189 0xbd ¡ 161 0xa1 ¾ 190 0xbe ¢ 162 0xa2 ¿ 191 0xbf £ 163 0xa3 À 192 0xc0 ¤ 164 0xa4 Á 193 0xc1 ¥ 165 0xa5  194 0xc2 ¦ 166 0xa6 à 195 0xc3 § 167 0xa7 Ä 196 0xc4 ¨ 168 0xa8 Å 197 0xc5 © 169 0xa9 Æ 198 0xc6 ª 170 0xaa Ç 199 0xc7 « 171 0xab È 200 0xc8 ¬ 172 0xac É 201 0xc9 ­ 173 0xad Ê 202 0xca ® 174 0xae Ë 203 0xcb ¯ 175 0xaf Ì 204 0xcc ° 176 0xb0 Í 205 0xcd ± 177 0xb1 Î 206 0xce ² 178 0xb2 Ï 207 0xcf ³ 179 0xb3 Ð 208 0xd0 ´ 180 0xb4 Ñ 209 0xd1 µ 181 0xb5 Ò 210 0xd2 ¶ 182 0xb6 Ó 211 0xd3 · 183 0xb7 Ô 212 0xd4 ¸ 184 0xb8 Õ 213 0xd5 ¹ 185 0xb9 Ö 214 0xd6 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 234 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Decimal: 215 Hex: 0xd7 to Decimal: 255 Hex: 0xff ASCII DECIMAL HEX ASCII DECIMAL HEX × 215 0xd7 ì 236 0xec Ø 216 0xd8 í 237 0xed Ù 217 0xd9 î 238 0xee Ú 218 0xda ï 239 0xef Û 219 0xdb ð 240 0xf0 Ü 220 0xdc ñ 241 0xf1 Ý 221 0xdd ò 242 0xf2 Þ 222 0xde ó 243 0xf3 ß 223 0xdf ô 244 0xf4 à 224 0xe0 õ 245 0xf5 á 225 0xe1 ö 246 0xf6 â 226 0xe2 ÷ 247 0xf7 ã 227 0xe3 ø 248 0xf8 ä 228 0xe4 ù 249 0xf9 å 229 0xe5 ú 250 0xfa æ 230 0xe6 û 251 0xfb ç 231 0xe7 ü 252 0xfc è 232 0xe8 ý 253 0xfd é 233 0xe9 þ 254 0xfe ê 234 0xea ÿ 255 0xff ë 235 0xeb © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 235 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files LICENSE.CFG All D-Series Automation software includes a LICENCE.CFG file. The purpose of this file is to ensure that our proprietary software is not illegally copied. The license file incorporates an encoded key entry that must match the contents of the license file. The license file is created by Imagine Communications and cannot be edited. The License file incorporates an encoded key entry. If this key entry doesn’t match the contents of the license file, software startup is prevented. The file incorporates the NIC (network interface card) hardware address of all cards in the system. This way the same License file may be used on all computers. The license file checks its entries against entries defined in CFG files. (For example: The LICENCE.CFG parameter MAX_NUM_VTRS is checked against the total number of JPTR, VPR, and VTR machines assigned in PORT.CFG, and MAX_NUM_VDRS against the total number of BVS, CLIP, VDR, and MAV70 machines define in PORT.CFG.) Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800, CAIF, D-FCSv4, Supervisory Parameter Settings The license configuration file allows the following parameters: CLIENT_ID1={‘client_name’} A string which identifies the client that who to whom license configuration file was issued. This is displayed in several dialogs and included in diagnostic logs. This entry is added automatically by DALsign. CLIENT_ID2={client_ID’} An additional identifying string (typically used to identify one of several installations licensed by the same client). This entry is added automatically by DALsign (e.g. A7500 System 1) ! some text Lines beginning with “!” will be ignored (so they can be used for comments). Applicable to: Supervisory Server [SupervisoryServer] This indicates the start of the Licence.cfg section that is intended for Supervisory. Applicable to: Supervisory Server [some other section name] Supervisory will ignore any other sections in the Licence.cfg file apart from the SupervisoryServer section. This allows Supervisory to share a single Licence.cfg file with other Windows. Applicable to: Supervisory Server LICENSE NUMBER © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 236 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files The unique license number. (e.g. KZ1217F597EC530BC97457C0A7836FCC6AFCA71Q 0E775A393EF05C0950905896E867136DAE503320) ETHERNET_ADDR={‘xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx’} Network Interface Card addresses. This is the hardware Ethernet address (MAC address), unique to any network interface card (NIC) used with the automation. (See in Intel diagnostic program.) • It consists of six 2-digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons (e.g. ETHERNET_ADDR=02:07:01:10:A9:A3). Note: The “Licence.cfg” file uses a “:” character to separate the individual bytes of an Ethernet address, while Windows uses “-” • This parameter may appear more than once to specify the address of more than one card (up to 100 address entries are allowed). The MAC addresses in the license file are typically limited to those relevant to that particular automation component. (For example: Only the MAC addresses of the NICs in the A7500 computers, plus maybe a couple of spares.) • The system will not start if one of the enabled networks has a MAC address that is not in the list. • The entry ETHERNET_ADDR=00:00:00:00:00:00 is required if the automation is to be licensed to run with the primary network disabled (mainly useful for testing and demos). A zero MAC address (00:00:00:00:00:00) is required only if there are no network cards enabled. A license file with a zero MAC address should never be released because software using it may be run on any hardware, providing that all networks are disabled. Although this restricts many features, it could be somewhat usable for some products. Removed from/Invalid in: A7400v4.00.00 EXPIRY (Default: never) The last valid date of the license in the form DD-MMM-YYYY, such as 15-APR-2004 Applicable to: CAIF MAX_NUM_ANTENNAS The maximum number of antennas allowed. Applicable to: A6800, A7800, A7900 MAX_NUM_ARCHIVE_WORK_ORDERS License file limits for work order buses. Applicable to: A7500v4 MAX_NUM_AUTO_CPUS (Default: 2) This is the maximum number of automation CPUs. If not specified explicitly, this defaults to 2 . An explicit entry is only needed in the case where the license doesn’t include a backup automation CPU. MAX_NUM_BUSES © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Default: 5) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 237 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Number of buses. This is the maximum number of records in the specification table BUS.TBL. If not specified explicitly, this defaults to 5. (See SYSTEM.CFG and BUS.TBL.) MAX_NUM_CACHE_RECORDINGS (Default: 5) Specifies the maximum number of encoder ports that can be configured in cache.tbl. • Defaults to 5 if this parameter is omitted. • If more than 5 record ports are required a new license file is needed. If more than the licensed number of encoder ports are configured the automation system will not start. Similarly it is not possible to save the CACHE.TBL after editing if more than the licensed number of encoder ports has been configured. Applicable to: A7500v4, A7500v5, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 MAX_NUM_CACHE_WORK_ORDERS License file limits for work order buses. Applicable to: A7500v4 MAX_NUM_DELETE_WORK_ORDERS License file limits for work order buses. Applicable to: A7500v4 MAX_NUM_DISPLAY_CPUS (Default: 0) The maximum number of display CPUs. This defaults to zero if not specified explicitly. MAX_NUM_EDIT_CPUS (Default: 0) This is the maximum number of automation CPUs. This defaults to zero if not specified explicitly. MAX_NUM_EPG (Default: 0) The maximum number of EPG systems permitted. Applicable to: CAIF MAX_NUM_EPG_BUSES (Default: 0) The maximum number of EPG systems permitted. Limits the number of program information buses. Applicable to: A7500v3 MAX_NUM_MIXERS (Default: 0) Number of mixers. This is the maximum number of presentation mixers (a.k.a. master control switchers: Pro-Bel Tx220, GVG Master-21 and Master-2100, BTS Saturn, EASYMIX, EASYMIX_IAV, EASYMIX_DBG, M1000, ISARA, IMGSTORE, etc.) that may be controlled. MAX_NUM_NETWORKS={1, 2} (Default: 2) The maximum number of network cards permitted. By default, the system allows two network cards (MAX_NUM_NETWORKS=2). Removed from/Invalid in: A7400v4.00.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 238 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Not Applicable to: D-FCS v4.00 MAX_NUM_PURGE_WORK_ORDERS License file limits for work order buses. Applicable to: A7500v4 MAX_NUM_RECEIVERS The maximum number of receivers allowed. Applicable to: A6800, A7800, A7900 MAX_NUM_RECORD_BUSES (Default: 0) Maximum number of record buses. This value checked against the total number of buses designated as record (“REC”) in BUS.TBL. The parameter only appears in the file if one or more buses are designated as Record busses. MAX_NUM_ROUTERS (Default: 1) Number of routers/switchers. This is the maximum number of routing switchers (e.g. Datatek, Quartz, Pro-Bel, CONTACT, CONTACT2X1, TEN_XL, KLOTZ, etc.) that may be controlled. MAX_NUM_SDDS (Default: 0) The maximum number of SDDS systems that may be connected Applicable to: CAIF MAX_NUM_SERVER_CPUS (Default: 0) The maximum number of schedule server CPUs. This defaults to zero if not specified explicitly. MAX_NUM_SOURCES (Default: 5) Total Number of sources. This is the maximum number of records in the specification table SRC.TBL. This defaults to 5 if not specified explicitly. MAX_NUM_SPI (Default: 0) The maximum number of SPI systems that may be connected Applicable to: CAIF MAX_NUM_UMS (Default: 0) The maximum number of UMS systems that may be connected Applicable to: CAIF MAX_NUM_VDRS (Default: 0) Number of Servers. This is the maximum number of video server channels that may be controlled. This value is checked against the total number of BVS, CLIP, VDR, and MAV70 machines defined in PORT.CFG. This limit is not currently enforced. MAX_NUM_VTRS (Default: 0) Number of VTRs. This is the maximum number of VTR machines that may be controlled. This value is checked against the total number of JPTR, VPR, and VTR machines assigned in PORT.CFG. This limit is not currently enforced. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 239 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files SIGNATURE: DAL-DMAS Installer, Date: YY-MM-DD, Time (e.g. "Richard" 2004-01-28 14:24:55) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 240 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files MCCART AUTO.CFG A McCart Audio Computer can controlled up to 16 channels. If more than 12 channels are to be controlled in a single McCart, the optional McCart AUTO.CFG file must be used. The following examples show the contents of this file for Audio CPU #0 and #1: McCart AUTO.CFG file for Audio CPU #0 (Example) origin=0 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=0 origin=1 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=1 origin=2 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=2 origin=3 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=3 origin=4 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=4 origin=5 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=5 origin=6 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=6 origin=7 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=7 origin=8 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=8 origin=9 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=9 origin=10 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=10 origin=11 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=11 origin=12 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=12 origin=13 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=13 origin=14 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=14 origin=15 type=audio audio_cpu=0 channel=15 McCart AUTO.CFG file for Audio CPU #1 (Example) origin=16 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=0 origin=17 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=1 origin=18 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=2 origin=19 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=3 origin=20 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=4 origin=21 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=5 origin=22 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=6 origin=23 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=7 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 241 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files origin=24 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=8 origin=25 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=9 origin=26 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=10 origin=27 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=11 origin=28 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=12 origin=29 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=13 origin=30 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=14 origin=31 type=audio audio_cpu=1 channel=15 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 242 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files PALLETTE. CFG Pallette.CFG is used in conjunction with entries in Bus.TBL to set foreground/background bus/channel color on the text-based Automation Interface. Bus.TBL only accepts bus color: 116 Default: Palette Colors The following default colors are given when there are no colour_n entries in the palette.cfg: 1) bright blue 5) purple 9) pastel blue 13) pink 2) medium green 6) orangey brown 10) light/bright green 14) yellow 3) aqua 7) light gray 11) cyan 4) red 8) dark gray 12) salmon/pinky red The colors are similar to those shown in the following figure. To Configure Palette.cfg The program CLR-SET.exe is used to configure Palette.CFG and alter the RGB components of a specific color set. When present, this executable file is located in the directory directly above the data directory where the palette.cfg to be configured resides. To run the program go to the directory containing clr-set and then type <clr-set> at the command prompt. Instructions appear when the program runs. Parameter Settings BLACK LUT= 0, R=0x00, G=0x00, B=0x00 COLOUR_01 LUT= 1, R=0x00, G=0x00, B=0x2a COLOUR_02 LUT= 2, R=0x00, G=0x2a, B=0x00 COLOUR_03 LUT= 3, R=0x00, G=0x2a, B=0x2a COLOUR_04 LUT= 4, R=0x2a, G=0x00, B=0x00 COLOUR_05 LUT= 5, R=0x2a, G=0x00, B=0x2a © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 243 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files COLOUR_06 LUT= 6, R=0x2a, G=0x15, B=0x00 COLOUR_07 LUT= 7, R=0x2a, G=0x2a, B=0x2a COLOUR_08 LUT= 8, R=0x15, G=0x15, B=0x15 COLOUR_09 LUT= 9, R=0x16, G=0x3b, B=0x3f COLOUR_10 LUT=10, R=0x22, G=0x3f, B=0x22 COLOUR_11 LUT=11, R=0x0e, G=0x22, B=0x1d COLOUR_12 LUT=12, R=0x3f, G=0x15, B=0x15 COLOUR_13 LUT=13, R=0x1d, G=0x1b, B=0x3f COLOUR_14 LUT=14, R=0x3f, G=0x3f, B=0x15 WHITE LUT=15, R=0x3f, G=0x3f, B=0x3f BORDER LUT=16, R=0x00, G=0x00, B=0x00 Key: LUT: Bus Look Up Table reference number R: Red. Hex value that sets the tone/intensity of red in the mix for the color. G: Green. Hex value that sets the tone/intensity of green in the mix for the color. B: Blue. Hex value that sets the tone/intensity of blue in the mix for the color. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 244 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files PORT.CFG The port configuration file consists of one or more lines. Each line defines the settings for one port. Comments begin at an exclamation mark and end at the end of the line. Blank lines are allowed. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A7600, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800, CAIF Command line option (--show-port-settings) displays the port settings. The settings displayed include both the configured values for ports that appear in the port configuration file (PORT.CFG), and the default values for ports that do not appear in this file. V4 Systems: Mapping of serial ports done in Device.cfg In v4 Systems, the mapping of (physical) serial ports (e.g., COM1 or PORT1) to device files (e.g., /dev/ttyQ0 or /dev/ttyQ2) is no longer configured in the port configuration file (PORT.CFG), but in the device configuration file (DEVICE.CFG) instead. Doing so makes it easier to reuse a (customer site) port configuration (as it appears in PORT.CFG) unchanged on a (test) computer that lacks the same complement of serial port hardware called for by the corresponding device configuration (as it appears in DEVICE.CFG). Changes needed to account for differences in serial port hardware are re-stricted to DEVICE.CFG. Standard Format Port.cfg entries have the following format: port USAGE=function [setting=value...] The following tables define the Port.CFG entry fields. Example Entry Formats: Com1 Com2 Com1 Enable=Y Speed=9600 Parity=None Ndata=8 Nstop=1 Handshake=None Duplex=Full Com2 Enable=Y Speed=9600 Parity=None Ndata=8 Nstop=1 Handshake=None Duplex=Full Port1 –n Port1 Usage=Chgover_Pnl Enable=Y Speed=38400 Parity=None Ndata=8 Nstop=1 Handshake=None Duplex=Full Port2 Usage=Input1 Enable=Y Speed=38400 Parity=None Ndata=8 Nstop=1 Handshake=None Duplex=Half Mux1 –n Mux1 Usage=Bvs1 Enable=Y Speed=38400 Parity=Odd Ndata=8 Nstop=2 Handshake=None Duplex=Full Mux2 Usage=Bvs2 Enable=Y Speed=38400 Parity=Odd Ndata=8 Nstop=2 Handshake=None Duplex=Full © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 245 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Port Port name. Valid port names have the format XXXnnn, where XXX denotes the type of port, and nnn its number. Within the M/2000, each port is identified by a unique number, which is determined by the combination of port type (XXX) and number (nnn). Valid ports are described below: For V4 systems, these parameters are now specified in DEVICE.CFG: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8500v4, A8600v4.0, D-FCSv4 ID Description Number COM1-COM2 Standard PC ports. 0-1 PORT1-PORT64 Ports on the McCurdy SER8 or SER12 serial interface card(s), or the equivalent. (**) 2-65 Ser12 ports start at PORT1 in PORT.CFG. Ser12_a maps to PORT1 through PORT12, Ser12_b to PORT13 through PORT24, and so on. The system does not support mixing SER8 and SER12 cards MUX1-MUX120 Ports on the McCurdy 8:1serial port multiplexor(s). 66-185 SER8 (or equivalent) or HOSTESS ports. (**) Older versions of the M/2000 use HOSTESS1-HOSTESS32, instead of PORT1PORT32, to designate the ports on Hostess serial interface card(s). About MUX Setup Set up comms to the mux by assigning it a port. The MUX port designation is driven by the port usage: • Port1=mux1 Mux1 has 6 physical ports – the numbering starts from 1 not 0. Therefore port1 (usage) = Mux1 would drive mux ports (mux1 – mux6). • Mux2 – 7 to 12 • Mux3 – 13 to 18 • Mux4 – 19 to 24 and so on… Each mux number refers to a port off the back of the mux8 and they are sequential across all mux’s Machine control index numbers are taken from the mux numbers in port.cfg USAGE=function String that assigns the port to specific interfaces or subsystems. Usage strings have the format XXXnnn, where the ‘XXX’ is a string that identifies the subsystem, and the ‘nnn’ is an optional number that identifies the subsystem instance. Valid usage strings are site-specific; some valid usage strings are listed below: Function © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Description Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 246 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Function Description A_KLTZCLK1 Klotz Countdown Clock serial ports B_KLTZCLK1 The system supports a single Klotz Countdown Clock Interface (namely, D-KIF), as represented by the “1.” The system supports both a main and a backup Klotz Countdown Clock Interface CPU, as represented by the “A_” and “B_” Valid in: A8200 A_KLTZGPIn, Klotz Logic interface B_KLTZGPIn (Where n is the Klotz Logic Interface number – currently limited to one). It can be configured for up to 2 serial ports. In the case where only one serial port is used (i.e., there is only an Active DKIF and no backup) it is not important which of the above two parameters are used: either produces the desired effect. Valid in A8200 AC Automation computer backup link. Backup CPU /CPU link ACCESS<n> Direct Access control panel Removed from/ Invalid in: A7500 v3.06.00 ACE<n> ACE0 through ACE3: Ace caption generator ACPnnn Automation control panel nnn Automation CPUs can only use ACP1 and ACP2 as before. Edit CPUs can use any one of them (usually ACP3 and ACP4), and if more than one is configured in PORT.CFG, the first one is used. Removed from/ Invalid in: A8800 v3.42.00 ACP1/ACP2 Automation control panel ANT<n> Antenna interface (A6800: n=1-5, A7800: n=1-10) APOLOGY Apology control panel ASTON Aston Caption Character Generator B_SWR<n> A backup router in the D-MAS system. (See example below.) (where <n> is the switcher number from SWR.TBL.) Example from an A8100 system: !*** Pro-Bel 6170 CTL I/F 2 Port 3 ***!PORT4 USAGE=B_SWR2 ENABLE=Y SPEED=38400 PARITY=EVEN NDATA=8 NSTOP=1 HANDSHAKE=NONE DUPLEX=FULL LOG_LEVEL=0 Note: This feature is only supported by Pro-Bel routers. These routers have SWR.TBL switcher types: PRO-BEL, PRO-BELEXT, PRO-BEL-6170, PRO-BEL-FCU, PRO-BEL-SA OR D-KIF (Klotz Router Interface: for A8200/A8400 systems). The © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 247 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Function Configuration Files Description second serial port is configured through USAGE=B_SWRn parameter. If only one serial port is configured, either USAGE=SWRn or USAGE=B_SWRn can be used. BRKDWN<n> Breakdown control panel BTS BTS routing switchers (Venus, Mars, etc.) using the BTS ASCII protocol BVS<n> Broadcast Video Server (Louth protocol) (n runs from zero (0) to one fewer than the maximum number of server ports supported.) (Typically 1-300) CA<n> CBC Ottawa TV interface computer CCPS<n> Closed Captioning Presentation System (CCPS). (Where n = 1, 2, 3, 4) Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v5.04.00 CDQ<n> CDQPrima interface (Where n = the nth CDQPrima party line, e.g. where n=1-8) CLIPnnn Clipbox VDR (video disk recorded) nnn CHGOVER_PNL Serial CPU Changeover Panel CHYRON<n> Chyron iNFiNiT! and IMAGESTOR (Where n = 1, 2, 3…16.) CHTYPLn Chyron Template (Where n = 1, 2, 3…16.) CODI<n> Chyron Codi event display COLLAGE<n> Pixel Power Collage DCART<n> D-CART digital audio storage system (obsolete) DEKO<n> Pinnacle TypeDeko. (n runs from zero (0) to one fewer than the maximum number of Pinnacle TypeDekos supported.) DENCD<n> Denon CD player (Where n= 1, 2, 3… 8) DENMD<n> Denon Mini Disc system (Where n= 1, 2, 3…8) DEVICE=’name’ © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. For D-FCS v4: Each serial port specified in the port configuration file (PORT.CFG) must be mapped to the appropriate device file using the new DEVICE keyword. The value specified for this keyword must be the complete name of the device file. For example, the following entry in PORT.CFG maps PORT1 to the device file /dev/ttyQ0. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 248 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Function Configuration Files Description Example: PORT1 ENABLED=Y SPEED=38400 NDATA=8 PARITY=EVEN NSTOP=1 DEVICE=/dev/ttyQ0 DIAG Diagnostic port Telnet serial access DIGC<n> Digicart (Where n=1, 2, 3, 4,…16) Digicart Line information can be configured singly or specified as multiple lines. For example: Port7 usage=DIGC1 enabled=Y … Port10 usage=DIGC2 enabled=Y… Port14 usage=DIGC3 enabled=Y… will allow 3 Digicart Lines to be used. NOTE: The configuration of individual DigiCarts does NOT occur in this configuration file, it is configured in MACHINE.TBL. DSS<n>, XM3000 sub-system DSSB (Where n=1-n.) Valid in A7400v4, A7410, A8400 ENC<n> Image Video switcher control system ESS<0, 1> ESS0, ESS1 for serial backup links. Up to two serial links can be enabled on the automation systems, only one can be used on edit computers. EVERTZ<n> Evertz Closed Caption V-Chip Encoder (Where n= 1, 2, 3…16) FLXnnn FlexiCart control system nnn GPI6800<n> GPI6800 Communication Panel (Where n = range 1 … 24) GSeries<n> Inscrober G-Series. (Where n=the GSeries number) ICONSTN<n> Source-only IconStation devices. (Where n = 16) INPUT<n> Digital input UIO-80. A7980s (UIO-80s) used for inputs (partyline) (Where n = 1, 2, 3) INTERCOM (Future) INTUITION<n> Miranda Imagestore Intuition (Where n is 1, 2, 3, 4,…16) A7500v5.04.00: Adds support for (Where n = 17,…, 24) JPTR<n> © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. BTS Jupiter machine control system Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 249 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Function Description LMSnnn Sony LMS nnn LOGGER Serial logging Allows all messages logged in the as run log for any bus to be transmitted serially to an external device or system. The external device must not send data back to the automation system. Removed from/ Invalid in: A7500 v3.06.00 LSFnnn Leitch Still File nnn MAV500_<n> Sony MAV 500 video disk recorded MAV 500 is no longer supported. Removed from/ Invalid in: A7500 v2.28.00, A7600 v2.08.00, A8800 v3.18.00 MAV70_<n> Sony MAV 70 video disk recorded (where n is the number of serial ports) Removed from/ Invalid in: A7500 v5.06.00.00 MAX<n> Chyron Max (Where n = 1, 2, 3…32) MAXINE<n> Chyron Maxine (Where n = 1, 2, 3… 8) MC<n> Manual computer MCC<n> Machine control combiner MCCART<n>, McCart digital audio storage system MCCARTB (Where n is 1 – 12.) Note: The McCart software allows a maximum number of 10 audio CPUs per McCart system, but an automation system may control more that one McCart system. Replaced by DSS and DSSB respectively, in A7400 v4.01.00.00 MCTRL Manual computer MCS Image Video machine control system MCS Image Video machine control system Version 2 MODC <n> Softel MHEG Object Data Carousel (MODC) Interface: MODC serial port. (where n = 1, 2, 3…16) Removed from / Invalid in: A7500v5.04.00 MONITOR Monitor control panel MOTIF<n> Aston Motif Character Generator (w/ preview plane) (Where n denotes the index of the Motif.) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 250 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Function Description MOTNP<n> Aston Motif Character Generator (w/o preview plane) (Where n is another index, separate from that used for Motif machines with preview planes.) MUXnnn McCurdy 8:1 serial port multiplexor nnn MVS<n> Sony MAV-555 (decoder only), Sony MediaVenue (MV) Server (decoder only) (Where n = 1, 2, 3… 50) NEPNLnnn Next event panel nnn NEP<n> Next Event Panel (NEP) serial lines (Where n = 1, 2, 3… 6) NETCUE Serial Netcue protocol NETCUE_DECODER Serial NetCue Decoder (Valid in A8200.) NEWS_PNL News alert panel ODTVDR<n> Leitch VR Server, GVG M-Series - Native Serial Protocol using dialects of the Odetics Video Disk Recorder (OVDR) protoco OVDR<n> Odetics Video Disk Recorder protocol PDAT<n> Panasonic DAT (Where = 1, 2, 3…12) PLNn Pinnacle Lightning Newsroom (Where n is still numbers: 1, 2, 3, 4,…65535) The use of channels as preview/program pairs is not currently supported. PLS<n> Tektronics PLS200 Profile Library System PLS<n> Portfolio still store PRINTER Serial printer PRT Local printer RCP Acquisition record control panel RCVR<n> Antenna Receiver control (A6800: n=1-5, A7800: n=1-10) RELAYn Digital output (relay) UIO-80 nnn RELAY<n> A7980s (UIO-80s) used for outputs (party-line) REMOTE Remote control via serial line SC Image Video switcher control system SC<n> CBC Ottawa TV interface computer SCInnn Studio confidence (countdown) indicator panel nnn © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 251 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Function Configuration Files Description Voice Over Booth Countdown Panel SCP<n> Synchronous control panel (where N=0, 1, 2, 3…9 and is the unique panel number. No two PORT.CFG files on different computers can use the same panel number) Note: An SCP cannot be connected to two automation computers at the same time. SER_TCODE Timecode Card SER_TCODE_AV Removed from / Invalid in: D-FCS 4.06.00.00, A7500v5.04.00 SMS (Future) SOFTEL<n> Softel EBU subtitler (where n runs from zero (0) to one fewer than the maximum number of Softel EBU Disk Readers supported.) Sony DVS-M1000C Master Control Switcher SRU<n> Screen Subtitling SRU-2 & SRU-32 Interface (Where n=1, 2, 3, 4….32) STC<n> Cavena Subtitle Transmission Controller (STC) Interface (Where n=1, 2, 3, 4) For A7500v5: (Where n=1, 2, 3, 4…32) STUD<n> Studer reel-reel audio tape recorded STU<n> Studer Analog Machine (Where n=1, 2, 3, 4, 5) STX<n> A Swift-TX device (Where n = 1, 2, 3, 4,…20) D-Series supports up to 20 lines for SwiftTX control. Each line may control up to 8 devices SWR<n> Switcher and keyers PixelPower Brandmaster, Leitch Logo Motion keyer, Leitch IconMaster, LogoMotion2, LGA200, Oxtel Keyer, Oxtel Presmaster Interface (Miranda Presmaster Interface), Pro-Bel, Sony Cart++, Deko HD 500, GVS protection switcher, D-KIF (Klotz Router Interface: for A8200 systems), SAS 32KD Router Interface (A8200/A8400 system), NVision Router Interface, Evertz 9725 (Where n = the corresponding record/switcher number in SWR.TBL index.) D-KIF Note: As with other switchers, D-KIFs first serial port is configured through the USAGE=SWRn parameter. TALLY_SRC<n> Tally System (DIF) interface (Where n = 1, 2, 3, 4) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 252 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Function Description TEXTMAC<n> Text Macro sub events. Where <n> is the Text Macro Number (associates the port with the entry in TXM_TYPE.TBL with the same text macro number) TEXTOUT<n> Multipurpose text output (Where n = 1, 2, 3…10) TRAFFIC Traffic system serial connection Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.50.00 TRF Traffic TSX56_<n> Transtream Switch 56 modem UMD<n> Under monitor displays (Where n = 1, 2, 3…48) UMS<n> Uplink Management System (Where n = 1, 2, 3…100) Valid in: A8400 VDRnnn ProFile VDR (video disk recorded) nnn VDR_QUERY<n> ProFile VDR (video disk recorded)n. Port configured for “query only” mode. This supports a profile connection that does not need any video resources and is for use with a cache that is not recording (e.g. is restoring items from a library system or coping items via fiber channel). VPR<n> Ampex VPR protocol (Where n = 1, 2, 3…10) VTR<n> Sony VTR nnn (Where n= 1, 2, 3…60) WATCHDOG<n> Serial printer ZEP<n> Telos Zephyr ISDN Modem (Where n= 1, 2, 3…10) Setting=value Serial port setting. Valid serial port settings are described below: Setting Description Values ENABLE Enables/disables the port Y, N DUPLEX Hardware flow control: HALF, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. - half-duplex FULL, TRISTATE, - full-duplex INV_TRISTATE - tristate Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 253 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Setting Configuration Files Description - HANDSHAKE Values inverted tristate Software flow control: NONE, - none SOFT, - software (XON/XOFF) TXSOFT, - software on transmit only RXSOFT, - software on receive only HARD, - hardware TXHARD, - hardware on transmit only RXHARD - hardware on receive only INT1_CHAR Replaced by RX_FIFO_LEVEL SPEED BAUD rate 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 14400, 19200, 28800, 38400, 76800 Note: Mux’s and Probel FCU can communicate at 234000 SER-12 ports = 78600 NDATA Number of data bits 5-8 NSTOP Number of stop bits 0-2 PARITY Parity NONE, ODD, EVEN RX_FIFO_LEVEL This parameter sets the number of characters received before an interrupt is triggered. SER-8 cards: 1, 4 and 8. (Default:8), Note: Since the default value is used almost all the time, this parameter is typically not included in PORT.CFG. SER-12 cards: 1- 127, (Default: 64) Replaces parameter INT_1CHAR as of A8000 v3.02.00 & A8500 v3.02.00 RX_Q_SIZE Size of the receive queue (bytes) TX_Q_SIZE Size of the transmit queue. (bytes) The required queue size depends on the size of the transmitted record and the number of simultaneous logged events that are expected. Default: 512 bytes LOG_LEVEL Diagnostic logging level: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. severe errors: 0 & errors: 1 & interface: 2 & internal processing: 3 & protocol: 4 Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 254 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Setting Description Values & all serial I/O: 5 Removed from/ Invalid in: A5500 v3.28.00, A6500 v3.50.00, A6800 v3.32.00, A7500 v3.128.00, A7800 v3.24.00, A8000 v3.76.00, A8100 v3.50.00, A8200 v3.44.00, A8400 v3.44.00, A8600 v3.50.00, DFCS v3.01.00, DFCS v4.00.02, CAIF v3.16.00 Parameter Settings Usage Enable Speed Parity Ndata Nstop Handshake Duplex AC Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Full ACCESS0 Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Half Half Removed from/ Invalid in: A7500 v3.06.00 ACP1 Y/N 38400 BTS Y/N Default: 9600 None 8 1 None 8 1 Soft (Or 38400) BVS Y/N 38400 Odd 8 1 None Full CDQn Y/N 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, or 38400 None 8 1 None Full Note: This is the nth CDQPrima party line. The speed depends on how the actual machine is configured. CHGOVER_PNL Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Full CHYRON0 Y/N 9600 None 8 1 None Full CLIP0 Y/N 9600/19 200 None 8 1 Soft Full DEKO Y/N DEVICE Y 38400 Even 8 1 None 8 1 None Full Note: For D-FCS v4 DIAG Y/N 19200 Note: Telnet serial access. If Enabled, then also configure: rx_q_size and tx_q_size. For this to work the COM port used must be enabled in DEVICE.CFG. DIGC<n> Y 38400 Even 8 1 None Full Note: For multiple Lines set Enable=Y © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 255 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Usage Enable Speed Parity Ndata Nstop Handshake Duplex EVERTZ0 Y/N FLX0 Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Full GPI6800<n> Y/N NOTE None 8 1 None Full Note: The baud rate must match the DIP switch setting on the controller board. For details see below GPI6800 Baud rate. GSeries <n> INPUT0 Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Half LMS0 Y/N 38400 Even 8 1 None Full LOGGER Y/N Removed from/ Invalid in: A7500 v3.06.00 MAV70_n Y/N Removed from/ Invalid in: A7500 V5.06.00.00 MAXINE0 Y/N MCCART Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Full MIX0 Y/N 38400 Odd 8 1 None Full MODC<n> Y/N 9600 None 8 1 Soft Full MOTIF<n> Y/N 38400 None 7 1 None Y/N 38400 None 7 1 None Y/N 76800 None 8 1 None Aston Motif w/ preview plane MOTNP<n> Aston Motif w/o preview plane MUX0 Full Note: Or speed 234000 (with switch 6 up on the mux card) MVS<n> Y/N 38400 Odd 8 1 None Full Note: Keyword (e.g. MVS1) NEPNL Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Half NEP1 Y/N 9600 Even 7 2 Soft Full ODTVDR<n> Y/N 38400 Odd 8 1 None Full OVDR<n> Y/N 38400 Odd 8 1 None Full PDAT<n> Y/N 38400 Even 8 2 None Full Panasonic DAT PLN0 Y/N © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 256 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Usage Enable Speed Parity Ndata Nstop Handshake Duplex PLS0 Y/N 38400 Odd 8 1 None Full PORTFOL Y/N 9600 Even 8 1 None Full RELAY0 Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Half SCI0 Y/N 9600 None 8 1 None Half SER_TCODE Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Full Note: Serial Timecode Card SOFTEL Y/N 38400 Even 8 1 None Full SRU<n> Y/N 38400 Even 8 1 None Full SWR<n> Y/N Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Full STX<n> Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Full SWR<n> Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Full Deko HD 500 STC<n> Cavena Subtitle Transmission Controller (STC) Interface Brandmaster (Pixel Power) SWR<n> Y/N Clarity Example: If the Clarity is configured as switcher number 5 in SWR.TBL, specify USAGE=SWR5 in PORT.CFG. SWR<n> Y/N 9600 None 8 2 None Full Y/N 38400 Odd 8 1 None Full Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Full Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Full None 8 1 None Full Evertz 9525 Series Downstream Keyer SWR<n> Y/N GVS protection switcher SWR<n> LGA200 SWR<n> Leitch IconMaster SWR<n> Logomotion 2 SWR<n> Y/N © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 257 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Usage Enable Speed Parity Ndata Nstop Handshake Duplex NVision Note: The baud rate is specified for the specific router product being used. SWR<n> Y/N 19200 None 8 1 Soft Full Y/N 38400 Even 8 1 None Full Y/N 9600 to 234000 None 8 1 None Full Oxtel SWR<n> Oxtel/Miranda Presmaster SWR<n> Pro-Bel Note: Speed depends on the driver used in swr.tbl SWR<n>Quartz Y/N 9600, 19200, or 38400 None 8 1 Soft Full SWR<n> Y/N 9600 None 8 1 None Full Y/N 38400 Even 8 1 None Full Y/N 9600 None 8 1 None Full Y/N 9600 None 8 1 None Half Y/N 38400 None 8 1 None Full UMD0 Y/N 9600 Even 7 2 Soft Full VDR0 Y/N 38400 Odd 8 1 None Full VPR Y/N VTR0 Y/N 38400 Odd 8 1 None Full Sony DVSM1000C Master Control Switcher Y/N 38400 Odd 8 1 None Full SAS 32KD router SWR<n> Sony Cart++ TALLY_SRC<n> Tally System (DIF) TEXTOUT<n> TextOut Break Interface UMS<n> Uplink Management System (Where n is 1-100) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 258 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files GPI6800 Baud rate The baud rate used by the GPI6800 is determined by the settings of switches 4,5 and 6 of the DIP switch (labeled SW3) on the GPC6800+FM controller card. DIP switches 7 and 8 should always be closed for normal operation of the GPI6800. DIP Switch Settings on GPC6800 Controller (C=closed, O=open, x=don’t care) 12345678 Setting xxxOOOxxx 9600 baud xxxOCOxxx 19200 baud xxxOOCxxx 38400 baud xxxOCCxxx 38400 baud xxxCCCxxx 57600 baud xxxCOCxxx 115200 baud xxxCCOxxx 230400 baud xxxxxxCC Normal In normal use, always close switches 7 and 8 xxxxxxCO Download firmware to Flash Used to install new firmware xxxxxxOC Boot loader console Used during software development xxxxxxOO Download firmware to RAM Used during software development © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Notes Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 259 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files SPECCHAR.CFG The SPECCHAR.CFG file is an optional configuration file. It is used to change the characters that the automation software uses for displaying special symbols on the screen. When this file is used it must be located in the DATA subdirectory. Defaults are used when the file is not present, or if the value for a special character is not explicitly listed in the file. If a standard font is used (one of the fonts included with the release software or the default font), remove the SPECCHAR.CFG configuration file from the configuration. The SPECCHAR.CFG configuration file remaps special characters; the default font has all special characters in the default location for an English installation. Having a SPECCHAR.CFG and using the built-in font may result in incorrect characters being seen on the display. Non-English installations may require SPECCHAR.CFG. Use SPECCHAR.CFG to relocate characters that would be overwritten by the Cyrillic set. Special characters used to display transition icons may be remapped with SPECCHAR.CFG. Warning: Do not use if graphics mode is enabled. Delete the “specchar.cfg” file. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7410, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8600, A8800, CAIF Parameter Settings Each line in the file has the format: character_name=character_value The following listings show “character_name” keywords, along with default character_values. The “character_value” may be given in decimal, or hexadecimal by preceding the value with “0x”. Blank lines are ignored. Default Values are shown. Miscellaneous Characters and Values CHAR_BLANK={0x20} CHAR_CHECK={0xfb} CHAR_LOG_DIV={0xf9} CHAR_SPLIT={0xdc} CHAR_THICK_LINE={0x99} (custom bit-map) CHAR_TS_1={0xdc} CHAR_TS_2={0xf0} CHAR_TS_3={0xf4} (custom bit-map) CHAR_TS_4={0xf5} (custom bit-map) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 260 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files “Soft cut” Transition Characters used for “soft cut” transition icon: CHAR_CFADE_1={0x80} (custom bit-map) CHAR_CFADE_2={0x81} (custom bit-map) CHAR_CFADE_3={0x82} (custom bit-map) CHAR_CFADE_4={0x83} (custom bit-map) CHAR_CFADE_5={0x84} (custom bit-map) V fade Transition Characters used for “fade down, fade up” (V fade) transition icon: CHAR_VFADE_1={0x85} (custom bit-map) CHAR_VFADE_2={0x86} (custom bit-map) CHAR_VFADE_3={0x87} (custom bit-map) CHAR_VFADE_4={0x88} (custom bit-map) CHAR_VFADE_5={0x89} (custom bit-map) “Cut Down, Fade Up” Transition Characters used for “cut down, fade up” transition icon: CHAR_FFADE_1={0x8a} (custom bit-map) CHAR_FFADE_2={0x8b} (custom bit-map) CHAR_FFADE_3={0x8c} (custom bit-map) CHAR_FFADE_4={0x8d} (custom bit-map) CHAR_FFADE_5={0x8e} (custom bit-map) “Fade Down, Cut Up” Transition Characters used for “fade down, cut up” transition icon: CHAR_EFADE_1={0x8f} (custom bit-map) CHAR_EFADE_2={0x90} (custom bit-map) CHAR_EFADE_3={0x91} (custom bit-map) CHAR_EFADE_4={0x92} (custom bit-map) CHAR_EFADE_5={0x93} (custom bit-map) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 261 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files “Mix” Transition Characters used for “mix” transition icon: CHAR_MIX_1={0x94} (custom bit-map) CHAR_MIX_2={0x95} (custom bit-map) CHAR_MIX_3={0x96} (custom bit-map) CHAR_MIX_4={0x97} (custom bit-map) CHAR_MIX_5={0x98} (custom bit-map) Line Drawing Characters used for line drawing: CHAR_LD_S_HOR={0xc4} CHAR_LD_D_TT={0xcb} CHAR_LD_DS_CT={0xd8} CHAR_LD_S_VER={0xb3} CHAR_LD_D_BL={0xc8} CHAR_LD_SD_TL={0xd5} CHAR_LD_S_TL={0xda} CHAR_LD_D_BR={0xbc} CHAR_LD_SD_TR={0xb8} CHAR_LD_S_TR={0xbf} CHAR_LD_D_BT={0xca} CHAR_LD_SD_TT={0xd2} CHAR_LD_S_TT={0xc2} CHAR_LD_D_LT={0xcc} CHAR_LD_SD_BL={0xd4} CHAR_LD_S_BL={0xc0} CHAR_LD_D_RT={0xb9} CHAR_LD_SD_BR={0xbe} CHAR_LD_S_BR={0xd9} CHAR_LD_D_CT={0xce} CHAR_LD_SD_BT={0xd0} CHAR_LD_S_BT={0xc1} CHAR_LD_DS_TL={0xd6} CHAR_LD_SD_LT={0xc6} CHAR_LD_S_LT={0xc3} CHAR_LD_DS_TR={0xb7} CHAR_LD_SD_RT={0xb5} CHAR_LD_S_RT={0xb4} CHAR_LD_DS_TT={0xd1} CHAR_LD_SD_CT={0xd7} CHAR_LD_S_CT={0xc5} CHAR_LD_DS_BL={0xd3} CHAR_LD_BLK_FULL={0xdb} CHAR_LD_D_HOR={0xcd} CHAR_LD_DS_BR={0xbd} CHAR_LD_BLK_BOTTOM={0xdc} CHAR_LD_D_VER={0xba} CHAR_LD_DS_BT={0xcf} CHAR_LD_BLK_LEFT={0xdd} CHAR_LD_D_TL={0xc9} CHAR_LD_DS_LT={0xc7} CHAR_LD_BLK_RIGHT={0xde} CHAR_LD_D_TR={0xbb} CHAR_LD_DS_RT={0xb6} CHAR_LD_BLK_TOP={0xdf} © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 262 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files STRING.CFG This file allows customization of the built-in messages to make them relevant to each site. For example: str_tert_item_avail_err="Mcrt Avail", changes the error message displayed when a tertiary event item is unavailable from Delo to MCRT. The string configuration file consists of one or more lines. Each line defines the text of one message string built into the system. Comments begin at an exclamation mark and end at the end of the line. Blank lines are allowed. The generic form is: label=text The range of valid labels is limited. Upper and lowercase characters in labels are equivalent. Valid in Systems: A7500, A7600, A8100 Parameter Settings STR_BUS_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR_1 Displayed for First Bus Machine Item Available Errors. Used when configuring “Item Available” text (which appear on the single and multi-bus displays). Valid in Systems: A7500 STR_BUS_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR_2 Displayed for Second Bus Machine Item Available Errors. Used when configuring “Item Available” text (which appear on the single and multi-bus displays). Valid in Systems: A7500 STR_DESC_TEXTOUT1="VPS Time (hh:mm)" Used to modify the Service ID and Event ID in the TEXTOUT1 field. Valid in Systems: A7500 STR_DESC_TEXTOUT2="VPS Date (dd.mm)" Used to modify the Service ID and Event ID in the TEXTOUT2 field. Valid in Systems: A7500 STR_DESC_TEXTOUT3="VPS Source" Valid in Systems: A7500 STR_DESC_TEXTOUT4="VPS Audio (M, S or 2)" Valid in Systems: A7500 STR_DESC_TEXTOUT5="VPS Youth State (Y or N)" © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 263 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500 STR_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR Displayed for Audio Item Available Errors. Used when configuring “Item Available” text (which appear on the single and multi-bus displays). Valid in Systems: A7500 STR_PROT_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR Displayed for Protection Item Available Errors. Used when configuring “Item Available” text (which appear on the single and multi-bus displays). Valid in Systems: A7500 STR_RES_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR Displayed for Reserve Item Available Errors. Used when configuring “Item Available” text (which appear on the single and multi-bus displays). Valid in Systems: A7500 STR_TERT_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR Displayed for Tertiary Item Available Errors. Used when configuring “Item Available” text (which appear on the single and multi-bus displays). Valid in Systems: A7500 STR_VIDEO_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR Displayed for Video Item Available Errors. Used when configuring “Item Available” text (which appear on the single and multi-bus displays). Valid in Systems: A7500 STR_VIDEO_RES_ITEM_AVERR (Default: “video reserve item avail”) Provides support for Video Reserve Item Avail Error. Valid in Systems: A7500, A7600, A8100 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 264 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files STORE.CFG STORE.CFG is used to configure the store format. This file allows each site to omit certain unused fields from the store, and to make some fields smaller, which can result in a much shorter store record. Located in the DATA sub-directory, STORE.CFG is read at system startup time and, like other configuration files, it cannot be viewed or edited on-line. Required fields must be included in the event (STORE.CFG). Implied fields are automatically included when their associated field is included in the event (STORE.CFG). Optional Fields may be omitted from the event (STORE.CFG). An optional field name must appear in store.cfg if it is to be used. If the STORE.CFG file is omitted, the store is automatically configured as it was in the past, and all optional fields are included. If the STORE.CFG file is present, the optional fields are omitted unless they are specified in the file. The following display-only fields can not be included in the store configuration file (STORE.CFG), since they should never appear in the store record: BUS RESERVE_FLAG CONFLICT_FLAG DATE SOURCE_FLAG ERROR_FLAG SLAVE_BUS TIME_FLAG FOLLOW_FLAG TYPE DATA_FLAG ITEM_FLAG AVAIL_FLAG To View all Available Options The –storeinfo3 startup option provides a concise list of all fields possible in the store in a format that may be used as a STORE.CFG file or may be edited to change the store configuration. There are some header and trailer lines that must be deleted using an editor, but the data portion of the output is consistent with the STORE.CFG format. This should be used as a guide only. Presence in the list of does not indicate validity in STORE.CFG, however absence in the list does indicate invalidity in STORE.CFG. Parameter Settings ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ A ACTRL_FLAG Audio Control Done Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, ACTUAL_DURATION Actual Duration. This required field has a fixed size of 10 characters. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 265 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, AGENCY_CODE Agency Code. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters. It is general-purpose text and added to the automation system main event. The text contents of this field are saved in the DAL3 user data for items that are recorded through a record bus or cache. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the ACENCY_CODE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_AGENCY_CODE • DBQUERY_AGENCY_CODE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, A8800, ALT_SRC Alternate Source. This required field has a fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_ALT_SRC Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, ARCHIVE_CATEGORY The archive Category Name parameter. Implied Field: The following field is included when the ARCHIVE_CATEGORY field appears in STORE.CFG and DALstation’s layout.ini: • B_ ARCHIVE_CATEGORY Note: The “R” Copy Item command is enhanced to support the Category Name parameter. This parameter is taken from the ARCHIVE_CATEGORY event field. If no valid ARCHIVE_CATEGORY value has been specified in an event (e.g. the field is missing or blank), the parameter will be taken from the Archive Category name defined by the Type of Material event field. This may be a blank value. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 ARCHIVE_FLAG This optional field contains a code to indicate archive/copy after recording. A – archive to library C – copy to server B – archive to library and copy to server blank – do not archive Valid in Systems: A7500v4 IMPORTANT: The above values should not be confused with the values that are allowed in the BusExt.tbl Work Order field (“A”, “P”, “C”, or D) for work order buses. ARCHIVE_GROUP Used to specify an archive group in the library, as the group to which an item is to be archived. This field must be configured to be able to use the archive group event field. The archgrps.tbl file must also be present in the table’s directory. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 266 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500v5 ASRUN_EXPORTED This field stores a flag marking an as-run log entry as exported. This field allows HClass (Centergy) integration programs to interact with stock automation releases. (See also HCLASS_ID and MAIN_GUID.) Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4 AUDIO_n (Where n = 1 - 8) Audio n. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. This field must contain either Y or N, indicating whether the corresponding audio track is present (Y) or disabled (N). Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the AUDIO_n field appears in STORE.CFG: • AUDIO_LANGUAGE_n • AUDIO_MODE_n • B_AUDIO_n • B_AUDIO_LANGUAGE_n Valid in Systems: Audio 1 - 4: A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 Valid in Systems: Audio 1 – 8: A8000, A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: Audio 5 - 8: A7800 v4.02.00.00 AUDIO_ASRUN Audio as-run status. This configurable field has a size of 1 charcater. Impiled Field: The following fields are included when the AUDIO_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG: • AUDIO_ASRUN_CTRL • AUDIO_ASRUN_UID AUDIO_ASRUN_CTRL Audio AsRun Control. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG. AUDIO_ASRUN_UID This field has a fixed size of 12 characters and is included when the AUDIO_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG. AUDIO_CTRL Audio Source Control. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the AUDIO_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_ACTRL Note: In A7500 v4.27.00 and higher, updating the AUDIO_CTRL field triggers rechecking the IN_TIME field. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 267 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files AUDIO_CHAN_FLAG This optional non-configurable field is used to keep track of whether audio mode GPI output control has been done for audio modes configured in aud_mode.tbl. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A7800v4 AUDIO_DESCR_TYPE Type (language) of audio descriptor broadcast. This 3-character field is EPG-related. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 AUDIO_LANGUAGE_n (Where n= 1, 2, 3, 4, …16) Audio Language 1 - 16. These configurable fields have a fixed size of 3 characters (e.g. the main audio Language code). They are no longer tied to the audio enable fields AUDIO_n. To enable the audio language fields, they must be presented in the STORE.CFG file. Supported entries are: • A two or three character ISO 639 audio language code. • blank = none • ??? = undetermined • +++ = other Valid in Systems: A7500, A7800v4, A8000, A8100, Valid in Systems: Audio_Language 1 - 4: A8100v4, A8600v4 AUDIO_MODE Audio Mode (M, L, R, S, D, 2 or ‘blank’). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. • About VPS: The VPS audio mode data is derived from the contents of the AUDIO_MODE field. When the VPS data is output on the serial port, an L or R in the AUDIO_MODE field is converted to an M and any other value is passed through. Implied Field: The following field is included when the AUDIO_MODE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_AUDIO_MODE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 AUDIO_MODE_1 Audio Mode 1. This field has a fixed size of 1 character (a one-character audio mode code: e.g. the main audio mode code) and is included when the AUDIO_1 field appears in STORE.CFG. Audio Mode Value Description Audio Mode Value Description M, L, R Mono Z Video descriptions S True stereo N Non-program audio D, A Stereo surround E Special effects U Unknown O, 2 Other © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 268 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Y Simulated stereo X None Blank Uses DEFAULT_AUDIO_MODE defined in SYSTEM.CFG. The default value of this is mode S (true stereo). Implied Field: The following field is included when the AUDIO_MODE_1 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_AUDIO_MODE_1 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, AUDIO_MODE_2 Audio Mode 2. This field has a fixed size of 1 character (a one-character audio mode code: e.g. the second audio mode code) and is included when the AUDIO_2 field appears in STORE.CFG. Audio Mode Value Description Audio Mode Value Description M, L, R Mono Z Video descriptions S True stereo N Non-program audio D, A Stereo surround E Special effects U Unknown O, 2 Other Y Simulated stereo X None Blank Uses DEFAULT_AUDIO_MODE defined in SYSTEM.CFG. The default value of this is mode S (true stereo). Implied Field: The following field is included when the AUDIO_MODE_2 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_AUDIO_MODE_2 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, AUDIO_MODE_3 Audio Mode 3. This field has a fixed size of 1 character (a one-character audio mode code: e.g. the third audio mode code) and is included when the AUDIO_3 field appears in STORE.CFG. Audio Mode Value Description Audio Mode Value Description M, L, R Mono Z Video descriptions S True stereo N Non-program audio D, A Stereo surround E Special effects U Unknown O, 2 Other Y Simulated stereo X None Blank Uses DEFAULT_AUDIO_MODE defined in SYSTEM.CFG. The default value of this is mode S (true stereo). © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 269 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the AUDIO_MODE_3 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_AUDIO_MODE_3 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, AUDIO_MODE_4 Audio Mode 4. This field has a fixed size of 1 character (a one-character audio mode code: e.g. the fourth audio mode code) and is included when the AUDIO_4 field appears in STORE.CFG. Audio Mode Value Description Audio Mode Value Description M, L, R Mono, left and right Z Data Service L Mono, left only V Video descriptions R Mono, right only N Non-program audio S True stereo E Special effects D Dolby O Other A AC3 X None U Unknown 5 5.1 Channel surround sound Y Simulated stereo blank Default. Uses DEFAULT_AUDIO_MODE defined in SYSTEM.CFG. The default value of this is mode S (true stereo). Implied Field: The following field is included when the AUDIO_MODE_4 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_AUDIO_MODE_4 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, AUDIO_MODE_5 Audio Mode 5. This field has a fixed size of 1 character (a one-character audio mode code: e.g. the fifth audio mode code) and is included when the AUDIO_5 field appears in STORE.CFG. Audio Mode Value Description Audio Mode Value Description M, L, R Mono Z Video descriptions S True stereo N Non-program audio D, A Stereo surround E Special effects U Unknown O, 2 Other © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 270 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Y Simulated stereo X None Blank Uses DEFAULT_AUDIO_MODE defined in SYSTEM.CFG. The default value of this is mode S (true stereo). Implied Field: The following field is included when the AUDIO_MODE_5 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_AUDIO_MODE_5 Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 AUDIO_MODE_6 Audio Mode 6. This field has a fixed size of 1 character (a one-character audio mode code: e.g. the sixth audio mode code) and is included when the AUDIO_6 field appears in STORE.CFG. Audio Mode Value Description Audio Mode Value Description M, L, R Mono Z Video descriptions S True stereo N Non-program audio D, A Stereo surround E Special effects U Unknown O, 2 Other Y Simulated stereo X None Blank Uses DEFAULT_AUDIO_MODE defined in SYSTEM.CFG. The default value of this is mode S (true stereo). Implied Field: The following field is included when the AUDIO_MODE_6 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_AUDIO_MODE_6 Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 AUDIO_MODE_7 Audio Mode 7. This field has a fixed size of 1 character (a one-character audio mode code: e.g. the seventh audio mode code) and is included when the AUDIO_7 field appears in STORE.CFG. Audio Mode Value Description Audio Mode Value Description M, L, R Mono Z Video descriptions S True stereo N Non-program audio D, A Stereo surround E Special effects U Unknown O, 2 Other Y Simulated stereo X None © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 271 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Blank Uses DEFAULT_AUDIO_MODE defined in SYSTEM.CFG. The default value of this is mode S (true stereo). Implied Field: The following field is included when the AUDIO_MODE_7 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_AUDIO_MODE_7 Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 AUDIO_MODE_8 Audio Mode 8. This field has a fixed size of 1 character (a one-character audio mode code: e.g. the eighth audio mode code) and is included when the AUDIO_8 field appears in STORE.CFG. Audio Mode Value Description Audio Mode Value Description M, L, R Mono Z Video descriptions S True stereo N Non-program audio D, A Stereo surround E Special effects U Unknown O, 2 Other Y Simulated stereo X None Blank Uses DEFAULT_AUDIO_MODE defined in SYSTEM.CFG. The default value of this is mode S (true stereo). Implied Field: The following field is included when the AUDIO_MODE_8 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_AUDIO_MODE_8 Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 AUDIO_MODE_FLAG This non-configurable field is used to keep track of whether audio mode GPI output control has been done for audio modes configured in contact.tbl. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A7800v4 AUDIO_PRESET_NAME This audio shuffle preset field name provides the ability to select audio shuffle preset in DALStation. This field is optional and turned off by default. Dalstation.ini: A audio preset field (FLD_AUDIO_PRESET_NAME) is added to event in DMAS to specify audio shuffle preset ID for primary event. The ID is provided by the operator in the DALstation event window. AUDIO_RATE Transition Rate (S, M, F or Blank). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Implied Field: The following field is included when the AUDIO_RATE field appears in STORE.CFG: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 272 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • B_AUDIO_RATE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, AUDIO_SRC Audio Source. This required field has a fixed size of 8 characters. Included Fields: The following fields are automatically included when the AUDIO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • AUDIO_CTRL • B_SRC Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4, A7500, AUTO_ERR Bus in Auto-Off Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, AUTO_SEG / AUTO_SEGMENT When starting to play out a live event on a play out bus, normally there are several play out program events interspersed with commercial events. Each of these program events must be flagged with a special value in the new single character AUTO_SEGMENT field. • Taking an event with a value of “R” (reset) causes any existing segments to be deleted and a new single segment started at this point. • Taking an event with a value of “A” (add) causes a new segment to be added with the next higher segment number. (Note: This field is case sensitive.) • Taking an event with any other value (in particular blank) does not cause an automatic segment message to be sent. • When a program event flagged with either an “A” or an “R” this ends, another message is sent in order to update the segment duration to match the actual duration. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4, D-AISv3, AUTO_SEGMENT_ITEM Allows independently setting material ids to be used in autosegmentation messages. This field is available to store.cfg and DALstation’s layout.ini. • If specified, it is used to define the Material ID value to be included in autosegment messages sent to D-AIS at the start or end of a PRES bus event containing the value “R” or “A” in the AUTO_SEGMENT field. • If omitted or blank, primary event Material ID continues to be sent to D-AIS in autosegment messages. • This field has a corresponding binary field. Typed-in values are forced to upper case, and any syntactically invalid entry is flagged as an error. Valid in Systems: A8100v5, A8600v5, AVAIL_ERR Source Avail Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7400 v4.00.00.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 273 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files B B_ACTRL Binary Audio Control field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_AGENCY_CODE Binary Agency Code field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the AGENCY_CODE field appears in STORE.CFG. This parameter is used for error checking of the AGENCY_CODE field. Error checking of this field is only performed when pgmclass.tbl is defined, but PROGRAM_CLASS is not configured in store.cfg. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed From / Invalid In: A7500v3.132.00, A7500v4.01.00, A8100v3.54.00, A8600v3.54.00 B_ALT_SRC Binary Alternate Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_AUDIO_1 Binary Audio 1 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_1 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_AUDIO_2 Binary Audio 2 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_2 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_AUDIO_3 Binary Audio 3 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_3 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_AUDIO_4 Binary Audio 4 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_4 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_AUDIO_5 Binary Audio 5 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_5 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 274 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files B_AUDIO_6 Binary Audio 6 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_6 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 B_AUDIO_7 Binary Audio 7 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_7 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 B_AUDIO_8 Binary Audio 8 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_8 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A8000 A7800 v4.02.00.00 B_AUDIO_LANGUAGE_1 Binary Audio Language 1 field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the AUDIO_1 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_AUDIO_LANGUAGE_2 Binary Audio Language 2 field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the AUDIO_2 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_AUDIO_LANGUAGE_3 Binary Audio Language 3 field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the AUDIO_3 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_AUDIO_LANGUAGE_4 Binary Audio Language 4 field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the AUDIO_4 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_AUDIO_LANGUAGE_5 Binary Audio Language 5 field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the AUDIO_5 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 B_AUDIO_LANGUAGE_6 Binary Audio Language 6 field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the AUDIO_6 field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 275 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 B_AUDIO_LANGUAGE_7 Binary Audio Language 7 field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the AUDIO_7 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 B_AUDIO_LANGUAGE_8 Binary Audio Language 8 field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the AUDIO_8 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 B_AUDIO_MODE Binary Audio Mode field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_MODE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_AUDIO_MODE_1 Binary Audio Mode 1 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_MODE_1 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_AUDIO_MODE_2 Binary Audio Mode 2 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_MODE_2 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_AUDIO_MODE_3 Binary Audio Mode 3 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_MODE_3 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_AUDIO_MODE_4 Binary Audio Mode 4 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_MODE_4 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_AUDIO_MODE_5 Binary Audio Mode 5 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_MODE_5 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 B_AUDIO_MODE_6 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 276 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Binary Audio Mode 6 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_MODE_6 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 B_AUDIO_MODE_7 Binary Audio Mode 7 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_MODE_7 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 B_AUDIO_MODE_8 Binary Audio Mode 8 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_MODE_8 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7800 v4.02.00.00 B_AUDIO_RATE Binary Audio transition rate field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the AUDIO_RATE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_BARKER Binary Barker field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BARKER field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, Removed from / Invlaid in: A7400 v4.00.00.00 B_BEGIN_NETCUE Binary Begin Netcue field. This field is included when the BEGIN_NETCUE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7410, A8200, A8400 B_BREAK_FLAGS Break relay done flags field. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_BREAK_RLYS Binary Break relay request flags field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BREAK_RLYS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_BUP_SRC Binary Backup Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the BUP_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 277 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files B_BUP_SRC_CTRL Binary Backup Source Control field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUP_SRC_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200 B_BUS_CTRL Binary Bus Control field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_BUS_CTRL2 Binary Bus Control 2 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_CTRL2 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUS_CTRL3 Binary Bus Control 3 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_CTRL3 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, B_BUS_CTRL4 Binary Bus Control 4 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_CTRL4 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, B_BUS_ITEM Binary Bus Item field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the BUS_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_BUS_ITEM2 Binary Bus Item 2 field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the BUS_ITEM2 field appears in STORE.CFG. A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUS_ITEM3 Binary Bus Item 3 field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the BUS_ITEM3 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, B_BUS_ITEM4 Binary Bus Item 4 field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the BUS_ITEM4 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, B_BUS_SOM Binary Bus Start of Message field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the BUS_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 278 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_DONE Bus GPO done flags field. This required field has a fixed size of 2 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE1 Binary Bus GPO Enable 1 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE1 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE2 Binary Bus GPO Enable 2 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE2 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE3 Binary Bus GPO Enable 3 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE3 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE4 Binary Bus GPO Enable 4 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE4 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE5 Binary Bus GPO Enable 5 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE5 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE6 Binary Bus GPO Enable 6 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE6 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE7 Binary Bus GPO Enable 7 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE7 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE8 Binary Bus GPO Enable 8 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE8 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE9 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 279 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Binary Bus GPO Enable 9 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE9 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE10 Binary Bus GPO Enable 10 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE10 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE11 Binary Bus GPO Enable 11 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE11 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE12 Binary Bus GPO Enable 12 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE12 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE13 Binary Bus GPO Enable 13 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE13 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE14 Binary Bus GPO Enable 14 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE14 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE15 Binary Bus GPO Enable 15 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE15 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSGPO_ENABLE16 Binary Bus GPO Enable 16 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE16 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE1 Binary Bus Tally Enable 01 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE01 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE2 Binary Bus Tally Enable 02 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE02 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 280 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE3 Binary Bus Tally Enable 03 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE03 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE4 Binary Bus Tally Enable 04 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE04 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE5 Binary Bus Tally Enable 05 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE05 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE6 Binary Bus Tally Enable 06 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE06 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE7 Binary Bus Tally Enable 07 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE07 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE8 Binary Bus Tally Enable 08 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE08 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE9 Binary Bus Tally Enable 09 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE09 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE10 Binary Bus Tally Enable 10 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE10 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, B_CA_CODE Binary Conditional Access (CA) Code field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CA_CODE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, B_CA_IACTIVE © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 281 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Binary Conditional Access (CA) Interactive Advertising field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CA_IACTIVE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, B_CAPTION_MODE Binary Caption Mode field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CAPTION_MODE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_CHANNEL_GROUP Binary Channel Group field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CHANNEL_GROUP field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, B_CONTACT_CODE Binary Contact Code field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CONTACT_CODE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4 B_CONTROL_ID Binary Control ID field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CONTROL_ID field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, B_CUE_COUNTDOWN Binary EXT cue countdown field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the CUE_COUNTDOWN field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_CUE_WIN_POST_TIME Binary Cue Window Post Time field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CUE_WIN_POST_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400 B_CUE_WIN_PRE_TIME Binary Cue Window Preview Time field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CUE_WIN_PRE_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400 B_DELETE_DATE Binary Expire Date field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DELETE_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8600v4 B_DELETE_TIME Binary Expire Time field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DELETE _TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 282 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_DISABLE_UPD_ERROR Binary Disable Update Error field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the UPDATE_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, B_DSK_ALT_SRC Binary DSK Alternate Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_DSK_DURATION Binary DSK Duration field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_DSK_IN_TIME Binary DSK In Time field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK_IN_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Renamd to B_DSK1_TIMEOFS in A7500v4.05.00 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500v3, A8100, B_DSK_NUM Binary DSK Num field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK_NUM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_DSK_SEGMENT Binary DSK Segment field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_DSK1_TIME_OFS Binary DSK1 Time Offset field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK1_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, B_DSK1_SEGMENT to B_DSK4_SEGMENT This binary is included when the fields DSK1_SEGMENT to DSK4_SEGMENT DSK1_SOM to field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8600v4 B_DSK1_TYPE_MAT to B_DSK4_TYPE_MAT Optional field, automatically included if corresponding DSKn_TYPE_MAT field is included in Store.cfg Valid in Systems: A8600v4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 283 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files B_DSK_SOM Binary DSK Start of Message field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_DSK_SRC Binary DSK Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_DSK_TRANS Binary DSK Transition field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG. Renamed in A7500v4.05.00 to B_DSK1_TRANSITION Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_DSK_UPDATE_IGNORE Binary DSK Update Ignore field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_UPDATE_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_DSK1_CTRL This field has a fixed size of 1 characters and is included when the DSK_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_DSK1_ITEM Binary DSK Num field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_DSK1_TEXT_A Binary DSK 1 Text Field 1 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK1_TEXT_A field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, B_DSK1_TEXT_B Binary DSK 1 Text Field 2 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK1_TEXT_B field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, B_DSK1_TEXT_C Binary DSK 1 Text Field 3 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK1_TEXT_C field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, B_DSK1_TEXT_D © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 284 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Binary DSK 1 Text Field 4 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK1_TEXT_D field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, B_DSK1_TIME_OFS Binary DSK Time Offset field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK1_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_DSK1_TRANSITION Binary DSK Transition field. This field has a fixed size of 2 character and is included when the DSK_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_DSK1_UPD_IGNORE Binary DSK Update Ignore field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK1_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_DSK2_ALT_SRC Binary DSK 2 Alternate Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK2_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_DSK2_CTRL DSK2 Event, Control: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK2_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_DSK2_ITEM DSK2 Event, Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_DSK2_DURATION DSK2 Event, Duration type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK2_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_DSK2_SEGMENT DSK2 Event, Segment: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK2_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_DSK2_SOM DSK 2 Event, Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK2_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 285 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files B_DSK2_SRC DSK2 Event, Source: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_DSK2_TEXT_A Binary DSK 2 Text Field 1 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK2_TEXT_A field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, B_DSK2_TEXT_B Binary DSK 2 Text Field 2 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK2_TEXT_A field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, B_DSK2_TEXT_C Binary DSK 2 Text Field 3 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK2_TEXT_C field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, B_DSK2_TEXT_D Binary DSK 2 Text Field 4 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK2_TEXT_D field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, B_DSK2_TIME_OFS DSK2 Event, Time Offset: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK2_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_DSK2_TRANSITION DSK2 Event, Transition: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK2_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_DSK2_UPD_IGNORE DSK 2 Event, Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK2_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_DSK3_ALT_SRC Binary DSK 3 Alternate Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK3_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, B_DSK3_TEXT_A Binary DSK 3 Text Field 1 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK3_TEXT_A field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 286 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, B_DSK3_TEXT_B Binary DSK 3 Text Field 2 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK3_TEXT_B field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, B_DSK3_TEXT_C Binary DSK 3 Text Field 3 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK3_TEXT_C field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, B_DSK3_TEXT_D Binary DSK 3 Text Field 4 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK3_TEXT_D field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, B_DSK3_TRANSITION DSK3 Event, Transition: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK3_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_DSK4_ALT_SRC Binary DSK 4 Alternate Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK4_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, B_DSK4_TEXT_A Binary DSK 4 Text Field 1 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK4_TEXT_A field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, B_DSK4_TEXT_B Binary DSK 4 Text Field 2 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK4_TEXT_B field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, B_DSK4_TEXT_C Binary DSK 4 Text Field 3 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK4_TEXT_C field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, B_DSK4_TEXT_D Binary DSK 4 Text Field 4 Reference field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK4_TEXT_D field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, B_DSK4_TRANSITION © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 287 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files DSK4 Event, Transition: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK4_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_DSKn_TRANSITION Where n= 1-17 DSK1-17 Event, Transition: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK1-17_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_DURATION Binary Duration field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_DVER_PARMS_ID Binary DVER Parameters field. This field is included when the DVER_PARAMS_ID field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v4.16.00, A7500v5.00.00 B_EFFECT_ALT_SRC Binary Effect Alternate Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_EFFECT1_SEGMENT to B_EFFECT3_SEGMENT Binary field, automatically included if corresponding EFFECTn_SEGMENT field is included in Store.cfg Valid in Systems: A8600v4 B_EFFECT1_TYPE_MAT to B_EFFECT3_TYPE_MAT Ooptional binary field, automatically included if corresponding EFFECTn_TYPE_MAT field is included in Store.cfg. Valid in Systems: A8600v4 B_EFFECT1_CTRL Effect Control: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT1_DURATION Effect Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT1_ITEM Effect Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 288 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT1_SEGMENT Effect Segment: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT1_SOM Effect Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT1_SRC Effect Source: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT1_TIME_OFS Effect Time Offset: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT1_TRANSITION Effect Transition: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT1_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_EFFECT1_UPD_IGNORE Effect Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT2_ALT_SRC Binary Effect 2 Alternate Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT2_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 B_EFFECT2_CTRL Effect 2 Control: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT2_DURATION Effect 2 Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT2_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT2_ITEM © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 289 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect 2 Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT2_SEGMENT Effect 2 Segment: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT2_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT2_SOM Effect 2 Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT2_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT2_SRC Effect 2 Source: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT2_TIME_OFS Effect 2 Time Offset: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT2_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT2_UPD_IGNORE Effect 2 Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_EFFECT3_ALT_SRC Binary Effect 3 Alternate Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT3_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 B_EMBARGO_DATE Binary Embargo field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EMBARGO_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, B_EMBARGO_END_TIME Binary Embargo End Time field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EMBARGO_END_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, B_EMBARGO_START_TIME Binary Embargo Start Time field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EMBARGO_START_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 290 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files B_EMBARGO_TIME Binary Embargo Time field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EMBARGO_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A7800 B_END_TYPE Binary End Type field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the END_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_END_NETCUE Binary End Net Cue field. This field is included when the END_NETCUE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400 B_EPG_MODIFIED Binary Program information event modify time. This field is included when the EPG_MODIFIED field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 B_EXPIRE_DATE Binary Expire Date field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EXPIRE_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG. A7800v4.00.00: Renamed to B_Delete_Date Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8100, B_EXPIRE_TIME Binary Expire Time field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EXPIRE_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. A7800v4.00.00: Renamed to B_Delete_Date Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, B_FIX_START Binary FIX_START field. This field is included when the FIX_START field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 B_FIXED_TIME Binary Fixed Time field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FIXED_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_FOLLOW Binary Follow field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FOLLOW field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 291 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files B_FXLIST1_DURATION FXLIST 1 Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST1_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_FXLIST1_ITEM FXList 1 Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_FXLIST1_SOM Effect Playlist 1 Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST1_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_FXLIST1_UPD_IGNORE Effect Playlist 1 Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST1_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_IN_TIME Binary In Time field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the IN_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_ITEM Binary Item field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_LANGUAGE Binary Language field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the LANGUAGE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, B_LOGO Binary Logo field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the LOGO field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_LOGO_SEGMENT © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 292 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Binary Segment field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the LOGO_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_LOGO_SOM Binary Start of Message field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the LOGO_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_LOGO_SRC Binary Logo Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_LOGO_UPDATE_IGNORE Binary Update Ignore field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_UPDATE_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_LOGO1_ITEM Binary Logo field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the LOGO1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_LOGO1_SEGMENT to B_LOGO2_SEGMENT Optional binary field, automatically included if corresponding LOGOn_SEGMENT field is included in Store.cfg. Valid in Systems: A8600v4 B_LOGO1_TRANSITION Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_LOGO1_TYPE_MAT to B_LOGO2_TYPE_MAT Optional binary field, automatically included if corresponding LOGOn_TYPE_MAT field is included in Store.cfg. Valid in Systems: A8600v4 B_LOGO1_UPD_IGNORE Binary Update Ignore field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO1_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_LOGO2_CTRL Logo 2 Control: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_LOGO2_ITEM © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 293 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Logo 2 Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_LOGO2_SEGMENT Logo 2 Segment: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the LOGO2_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, B_LOGO2_SOM Logo 2 Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the LOGO2_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, B_LOGO2_SRC Logo 2 Source : Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, B_LOGO2_TRANSITION Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_LOGO2_UPDATE_IGNORE (B_LOGO2_UPD_IGNORE) Logo 2 Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, B_MAT_CREATE_DATE Binary Create Date field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the MATERIAL_CREATE_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8800 B_MAT_CREATE_TIME Binary Material Create Time field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the MATERIAL_CREATE_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8800, B_MAT_SOURCE Binary Material Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the MATERIAL_SOURCE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, B_MODIFIED Binary Modify Time field. This required field has a fixed size of 4 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_OUT_ARC_OR_AFD © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 294 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Binary Output Aspect Ratio or AFD field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OUT_ARC_OR_AFD field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 B_OUT_TIME Binary Output Time field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OUT_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_OVER_ALT_SRC Binary Over Alternate Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the OVER_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_OVER_DURATION Binary Over Duration field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_OVER_IN_TIME Binary Over in Time field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER_IN_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_OVER_ITEM Binary Over Time field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_OVER_LOOP Binary Over Loop field. This field has a optional fixed size of character and is included when the OVER_LOOP field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_OVER_SEGMENT Binary Over Segment field. This field has a optional fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_OVER_SOM Binary Over Start of Message field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_OVER_SRC Binary Over Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 295 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files B_OVER_TRANS Binary Over Transition field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_OVER_UPDATE_IGNORE Binary Over Update Ignore field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_UPDATE_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_OVER1_SEGMENT to B_OVER2_SEGMENT These fields are included when the OVERn_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: Valid in Systems: A8600v4 B_OVER1_TRANSITION Binary Over Transition field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the OVER_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_OVER1_TYPE_MAT to B_OVER2_TYPE_MAT Optional field, automatically included if corresponding OVERn_TYPE_MAT field included in Store.cfg. Valid in Systems: A8600v4 B_OVER1_UPD_IGNORE Binary Over Update Ignore field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER1_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_OVER2_ALT_SRC Binary Over2 Alternate Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the OVER2_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 B_OVER2_CTRL Over 2 Control: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_OVER2_DURATION Over 2 Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER2_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_OVER2_ITEM Over 2 Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 296 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_OVER2_LOOP Over 2 Loop: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_LOOP field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_OVER2_SEGMENT Over 2 Segment: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the OVER2_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_OVER2_SOM Over 2 Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER2_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_OVER2_SRC Over 2 Source: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_OVER2_TIME_OFS Over 2 Time Offset: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER2_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_OVER2_TRANSITION Over 2 Transition: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the OVER2_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_OVER2_UPD_IGNORE Over 2 Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 B_PDC_DATE Binary PDC Date field. This EPG-related field has a size of 4 characters and is included when the PDC_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 B_PDC_TIME Binary PDC Time field. This EPG-related field has a size of 4 characters and is included when the PDC_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 B_PDC_TYPE © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 297 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Binary PDC Type field. This EPG-related field has a size of 2 characters and is included when the PDC_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 B_PROGRAM_RATING Binary Program Rating field. This optional field is EPG-related and has a fixed size of 1 character. It can be included when the PROGRAM_RATING field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_PROGRAM_TYPE_1 Binary Program Type 1 field. This field is included when PROGRAM_TYPE_1 field appears in STORE.CFG Valid in Systems: A7500 B_PROGRAM_TYPE_2 Binary Program Type 2 field. This field is included when PROGRAM_TYPE_2 field appears in STORE.CFG Valid in Systems: A7500 B_PROT_DUR Binary Protection Duration field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the PROT_DUR field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_PROT_ITEM Binary Protection Item field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the PROT_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400 B_PROT_SEGMENT Binary Protection Segment field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the PROT_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600v4 B_PROT_SOM Binary Protection Start of Message field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the PROT_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400 B_PROT_TYPE_MAT (Optional) binary field. This field is automatically included if PROT_TYPE_MAT is included in store.cfg. Valid in Systems: A8600v4 B_PROT_UPDATE_IGNORE Binary Protection Update Ignore field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROT_UPDATE_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 298 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_RATING_D Binary Program Rating D field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROGRAM_RATING field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4 B_RATING_FV Binary Program Rating FV field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROGRAM_RATING field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_RATING_L Binary Program Rating L field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROGRAM_RATING field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_RATING_S Binary Program Rating S field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROGRAM_RATING field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_RATING_V Binary Program Rating V field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROGRAM_RATING field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_RELEASED Binary Released field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the RELEASED field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, B_SCHED_DATE Binary Schedule Date field. This EPG-related field has a size of 4 characters and is included when the SCHED_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 B_SCHED_TIME Binary Schedule Time field. This EPG-related field has a size of 4 characters and is included when the SCHED_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 B_SEC_ALT_SRC Binary Secondary Alternate Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the SEC_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_SEGMENT © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 299 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files This field is one characters long. It is included when the SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7800v4, A8600v4 B_SERVICE_ID Binary Service ID field. This EPG-related field has a size of 4 characters and is included when the SERVICE_ID field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 B_SETTING Binary Setting field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the SETTING field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, B_SIL_ENABLE1 Binary Silence Enable 1 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the SIL_ENABLE1 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_SIL_ENABLE2 Binary Silence Enable 2 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the SIL_ENABLE2 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_SIL_ENABLE3 Binary Silence Enable 3 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the SIL_ENABLE3 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_SIL_ENABLE4 Binary Silence Enable 4 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the SIL_ENABLE4 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_SIL_TIME Binary Silence Time field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the SIL_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_SPOOL_NUMBER Binary Spool Number field. This field is included when the SPOOL_NUMBER field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8100, B_SRC Binary Audio Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the AUDIO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 300 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files B_SRC_ARC_OR_AFD Binary Source Aspect Ratio or AFD field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the SRC_ARC_OR_AFD field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 B_START_DATE Binary Start Date field. This EPG-related field has a size of 4 characters and is included when the START_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 B_START_TIME Binary Start Time field. This EPG-related field has a size of 4 characters and is included when the START_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 B_START_TYPE Binary Start Type field. This field has a fixed size of 3 characters and is included when the START_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400, A7500, A7800v4, A8100, B_TEXT_ITEM Binary Text Item field. This field is included when the TEXT_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400 B_TEXT_SRC Binary Text Source field. This field is included when the TEXT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400 B_TIME_TYPE Binary Start Type field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the TIME_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG. A7800v4.11.00: Replaced by B_START_TYPE. Removed from / Invalid in: A7800 v4.11.00, B_TONE_PROG_ID This Binary field is included when TONE_PROG_ID is included. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_TONE_SPLICE_ID This Binary field is included when TONE_SPLICE_ID is included. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 B_TONE_SPLICE_TYPE This Binary field is included when TONE_SPLICE_TYPE is included. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 301 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files B_TRANS Binary Transition field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7500v5, A8100, A8600 B_TV_WIDTH Binary TV Width field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the TV_WIDTH field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, B_TXM_MACRO_TYPE1 Binary Text Macro field. This binary time offset field is included when the TXM_MACRO_TYPE1 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500 B_TXM_MACRO_TYPE2 Binary Text Macro field. This binary time offset field is included when the TXM_MACRO_TYPE2 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500 B_TXM_MACRO_TYPE3 Binary Text Macro field. This binary time offset field is included when the TXM_MACRO_TYPE3 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500 B_TXM_MACRO_TYPE4 Binary Text Macro field. This binary time offset field is included when the TXM_MACRO_TYPE4 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500 B_TYPE_MATERIAL Binary Type Material field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the TYPE_MATERIAL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, B_TYPE_MATERIALX Binary Type Material field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the TYPE_MATERIAL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7800v4, A8600v4 B_UPDATE_IGNORE Binary Update Ignore field. This field has a fixed size of 2-characters and is included when the UPDATE_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8100, B_VCTRL Binary Video Control field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the VIDEO_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 302 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_VIDEO_ITEM Binary Video Item field. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the VIDEO_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_VPS_DATE Binary VPS date field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the VPS_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_VPS_TIME BinaryVPS time field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the VPS_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_VPS_YOUTH BinaryVPS youth field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the VPS_YOUTH field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, B_VSRC Binary Video Source field. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the VIDEO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, BACKUP_SERVER This optional field contains the network name of the backup server for copy after record operations. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 BACKUP_SERVER_NAME Backup Server Name. Used to enable support for the event specified backup server. To ensure it is accessible in event displays, this field is added to DISPLAY.TBL and EVENTWIN.TBL on the automation system and to DALSTATION.INI. Valid in Systems: A6800, A8000, BARKER Barker (0-9, A-F, L) or Contact (U-Z). This optional field has a fixed size of 1 character. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BARKER field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BARKER Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, Removed from / Invlaid in: A7400 v4.00.00.00 BARKER_STATE © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 303 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Barker State. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: Removed from/Invalid in: A7400 v4.00.00.00, A7500v3.144.00, A7500v4.07.00, A8000v3.80.00, A8100v3.58.00, A8200v3.56.00, A8400v3.56.00, A8500v3.80.00, A8600v3.58.00 BEGIN_NETCUE Begin NetCue. This optional field is present only if: 1. There is no STORE.CFG file in the D-MAS DATA directory 2. The STORE.CFG file explicitly names the fields Implied Field: The following field is included when the BARKER field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BEGIN_NETCUE Valid in Systems: A7410, A8200, A8400, BEGIN_NETCUE_FLAG Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400 BREAK_RLYS Commercial Break Relay Control. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. • ‘O’: Pulse commercial break relay 1 at commercial break time 1 before the event is due and pulse commercial break relay 2 at commercial break time 2 before the event is due. • ‘I’: Pulse commercial break relay 3 at commercial break time 3 before the event is due and pulse commercial break relay 4 at commercial break time 4 before the event is due. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, BRKSEQ_ERR Break Sequence Error field. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, BUP_ASRUN Backup source as-run status. This is configurable field has a character size of 1. It requires that the BUP_SRC field be included in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following fields are included when the BUP_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG: • BUP_ASRUN_CTRL • BUP_ASRUN_UID Valid in Systems: A7500v4 BUP_ASRUN_CTRL Backup source as-run control. This implied field has a character size of 1. It is included when the BUP_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG. It also requires the the BUP_SRC field be included in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 304 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files BUP_ASRUN_UID This implied field has a character size of 12. It is included when the BUP_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG. It also requires the the BUP_SRC field be included in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 BUP_DEVICE_DURATION Backup Device Duration. The field is configurable and set to the loaded duration of the backup sources. This field is only supported for the XM3000 show control type, for other control types the field is set to blank. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400 BUP_SPOOL_NUMBER Backup Spool Number. This field has a fixed size of 16 characters and is included when the BUP_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, BUP_SRC Backup Source. This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. It enables the DALstation sticky scheduled backup status display (either by an entry in the “store.cfg” file, or because “store.cfg” has been omitted). The sticky shared backup status display also requires that at least one shared backup group has been configured (a shared backup server with at least one associated backup source). Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the BUP_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • BUP_ASRUN • BUP_SPOOL_NUMBER • BUP_SRC_AVERR • BUP_SRC_CTRL • BUP_SRC_ERROR • BUP_SRC_ITEM_AVERR • BUP_SRC_TIMECODE • BUP_SRC_TS Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400 BUP_SRC_AVERR Backup Src Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUP_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, BUP_SRC_CTRL Backup Source Control. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUP_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUP_SRC_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 305 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • B_BUP_SRC_CTRL Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, BUP_SRC_CTRL_DONE Backup Source Control Done. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, BUP_SRC_ERROR Backup Source Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUP_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. It is set if the backup source has source error. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, BUP_SRC_ITEM_AVERR Backup Source Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUP_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, BUP_SRC_TIMECODE Backup Source Timecode. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the BUP_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, BUP_SRC_TS Backup Source Transport Status. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the BUP_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, BUS_ASRUN# (Where # = nothing, 2, 3, 4) Bus machine as-run status for # = nothing, 2, 3, 4. These configurable fields have a size of 1 character. Impiled Field: These corresponding fields are included when the BUS_ASRUN# fields appear in STORE.CFG • BUS_ASRUN_CTRL# (Where # = nothing, 2, 3, 4) Valid in Systems: A7500v4 BUS_ASRUN_CTRL# (Where # = nothing, 2, 3, 4) Bus machine as-run control for # = nothing, 2, 3, 4. These implied fields have a size of 1 character. The corresponding fields are included when the BUS_ASRUN# fields appear in STORE.CFG Valid in Systems: A7500v4 BUS_CTRL Bus machine control 1 field. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. If this field is not included in store.cfg, all relevant bus machine controls are carried out. This field is used to override the default control for the bus machine. It must contain a character defined in the source control specification table, or it may be blank. Each character specifies a combination of the following types of machine control: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 306 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • cue • ready • pre-roll • start (record) • stop • delayed-stop If this field is blank, the system uses the default machine control specified for the bus in the Bus Specification table. Included Fields: The following fields are automatically included when the BUS_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUS_CTRL • BUS_CTRL_FLAG • RECORD_STATUS Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7410, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUS_CTRL_FLAG Bus Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00, A7500 v3.08.00 BUS_CTRL2 Bus machine control 2 field. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. If this field is not included in store.cfg, all relevant bus machine controls are carried out. This field is used to override the default control for the second bus machine. It must contain a character defined in the source control specification table, or it may be blank. Each character specifies a combination of the following types of machine control: • cue • ready • pre-roll • start (record) • stop • delayed-stop If this field is blank, the system uses the default machine control specified for the bus in the Bus Specification table. Included Fields: The following fields are automatically included when the BUS_CTRL2 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUS_CTRL2 • BUS_CTRL2_FLAG • RECORD_STATUS2 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00, A7500 v3.08.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 307 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files BUS_CTRL2_FLAG Bus Control 2 Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_CTRL2 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00, A7500 v3.08.00 BUS_CTRL3 Bus machine control 3 field. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. If this field is not included in store.cfg, all relevant bus machine controls are carried out. This field is used to override the default control for the third bus machine. It must contain a character defined in the source control specification table, or it may be blank. Each character specifies a combination of the following types of machine control: • cue • ready • pre-roll • start (record) • stop • delayed-stop If this field is blank, the system uses the default machine control specified for the bus in the Bus Specification table. Included Fields: The following fields are automatically included when the BUS_CTRL3 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUS_CTRL3 • BUS_CTRL3_FLAG • RECORD_STATUS3 Valid in Systems: A7500, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00, A7500 v3.08.00 BUS_CTRL3_FLAG Bus Control 3 Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_CTRL3 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00, A7500 v3.08.00 BUS_CTRL4 Bus machine control 4 field. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. If this field is not included in store.cfg, all relevant bus machine controls are carried out. This field is used to override the default control for the fourth bus machine. It must contain a character defined in the source control specification table, or it may be blank. Each character specifies a combination of the following types of machine control: • cue • ready © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 308 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • pre-roll • start (record) • stop • delayed-stop If this field is blank, the system uses the default machine control specified for the bus in the Bus Specification table. Included Fields: The following fields are automatically included when the BUS_CTRL4 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUS_CTRL4 • BUS_CTRL4_FLAG • RECORD_STATUS4 Valid in Systems: A7500, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00, A7500 v3.08.00 BUS_CTRL4_FLAG Bus Control 4 Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_CTRL4 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00, A7500 v3.08.00 BUS_ITEM Bus item 1 field. This required field has a variable size of 32 characters. Included Fields: The following fields are automatically included when the BUS_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUS_ITEM • BUS_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8800, BUS_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR Bus Item 1 Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7400 v4.00.00.00 BUS_ITEM_AVERR Bus Item 1 Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7800v4, A8100v4, A8600v4 BUS_ITEM2 Bus Item 2 field. This required field has a variable size of 32 characters. Included Fields: The following fields are automatically included when the BUS_ITEM2 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUS_ITEM2 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 309 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • BUS_ITEM2_AVAIL_ERR Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8200, A8400 BUS_ITEM2_AVAIL_ERR Bus Item 2 Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_ITEM2 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, BUS_ITEM2_AVERR Bus Item 2 Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_ITEM2 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8100v4, A8600v4 BUS_ITEM3 Bus Item 3 field. This required field has a variable size of 32 characters. Included Fields: The following fields are automatically included when the BUS_ITEM3 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUS_ITEM3 • BUS_ITEM3_AVAIL_ERR Valid in Systems: A7500, BUS_ITEM3_AVAIL_ERR Bus Item 3 Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_ITEM3 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, BUS_ITEM3_AVERR Bus Item 3 Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_ITEM3 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8100v4, A8600v4 BUS_ITEM4 Bus item 4 field. This required field has a variable size of 32 characters. Included Fields: The following fields are automatically included when the BUS_ITEM4 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUS_ITEM4 • BUS_ITEM4_AVAIL_ERR Valid in Systems: A7500, BUS_ITEM4_AVAIL_ERR Bus Item 4 Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_ITEM4 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, BUS_ITEM4_AVERR Bus Item 4 Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_ITEM4 field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 310 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8100v4, A8600v4 BUS_ITEM5 Bus item 5 field. This required field has a variable size of 32 characters. Included Fields: The following fields are automatically included when the BUS_ITEM5 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUS_ITEM5 • BUS_ITEM5_AVAIL_ERR Valid in Systems: A7500, BUS_ITEM5_AVAIL_ERR Bus Item 5 Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_ITEM5 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, BUS_ITEM5_AVERR Bus Item 5 Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_ITEM5 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4 BUS_SOM Bus SOM (hh:mm:ss:ff) This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUS_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUS_SOM Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, BUSGPO_ENABLE1 Bus GPO 1 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE1 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE1 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSGPO_ENABLE2 Bus GPO 2 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 311 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE2 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE2 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSGPO_ENABLE3 Bus GPO 3 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE3 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE3 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSGPO_ENABLE4 Bus GPO 4 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE4 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE4 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSGPO_ENABLE5 Bus GPO 5 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE5 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE5 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSGPO_ENABLE6 Bus GPO 6 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 312 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE6 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE6 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSGPO_ENABLE7 Bus GPO 7 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE7 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE7 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSGPO_ENABLE8 Bus GPO 8 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE8 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE8 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSGPO_ENABLE9 Bus GPO 9 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE9 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE9 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSGPO_ENABLE10 Bus GPO 10 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 313 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE10 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE10 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSGPO_ENABLE11 Bus GPO 11 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE11 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE11 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSGPO_ENABLE12 Bus GPO 12 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE12 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE12 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSGPO_ENABLE13 Bus GPO 13 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE13 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE13 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSGPO_ENABLE14 Bus GPO 14 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 314 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE14 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE14 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A8100, A8600 BUSGPO_ENABLE15 Bus GPO 15 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE15 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE15 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSGPO_ENABLE16 Bus GPO 16 Enable (E, D, or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. It is used to Enable/Disable GPO on an event-by-event basis. • ‘E’ enable the GPO, • ‘D’ disable the GPO, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSGPO_ENABLE16 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSGPO_ENABLE16 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, BUSTALLY_ENABLE01 Bus Tally 1 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. • ‘E’ enable the Tally, • ‘D’ disable the Tally, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE1 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE1 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, BUSTALLY_ENABLE02 Bus Tally 2 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. • ‘E’ enable the Tally, • ‘D’ disable the Tally, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 315 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE2 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE2 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, BUSTALLY_ENABLE03 Bus Tally 3 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. • ‘E’ enable the Tally, • ‘D’ disable the Tally, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE3 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE3 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, BUSTALLY_ENABLE04 Bus Tally 4 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. • ‘E’ enable the Tally, • ‘D’ disable the Tally, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE4 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE4 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, BUSTALLY_ENABLE05 Bus Tally 5 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. • ‘E’ enable the Tally, • ‘D’ disable the Tally, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE5 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE5 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, BUSTALLY_ENABLE06 Bus Tally 6 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. • ‘E’ enable the Tally, • ‘D’ disable the Tally, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 316 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE6 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE6 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, BUSTALLY_ENABLE07 Bus Tally 7 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. • ‘E’ enable the Tally, • ‘D’ disable the Tally, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE7 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE7 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, BUSTALLY_ENABLE08 Bus Tally 8 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. • ‘E’ enable the Tally, • ‘D’ disable the Tally, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE8 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE8 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, BUSTALLY_ENABLE09 Bus Tally 9 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. • ‘E’ enable the Tally, • ‘D’ disable the Tally, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE9 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE9 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, BUSTALLY_ENABLE10 Bus Tally 10 Enable (E, D or ‘blank’). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. • ‘E’ enable the Tally, • ‘D’ disable the Tally, • ‘ ‘ default to disable value. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 317 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the BUSTALLY_ENABLE10 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_BUSTALLY_ENABLE10 Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, BUSTALLY_STATUS01 Bus Tally 1 Status. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A8100, BUSTALLY_STATUS02 Bus Tally 2 Status. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A8100, BUSTALLY_STATUS03 Bus Tally 3 Status. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A8100, BUSTALLY_STATUS04 Bus Tally 4 Status. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A8100, BUSTALLY_STATUS05 Bus Tally 5 Status. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A8100, BUSTALLY_STATUS06 Bus Tally 6 Status. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A8100, BUSTALLY_STATUS07 Bus Tally 7 Status. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A8100, BUSTALLY_STATUS08 Bus Tally 8 Status. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A8100, BUSTALLY_STATUS09 Bus Tally 9 Status. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A8100, BUSTALLY_STATUS10 Bus Tally 10 Status. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A8100, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 318 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files C CA_CODE Conditional Access (CA) Code. This required field has a variable size of 20 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA_CODE appears in STORE.CFG: • B_CA_CODE Valid in Systems: A7500, A7500v5, A8100v4 CA_FLAG Conditional Access (CA) Control Done Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A7500v3, Removed From / Invalid In: A7500 v4.00.05 CA_IACTIVE Conditional Access (CA) Interactive Advertising (I, ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and may be left blank to indicate material. ‘blank’ = non-interactive. If the material is non-interactive (CA_IACTIVE left blank), the first four characters of the CA Code are changed from 1111 to 0000. I= interactive material. If the material is interactive (CA_IACTIVE=I), the first four characters of the CA Code will be changed from 1111 to 0001. When the CA_IACTIVE field exists and the system.cfg option INSERT_CA_CODE is enabled and an event contains a CA Code starting with 1111 If this field is present, the ESS Tension and Start Message “Event Key” field contains the Automation (long) Event Number, and the “Schedule” field contains the CA Code only . If this field is not present, • The “Event Key” field is set to the CA Code field, and the “Schedule” field is unused. • Defaults to the original behavior of creating a random CA Code based on the time. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA_IACTIVE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_CA_IACTIVE Valid in Systems: A7500, A7600, A8100v4 CA1_DATA Conditional Access (CA) 1 Data (value: Less than or equal to 1024). This field has a configurable variable size of 256 characters. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the CA1_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA1_DATA_LEN • CA1_DONE_FLAG © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 319 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, CA1_DATA_LEN Conditional Access (CA) 1 Data Length. This field has a fixed size of 3 characters and is included when the CA1_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA1_DATA_LEN field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA1_DATA_LEN_B Valid in Systems: A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, CA1_DATA_LEN_B Conditional Access (CA) 1 Data Length B. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the CA1_DATA_LEN field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8000, CA1_DONE_FLAG Conditional Access (CA) 1 Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CA1_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400 CA1_TIME_OFS Conditional Access (CA) 1 Time Offset. This field has a configurable fixed size of 12 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA1_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA1_TIME_OFS_B Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA1_TIME_OFS_B Conditional Access (CA) Time Offset 1 B. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the CA1_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA1_TYPE Conditional Access (CA) 1 Type. This field has a configurable fixed size of 4 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA1_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA1_TYPE_B Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA1_TYPE_B Conditional Access (CA) Type 1 B. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CA1_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA2_DATA © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 320 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Conditional Access (CA) 2 Data. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 256 characters. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the CA2_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA2_DATA_LEN • CA2_DONE_FLAG Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, CA2_DATA_LEN Conditional Access (CA) 2 Data Length. This field has a fixed size of 3 characters and is included when the CA2_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA2_DATA_LEN field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA2_DATA_LEN_B Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, CA2_DATA_LEN_B Conditional Access (CA) 2 Data Length B. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the CA2_DATA_LEN field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8000, CA2_DONE_FLAG Conditional Access (CA) 2 Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CA2_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400 CA2_TIME_OFS Conditional Access (CA) 2 Time Offset. This field has a configurable fixed size of 12 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA2_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA2_TIME_OFS_B Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA2_TIME_OFS_B Conditional Access (CA) Time Offset 2 B. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the CA2_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA2_TYPE Conditional Access (CA) 2 Type. This field has a configurable fixed size of 4 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA2_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA2_TYPE_B Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 321 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files CA2_TYPE_B Conditional Access (CA) Type 2 B. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CA2_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA3_DATA Conditional Access (CA) 3 Data. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 256 characters. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the CA3_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA3_DATA_LEN • CA3_DONE_FLAG Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, CA3_DATA_LEN Conditional Access (CA) 3 Data Length. This field has a fixed size of 3 characters and is included when the CA3_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA3_DATA_LEN field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA3_DATA_LEN_B Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, CA3_DATA_LEN_B Conditional Access (CA) 3 Data Length B. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the CA3_DATA_LEN field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100 CA3_DONE_FLAG Conditional Access (CA) 3 Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CA3_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400 CA3_TIME_OFS Conditional Access (CA) 3 Time Offset. This field has a configurable fixed size of 12 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA3_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA3_TIME_OFS_B Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA3_TIME_OFS_B CA Time Offset 3 B. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the CA3_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA3_TYPE © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 322 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Conditional Access (CA) 3 Type. This field has a configurable fixed size of 4 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA3_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA3_TYPE_B Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA3_TYPE_B Conditional Access (CA) Type 3 B. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CA3_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA4_DATA Conditional Access (CA) 4 Data. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 256 characters. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the CA4_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA4_DATA_LEN • CA4_DONE_FLAG Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, CA4_DATA_LEN Conditional Access (CA) 4 Data Length. This field has a fixed size of 3 characters and is included when the CA4_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA4_DATA_LEN field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA4_DATA_LEN_B Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, CA4_DATA_LEN_B Conditional Access (CA) 4 Data Length B. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the CA4_DATA_LEN field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8000, CA4_DONE_FLAG Conditional Access (CA) 4 Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CA4_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400 CA4_TIME_OFS Conditional Access (CA) 4 Time Offset. This field has a configurable fixed size of 12 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA4_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA4_TIME_OFS_B Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 323 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files CA4_TIME_OFS_B Conditional Access (CA) Time Offset 4 B. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the CA4_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA4_TYPE Conditional Access (CA) 4 Type. This field has a configurable fixed size of 4 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA4_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA4_TYPE_B Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA4_TYPE_B Conditional Access (CA) Type 4 B. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CA4_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA5_DATA Conditional Access (CA) 5 Data. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 256 characters. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the CA5_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA5_DATA_LEN • CA5_DONE_FLAG Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400 CA5_DATA_LEN Conditional Access (CA) 5 Data Length. This field has a fixed size of 3 characters and is included when the CA5_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA5_DATA_LEN field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA5_DATA_LEN_B Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400 CA5_DATA_LEN_B Conditional Access (CA) 5 Data Length B. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the CA5_DATA_LEN field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100 CA5_DONE_FLAG Conditional Access (CA) 5 Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CA5_DATA field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400 CA5_TIME_OFS © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 324 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Conditional Access (CA) 5 Time Offset. This field has a configurable fixed size of 12 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA5_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA5_TIME_OFS_B Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA5_TIME_OFS_B Conditional Access (CA) Time Offset 5 B. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the CA5_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA5_TYPE Conditional Access (CA) 5 Type. This field has a configurable fixed size of 4 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CA5_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG: • CA5_TYPE_B Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CA5_TYPE_B Conditional Access (CA) Type 5 B. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the CA5_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8200, A8400, CACHE_PRIORITY The CACHE_PRIORITY field can be used to specify the priority of the archive operation. Specify one of the following values: • blank (for normal priority), • LOW • HIGH • URG (the highest priority). Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.04.00. CAPTION_MODE Closed Caption Mode. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid entries are: • Blank = live • S = normal • W = embedded • U = unknown (Note: The SwiftTX interface will not query items with caption mode U for availability.) Implied Field: The following field is included when the CAPTION_MODE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_CAPTION_MODE © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 325 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 CAPTION_TYPE Type (language) of closed captioning broadcast. This field has a size of 3 characters. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 CHANNEL_GROUP This optional field contains a single ASCII character code identifying an automation playout channel or range of channels. Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. The contents of this text field are used to indicate a playout channel or a group of channels the item being recorded should normally be scheduled on. • Specifying an arbitrary ASCII character code (A to Z, 0 to 9) in this field for a record bus event indicates the item should be scheduled for play out on a specific channel or a group of channels identified by the code. • Omitting this field or leaving it blank indicates that the “channel group” feature is not to be used, meaning the item can be scheduled for play out on any channel. • Any other value is invalid, and treated as error. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CHANNEL_GROUP field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_CHANNEL_GROUP Valid in Systems: A6800, A7500v4, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600, A8800 CLOSED_CAPTION_TYPE Type (language) of closed captioning broadcast This EPG-related field has a character size of 3. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 COMMENT1 Event Title. (For EPG: Program Published Title.) This required field has a variable size of 60 characters. This field may contain UTF8-encoded Unicode text. The D-MAS console does not provide any mechanism for entering / viewing UTF8encoded text as Unicode. Characters that require a multi-byte UTF-8 encoding appear as a combination of box drawing elements and special characters on the DMAS console. Implied Field: The following field is included when the COMMENT1 field appears in STORE.CFG: • DBQUERY_COMMENT1 (DBQUERY_TITLE) In A7500v4: COMMENT1 changed to TITLE. DBQUERY_COMMENT1 changed to DBQUERY_TITLE. A7800v4.00.00, A8400v4.02.00: Renamed to TITLE. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8600v3, A8800 Removed from / Invalid in: A7400 v4.00.00.00, A8400v4.02.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 326 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files COMMENT2 Comments. (For EPG: Program Brief Description.) This required field has a variable size of 60 characters. This field may contain UTF8-encoded Unicode text. - The D-MAS console does not provide any mechanism for entering / viewing UTF8-encoded text as Unicode. Characters that require a multi-byte UTF-8 encoding appear as a combination of box drawing elements and special characters on the D-MAS console. - In A7500v4: COMMENT2 changed to COMMENTS. A7800v4.00.00, A8400v4.02.00: Renamed to COMMENTS. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8600v3 Removed from / Invalid in: A7400 v4.00.00.00, A8400v4.02.00 COMMENTS Comments. (For EPG: Program Brief Description.) This required field has a variable size of 60 characters. This field may contain UTF8-encoded Unicode text. - The D-MAS console does not provide any mechanism for entering / viewing UTF8-encoded text as Unicode. Characters that require a multi-byte UTF-8 encoding appear as a combination of box drawing elements and special characters on the D-MAS console. - In A7500v4: COMMENT2 changed to COMMENTS. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7800v4, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8600v4 CONFIRM This optional field contains CONF to force the operator to accept or reject the recording upon completion. Also delimits the end of a record group. If left blank, the recording is automatically accepted. Confirm field. If this field is not configured, a recorded clip is automatically accepted after a manual take (take next or take default) that ends the recording of the clip. Valid in Systems: A7500, A7500v4, A6800, A8100v4, A8600v4, A8800, CONTACT_CODE Contact Closure (A-F). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CONTACT_CODE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_CONTACT_CODE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4 CONTACT_FLAG Contact Control Done Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, CONTROL_ID Control Cubicle ID. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. This field is used to generate a compressed sports display on DALstation. When compressed, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 327 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files all sequential events containing matching CONTROL_ID values are combined and displayed as a single line. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CONTROL_ID field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_CONTROL_ID Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, CUE_COUNTDOWN Cue countdown time. This required field has a fixed size of 5 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CUE_COUNTDOWN field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_CUE_COUNTDOWN Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, CUE_WIN_POST_TIME Cue window post time. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CUE_WIN_POST_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_CUE_WIN_POST_TIME Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400. CUE_WIN_PRE_TIME Cue window pre time. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the CUE_WIN_PRE_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_CUE_WIN_PRE_TIME Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400. D DATA_ERR Data Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DATE Implied Field: The following field is included when the DATE field appears in STORE.CFG: • UTC_DATE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DAY Event Day of Week. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DB_ENTIRE_DURATION © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 328 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files (11 characters) If specified, DB_ENTIRE_INTIME and DB_ENTIRE_DURATION are used to show SOM and Duration of an entire clip at DALstation event. Also they will enable to query of additional fields and to compare boundaries of the segment and the entire clip Note: Both fields are required for comparison of segment boundaries to determine if the entire clip was carried out. Valid in Systems: A7500v5.17, A8100v5 DB_ENTIRE_INTIME (11 characters) If specified, DB_ENTIRE_INTIME and DB_ENTIRE_DURATION are used to show SOM and Duration of an entire clip at DALstation event. Also they will enable to query of additional fields and to compare boundaries of the segment and the entire clip Note: Both fields are required for comparison of segment boundaries to determine if the entire clip was carried out. Valid in Systems: A7500v5.17, A8100v5 DBASE_QUERY_DATE Date of last database query. This required field has a fixed size of 4 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DBASE_QUERY_DURATION Database Duration. This required field has a fixed size of 4 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DBASE_QUERY_FLAG Database query done flag field. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DBASE_QUERY_IN_TIME Database In Time. This required field has a fixed size of 4 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DBASE_QUERY_TIME Time of last database query. This required field has a fixed size of 4 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DBASE_QUERY_TITLE Database Abbreviated Title. This required field has a variable size of up to 24 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7410, A7500, A8100, A8200 DBASE_TITLE Audio Abbreviated Title. This required field has a variable size of up to 24 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7410, A7500, A8100, DBQ_AUDIO_MODE_n (Where n= 1, 2, 3, 4) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 329 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Query fields for audio channel mode. These fields will not be automatically included in the store when the associated audio track is included – each field must be configured individually in store.cfg. The audio channel mode fields are now supported for querying the values via serial port or D-AIS. The audio channel mode data is retrieved with the other item data, and is saved in the associated DBQUERY fields. The audio channel mode 1 – 8 can be retrieved via serial port, but only mode 1 – 4 can be retrieved via D-AIS. Cache window will also display item’s audio channel mode data queried from D-AIS or via serial port. Valid in Systems: A8000, A7500v4 DBQ_TYPE_MATERIAL Hold the type of material value queried from the main event source. The event field TYPE_MATERIAL is updated from the new database query field manually (CTRL-F3) or automatically. Valid in Systems: A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600 DBQUERY_AGENCY_CODE Database Agency Code. This optional field has a variable size of 32 characters and is included when the ACENCY_CODE field appears in STORE.CFG. This parameter stores the agency code field data that is returned as part of an item availability database data query. To enable support for the agency code, enter this parameter with the same size setting as AGENCY_CODE. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, A8800, DBQUERY_ARC_OR_AFD Database ARC or AFD. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters and can be included when the SRC_ARC_OR_AFD field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8100v4, A8600v4, A8800 DBQUERY_AUDIO_MODE_1 New query fields for audio channel mode 1. The field is not automatically included in the store when the associated audio track is included – it must be configured individually in store.cfg (as are all other DBQUERY fields). Valid in Systems: A8000 DBQUERY_AUDIO_MODE_2 New query fields for audio channel mode 2. The field is not automatically included in the store when the associated audio track is included – it must be configured individually in store.cfg (as are all other DBQUERY fields). Valid in Systems: A7800v4 DBQUERY_AUDIO_MODE_3 New query fields for audio channel mode 3. The field is not automatically included in the store when the associated audio track is included – it must be configured individually in store.cfg (as are all other DBQUERY fields). Valid in Systems: A7800v4 DBQUERY_AUDIO_MODE_4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 330 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files New query fields for audio channel mode 4. The field is not automatically included in the store when the associated audio track is included – it must be configured individually in store.cfg (as are all other DBQUERY fields). Valid in Systems: A7800v4 DBQUERY_CHANNEL_GROUP_ERROR (Same as DBQUERY_GRP_ERR) Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, DBQUERY_CHN_GRP Database Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. This field is used to display the item channel group code (A to Z, 0 to 9). To make it visible is visible in event displays, add it to DISPLAY.TBL and or EVENTWIN.TBL. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A7800, A6800, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 DBQUERY_COMMENT1 Database Event Title. This field has a variable configurable size of 66 characters and can be included when the COMMENT1 (TITLE) field appears in STORE.CFG. This is the long title of the main (video) event, available from the database information for the event. This may be done directly via a cache or item query, or indirectly through D-AIS. If the DATABASE_MODE parameter in SYSTEM.TBL is set to AUTO (rather than MANUAL), the information in the DBQUERY_COMMENT1 (DBQUERY_TITLE) field may be copied into the COMMENT1 (TITLE) field of the event. (This also depend on the value of the UPDATE_IGNORE field.) This field may contain UTF8-encoded Unicode text. The D-MAS console does not provide any mechanism for entering viewing UTF8-encoded text as Unicode. Any characters that require a multi-byte UTF-8 encoding appear as combination of box drawing elements and special characters on the D-MAS console. In A7500v4: DBQUERY_COMMENT1 changed to DBQUERY_TITLE. COMMENT1 changed to TITLE. A7800v4.00.00: Renamed to DBQUERY_TITLE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A6800, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600v3, A8800, DBQUERY_GRP_ERR Database Group Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. This field is used to display the text “Not Group Member” in the color red, in all scheduled events specifying video server items, if the play out bus does not belong to the item’s channel group. • The DALstation software is enhanced to display a unique icon when the DBQuery Channel Group Error field indicates an error (material scheduled on wrong bus). • To make it visible is visible in event displays, add it to DISPLAY.TBL and or EVENTWIN.TBL. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A7800, A6800, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 331 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files DBQUERY_QC_STATUS The QC Status field for an event integrates the handling of events with material that has a bad QC status, has not been released, or belongs to the wrong channel group. This field is only applicable where there is a NEXIO and QuiC combination. Note: This feature requires a version of D-AIS that supports it, if query through D-AIS is enabled. This parameter contains the NEXIO QuiC status information. This single character field is updated similar to other fields containing metadata and can have the following values: Value Description Blank QuiC status is not applicable, corresponding to a non-NEXIO source or when no QuiC is installed U QuiC status is unknown, corresponding to NEXIO or D-AIS values None, Pending, or Analyzing P QuiC status is Passed, meaning the clip is good F QuiC status is Failed, meaning the clip is bad Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4, A8600v4 DBQUERY_RELEASED Database Released Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. When this field is enabled, the text “Not Released” is displayed in the color red, in events specifying items that are in the “not released” state. • When an item is in the “not released” state, the unique DALstation icon is used to indicate an error (material not released). • To make it visible is visible in event displays, add it to DISPLAY.TBL and or EVENTWIN.TBL. Valid in Systems: A6500, A6800, A7500, A8200, A8400, A8600, A8800 DBQUERY_SOURCE_ASPECT_RATIO_OR_AFD The aspect ratio or, more correctly, the active format descriptor of the source material. This AFD field corresponds to the Source_Aspect_Ratio or AFD field. If the event configuration includes this field, it is populated with the TV Width code for the item specified in the event. To make it visible in event displays add this to DISPLAY.TBL and/or EVENTWIN.TBL. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A6800, A8800 DBQUERY_TITLE Database Event Title. This field has a variable configurable size of 60 characters and can be included when the COMMENT1 (TITLE) field appears in STORE.CFG. This is the long title of the main (video) event, available from the database information for the event. This may be done directly via a cache or item query, or indirectly through D-AIS. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 332 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files If the DATABASE_MODE parameter in SYSTEM.TBL is set to AUTO (rather than MANUAL), the information in the DBQUERY_COMMENT1 (DBQUERY_TITLE) field may be copied into the COMMENT1 (TITLE) field of the event. (This also depend on the value of the UPDATE_IGNORE field.) In A7500v4: DBQUERY_COMMENT1 changed to DBQUERY_TITLE. COMMENT1 changed to TITLE. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8600v4 DELETE_FLAG This optional field contains a D to request deletion of the recording after an archive/copy operation completes. If deletion is not required, the field should be left blank. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DELETE_DATE Expire Date (dd/mm/yy). This required field has a fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DELETE_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DELETE_DATE Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8600v4, DELETE_TIME Expire Time (hh:mm:ss). This required field has a fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DELETE_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_ DELETE _TIME Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A7800v4, A8000v4, A8100, A8600 DEVICE_DURATION Device Duration. The field is set to the loaded duration of the main sources. This field is only supported for the XM3000 show control type, for other control types the field is be set to blank. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400 DISABLE_UPDATE_ERROR Update Error Ignore Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. • By entering ‘D’ into the DISABLE_UPDATE_ERROR field for a given event, data discrepancies for the event will not be flagged. • If the field is left blank, then data discrepancy flagging will occur as usual. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000, A8100, A8200 DSK_ADUR Actual duration of a DSK sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 333 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files DSK_ALT_SRC Secondary Event, Alternate Source. (Source Type: DSK) This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. This alternate source field sets caching for the corresponding item. If this field is: • Included, caching is occurs for the corresponding item. • Omitted, the corresponding item is not cached, even though the item appears in the cache list and item availability checking uses information from the cache list. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK_ALT_SRC Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_ATIME_OFS Actual time offset of a DSK sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 DSK_AVAIL_ERR DSK Src Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 characters and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Renamed in A7500v4.05.00 to DSK1_AVERR Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_BCTRL This field has a fixed size of 1 characters and is included when the DSK_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Renamed in A7500v4.05.00 to B_DSK1_CTRL Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8000 DSK_CTRL Secondary Event, Source Control. This field has a fixed size of 1 characters and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG: • DSK_BCTRL Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_DB_TITLE Secondary Event, Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of 16 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_DBQ_CHN_GRP © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 334 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Secondary Database Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, DSK_DBQ_GRP_ERR Secondary Database Group Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, DSK_DBQ_RELEASED Secondary Database Released Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600 DSK_DBQUERY_DUR Secondary Database Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Renamed in A7500v4.05.00 to DSK1_DBQ_DUR Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_DBQUERY_FLAG Secondary Database Query Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Renamed in A7500v4.05.00 to DSK1_DBQ_FLAG Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_DBQUERY_SOM Secondary Database SOM. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Renamed in A7500v4.05.00 to DSK1_DBQ_SOM Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_DBQUERY_TITLE Secondary Database Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of 16 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Renamed in A7500v4.05.00 to DSK1_DBQ_TITLE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_DURATION Secondary Event, Duration (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK_DURATION Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 335 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files DSK_DURATION_ERR Duration error flag for sub-events. This duration error flag is automatically included in the store when the sub-event is included in the store (i.e. Included automatically if the corresponding DSK#_SRC field is included). The sub-event duration error field is set to an error state if the duration of the subevent exceeds the main event duration. It is displayed as a schedule error icon when configured for display on DALstation. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600 DSK’n’_GUID (Where ‘n’= 1, 2, 3, 4,….16) This configurable field supports GUIDE functionality and must be added to store.cfg before it can be used. (See also MAIN_GUID, EFFECT’n’_GUID, FXLIST’n’_GUID, LOGO’n’_GUID, OVER’n’_GUID) Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5 DSK_2_DURATION_ERR Duration error flag for sub-events. This duration error flag is automatically included in the store when the sub-event is included in the store. The sub-event duration error field is set to an error state if the duration of the subevent exceeds the main event duration. It is displayed as a schedule error icon when configured for display on DALstation. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100 A8600 DSK_3_DURATION_ERR Duration error flag for sub-events. This duration error flag is automatically included in the store when the sub-event is included in the store. The sub-event duration error field is set to an error state if the duration of the subevent exceeds the main event duration. It is displayed as a schedule error icon when configured for display on DALstation. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100 A8600 DSK_4_DURATION_ERR Duration error flag for sub-events. This duration error flag is automatically included in the store when the sub-event is included in the store. The sub-event duration error field is set to an error state if the duration of the subevent exceeds the main event duration. It is displayed as a schedule error icon when configured for display on DALstation. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100 A8600 DSK_FLAG DSK Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_IN_TIME © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 336 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Secondary Event, In Time (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_IN_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK_IN_TIME Renamed in A7500v4.05.00 to DSK1_TIME_OFS Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK<n>_INTIME_FLAG (where n – 1 to 16) To schedule DSK start offsets relative of the end of the primary event (Figure 2) the DSK start time is recalculated when the primary event is taken to air by following formula. DSK Start Offset (new) = Primary event duration – DSK Start Offset (old) (1) The countdown starts from the new DSK Start Offset value. The DSK is faded/cut up over new DSK start offset time after the primary event is taken to air (Figure 3). To make it configurable, added 2 fields (ASCII field + binary field) are added for each of 16 DSK subevents) to D-MAS. These fields are used to determine how DSK start offsets are interpreted. • The size of each field is 1 byte. So event size is increased by 32 bytes. • The following values are available: “-” - The DSK’s Time Offset is specified relative to the end of primary event. See Figure 2. The time offset will be recalculated for on-air event by formula (1). See Figure 3. If primary event duration is not a valid numeric value, the flag will be considered as incorrect. “+” - The DSK’s Time Offset is specified relative to the begin of primary event. See Figure 1. Blank - the same as “+”. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK<n>_INTIME_FLAG field appears in STORE.CFG: • DSK<n>_B_INTIME_FLAG (where n – 1 to 16) Note: The fields are available if the time offset field of the appropriate DSK subevent is enabled. DSK_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR DSK Item avail error flag field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Renamed in A7500v4.05.00 to DSK1_ITEM_AVERR Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_NUM Secondary Event, ID (or Blank). This field has a configurable variable size of 20 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_NUM field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK_NUM Renamed in A7500v4.05.00 to DSK1_ITEM © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 337 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_RATE This configurable field…. Valid in Systems: A7500, DSK_RES_AVAIL_ERR DSK Reserve Source availability error flag field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Source not available error flag for the reserve DSK 1 source machine. Renamed in A7500v4.05.00 to DSK1RES_AVERR Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 DSK_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR DSK Reserve Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Item not available error flag for the reserve DSK 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 DSK_RES_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR DSK Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field specifies the Item not available error flag for the reserve DSK 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 DSK_RES_SRC_TS Secondary Source Transport Status. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. This field specifies the Transport status ICON for the reserve DSK 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 DSK_SEGMENT Secondary Event, Segment (Mnn,S,Blank). This field has a configurable variable size of 3 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK_SEGMENT Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_SOM Secondary Event, SOM (hh:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable variable size of 11 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK_SEGMENT Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 338 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files DSK_SPOOL_NUMBER Secondary Event, Spool Number. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters. This field is not required for caching. If included in STORE.CFG, this field serves the same role for caching as the main (video) spool number. The main (video) spool number field (SPOOL_NUMBER) is used as the spool number for the main audio item. Source Type: DSK Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_SRC Secondary Event, Source. This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. Included Fields: The following fields are automatically included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK_SRC • DSK_AVAIL_ERR • DSK_CTRL • DSK_DB_TITLE • DSK_DBQ_RELEASED • DSK_DBQUERY_DUR • DSK_DBQUERY_FLAG • DSK_DBQUERY_SOM • DSK_DBQUERY_TITLE • DSK_DURATION • DSK_FLAG • DSK_IN_TIME • DSK_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR • DSK_NUM • DSK_RES_AVAIL_ERR • DSK_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR • DSK_SOM • DSK_SRC_TS • DSK_UPDATE_IGNORE Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • DSK_DBQ_CHN_GRP • DSK_DBQ_GRP_ERR • DSK_SEGMENT • DSK_TRANSITION Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_SRC_TS © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 339 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Secondary Source Transport Status. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_TEXTn (where n=1, 2, 3, 4, 5,….16) DSK n Event, Text1. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 40 characters. • DSK sub-event text field for use with the Collage template interface. Depending on the sub-event used, the automation system reads the content of its corresponding text field and writes it to the template text field. This process occurs in “CUE” time. • This field may contain UTF8-encoded Unicode text. Valid in Systems: A8100v4 DSK_TEXT1 Secondary Event, Text1. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 40 characters. • DSK sub-event text field for use with the Collage template interface. Depending on the sub-event used, the automation system reads the content of its corresponding text field and writes it to the template text field. This process occurs in “CUE” time. • This field may contain UTF8-encoded Unicode text. The D-MAS console does not provide any mechanism for entering / viewing UTF8encoded text as Unicode. Characters that require a multi-byte UTF-8 encoding appear as a combination of box drawing elements and special characters on the DMAS console. IMPORTANT Maestro Note: For the Maestro Master Control Switcher with DMAS the store.cfg table must have all of the following DSK’s configured and not pounded out (!): DSK1_TEXT_A, DSK1_TEXT_B, DSK1_TEXT_C, DSK1_TEXT_D, DSK2_TEXT_A, DSK2_TEXT_B, DSK2_TEXT_C, DSK2_TEXT_D, DSK3_TEXT_A, DSK3_TEXT_B, DSK3_TEXT_C, DSK3_TEXT_D, DSK4_TEXT_A, DSK4_TEXT_B, DSK4_TEXT_C, DSK4_TEXT_D, DSK_TEXT1, DSK_TEXT2, DSK_TEXT3, DSK_TEXT4 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, DSK_TEXT2 DSK 2 Event, Text1. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 40 characters. • DSK sub-event text field for use with the Collage template interface. Depending on the sub-event used, the automation system reads the content of its corresponding text field and writes it to the template text field. This process occurs in “CUE” time. • This field may contain UTF8-encoded Unicode text. The D-MAS console does not provide any mechanism for entering / viewing UTF8encoded text as Unicode. Characters that require a multi-byte UTF-8 encoding appear as a combination of box drawing elements and special characters on the DMAS console. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 340 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files IMPORTANT Maestro Note: For the Maestro Master Control Switcher with DMAS the store.cfg table must have all of the following DSK’s configured and not pounded out (!): DSK1_TEXT_A, DSK1_TEXT_B, DSK1_TEXT_C, DSK1_TEXT_D, DSK2_TEXT_A, DSK2_TEXT_B, DSK2_TEXT_C, DSK2_TEXT_D, DSK3_TEXT_A, DSK3_TEXT_B, DSK3_TEXT_C, DSK3_TEXT_D, DSK4_TEXT_A, DSK4_TEXT_B, DSK4_TEXT_C, DSK4_TEXT_D, DSK_TEXT1, DSK_TEXT2, DSK_TEXT3, DSK_TEXT4 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, DSK_TEXT3 DSK 3 Event, Text1. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 40 characters. This DSK sub-event text field is used with the Collage template interface. • DSK sub-event text field for use with the Collage template interface. Depending on the sub-event used, the automation system reads the content of its corresponding text field and writes it to the template text field. This process occurs in “CUE” time. • This field may contain UTF8-encoded Unicode text. The D-MAS console does not provide any mechanism for entering / viewing UTF8encoded text as Unicode. Characters that require a multi-byte UTF-8 encoding appear as a combination of box drawing elements and special characters on the DMAS console. IMPORTANT Maestro Note: For the Maestro Master Control Switcher with DMAS the store.cfg table must have all of the following DSK’s configured and not pounded out (!): DSK1_TEXT_A, DSK1_TEXT_B, DSK1_TEXT_C, DSK1_TEXT_D, DSK2_TEXT_A, DSK2_TEXT_B, DSK2_TEXT_C, DSK2_TEXT_D, DSK3_TEXT_A, DSK3_TEXT_B, DSK3_TEXT_C, DSK3_TEXT_D, DSK4_TEXT_A, DSK4_TEXT_B, DSK4_TEXT_C, DSK4_TEXT_D, DSK_TEXT1, DSK_TEXT2, DSK_TEXT3, DSK_TEXT4 Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, DSK_TEXT4 DSK 4 Event, Text1. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 40 characters. • DSK sub-event text field for use with the Collage template interface. Depending on the sub-event used, the automation system reads the content of its corresponding text field and writes it to the template text field. This process occurs in “CUE” time. • This field may contain UTF8-encoded Unicode text. IMPORTANT Maestro Note: For the Maestro Master Control Switcher with DMAS the store.cfg table must have all of the following DSK’s configured and not pounded out (!): DSK1_TEXT_A, DSK1_TEXT_B, DSK1_TEXT_C, DSK1_TEXT_D, DSK2_TEXT_A, DSK2_TEXT_B, DSK2_TEXT_C, DSK2_TEXT_D, DSK3_TEXT_A, DSK3_TEXT_B, DSK3_TEXT_C, DSK3_TEXT_D, DSK4_TEXT_A, DSK4_TEXT_B, DSK4_TEXT_C, DSK4_TEXT_D, DSK_TEXT1, DSK_TEXT2, DSK_TEXT3, DSK_TEXT4 Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 DSK_TEXT< Text Box ID > © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 341 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files This counter is increased from 4 to 10 (and we can also use any other text field in STORE.CFG) Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.14 DSK<DSK number>_TEXT_<Text Box id> This counter is increased from 4 to 10 for each DSK. Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.14 DSK_TRANSITION Secondary Event, Transition. This field has a configurable fixed size of 6 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK_TRANS Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK_UPDATE_IGNORE Secondary Event Update Ignore (X,D,S,Blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_UPDATE_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK_UPDATE_IGNORE Renamed in A7500v4.05.00 to DSK1_UPD_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, DSK#_ADUR (Where # = range from 1 - 16) Actual duration of a DSK# sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 DSK#_ALT_SRC (Where # = range from 1 - 16) Secondary Event, Alternate Source. (Source Type: DSK) This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. This alternate source field sets caching for the corresponding item. If this field is: • Included, caching is occurs for the corresponding item. • Omitted, the corresponding item is not cached, even though the item appears in the cache list and item availability checking uses information from the cache list. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK_ALT_SRC Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_ASRUN (Where # = nothing, 2, 3, 4) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 342 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Secondary event as-run status for # = nothing, 2, 3, 4. These configurable fields have a size of 1 character. They require that the DSK#_SRC field be included. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the DSK#_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG: • DSK#_ASRUN_CTRL (Where # = nothing, 2, 3, 4) • DSK#_ASRUN_UID (Where # = nothing, 2, 3, 4) Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DSK#_ASRUN_CTRL (Where # = nothing, 2, 3, 4) Secondary event as-run control for # = nothing, 2, 3, 4. These implied fields have a size of 1 character. The corresponding fields are included when the DSK#_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG. They also require that the DSK#_SRC field be included. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DSK#_ASRUN_UID (Where # = nothing, 2, 3, 4) These implied fields have a size of 12 characters. The corresponding fields are included when the DSK#_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DSK#_ATIME_OFS (Where # = range from 1 to 16) Actual time offset of a DSK sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 DSK#_AVERR (DSK#_AVAIL_ERR) (Where # = range from 1 to 16) DSK Src Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_BCTRL (Where # = range from 1 to 4) This field has a fixed size of 1 characters and is included when the DSK_CTRL/DSK#_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_CTRL (Where # = range from 1 to 16) Secondary Event, Source Control. This field has a fixed size of 1 characters and is included when the DSK_SRC/DSK#_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG: • DSK_BCTRL • DSK#_BCTRL (Where x = range from 1 to 4) • B_DSK#_CTRL (Where x = range from 1 to 16) Valid in Systems: A7500v4, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 343 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files DSK#_DB_TITLE (Where # = range from 1 to 16) Secondary Event, Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of 16 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_DBQ_CHN_GRP (Where # = range from 1 to 16) Secondary Database Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_DBQ_DUR (Where # = range from 1 to 16) Secondary Database Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DSK#_DBQ_FLAG (Where # = range from 1 to 16) Secondary Database Query Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DSK#_DBQ_GRP_ERR (Where # = range from 1 to 4) Secondary Database Group Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_DBQ_RELEASED (Where # = range from 1 to 4) Secondary Database Released Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_DBQ_SOM (Where # = range from 1 to 16) Secondary Database SOM. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DSK#_DBQ_TITLE (Where # = range from 1 to 4) Secondary Database Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of 16 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DSK#_DBQ_TYPE_MAT (Where # = 1 - 4) Optional) field, automatically included if corresponding DSKn_TYPE_MAT field is included in Store.cfg. Its values are restricted to type-of-material codes. Valid in Systems: A8600v4 DSK#_DURATION © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Where # = range from 1 to 16) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 344 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Secondary Event, Duration (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK#_DURATION • DSK#_DUR_B Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_DURATION_ERR (Where # = nothing, 1 - 16) Duration error flag for sub-events. This duration error flag is automatically included in the store when the sub-event is included in the store (i.e. Included automatically if the corresponding DSK#_SRC field is included). The sub-event duration error field is set to an error state if the duration of the subevent exceeds the main event duration. It is displayed as a schedule error icon when configured for display on DALstation. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DSK#FLAG (Where # = nothing, 1 - 16) DSK Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_ITEM (Where # = blank, 1 - 16) Secondary Event, ID (or Blank). This field has a configurable variable size of 20 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. For a DekoCast, this must be a 4-digit number. The first 3 digits are the “scene” from 1-999, the next digit is the “action” from 0-9. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_NUM field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK#_ITEM • DSK#_ITEM_B Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DSK#_ITEM_AVERR (DSK#_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR) (Where # = 1 - 16) DSK Item avail error flag field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DSK#_RES_AVERR (DSK#_RES_AVAIL_ERR) (Where # = 1 - 16) DSK Reserve Source availability error flag field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Source not available error flag for the reserve DSK 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_RES_ITEM_AVERR © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Where # = 1 - 16) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 345 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files DSK Reserve Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Item not available error flag for the reserve DSK 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_RES_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR (Where # = 1 - 4) DSK Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field specifies the Item not available error flag for the reserve DSK 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_RES_SRC_TS (Where # = 1 - 4) Secondary Source Transport Status. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. This field specifies the Transport status ICON for the reserve DSK 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_RES_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR (Where # = 1 - 4) DSK Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field specifies the Item not available error flag for the reserve DSK 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_RES_SRC_TS (Where # = 1 - 4) Secondary Source Transport Status. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. This field specifies the Transport status ICON for the reserve DSK 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_SEGMENT (Where # = 1 - 4) Secondary Event, Segment (Mnn,S,Blank). These fields have a configurable variable size of 3 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK#_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK#_SEGMENT • DSK#_SEG_B Valid in Systems: A8600v4 DSK#_SOM (Where # = 1, 2, 3,…16) Secondary Event, SOM (hh:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable variable size of 11 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK#_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK#_SOM • DSK#_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_SPOOL_NUMBER © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Where # = 1 - 4) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 346 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Secondary Event, Spool Number. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters. This field is not required for caching. If included in STORE.CFG, this field serves the same role for caching as the main (video) spool number. The main (video) spool number field (SPOOL_NUMBER) is used as the spool number for the main audio item. Source Type: DSK Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_SRC (Where # = nothing, 1 - 16) Secondary Event, Source. This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. Included Fields: The corresponding fields are automatically included when the DSK#_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • DSK#_ASRUN • DSK#_DURATION_ERR • B_DSK#_SRC • DSK#_SRC_B Included Fields: The following fields are automatically included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK#_SRC • DSK#_AVAIL_ERR • DSK#_CTRL • DSK#_DB_TITLE • DSK#_DBQ_RELEASED • DSK#_DBQUERY_DUR • DSK#_DBQUERY_FLAG • DSK#_DBQUERY_SOM • DSK#_DBQUERY_TITLE • DSK#_DURATION • DSK#_FLAG • DSK_IN_TIME • DSK#_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR • DSK#_NUM • DSK#_RES_AVAIL_ERR • DSK#_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR • DSK#_SOM • DSK#_SRC_TS • DSK#_UPDATE_IGNORE Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • DSK#_DBQ_CHN_GRP © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 347 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • DSK#_DBQ_GRP_ERR • DSK#_SEGMENT • DSK#_TRANSITION Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DSK#_SRC_TS (Where # = 1 - 16) Secondary Source Transport Status. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_TEXT (Where # = 1, 2, 3,…10) Secondary Event Text. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 64 characters. DSK#_TEXTx (Where # = 1 - 16, and x = A, B, C, …J) DSK # Text Field x Reference. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. Included Fields: The corresponding fields are automatically included when the DSK#_TEXTx field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_ DSK#_TEXTx DSK#_TIME_OFS (Where # = 1 - 16 Secondary Event, In Time (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_IN_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK#_TIME_OFS • DSK#_TIME_OFS_B Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DSK#_TRANSITION (Where # = 1 – 16) Secondary Event, Transition. This field has a configurable fixed size of 6 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK#_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK_TRANS • B_DSK#_TRANSITION • DSK#_TRANS • DSK#_TRANS_B Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK#_TYPE_MAT (Where # = 1 - 4) Configurable field one (1) character long. Values are restricted to type-of-material codes. Included Fields: The corresponding fields are automatically included when the DSKn_TYPE_MAT appears in STORE.CFG: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 348 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • DSK1_DBQ_TYPE_MAT to DSK4_DBQ_TYPE_MAT • B_DSK1_TYPE_MAT to B_DSK4_TYPE_MAT Valid in Systems: A8600v4 DSK#_UPD_IGNORE (Where # = 1 – 16) Secondary Event Update Ignore (X,D,S,Blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK1_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK#_UPD_IGNORE • DSK#_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A7500v4 DSKn_ PLAY_MODE ={S, D,} DSK Play mode. Used with Play Mode Switching: Valid options are: • “S” Static mode, load predefined pages • “D”: Dynamic mode, update and load pages • Default: Dynamic mode, update and load pages Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4 DSKn_various (where n=1, 2, 3, 4, 5,….16) Where various indicates all of a number of listed DSK Subevents. Valid in Systems: A8100v4 DSK1_DBQUERY_DUR Secondary Database Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK1_DBQUERY_FLAG Secondary Database Query Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK1_DBQUERY_SOM Secondary Database SOM. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK1_DBQUERY_TITLE Secondary Database Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of 16 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK1_IN_TIME © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 349 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Secondary Event, In Time (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_IN_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK_IN_TIME Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK1_NUM Secondary Event, ID (or Blank). This field has a configurable variable size of 20 characters and can be included when the DSK_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DSK_NUM field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DSK_NUM Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK1_ PLAY_MODE ={S, D,} DSK Play mode. Used with Play Mode Switching: Valid options are: • “S” Static mode, load predefined pages • “D”: Dynamic mode, update and load pages • Default: Dynamic mode, update and load pages Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4 DSK1_RATE This configurable field…. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK1_TEXT# (Where # = 1, 2, 3, 4…10) Secondary Event, Text1. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 40 characters. • DSK sub-event text field for use with the Collage template interface. Depending on the sub-event used, the automation system reads the content of its corresponding text field and writes it to the template text field. This process occurs in “CUE” time. • This field may contain UTF8-encoded Unicode text. The D-MAS console does not provide any mechanism for entering / viewing UTF8encoded text as Unicode. Characters that require a multi-byte UTF-8 encoding appear as a combination of box drawing elements and special characters on the DMAS console. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, DSK2_TEXT Renamed to DSK_TEXT2 Valid in Systems: A7500, DSK3_TEXT Renamed to DSK_TEXT3. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 350 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 DSK4_TEXT Renamed to DSK_TEXT4 Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, DURATION Duration (h:mm:ss:ff). This required field has a fixed size of 10 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DURATION Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 DURATION_ERR Duration Error. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. This field is set to an error state if the duration of any over sub-event exceeds the main event duration. This field is optional and is only included in the store record if it is selected in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 DVER_PARMS_ID This field can be set to blank or to text that matches the Entry ID field of one of the DVER.TBL specification table records. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the DVER_PARMS_ID field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_DVER_PARMS_ID Valid in Systems: A7500 Removed from/Invalid in: A7500v4.16.00, A7500v5.00.00 E EFFECT_ADUR Actual duration of an Effect sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 EFFECT_ALT_SRC Effect Event, Alternate Source. (Source Type: Effect) This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. This alternate source field sets caching for the corresponding item. If this field is: • Included, caching is occurs for the corresponding item. • Omitted, the corresponding item is not cached, even though the item appears in the cache list and item availability checking uses information from the cache list. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 351 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_EFFECT_ALT_SRC Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, EFFECT_ATIME_OFS Actual time offset of an Effect sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 EFFECT_AVAIL_ERR Effect Src Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_BCTRL Effect Control: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_CTRL Effect Event, Source Control. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT_BCTRL Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_DB_TITLE Effect Event, Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_DBQ_CHN_GRP Effect Database Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_DBQ_DUR Effect Database Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_DBQ_FLAG © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 352 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect Database Query Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_DBQ_GRP_ERR Effect Database Group Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_DBQ_RELEASED Effect Database Released Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_DBQ_SOM Effect Database SOM. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_DBQ_TITLE Effect Database Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_DUR_B Effect Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_DURATION Effect Event, Duration (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT_DUR_B Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_FLAG EFFECT Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_ITEM Effect Event, Item ID. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters and can be included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 353 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT_ITEM_B Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_ITEM_B Effect Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_RES_AVAIL_ERR Effect Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Source not available error flag for reserve Effect 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 EFFECT_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Reserve Item Avail Error Flag. This field specifies the Item not available error flag for reserve Effect 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 EFFECT_RES_SRC_TS Effect Source Reserve Transport Status. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. This field specifies the Transport status ICON for reserve Effect 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 EFFECT_SEG_B Effect Segment: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_SEGMENT Effect Event, Segment (Mnn,S,Blank). This field has a configurable fixed size of 3 characters and can be included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT_SEG_B Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_SOM © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 354 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect Event, SOM (hh:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_SOM_B Effect Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_SPOOL_NUMBER Effect Event, Spool Number. (Source Type: Effect) This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters. This field is not required for caching. If included in STORE.CFG, this field serves the same role for caching as the main (video) spool number. The main (video) spool number field (SPOOL_NUMBER) is used as the spool number for the main audio item. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_SRC Effect Event, Source. This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT_AVAIL_ERR • EFFECT_CTRL • EFFECT_DB_TITLE • EFFECT_DBQ_CHN_GRP • EFFECT_DBQ_DUR • EFFECT_DBQ_FLAG • EFFECT_DBQ_GRP_ERR • EFFECT_DBQ_RELEASED • EFFECT_DBQ_SOM • EFFECT_DBQ_TITLE • EFFECT_DURATION • EFFECT_FLAG • EFFECT_ITEM • EFFECT_ITEM_AV_ERR • EFFECT_RES_AVAIL_ERR • EFFECT_SEGMENT • EFFECT_SOM • EFFECT_SRC_B © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 355 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • EFFECT_SRC_TS • EFFECT_TIME_OFS • EFFECT_TRANSITION • EFFECT_UPD_IGNORE • EFX_RES_ITEM_AVERR Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_SRC_B Effect Source: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 EFFECT_SRC_TS Effect Source Transport Status. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_TIME_OFS Effect Event, In Time (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT_TIME_OFS_B Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_TIME_OFS_B Effect Time Offset: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_TRANS_B Effect Transition: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_TRANSITION Effect Event, Transition. This field has a fixed size of 6 characters and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT_TRANS_B Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_UPD_IGNORE Effect Update Ignore (X,D,S,Blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 356 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT_UPD_IGNORE_B Effect Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 EFFECT#_ASRUN (Where # = nothing, 2, 3) Effect event as-run status for # = nothing, 2, 3. These fields have a configurable fixed size of 1 character. These fields require the corresponding EFFECT#_SRC field be included. Included Fields: The corresponding fields are automatically included when a EFFECT#_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT#_ASRUN_CTRL (Where # = nothing, 2, 3) • EFFECT#_ASRUN_UID (Where # = nothing, 2, 3) Valid in Systems: A7500v4 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 (Effect2_) EFFECT#_ASRUN_CTRL (Where # = nothing, 2, 3) Effect event as-run control for # = nothing, 2, 3. These fields have a size of 1 character. The corresponding fields are automatically included when a EFFECT#_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG: These fields also require the corresponding EFFECT#_SRC field be included. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 (Effect2_) EFFECT#_ASRUN_UID (Where # = nothing, 2, 3) Effect event as-run status for # = nothing, 2, 3. These fields have a size of 12 characters. The corresponding fields are automatically included when a EFFECT#_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG: These fields also require the corresponding EFFECT#_SRC field be included. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 (Effect2_) EFFECT#_SRC (Where # = nothing, 2, 3) Effect event source, # = nothing, 2, 3. These fields of 1 character in size. Included Fields: The following corresponding fields are included when the EFFECT#_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT#_ASRUN Valid in Systems: A7500v4 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 (Effect2_) EFFECT’n’_GUID © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 357 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files (Where ‘n’= 1, 2, 3) This configurable field supports GUIDE functionality and must be added to store.cfg before it can be used. (See also MAIN_GUID, DSK’n’_GUID, FXLIST’n’_GUID, LOGO’n’_GUID, OVER’n’_GUID) Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 (Effect2_) EFFECT1_DBQ_TYPE_MAT to EFFECT3_DBQ_TYPE_MAT Optional field, automatically included if corresponding EFFECTn_TYPE_MAT field is included in Store.cfg. Values restricted to type-of-material codes. Valid in Systems: A8600v4 EFFECT1_AVERR Effect Src Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 EFFECT1_ITEM_AVERR Effect Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 EFFECT1_RES_AVERR Effect Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Source not available error flag for reserve Effect 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 EFFECT1_SEGMENT to EFFECT3_SEGMENT Effect Event, Segment (Mnn,S,Blank). Values restricted to segment numbers or blank. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters and can be included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_EFFECTn_SEGMENT Valid in Systems: A8600v4 EFFECT1_TRANSITION This optional field (by default it is disabled) can be configured (e.g. EFFECT1_TRANSITION 6). If such a line is added into the store.cfg, Effect1_Transition field will be available from DALStation. Implied Fields: The following fieldsare included when the EFFECT1_Transition field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_EFFECT1_TRANSITION Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 EFFECT1_TYPE_MAT to EFFECT3_TYPE_MAT © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 358 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Configurable field one (1) character long. Values are restricted to type-of-material codes Implied Fields: The following fieldsare included when the EFFECTn_TYPE_MAT field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_EFFECTn_TYPE_MAT • EFFECTn_DBQ_TYPE_MAT Valid in Systems: A8600v4 EFFECT2_ADUR Actual duration of an Effect2 sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_ALT_SRC Effect 2 Event, Alternate Source. (Source Type: Effect) This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. This alternate source field sets caching for the corresponding item. If this field is: • Included, caching is occurs for the corresponding item. • Omitted, the corresponding item is not cached, even though the item appears in the cache list and item availability checking uses information from the cache list. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT2_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_EFFECT2_ALT_SRC Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_ATIME_OFS Actual time offset of an Effect2 sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_AVAIL_ERR Effect 2 Src Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_AVERR Effect 2 Src Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 359 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500v4 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_BCTRL Effect 2 Control: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 EFFECT2_CTRL Effect 2 Event, Source Control. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT2_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT2_BCTRL Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_DB_TITLE Effect 2 Event, Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_DBQ_CHN_GRP Effect 2 Database Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_DBQ_DUR Effect 2 Database Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 EFFECT2_DBQ_FLAG Effect 2 Database Query Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_DBQ_GRP_ERR Effect 2 Database Group Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A7800, A8100, A8600 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 360 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files EFFECT2_DBQ_RELEASED Effect 2 Database Released Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_DBQ_SOM Effect 2 Database SOM. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_DBQ_TITLE Effect 2 Database Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_DBQ_TYPE_MAT Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_DUR_B Effect 2 Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT2_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_DURATION Effect 2 Event, Duration (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT2_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT2_DUR_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_FLAG Effect 2 Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_GUID © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 361 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_ITEM Effect 2 Event, Item ID. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 character and can be included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT2_ITEM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect 2 Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, EFFECT2_ITEM_AVERR Effect 2 Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_ITEM_B Effect 2 Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_RES_AVAIL_ERR Effect 2 Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field specifies the Source not available error flag for the reserve Effect 2 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 EFFECT2_RES_AV_ERR Effect 2 Reserve Source Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Item not available error flag for the reserve Effect 2 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, EFFECT2_AVERR Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect 2 Reserve Item Avail Error Flag. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 362 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files EFFECT2_RES_SRC_TS Effect 2 Source Reserve Transport Status. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. This field specifies the Transport status ICON for the reserve Effect 2 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_SEG_B Effect 2 Segment: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT2_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_SEGMENT Effect 2 Event, Segment (Mnn,S,Blank). This field has a configurable fixed size of 3 characters and can be included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT2_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT2_SEG_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_SOM Effect 2 Event, SOM (hh:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT2_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT2_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_SOM_B Effect 2 Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT2_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_SPOOL_NUMBER Effect 2 Event, Spool Number. (Source Type: Effect) This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters. This field is not required for caching. If included in STORE.CFG, this field serves the same role for caching as the main (video) spool number. The main (video) spool number field (SPOOL_NUMBER) is used as the spool number for the main audio item. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 363 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_SRC Effect 2 Event, Source. This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. This field is typically used when a video source connected to one of the Isara’s SDI input ports is used as a secondary effect source. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT2_DBQ_DUR • EFFECT2_DBQ_FLAG • EFFECT2_DBQ_GRP_ERR • EFFECT2_DBQ_RELEASED • EFFECT2_DBQ_SOM • EFFECT2_DBQ_TITLE • EFFECT2_DURATION • EFFECT2_FLAG • EFFECT2_ITEM • EFFECT2_ITEM_AV_ERR • EFFECT2_RES_AV_ERR • EFFECT2_SEGMENT • EFFECT2_SOM • EFFECT2_SRC_B • EFFECT2_SRC_TS • EFFECT2_TIME_OFS • EFFECT2_UPD_IGNORE • EFX2_RES_ITEM_AVERR Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_SRC_B Effect 2 Source: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_SRC_TS Effect 2 Source Transport Status. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_TIME_OFS © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 364 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect 2 Event, In Time (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the EFFECT2_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT2_TIME_OFS_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_TIME_OFS_B Effect 2 Time Offset: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT2_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_TYPE_MAT Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_UPD_IGNORE Effect 2 Update Ignore (X,D,S,Blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT2_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT2_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT2_UPD_IGNORE_B Effect 2 Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_ADUR Actual duration of an Effect3 sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_ALT_SRC Effect 3 Event, Alternate Source. (Source Type: Effect) This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. This alternate source field sets caching for the corresponding item. If this field is: • Included, caching is occurs for the corresponding item. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 365 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • Omitted, the corresponding item is not cached, even though the item appears in the cache list and item availability checking uses information from the cache list. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT3_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_EFFECT3_ALT_SRC Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_ASRUN Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_ASRUN_CTRL Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_ASRUN_UID Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_ATIME_OFS Actual time offset of an Effect3 sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_AVAIL_ERR Effect 3 Src Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 EFFECT3_AVERR Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_BCTRL Effect 3 Control: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT3_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_CTRL Effect 3 Event, Source Control. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the EFFECT3_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT3_BCTRL Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 366 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_DB_TITLE Effect 3 Event, Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_DBQ_CHN_GRP Effect 3 Database Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_DBQ_DUR Effect 3 Database Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_DBQ_FLAG Effect 3 Database Query Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_DBQ_GRP_ERR Effect 3 Database Group Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A7800, A8100, A8600, A8800 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_DBQ_RELEASED Effect 3 Database Released Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_DBQ_SOM Effect 3 Database SOM. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 367 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files EFFECT3_DBQ_TITLE Effect 3 Database Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_DUR_B Effect 3 Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT3_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_DURATION Effect 3 Event, Duration (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the EFFECT3_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT3_DUR_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_FLAG Effect 3 Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_ITEM Effect 3 Event, Item ID. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters and can be included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the EFFECT3_TEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT3_ITEM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect 3 Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, EFFECT3_ITEM_AVERR Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 368 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files EFFECT3_ITEM_B Effect 3 Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, EFFECT3_RES_AVERR Effect 3 Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, EFFECT3_RES_AVAIL_ERR Effect 3 Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Source not available error flag for the reserve Effect 3 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 EFFECT3_RES_AVERR Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect 3 Reserve Item Avail Error Flag. This field specifies the Item not available error flag for the reserve Effect 3 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 EFFECT3_RES_SRC_TS Effect 3 Source Reserve Transport Status. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. This field specifies the Transport status ICON for the reserve Effect 3 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_SEG_B Effect 3 Segment: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT3_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_SEGMENT Effect 3 Event, Segment (Mnn,S,Blank). This field has a configurable fixed size of 3 characters and can be included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the EFFECT3_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT3_SEG_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 369 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files EFFECT3_SOM Effect 3 Event, SOM (hh:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the EFFECT3_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT3_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_SOM_B Effect 3 Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT3_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_SPOOL_NUMBER Effect 3 Event, Spool Number. (Source Type: Effect) This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters. This field is not required for caching. If included in STORE.CFG, this field serves the same role for caching as the main (video) spool number. The main (video) spool number field (SPOOL_NUMBER) is used as the spool number for the main audio item. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_SRC Effect 3 Event, Source. This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. This field is used when a video source connected to one of the Isara’s SDI input ports is used as a secondary effect source. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT3_AVAIL_ERR • EFFECT3_CTRL • EFFECT3_DB_TITLE • EFFECT3_DBQ_CHN_GRP • EFFECT3_DBQ_DUR • EFFECT3_DBQ_FLAG • EFFECT3_DBQ_GRP_ERR • EFFECT3_DBQ_RELEASED • EFFECT3_DBQ_SOM • EFFECT3_DBQ_TITLE • EFFECT3_DURATION • EFFECT3_FLAG © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 370 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • EFFECT3_ITEM • EFFECT3_ITEM_AV_ERR • EFFECT3_RES_AVERR • EFFECT3_SEGMENT • EFFECT3_SOM • EFFECT3_SRC_B • EFFECT3_SRC_TS • EFFECT3_TIME_OFS • EFFECT3_UPD_IGNORE • EFX3_RES_ITEM_AVERR Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_SRC_B Effect 3 Source: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_SRC_TS Effect 3 Source Transport Status. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_TIME_OFS Effect 3 Event, In Time (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT3_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT3_TIME_OFS_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_TIME_OFS_B Effect 3 Time Offset type B. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the EFFECT3_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_TYPE_MAT Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_UPD_IGNORE © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 371 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect 3 Update Ignore (X,D,S,Blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EFFECT3_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • EFFECT3_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFFECT3_UPD_IGNORE_B Effect 3 Update Ignore. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT3_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed From/Invalid In: A7500v5.08.00 EFX_RES_ITEM_AVERR Effect Reserve Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500 EFX2_RES_ITEM_AVERR Effect 2 Reserve Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500 EFX3_RES_ITEM_AVERR Effect 3 Reserve Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the EFFECT3_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500 EMBARGO_DATE Embargo Date (dd/mm/yy). This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the EMBARGO_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG: • EMBARGO_TIME • B_EMBARGO_DATE Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, EMBARGO_END_TIME Embargo End Time. This field has a fixed size of 8 characters and is included when the EMBARGO_START_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. • If both this field and EMBARGO_START_TIME contain valid times, they override the default embargo period given by EMBARGO.TBL. • If STORE.CFG does not exist, both fields are present. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EMBARGO_END_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_EMBARGO_END_TIME © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 372 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 EMBARGO_START_TIME Embargo Start Time. This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. The embargo start time is always taken to occur on the same day as the event. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the EMBARGO_START_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • EMBARGO_END_TIME • B_EMBARGO_END_TIME • B_EMBARGO_START_TIME If EMBARGO_START_TIME and EMBARGO_END_TIME contain valid times, they override the default embargo period given by EMBARGO.TBL. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 EMBARGO_STATE Embargo State. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. It is always included in the store record, and contains bits marking an embargo warning or error. If configured for display on automation, automation displays the text “Embargo” in colour EVNT_ERR_SCHE for an embargo error. It uses the color EVNT_ERR_WARN for embargo warnings. When DALstation is configured to display the EMBARGO_STATE field, and the value for this field of an event indicates an embargo warning, then the following icon (yellow exclamation mark on a blue eye) is shown on the event: : When the value for this field of an event indicates an embargo error, then the following icon (red exclamation on a red eye) is shown on the event: : When the value for this field of an event indicates no embargo warning or error, no icon is shown for this field. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 EMBARGO_TIME Embargo Time (hh:mm:ss). This field has a fixed size of 8 characters and is included when the EMBARGO_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EMBARGO_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_EMBARGO_TIME Valid in Systems: A8000, A8100, A7800 END_NETCUE End Netcue. This field is present only if: • There is no STORE.CFG file in the D-MAS DATA directory • The STORE.CFG file explicitly names the fields Implied Field: The following field is included when the END_NETCUE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_END_NETCUE Valid in Systems: A7410, A8200, A8400 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 373 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files END_NETCUE_FLAG Valid in Systems: A8200, END_TYPE Event End Type (MAN, EXT, or NET). This required field has a fixed size of 3 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the END_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_END_TYPE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, ERROR_MONITOR={blank, Y, N} This field allows ‘Abort recording on source error’ to be disabled on a per-event basis. Default value is enabled. Valid values for this field on RECORD buses are; • Y – Allow automatic abort recording for this event if enabled for recording source. • N – Do not allow automatic abort recording for this event • (blank) – Same as Y, allow automatic abort recording. This field has no meaning on non-RECORD buses and must be blank. Valid in Systems: A7800v4, A8100v4, A8600v4 EVENT_NUM Event Number. This required field has a fixed size of 20 characters. This field is used to define maximum size of the reconciliation event reference number. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 EVENT_NUM2 Event Number. This required field has a configurable variable size of up to 6 characters. This field is used to define maximum size of the reconciliation event reference number. If omitted, the default size of 20 is used. UMS PAD Message Note: Event field enabled for the Program ID field in the B-4 message and the Event ID field in the DM message. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600 EVENT_TYPE Event Type. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, EXPIRE_DATE Expire Date (dd/mm/yy). This required field has a fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EXPIRE_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_EXPIRE_DATE © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 374 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files A7800v4.00.00: Renamed to Delete_Date Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, EXPIRE_TIME Expire Time (hh:mm.ss). This required field has a fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the EXPIRE_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_EXPIRE_TIME A7800v4.00.00: Renamed to Delete_Time Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, EXT_INPUT_FLAGS EXT cue received flags field. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, F FIX_PROGRAM_TIMES Fix Program Times (Y or N). If this EPG-related field is set to ‘Y’, do not update program information date/time based on event date/time. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 FIX_START Fix Start (Y, N, or blank). If this EPG-related field is set to ‘Y’, do not update program information date/time based on event date/time. Valid in Systems: A7500v3 FIXED_TIME Fixed Time (F or 'blank'). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FIXED_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_FIXED_TIME Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, FOLLOW Master/Follow. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the FOLLOW field appears in STORE.CFG: • FOLLOW_ERR • B_FOLLOW Valid in Systems: A7200, A7500, A8100, FOLLOW_ERR Follow Error Field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FOLLOW field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 375 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A7500, FXL1_RES_ITEM_AVERR Effect Playlist 1. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXL2_RES_ITEM_AVERR Effect Playlist 2. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXL3_RES_ITEM_AVERR Effect Playlist 3. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXL4_RES_ITEM_AVERR Effect Playlist 4. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXL5_RES_ITEM_AVERR Effect Playlist 5. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXL6_RES_ITEM_AVERR Effect Playlist 6. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXL7_RES_ITEM_AVERR Effect Playlist 7. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXL8_RES_ITEM_AVERR Effect Playlist 8. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXL9_RES_ITEM_AVERR Effect Playlist 9. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXLISTx_ADUR (Where x = range from 1 to 9) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 376 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Actual duration of Effect Play-List (1-9) sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 FXLISTx_ATIME_OFS (Where x = range from 1 to 9) Actual time offset of Effect Play-List (1-9) sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 FXLIST’n’_GUID (Where ‘n’= 1, 2, 3, 4) This configurable field supports GUIDE functionality and must be added to store.cfg before it can be used. (See also MAIN_GUID, DSK’n’_GUID, EFFECT’n’_GUID, LOGO’n’_GUID, OVER’n’_GUID) Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4 FXLIST1_DB_TITLE Effect Playlist 1, Database Title, Abbreviated title (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. It is used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. This field is supported by each playlist subevent. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST1_DBQ_CHN_GRP Effect Playlist 1, Database Query Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST1_DBQ_DUR Effect Playlist 1, Database Query Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST1_DBQ_FLAG Effect Playlist 1, Database Query flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 377 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST1_DBQ_GRP_ERR Effect Playlist 1, Database Query Group Error. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST1_DBQ_RELEASED Effect Playlist 1, Database Query Released. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600 FXLIST1_DBQ_SOM Effect Playlist 1 Database Query Start of Message. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST1_DBQ_TITLE Effect Playlist 1, Database Query Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST1_DUR_B FXLIST 1 Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST1_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST1_DURATION Effect Playlist 1, Duration (ASCII). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST1_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST1_DUR_B © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 378 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST1_FLAG Effect Playlist 1, Source Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST1_ITEM Effect Playlist 1, Item: Material ID (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXL1_RES_ITEM_AVERR • FXLIST1_DB_TITLE • FXLIST1_DBQ_CHN_GRP • FXLIST1_DBQ_DUR • FXLIST1_DBQ_FLAG • FXLIST1_DBQ_GRP_ERR • FXLIST1_DBQ_RELEASED • FXLIST1_DBQ_SOM • FXLIST1_DBQ_TITLE • FXLIST1_DURATION • FXLIST1_FLAG • FXLIST1_ITEM_AV_ERR • FXLIST1_ITEM_B • FXLIST1_SOM • FXLIST1_UPD_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST1_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 1, Item Avail Error. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST1_ITEM_B FXList 1 Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST1_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 379 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect Playlist 1 Reserve item avail flag (binary). This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXLIST1_SOM Effect Playlist 1, Start of Message. This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST1_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST1_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST1_SOM_B Effect Playlist 1 Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST1_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST1_UPD_IGNORE Effect Playlist 1, Update Ignore. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST1_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST1_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST1_UPD_IGNORE_B Effect Playlist 1 Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST1_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_DB_TITLE Effect Playlist 2, Database Title, Abbreviated title (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_DBQ_CHN_GRP © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 380 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect Playlist 2, Database Query Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST2_DBQ_DUR Effect Playlist 2, Database Query Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_DBQ_FLAG Effect Playlist 2, Database Query Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_DBQ_GRP_ERR Effect Playlist 2, Database Query Group Error. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST2_DBQ_RELEASED Effect Playlist 2, Database Query Released. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600 FXLIST2_DBQ_SOM Effect Playlist 2, Database Query Start of Message. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_DBQ_TITLE Effect Playlist 2, Database Query Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 381 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_DUR_B Effect Playlist 2, Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST2_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_DURATION Effect Playlist 2, Duration (ASCII). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST2_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST2_DUR_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_FLAG Effect Playlist 2, Source Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_ITEM Effect Playlist 2, Item: Material ID (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXL2_RES_ITEM_AVERR • FXLIST2_DB_TITLE • FXLIST2_DBQ_CHN_GRP • FXLIST2_DBQ_DUR • FXLIST2_DBQ_FLAG • FXLIST2_DBQ_GRP_ERR • FXLIST2_DBQ_RELEASED • FXLIST2_DBQ_SOM • FXLIST2_DBQ_TITLE • FXLIST2_DURATION • FXLIST2_FLAG • FXLIST2_ITEM_AV_ERR © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 382 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • FXLIST2_ITEM_B • FXLIST2_SOM • FXLIST2_UPD_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 2, Item Avail Error. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_ITEM_B Effect Playlist 2, Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 2 Reserve item avail flag (binary). This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXLIST2_SOM Effect Playlist 2, Start of Message. This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST2_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST2_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_SOM_B Effect Playlist 2, Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST2_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_UPD_IGNORE Effect Playlist 2, Update Ignore. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST2_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 383 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • FXLIST2_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST2_UPD_IGNORE_B Effect Playlist 2, Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST2_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_DB_TITLE Effect Playlist 3, Database Title, Abbreviated title (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_DBQ_CHN_GRP Effect Playlist 3, Database Query Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST3_DBQ_DUR Effect Playlist 3, Database Query Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_DBQ_FLAG Effect Playlist 3, Database Query Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_DBQ_GRP_ERR Effect Playlist 3, Database Query Group Error. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 384 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST3_DBQ_RELEASED Effect Playlist 3, Database Query Released. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600 FXLIST3_DBQ_SOM Effect Playlist 3, Database Start of Message. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_DBQ_TITLE Effect Playlist 3, Database Query Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_DUR_B Effect Playlist 3, Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST3_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_DURATION Effect Playlist 3, Duration (ASCII). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST3_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST3_DUR_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_FLAG Effect Playlist 3, Source Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_ITEM © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 385 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect Playlist 3, Item: Material ID (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXL3_RES_ITEM_AVERR • FXLIST3_DB_TITLE • FXLIST3_DBQ_CHN_GRP • FXLIST3_DBQ_DUR • FXLIST3_DBQ_FLAG • FXLIST3_DBQ_GRP_ERR • FXLIST3_DBQ_RELEASED • FXLIST3_DBQ_SOM • FXLIST3_DBQ_TITLE • FXLIST3_DURATION • FXLIST3_FLAG • FXLIST3_ITEM_AV_ERR • FXLIST3_ITEM_B • FXLIST3_SOM • FXLIST3_UPD_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 3, Item Avail Error. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_ITEM_B Effect Playlist 3, Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 3 Reserve item avail flag (binary). This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXLIST3_SOM Effect Playlist 3, Start of Message. This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 386 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST3_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST3_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_SOM_B Effect Playlist 3, Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST3_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_UPD_IGNORE Effect Playlist 3, Update Ignore. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST3_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST3_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST3_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST3_UPD_IGNORE_B Effect Playlist 3, Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST3_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_DB_TITLE Effect Playlist 4, Database Title, Abbreviated title (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_DBQ_CHN_GRP Effect Playlist 4, Database Query Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A7800, FXLIST4_DBQ_DUR Effect Playlist 4, Database Query Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 387 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_DBQ_FLAG Effect Playlist 4, Database Query Flag. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_DBQ_GRP_ERR Effect Playlist 4, Database Query Group Error. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST4_DBQ_RELEASED Effect Playlist 4, Database Query Released. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600 FXLIST4_DBQ_SOM Effect Playlist 4, Database Start of Message. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_DBQ_TITLE Effect Playlist 4, Database Query Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_DUR_B Effect Playlist 4, Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST4_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 388 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_DURATION Effect Playlist 4 Duration (ASCII). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST4_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST4_DUR_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_FLAG Effect Playlist 4, Source Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_ITEM Effect Playlist 4, Item: Material ID (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXL4_RES_ITEM_AVERR • FXLIST4_DB_TITLE • FXLIST4_DBQ_CHN_GRP • FXLIST4_DBQ_DUR • FXLIST4_DBQ_FLAG • FXLIST4_DBQ_GRP_ERR • FXLIST4_DBQ_RELEASED • FXLIST4_DBQ_SOM • FXLIST4_DBQ_TITLE • FXLIST4_DURATION • FXLIST4_FLAG • FXLIST4_ITEM_AV_ERR • FXLIST4_ITEM_B • FXLIST4_SOM • FXLIST4_UPD_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 4, Item Avail Error. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 389 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_ITEM_B Effect Playlist 4, Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 4 Reserve item avail flag (binary). This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXLIST4_SOM Effect Playlist 4, Start of Message. This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST4_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST4_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_SOM_B Effect Playlist 4, Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST4_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_UPD_IGNORE Effect Playlist 4, Update Ignore. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST4_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST4_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST4_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST4_UPD_IGNORE_B Effect Playlist 4, Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST4_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 390 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files FXLIST5_DB_TITLE Effect Playlist 5, Database Title, Abbreviated title (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 12 characters and can be included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST5_DBQ_CHN_GRP Effect Playlist 5, Database Query Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST5_DBQ_DUR Effect Playlist 5, Database Query Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST5_DBQ_FLAG Effect Playlist 5, Database Query Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST5_DBQ_GRP_ERR Effect Playlist 5, Database Query Group Error. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST5_DBQ_RELEASED Effect Playlist 5, Database Query Released. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600 FXLIST5_DBQ_SOM © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 391 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect Playlist 5, Database Start of Message. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST5_DBQ_TITLE Effect Playlist 5, Database Query Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 12 characters and can be included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST5_DUR_B Effect Playlist 4, Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST5_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST5_DURATION Effect Playlist 5, Duration (ASCII). This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST5_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST5_DUR_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST5_FLAG Effect Playlist 5, Source Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST5_ITEM Effect Playlist 5, Item: Material ID (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Included Fields: The following fields are automatically included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXL5_RES_ITEM_AVERR • FXLIST5_DB_TITLE • FXLIST5_DBQ_DUR • FXLIST5_DBQ_FLAG © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 392 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • FXLIST5_DBQ_SOM • FXLIST5_DBQ_TITLE • FXLIST5_DURATION • FXLIST5_FLAG • FXLIST5_ITEM_AV_ERR • FXLIST5_ITEM_B • FXLIST5_SOM • FXLIST5_UPD_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST5_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 5, Item Avail Error. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST5_ITEM_B Effect Playlist 4, Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST5_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 5 Reserve item avail flag (binary). This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXLIST5_SOM Effect Playlist 5, Start of Message. This field has a configurable fixed size of 12 characters and can be included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST5_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST5_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST5_SOM_B Effect Playlist 4, Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST5_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST5_UPD_IGNORE © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 393 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect Playlist 5, Update Ignore. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST5_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST5_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST5_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST5_UPD_IGNORE_B Effect Playlist 4, Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST5_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_DB_TITLE Effect Playlist 6, Database Title, Abbreviated title (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 12 characters and can be included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_DBQ_CHN_GRP Effect Playlist 6, Database Query Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST6_DBQ_DUR Effect Playlist 6, Database Query Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_DBQ_FLAG Effect Playlist 6, Database Query Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 394 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_DBQ_GRP_ERR Effect Playlist 6, Database Query Group Error. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST6_DBQ_RELEASED Effect Playlist 6, Database Query Released. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600 FXLIST6_DBQ_SOM Effect Playlist 6, Database Start of Message. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_DBQ_TITLE Effect Playlist 6, Database Query Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 12 characters and can be included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_DUR_B Effect Playlist 6, Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST6_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_DURATION Effect Playlist 6, Duration. This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST6_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST6_DUR_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_FLAG © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 395 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect Playlist 6, Source Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_ITEM Effect Playlist 6, Item: Material ID (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXL6_RES_ITEM_AVERR • FXLIST6_DB_TITLE • FXLIST6_DBQ_DUR • FXLIST6_DBQ_FLAG • FXLIST6_DBQ_SOM • FXLIST6_DBQ_TITLE • FXLIST6_DURATION • FXLIST6_FLAG • FXLIST6_ITEM_AV_ERR • FXLIST6_SOM • FXLIST6_UPD_IGNORE • FXLIST6_ITEM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 6, Item Avail Error. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_ITEM_B Effect Playlist 6, Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 6 Reserve item avail flag (binary). This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXLIST6_SOM © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 396 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect Playlist 6, Start of Message. This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST6_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST6_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_SOM_B Effect Playlist 6, Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST6_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_UPD_IGNORE Effect Playlist 6, Update Ignore. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST6_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST6_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST6_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST6_UPD_IGNORE_B Effect Playlist 6, Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST6_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST7_DB_TITLE Effect Playlist 7, Database Title, Abbreviated title (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 12 characters and can be included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST7_DBQ_CHN_GRP Effect Playlist 7, Database Query Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 397 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files FXLIST7_DBQ_DUR Effect Playlist 7, Database Query Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST7_DBQ_FLAG Effect Playlist 7, Database Query Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST7_DBQ_GRP_ERR Effect Playlist 7, Database Query Group Error. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST7_DBQ_RELEASED Effect Playlist 7, Database Query Released. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600 FXLIST7_DBQ_SOM Effect Playlist 7, Database Start of Message. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST7_DBQ_TITLE Effect Playlist 7, Database Query Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 12 characters and can be included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST7_DUR_B © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 398 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect Playlist 7, Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST7_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST7_DURATION Effect Playlist 7, Duration. This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST7_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST7_DUR_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST7_FLAG Effect Playlist 7 Source Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST7_ITEM Effect Playlist 7, Item: Material ID (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXL7_RES_ITEM_AVERR • FXLIST7_DB_TITLE • FXLIST7_DBQ_DUR • FXLIST7_DBQ_FLAG • FXLIST7_DURATION • FXLIST7_FLAG • FXLIST7_ITEM_AV_ERR • FXLIST7_SOM • FXLIST7_UPD_IGNORE • FXLIST7_ITEM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST7_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 7, Item Avail Error. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 399 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files FXLIST7_ITEM_B Effect Playlist 7, Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST7_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 7 Reserve item avail flag (binary). This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXLIST7_SOM Effect Playlist 7, Start of Message. This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST7_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST7_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST7_SOM_B Effect Playlist 7, Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST7_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST7_UPD_IGNORE Effect Playlist 7, Update Ignore. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST7_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST7_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST7_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST7_UPD_IGNORE_B Effect Playlist 7, Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST7_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_DB_TITLE © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 400 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect Playlist 8, Database Title, Abbreviated title (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 12 characters and can be included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_DBQ_CHN_GRP Effect Playlist 8, Database Query Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST8_DBQ_DUR Effect Playlist 8, Database Query Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST8_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_DBQ_FLAG Effect Playlist 8, Database Query Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_DBQ_GRP_ERR Effect Playlist 8, Database Query Group Error. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST8_DBQ_RELEASED Effect Playlist 8, Database Query Released. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600 FXLIST8_DBQ_SOM Effect Playlist 8, Database Start of Message. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 401 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_DBQ_TITLE Effect Playlist 8, Database Query Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 12 characters and can be included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_DUR_B Effect Playlist 8, Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST8_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_DURATION Effect Playlist 8, Duration. This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST8_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST8_DUR_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_FLAG Effect Playlist 8, Source Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_ITEM Effect Playlist 8, Item: Material ID (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXL8_RES_ITEM_AVERR • FXLIST8_DB_TITLE • FXLIST8_DBQ_FLAG • FXLIST8_DURATION • FXLIST8_FLAG © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 402 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • FXLIST8_ITEM_AV_ERR • FXLIST8_SOM • FXLIST8_UPD_IGNORE • FXLIST8_ITEM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 8, Item Avail Error. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature and is supported by each playlist subevent. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_ITEM_B Effect Playlist 8, Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 8 Reserve item avail flag (binary). This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXLIST8_SOM Effect Playlist 8, Start of Message. This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST8_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST8_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_SOM_B Effect Playlist 8, Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST8_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_UPD_IGNORE Effect Playlist 8, Update Ignore. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST8_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST8_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 403 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • FXLIST8_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST8_UPD_IGNORE_B Effect Playlist 8, Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST8_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_DB_TITLE Effect Playlist 9, Database Title, Abbreviated title (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 12 characters and can be included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_DBQ_CHN_GRP Effect Playlist 9, Database Query Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST9_DBQ_DUR Effect Playlist 9, Database Query Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST9_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_DBQ_FLAG Effect Playlist 9, Database Query Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_DBQ_GRP_ERR Effect Playlist 9, Database Query Group Error. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 404 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, FXLIST9_DBQ_RELEASED Effect Playlist 9, Database Query Released. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600 FXLIST9_DBQ_SOM Effect Playlist 9, Database Start of Message. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. • For other sub-events, this field is pulled in with the source field; since the playlist sub-events don’t have a source field the item field is used instead. • This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_DBQ_TITLE Effect Playlist 9, Database Query Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 12 characters and can be included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_DUR_B Effect Playlist 9, Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST9_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_DURATION Effect Playlist 9, Duration. This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST9_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST9_DUR_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_FLAG Effect Playlist 9, Source Control Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_ITEM © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 405 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect Playlist 9, Item: Material ID (ASCII). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXL9_RES_ITEM_AVERR • FXLIST9_DB_TITLE • FXLIST9_DBQ_FLAG • FXLIST9_DURATION • FXLIST9_FLAG • FXLIST9_ITEM_AV_ERR • FXLIST9_SOM • FXLIST9_UPD_IGNORE • FXLIST9_ITEM_B • FXLIST9_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 9, Item Avail Error. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_ITEM_B Effect Playlist 9, Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR Effect Playlist 9 Reserve item avail flag (binary). This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, FXLIST9_SOM Effect Playlist 9, Start of Message. This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST9_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST9_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_SOM_B © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 406 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Effect Playlist 9, Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the FXLIST9_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_UPD_IGNORE Effect Playlist 9, Update Ignore. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST9_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Implied Field: The following field is included when the FXLIST9_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • FXLIST9_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, FXLIST9_UPD_IGNORE_B Effect Playlist 9, Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the FXLIST9_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is supported by each playlist subevent and used to support the Multispot DVE playlist feature. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600, H HCLASS_ID This field stores the corresponding H-Class event identifier for an as-run entry that is marked as exported. The primary purpose of including this field is to allow H-Class integration programs to interact with stock automation releases. (See also ASRUN_EXPORTED.) Superceded by MAIN_GUID field in A7500v4.12.00 Removed from/ Invalid in: A7500v4.12.00 I INGEST_TARGET<n> (Where n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) These optional, fixed size, 8 ASCII character fields are used for as-run logging of ingest targets on record buses and cache work order buses. New event fields are used to contain the ingest targets. Ingest targets are only logged if the appropriate INGEST_TARGET fields are enabled in the store. • On cache work order ingests, INGEST_TARGET1 and INGEST_TARGET2 are used to log the ingest targets for the main and reserve machines respectively. • For record bus recordings, the n INGEST_TARGET fields correspond to the n bus machines that can be configured in bus.tbl. Machine Name Mapping for Ingest Target Field © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 407 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files The mapping of the machine names to the target fields is: Ingest Target Field Cache Work Order Record Bus INGEST_TARGET1 Main cache machine 1st bus machine INGEST_TARGET2 Reserve cache machine 2nd bus machine INGEST_TARGET3 3rd bus machine INGEST_TARGET4 4th bus machine INGEST_TARGET5 5th bus machine Valid in Systems: A7500, A7800v4 INHIBIT_CTRL_OVRRIDE={Y,N} (Default: N) Use this optional store field to override the following checks on a single event basis that are set in the BUSEXT: • Inhibit Machine Control for QC Status Failed • Inhibit Machine Control for QC Status Unknown • Inhibit Machine Control for Bad Channel Group • Inhibit Machine Control for Item Not Released Automation ignores any of the problems listed above and always plays the event if this field is set to Y. The default value is N. If this field is not included in the store, then no override is possible. Timeline Checking Note: In A7500v4.27.00 and higher, timeline checking obeys the value of the Store field “INHIBIT_CTRL_OVRRIDE” flag if it is set in the event. Timeline checking also takes into account the values of busext.tbl fields: “INHIBIT MACHINE CONTROL FOR QC STATUS FAILED”, “INHIBIT MACHINE CONTROL FOR QC STATUS UNKNOWN”, “INHIBIT MACHINE CONTROL FOR BAD CHANNEL GROUP”. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7800v4, A8000, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8500, A8600v4 INSERT_CA_CODE If enabled, the ESS Tension and Start Message “Event Key” field contains the Automation (long) Event Number, and the “Schedule” field contains the CA Code (i.e. an event contains a CA Code starting with 1111). If disabled, the “Event Key” field is set to the CA Code field, and the “Schedule” field is unused. Valid in Systems: A7500 IN_TIME Audio In Time (hh:mm:ss:ff). This required field has a fixed size of 11 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the IN_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_IN_TIME Note: In A7500 v4.27.00 and higher, updating the AUDIO_CTRL field triggers rechecking the IN_TIME field. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 408 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files ITEM Audio Material ID. This required field has a variable size of 32 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_ITEM Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4, A7500, A8100, A8200 ITEM_AVAIL_ERR Item Avail Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7400 v4.00.00.00 ITEM_AVERR Item Avail Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4 L LANGUAGE Subtitle Language Index. This field has a configurable fixed size of 4 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the LANGUAGE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_LANGUAGE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A8600v5 LOCAL_DATE The LOCAL_DATE field is updated in real-time mode via an on-air event. This fields is copied from an on-air event to a scheduled event each time when an event is inserted to the schedule. This field is configurable and is turned off by default. To have ability to configure it in DALStation or DALterm, turn on (uncomment) in store.cfg. See also LOCAL_DAY. Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.12 LOCAL_DAY The LOCAL_DAY field is updated in real-time mode via an on-air event. This fields is copied from an on-air event to a scheduled event each time when an event is inserted to the schedule. This field is configurable and is turned off by default. To have ability to configure it in DALStation or DALterm, turn on (uncomment) in store.cfg. See also LOCAL_DATE. Valid in Systems: A7500 v5.12 LOG_NUMBER Log Number. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 409 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files If included in STORE.CFG, this field is given the value 1 for an event inserted into a primary schedule, and the value 2 for an event inserted into an alternate schedule. This field can then be examined in the as-run log to determine which alternate schedule an event came from. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100 LOGO Logo ID (or Blank). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the LOGO field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_LOGO Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500 LOGO_ADUR Actual duration of a Logo (Secondary) sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 LOGO_ATIME_OFS Actual time offset of a Logo (Secondary) sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 LOGO_AVAIL_ERR Logo Src Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100 LOGO_BCTRL Logo Control: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100 LOGO_CTRL Logo Source Control. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the LOGO_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG: • LOGO_BCTRL Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, LOGO_DB_TITLE © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 410 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Logo Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, LOGO_DBQ_CHN_GRP Logo Database Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, LOGO_DBQ_GRP_ERR Logo Database Group Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, LOGO_DBQ_RELEASED Logo Database Released Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600 LOGO_DBQUERY_FLAG Logo Database Query Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, LOGO_DBQUERY_SOM Logo Database SOM. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, LOGO_DBQUERY_TITLE Logo Database Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, LOGO_FLAG Logo Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8000, A8100, A8500, A8600 LOGO_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR Logo Item avail error flag field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, LOGO_PLAY_MODE DSK Play mode. Used with Play Mode Switching: Valid options are: • “S” Static mode, load predefined pages © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 411 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • “D”: Dynamic mode, update and load pages • Default: Dynamic mode, update and load pages Renamed to LOGO1_PLAY_MODE in A7500 v4 and A8100v4 Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4 LOGO_RES_AVAIL_ERR Logo Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specified the Source not available error flag for reserve Logo source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 LOGO_RES_ITEM_AVERR Logo Reserve Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Item not available error flag for reserve Logo source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 LOGO_RES_SRC_TS Logo Source Reserve Transport Status. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. This field specifies the Transport status ICON for reserve Logo source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 LOGO_SEGMENT Logo Segment (Mnn, S, or ‘blank’). This field has a configurable fixed size of 3 characters and can be included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the LOGO_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_LOGO_SEGMENT Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, LOGO_SOM Logo SOM (hh:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, LOGO_SRC Logo Source. This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • LOGO • LOGO_AVAIL_ERR • LOGO_CTRL • LOGO_DBQ_CHN_GRP • LOGO_DBQ_GRP_ERR • LOGO_DBQ_RELEASED © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 412 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • LOGO_DBQUERY_FLAG • LOGO_DBQUERY_SOM • LOGO_DBQUERY_TITLE • LOGO_FLAG • LOGO_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR • LOGO_RES_AVAIL_ERR • LOGO_RES_ITEM_AVERR • LOGO_SEGMENT • LOGO_SOM • LOGO_SRC_TS • LOGO_UPDATE_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 LOGO_SRC_TS Logo Source Transport Status. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, LOGO_UPDATE_IGNORE Logo Update Ignore (X,D,S,Blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the LOGO_UPDATE_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_LOGO_UPDATE_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, LOGO#_ASRUN (Where # = nothing, 2) Logo as-run status for # = nothing, 2. These configurable fields are 1 character in size. They require that the corresponding LOGO#_SRC field be included. Implied Fields: The following corresponding fields are included when the LOGO#_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG: • LOGO#_ASRUN_CTRL • LOGO#_ASRUN_UID (Where # = nothing, 2) (Where # = nothing, 2) Valid in Systems: A7500v4 LOGO#_ASRUN_CTRL (Where # = nothing, 2) Logo as-run control for # = nothing, 2. These fields are 1 character in size. The corresponding fields are included when the LOGO#_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG. They also require that the corresponding LOGO#_SRC field be included. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 LOGO#_ASRUN_UID (Where # = nothing, 2) These fields are 12 characters in size. The corresponding fields are included when the LOGO#_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 413 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files They also require that the corresponding LOGO#_SRC field be included. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 LOGO#_SRC (Where # = nothing, 2) Logo source, # = nothing, 2, 3, 4. These fields of 1 character in size. Included Fields: The following corresponding fields are included when the LOGO#_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • LOGO#_ASRUN Valid in Systems: A7500v4 LOGO’n’_GUID (Where ‘n’= 1, 2) This configurable field supports GUIDE functionality and must be added to store.cfg before it can be used. (See also MAIN_GUID, DSK’n’_GUID, EFFECT’n’_GUID, FXLIST’n’_GUID, OVER’n’_GUID) Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4 LOGO1_AVERR Logo Src Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 LOGO1_DBQ_FLAG Logo Database Query Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 LOGO1_DBQ_SOM Logo Database SOM. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 LOGO1_DBQ_TITLE Logo Database Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 LOGO1_DBQ_TYPE_MAT to LOGO2_DBQ_TYPE_MAT Optional field, automatically included if corresponding LOGOn_TYPE_MAT field is included in Store.cfg. Values restricted to type-of-material codes. Valid in Systems: A8600v4 LOGO1_ITEM Logo ID (or Blank). This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 414 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the LOGO1_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_LOGO1_ITEM Valid in Systems: A7500v4 LOGO1_ITEM_AVERR Logo Item avail error flag field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 LOGO1_ITEM_RES Use to specify Material ID’s for reserve source if it is configured. (See also (LOGO2_ITEM_RES) If “LOGO1_ITEM_RES”, “LOGO2_ITEM_RES” are configured and specified, their values are propagated to reserve source. Otherwise, values of main items of Logo 1 and Logo 2 (“LOGO1_ITEM”, “LOGO2_ITEM”) are propagated to reserve source. Valid in Systems: A8100v5, A8600v5 LOGO1_PLAY_MODE={S, D,} DSK Play mode. Renamed to LOGO_PLAY_MODE to LOGO1_PLAY_MODE in A7500 v4.13.02 Used with Play Mode Switching: Valid optins are: • “S” Static mode, load predefined pages • “D”: Dynamic mode, update and load pages • Default: Dynamic mode, update and load pages Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4 LOGO1_RES_AVERR Logo Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specified the Source not available error flag for reserve Logo source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 LOGO1_SEGMENT to LOGO2_SEGMENT Logo Segment (Mnn, S, or ‘blank’). Values restricted to segment numbers or blank. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters and can be included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the LOGOn_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_LOGOn_SEGMENT Valid in Systems: A8600v4 LOGO1_TYPE_MAT to LOGO2_TYPE_MAT Configurable field. Values are restricted to type-of-material codes. Implied Field: The following field is included when the LOGOn_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 415 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • B_LOGOn_TYPE_MAT • LOGOn_DBQ_TYPE_MAT Valid in Systems: A8600v4 LOGO1_UPD_IGNORE Logo Update Ignore (X,D,S,Blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the LOGO1_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_LOGO1_UPD_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A7500v4 LOGO2_ADUR Actual duration of a Logo2 (Secondary) sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 LOG02_ATIME_OFS Actual time offset of a Logo2 (Secondary) sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 LOGO2_AVAIL_ERR Logo 2 Src Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500v3 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_AVERR Logo 2 Src Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 LOGO2_BCTRL Logo 2 Control: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 LOGO2_CTRL Logo 2 Event, Source Control. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the LOGO2_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 416 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • LOGO2_BCTRL Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500v3 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_DB_TITLE Logo 2 Event, Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 LOGO2_DBQ_CHN_GRP Logo 2 Database Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 LOGO2_DBQ_DUR Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00, A7500 v3.38.00 LOGO2_DBQ_FLAG Logo 2 Database Query Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00, A7500 v3.38.00 LOGO2_DBQ_GRP_ERR Logo 2 Database Group Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 LOGO2_DBQ_RELEASED Logo 2 Database Released Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 LOGO2_DBQ_SOM Logo 2 Database SOM. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500v3, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_DBQ_TITLE Logo 2 Database Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500v3, A8100, A8600 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 417 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files LOGO2_DUR_B Logo 2 Duration type B Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00, A7500 v3.38.00 LOGO2_DURATION Logo 2 Duration Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00, A7500 v3.38.00 LOGO2_FLAG Logo 2 Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_ITEM Logo 2 Event, Item ID. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters and can be included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the LOGO2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • LOGO2_ITEM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_ITEM_AV_ERR Logo 2 Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_ITEM_AVERR Logo 2 Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, LOGO2_ITEM_B Logo 2 Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_ITEM_RES Use to specify Material ID’s for reserve source if it is configured. (See also (LOGO1_ITEM_RES) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 418 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files If “LOGO1_ITEM_RES”, “LOGO2_ITEM_RES” are configured and specified, their values are propagated to reserve source. Otherwise, values of main items of Logo 1 and Logo 2 (“LOGO1_ITEM”, “LOGO2_ITEM”) are propagated to reserve source. Valid in Systems: A8100v5, A8600v5 LOGO2_PLAY_MODE={S, D,} DSK Play mode. Used with Play Mode Switching: Valid optins are: • “S” Static mode, load predefined pages • “D”: Dynamic mode, update and load pages • Default: Dynamic mode, update and load pages Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v4 LOGO2_RES_AVAIL_ERR Logo 2 Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, LOGO2_RES_AVERR Logo 2 Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, LOGO2_RES_ITEM_AVERR Logo 2 Reserve Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, LOGO2_RES_SRC_TS Logo 2 Source Reserve Transport Status. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 character. Valid in Systems: A7500, LOGO2_SEG Valid in Systems: A7500 LOGO2_SEG_B Logo 2 Segment: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the LOGO2_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500v3, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_SEGMENT Logo 2 Event, Segment (Mnn,S,Blank). This field has a configurable fixed size of 16 characters and can be included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the LOGO2_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 419 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • LOGO2_SEG_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500v3, A8100, A8600 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_SOM Logo 2 Event, SOM (hh:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the LOGO2_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • LOGO2_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500v3, A8100, A8600 Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_SOM_B Logo 2 Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the LOGO2_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, LOGO2_SRC Logo 2 Event, Source. This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • LOGO2_AVAIL_ERR • LOGO2_CTRL • LOGO2_DB_TITLE • LOGO2_DBQ_CHN_GRP • LOGO2_DBQ_FLAG • LOGO2_DBQ_GRP_ERR • LOGO2_DBQ_RELEASED • LOGO2_DBQ_SOM • LOGO2_DBQ_TITLE • LOGO2_FLAG • LOGO2_ITEM • LOGO2_ITEM_AV_ERR • LOGO2_RES_AVAIL_ERR • LOGO2_RES_ITEM_AVERR • LOGO2_SEGMENT • LOGO2_SOM • LOGO2_SRC_B • LOGO2_SRC_TS • LOGO2_UPD_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500v3, A8100, A8600 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 420 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_SRC_B Logo 2 Source : Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500v3, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_SRC_TS Logo 2 Source Transport Status. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500v3, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_TIME_OFS Logo 2 Time Offset Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00, A7500 v3.38.00 LOGO2_TIME_OFS_B Logo 2 Time Offset type B Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00, A7500 v3.38.00 LOGO2_TRANSITION Logo 2 Transition Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_UPD_IGNORE Logo 2 Update Ignore (X,D,S,Blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the LOGO2_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • LOGO2_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500v3, Removed from / Invalid in: A7500 v2.54.00 LOGO2_UPD_IGNORE_B Logo 2 Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the LOGO2_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, M MAIN_GUID This field stores the corresponding H-Class (Centergy) event identifier for an as-run entry that is marked as exported. This field allows H-Class (Centergy) integration programs to interact with stock automation releases. (See also ASRUN_EXPORTED.) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 421 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Supercede HCLASS_ID field in A7500v4.12.00 Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4 MAIN_FLAG The “Main” flag is displayed if there is a main source error, main switcher error, main source avail error, or main item avail error. Valid in Systems: A7200 MATERIAL_CLASS This optional field contains a two-character material classification code. Material Class. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. This field was re-enabled in A7500 v3.72.00. Valid in Systems: A7500, A7500v4, A8100, A7800, A8800, MATERIAL_CREATE_DATE This optional field contains the material creation date in the format mm/dd/yy. Material Create Date (dd/mm/yy). This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the MATERIAL_CREATE_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • MATERIAL_CREATE_TIME • B_MAT_CREATE_DATE Valid in Systems: A8100, MATERIAL_CREATE_TIME This field contains the material create time in the format hh:mm:ss Material Create Time (hh:mm:ss). This field has a fixed size of 8 characters and is included when the MATERIAL_CREATE_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the MATERIAL_CREATE_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_MAT_CREATE_TIME Valid in Systems: A8100, MATERIAL_SOURCE This optional field contains the material source. This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the MATERIAL_SOURCE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_MAT_SOURCE Valid in Systems: A8100, MST_DUR_HOLD The dur_hold array is an array of flags used to store current hold state of duration on all buses. This state is calculated by Swr task on Active CPU, but Schedule Server acting as Active SSync Server also needs to know this info to fill the SWR_REM_SUBDUR_LIST properly. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 422 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • SWR_REM_SUBDUR_ LIST is filled using information about event and subevent out times which can be obtained from On-air storage. • Since Schedule Servers may not have proper out times data when event is just taken due to delays in storage synchronization, now sending information about durations is postponed for 150 milliseconds. All Schedule Servers should have correct storage data to this time guaranteed. • As a result the Slave system will take the event with duration value stored in corresponding event field. Then after 150 milliseconds all durations are updated so that in future the main event and all subevents will end simultaneously on Primary and Slave side. Valid in Systems: A8100, A8600 N NATIVE_BUS The automation software is enhanced to enable archive, copy, and delete operations after an item was released. To that end, the “NATIVE_BUS” field is used to store a record bus or a cache work order bus name while transferring not released clips from the on-air store of the original bus to the corresponding trim bus. After the item is released on the trim bus, the “NATIVE_BUS” field is used to determine source and destination network names for archive, copy, and delete operations. Since the “NATIVE_BUS” field is optional, it must be added to STORE.CFG in order to enable support for the archive/copy/delete after release. Valid in Systems: A6800, A7800 NET_INPUT_FLAGS Net cue received flags field Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, NUM_COPIES This optional field contains the number of copies to request in a copy after record operation Valid in Systems: A7500v4 O OUT_ARC_OR_AFD Output Aspect Ratio or AFD (0-7, 4:3, 16:9, 16, W, 14, 'blank'). (AFD = Active Format Descriptor values) This field has a configurable fixed size of 4 characters. This general-purpose text field is used to indicate the desired aspect ratio from traffic schedule. To make it visible in event displays, add it to DISPLAY.TBL and or EVENTWIN.TBL. Output_Aspect_Ratio is used to support traffic systems, which only support aspect ratio in terms of the desired aspect ratio of the program, and then only in the simplistic terms of 4:3 or 16:9 with no support for more complex AFDs. Supported Aspect Ratio Codes: blank, “0”, “4:3”, “4”, or “1”, “16:9”, “16”, “W”, or “2”, “14”, or “3”, “5”, “6”, and “7”. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 423 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the OUT_ARC_OR_AFD field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OUT_ARC_OR_AFD Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A6800, A8100v4, A8600v4, A8800 OUT_TIME Out Time (hh:mm:ss:ff). This required field has a fixed size of 11 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OUT_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OUT_TIME Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 A8100, OVER_ADUR Actual duration of an Audio-Over (Tertiary) sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600v4 OVER_ATIME_OFS Actual time offset of an Audio-Over (Tertiary) sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8100v4, A8600v4 OVER_ALT_SRC Tertiary Event, Alternate Source. [Source Type: Voice-over (a.k.a. over)] This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. • If included, caching is occurs for the corresponding item. • If omitted, the corresponding item is not cached, even though the item appears in the cache list and item availability checking uses information from the cache list. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OVER_ALT_SRC Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100 OVER_AVAIL_ERR Over Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500 A8100, OVER_BCTRL Over Control: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8000 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 424 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files OVER_CTRL Tertiary Event, Source Control. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG: • OVER_BCTRL Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER_DB_TITLE Tertiary Event, Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100 OVER_DBQ_CHN_GRP Tertiary Database Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600 OVER_DBQ_GRP_ERR Tertiary Database Group Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER_DBQ_RELEASED Tertiary Database Released Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER_DBQUERY_DUR Tertiary Database Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER_DBQUERY_FLAG Tertiary Database Query Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER_DBQUERY_SOM Tertiary Database SOM. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER_DBQUERY_TITLE Tertiary Database Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 425 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER_DURATION Tertiary Event, Duration (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OVER_DURATION Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER_DURATION_ERR Duration error flag for over sub-events. This duration error flag is automatically included in the store when the sub-event is included in the store. The sub-event duration error field is set to an error state if the duration of the subevent exceeds the main event duration. It is displayed as a schedule error icon when configured for display on DALstation. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER2_DURATION_ERR Duration error flag for over sub-events. This duration error flag is automatically included in the store when the sub-event is included in the store. The sub-event duration error field is set to an error state if the duration of the subevent exceeds the main event duration. It is displayed as a schedule error icon when configured for display on DALstation. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8600 OVER_FLAG Over Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER_IN_TIME Tertiary Event, In Time (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER_IN_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OVER_IN_TIME Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER_ITEM Tertiary Event, Item ID. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 20 characters and can be included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OVER_ITEM Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 426 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files OVER_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR Audio Item avail error flag field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER_LOOP Tertiary Event, Loop (L or Blank). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER_LOOP field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OVER_LOOP Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER_RATE This configurable field is… Valid in Systems: A7500, OVER_RES_AVAIL_ERR Over Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Source not available error flag for reserve Audio Over 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 OVER_RES_ITEM_AVERR \ OVER_RES_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR Audio Reserve Item Avail Error Flag Field. (OVER_RES_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR) This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Item not available error flag for reserve Audio Over 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 OVER_RES_SRC_TS Tertiary Source Reserve Transport Status. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. This field specifies the Transport status ICON for reserve Audio Over 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 OVER_SEGMENT Tertiary Event, Segment (Mnn,S,Blank). This field has a configurable fixed size of 3 characters and can be included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OVER_SEGMENT Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER_SOM Tertiary Event, SOM (hh:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 427 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OVER_SOM Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER_SPOOL_NUMBER Tertiary Event, Spool Number. [Source Type: Voice-over (a.k.a. over)] This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field is not required for caching. If included, it serves the same role for caching as the main (video) spool number. The main (video) spool number field (SPOOL_NUMBER) is used as the spool number for the main audio item. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER_SRC Tertiary Event, Source (Voice Over). This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OVER_SRC • OVER_AVAIL_ERR • OVER_CTRL • OVER_DB_TITLE • OVER_DBQ_CHN_GRP • OVER_DBQ_GRP_ERR • OVER_DBQ_RELEASED • OVER_DBQUERY_DUR • OVER_DBQUERY_FLAG • OVER_DBQUERY_SOM • OVER_DBQUERY_TITLE • OVER_DURATION • OVER_FLAG • OVER_IN_TIME • OVER_ITEM • OVER_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR • OVER_RES_AVAIL_ERR • OVER_RES_ITEM_AVERR • OVER_SEGMENT • OVER_SOM • OVER_SRC_TS • OVER_TRANSITION • OVER_UPDATE_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 428 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files OVER_SRC_TS Tertiary Source Transport Status. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER_TRANSITION Tertiary Event, Transition. This field has a configurable fixed size of 6 characters and can be included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OVER_TRANS Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER_UPDATE_IGNORE Tertiary Update Ignore (X,D,S,Blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER_UPDATE_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OVER_UPDATE_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, OVER#_ASRUN (Where # = nothing, 2) Tertiary event as-run status for # = nothing, 2. These configurable fields are 1 character in size. They require that the corresponding OVER#_SRC field be included. Implied Fields: The following corresponding fields are included when the OVER#_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG: • OVER#_ASRUN_CTRL • OVER#_ASRUN_UID (Where # = nothing, 2) (Where # = nothing, 2) Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER#_ASRUN_CTRL (Where # = nothing, 2) Tertiary event as-run control for # = nothing, 2. These fields are 1 character in size. The corresponding fields are included when the OVER#_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG. They also require that the corresponding OVER#_SRC field be included. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER#_ASRUN_UID (Where # = nothing, 2) These fields are 12 characters in size. The corresponding fields are included when the OVER#_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG. They also require that the corresponding OVER#_SRC field be included. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER#_DURATION_ERR © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. (Where # = nothing, 2, 3, 4) Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 429 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Tertiary event duration error, # = nothing, 2, 3, 4. These fields of 1 character in size. They are automatically included when the corresponding OVER#_SRC field is included. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100 OVER#_SRC (Where # = nothing, 2, 3, 4) Tertiarty event source, # = nothing, 2, 3, 4. These fields of 1 character in size. Included Fields: The following corresponding fields are included when the OVER#_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • OVER#_ASRUN • OVER#_DURATION_ERR Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER’n’_GUID (Where ‘n’= 1, 2) This configurable field supports GUIDE functionality and must be added to store.cfg before it can be used. (See also MAIN_GUID, DSK’n’_GUID, EFFECT’n’_GUID, FXLIST’n’_GUID, LOGO’n’_GUID) Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4 OVER1_AVERR Over Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER1_DBQ_TYPE_MAT to OVER2_DBQ_TYPE_MAT Optional field, automatically included if corresponding OVERn_TYPE_MAT field included in Store.cfg. Values are restricted to type-of-material codes. Valid in Systems: A8600v4 OVER1_DBQ_DUR Tertiary Database Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER1_DBQ_FLAG Tertiary Database Query Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER1_DBQ_SOM Tertiary Database SOM. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER1_DBQ_TITLE © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 430 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Tertiary Database Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER1_ITEM_AVERR Audio Item avail error flag field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER1_RES_AVERR Over Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Source not available error flag for reserve Audio Over 1 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER1_SEGMENT to OVER2_SEGMENT Tertiary Event, Segment (Mnn,S,Blank). This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters and can be included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Values restricted to segment numbers or blank. Implied Field: The following fields are included when the OVERn_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OVER1_SEGMENT to B_OVER2_SEGMENT Valid in Systems: A8600v4 OVER1_TIME_OFS Tertiary Event, In Time (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER1_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OVER1_TIME_OFS Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER1_TYPE_MAT to OVER2_TYPE_MAT Cconfigurable field one (1) character long. Values are restricted to type-of-material codes. Valid in Systems: A8600v4 OVER1_UPD_IGNORE Tertiary Update Ignore (X,D,S,Blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER1_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OVER1_UPD_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER2_ADUR © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 431 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Actual duration of an Audio-Over2 (Tertiary) sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 OVER2_ATIME_OFS Actual time offset of an Audio-Over2 (Tertiary) sub-event. This field is optional. It should be configured in STORE.CFG configuration file if the corresponding sub-event is configured. If necessary, it should also be configured in EVENTWIN.TBL and TRAFFIC.TBL specification files. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 OVER2_ALT_SRC Over 2 Event, Alternate Source. This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER2_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_OVER2_ALT_SRC Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER2_AVAIL_ERR Over 2 Src Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_AVERR Over 2 Src Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER2_BCTRL Over 2 Control: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_CTRL Over 2 Event, Source Control. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER2_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG: • OVER2_BCTRL Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_DB_TITLE © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 432 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Over 2 Event, Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER2_DBQ_CHN_GRP Over 2 Database Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER2_DBQ_DUR Over 2 Database Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_DBQ_FLAG Over 2 Database Query Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_DBQ_GRP_ERR Over 2 Database Group Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER2_DBQ_RELEASED Over 2 Database Released Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER2_DBQ_SOM Over 2 Database SOM. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_DBQ_TITLE © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 433 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Over 2 Database Abbreviated Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters and can be included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER2_DUR_B Over 2 Duration: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER2_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_DURATION Over 2 Event, Duration (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER2_DURATION field appears in STORE.CFG: • OVER2_DUR_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER2_FLAG Over 2 Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_ITEM Over 2 Event, Item ID. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 characters and can be included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • OVER2_ITEM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER2_ITEM_AV_ERR Over 2 Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 434 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_ITEM_AVERR Over 2 Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 OVER2_ITEM_B Over 2 Item: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_LOOP Over 2 Event, Loop (L or Blank). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER2_LOOP field appears in STORE.CFG: • OVER2_LOOP_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER2_LOOP_B Over 2 Loop: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_LOOP field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_RES_AVAIL_ERR Over 2 Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Source not available error flag for reserve Audio Over 2 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 OVER2_RES_AVERR \ OVER2_RES_AVAIL_ERR Over 2 Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Source not available error flag for reserve Audio Over 2 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8100v5 OVER2_RES_ITEM_AV_ERR Over 2 Reserve Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the Item not available error flag for reserve Audio Over 2 source machine. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 OVER2_RES_SRC_TS © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 435 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Over 2 Reserve Transport Status. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. This field specifies the Transport status ICON for reserve Audio Over 2 source machine. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v5 OVER2_SEG_B Over 2 Segment: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the OVER2_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_SEGMENT Over 2 Event, Segment (Mnn,S,Blank). This field has a configurable fixed size of 3 characters and can be included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER2_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: • OVER2_SEG_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER2_SOM Over 2 Event, SOM (hh:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER2_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • OVER2_SOM_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER2_SOM_B Over 2 Start of Message: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER2_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_SPOOL_NUMBER Over 2 Event, Spool Number. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 436 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files OVER2_SRC Over 2 Event, Source. This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • OVER2_AVAIL_ERR • OVER2_CTRL • OVER2_DB_TITLE • OVER2_DBQ_CHN_GRP • OVER2_DBQ_DUR • OVER2_DBQ_FLAG • OVER2_DBQ_GRP_ERR • OVER2_DBQ_RELEASED • OVER2_DBQ_SOM • OVER2_DBQ_TITLE • OVER2_DURATION • OVER2_FLAG • OVER2_ITEM • OVER2_ITEM_AV_ERR • OVER2_RES_AVAIL_ERR • OVER2_RES_ITEM_AVERR • OVER2_SEGMENT • OVER2_SOM • OVER2_SRC_B • OVER2_SRC_TS • OVER2_TIME_OFS • OVER2_TRANSITION • OVER2_UPD_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER2_SRC_B Over 2 Source: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_SRC_TS Over 2 Source Transport Status. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_TIME_OFS © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 437 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Over 2 Event, In Time (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. To schedule a second audio over, it is necessary that the sub-event fields controlling it be present in the store. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER2_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG: • OVER2_TIME_OFS_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 OVER2_TIME_OFS_B Over 2 Time Offset: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the OVER2_TIME_OFS field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_TRANS_B Over 2 Transition: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the OVER2_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_TRANSITION Over 2 Event, Transition. This configurable field has a fixed size of 6 characters and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER2_TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG: • OVER2_TRANS_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100 OVER2_UPD_IGNORE Over 2 Update Ignore (X,D,S,Blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the OVER2_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • OVER2_UPD_IGNORE_B Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, OVER2_UPD_IGNORE_B Over 2 Update Ignore: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the OVER2_UPD_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, P PDC_AUDIO PDC/VPS audio mode (‘M’, ‘S’, or ‘D’) (EPG-related field) Valid in Systems: A7500v3, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 438 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files PDC_CONTROL PDC receiver or service control code (EPG-related field) Valid in Systems: A7500v3, PDC_DATE Published start date: dd.mm (01.01 to 31.12) (EPG-related field) Implied Field: The following field is included when the PC_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_PDC_DATE Valid in Systems: A7500v3, PDC_TIME Published start time: hh:mm (EPG-related field) Implied Field: The following field is included when the PC_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_PDC_TIME Valid in Systems: A7500v3, PDC_TYPE <This and all related/implied fields are not currently supported as of A7500 v3.108.00.> PDC program type designation (000 to 255) (EPG-related field) Implied Field: The following field is included when the PC_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_PDC_DATE • B_PDC_TIME • B_PDC_TYPE • PDC_AUDIO • PDC_CONTROL • PDC_DATE • PDC_TIME Valid in Systems: A7500v3, Removed from / Invalid In: A7500 v3.108.00 PIT_ERR Program information event time error. (EPG-related field) Valid in Systems: A7500v3, PROGRAM_CLASS This parameter allows scheduling of program classification codes. (Note: It is also necessary to configure the field for display in DALterm and DALstation.) The PROGRAM_CLASS field is valid only if the events type of material, program classification code, and bus match a record in the PDMCLASS.TBL specification table. To ensure error checking is done correctly the PROGRAM_CLASS field is © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 439 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files linked with the type of material field such that if the type of material is modified the PROGRAM_CLASS field is error checked. Valid in Systems: A8100v4, A8600v4 PROGRAM_RATING Program rating mnemonic (e.g. “12+” or “TV-PG”). This field has a configurable fixed size of 9 characters. This field is used with the rating fields to determine the rating code. This field specifies the rating mnemonic for the event. The value used for this field must be one of the rating mnemonics defined in RATING.TBL, and must be part of a rating system allowed on the bus that contains the event. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the PROGRAM_RATING field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_PROGRAM_RATING • B_RATING_D • B_RATING_FV • B_RATING_L • B_RATING_S • B_RATING_V • RATING_D • RATING_L • RATING_S • RATING_V • RATING_FV Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 PROGRAM_TYPE_1 This field must contain a valid program type defined in EIA 608-A Table 13. Blank is also accepted. Acceptable program types are: Program Type Hex Code Program Type Hex Code <blank> <omitted from metadata> Hockey 50 Education 20 Home 51 Entertainment 21 Horror 52 Movie 22 Information 53 News 23 Instruction 54 Religious 24 International 55 Sports 25 Interview 56 Other 26 Language 57 Action 27 Legal 58 Advertisement 28 Live 59 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 440 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Program Type Hex Code Program Type Hex Code Animated 29 Local 5a Anthology 2a Math 5b Automobile 2b Medical 5c Awards 2c Meeting 5d Baseball 2d Military 5e Basketball 2e Miniseries 5f Bulletin 2f Music 60 Business 30 Mystery 61 Classical 31 National 62 College 32 Nature 63 Combat 33 Police 64 Comedy 34 Politics 65 Commentary 35 Premiere 66 Concert 36 Prerecorded 67 Consumer 37 Product 68 Contemporary 38 Professional 69 Crime 39 Public 6a Dance 3° Racing 6b Documentary 3b Reading 6c Drama 3c Repair 6d Elementary 3d Repeat 6e Erotica 3e Review 6f Exercise 3f Romance 70 Fantasy 40 Science 71 Farm 41 Series 72 Fashion 42 Service 73 Fiction 43 Shopping 74 Food 44 Soap Opera 75 Football 45 Special 76 Foreign 46 Suspense 77 Fund Raiser 47 Talk 78 Game/Quiz 48 Technical 79 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 441 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Program Type Hex Code Program Type Hex Code Garden 49 Tennis 7a Golf 4a Travel 7b Government 4b Variety 7c Health 4c Video 7d High School 4d Weather 7e History 4e Western 7f Hobby 4f Implied Fields: The following corresponding fields are included when a PROGRAM_TYPE_# field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_PROGRAM_TYPE_# (Where # = 1, 2) Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 PROGRAM_TYPE_2 This field must contain a valid program type defined in EIA 608-A Table 13. Blank is also accepted. Acceptable program types are: Program Type Hex Code Program Type Hex Code <blank> <omitted from metadata> Hockey 50 Education 20 Home 51 Entertainment 21 Horror 52 Movie 22 Information 53 News 23 Instruction 54 Religious 24 International 55 Sports 25 Interview 56 Other 26 Language 57 Action 27 Legal 58 Advertisement 28 Live 59 Animated 29 Local 5a Anthology 2a Math 5b Automobile 2b Medical 5c Awards 2c Meeting 5d Baseball 2d Military 5e Basketball 2e Miniseries 5f © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 442 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Program Type Hex Code Program Type Hex Code Bulletin 2f Music 60 Business 30 Mystery 61 Classical 31 National 62 College 32 Nature 63 Combat 33 Police 64 Comedy 34 Politics 65 Commentary 35 Premiere 66 Concert 36 Prerecorded 67 Consumer 37 Product 68 Contemporary 38 Professional 69 Crime 39 Public 6a Dance 3° Racing 6b Documentary 3b Reading 6c Drama 3c Repair 6d Elementary 3d Repeat 6e Erotica 3e Review 6f Exercise 3f Romance 70 Fantasy 40 Science 71 Farm 41 Series 72 Fashion 42 Service 73 Fiction 43 Shopping 74 Food 44 Soap Opera 75 Football 45 Special 76 Foreign 46 Suspense 77 Fund Raiser 47 Talk 78 Game/Quiz 48 Technical 79 Garden 49 Tennis 7a Golf 4a Travel 7b Government 4b Variety 7c Health 4c Video 7d High School 4d Weather 7e History 4e Western 7f © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 443 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Program Type Hex Code Hobby 4f Program Type Hex Code Implied Fields: The following corresponding fields are included when a PROGRAM_TYPE_# field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_PROGRAM_TYPE_# (Where # = 1, 2) Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 PROT_AVAIL_ERR Protection Source Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200 PROT_ASRUN Protection source as-run status. This configurable field is 1 character in size. It requires the PROT_SRC field be included. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the PROT_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG: • PROT_ASRUN_CTRL • PROT_ASRUN_UID Valid in Systems: A7500v4 PROT_ASRUN_CTRL Protection source as-run control. This field is 1 character in size. The field is included when the PROT_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG. It also requires the PROT_SRC field be included. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 PROT_ASRUN_UID (Where # = nothing, 2) This field is 12 characters in size. The field is included when the PROT_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG. It also requires the PROT_SRC field be included. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 PROT_B_CTRL Protection Control: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROT_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600 PROT_B_SRC Protection Source: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200 PROT_CTRL Protection Source Control Field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 444 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the PROT_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG: • PROT_B_CTRL Note: Updating the PROT_CTRL field triggers rechecking the PROT_SOM field. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600 PROT_DBASE_TITLE Protection Source Database Title. This field has a configurable fixed size of 16 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200 PROT_DBQ_CHN_GRP Protection Dbase Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, PROT_DBQ_GRP_ERR Protection Dbase Group Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, PROT_DBQ_RELEASED Protection Dbase Released Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character and can be included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8200, A8400v4, A8600 PROT_DBQ_TYPE_MAT (Optional) field. This field is automatically included in event if PROT_TYPE_MAT is included in store.cfg. Valid in Systems: A8600v4 PROT_DBQUERY_DUR Protection Dbase Duration. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200 PROT_DBQUERY_FLAG Prot Dbase Query Done Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200 PROT_DBQUERY_SOM Protection Database SOM. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200 PROT_DBQUERY_TITLE © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 445 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Protection Source Database Query Title. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 16 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200 PROT_DUR Protection Duration (h:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 10 characters and can be included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the PROT_DUR field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_PROT_DUR Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200 PROT_FLAG Protection Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200 PROT_ITEM Protection Source Material ID. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 32 character and can be included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the PROT_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_PROT_ITEM Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200 PROT_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR Protection Item Avail Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200 PROT_SEGMENT Protection Segment (Mnn,S,Blank). This field has a configurable fixed size of 3 characters and can be included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the PROT_SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_PROT_SEGMENT Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8600v4 PROT_SOM Protection SOM (hh:mm:ss:ff). This field has a configurable fixed size of 11 characters and can be included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the PROT_SOM field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_PROT_SOM Note: Updating the PROT_CTRL field triggers rechecking the PROT_SOM field. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 446 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files PROT_SPOOL_NUMBER Protection Spool Number. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, PROT_SRC Protection Source Field. This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • PROT_ASRUN • PROT_AVAIL_ERR • PROT_B_SRC • PROT_CTRL • PROT_DBQ_CHN_GRP • PROT_DBQ_GRP_ERR • PROT_DBQ_RELEASED • PROT_DBQUERY_DUR • PROT_DBQUERY_FLAG • PROT_DBQUERY_SOM • PROT_DUR • PROT_FLAG • PROT_ITEM • PROT_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR • PROT_SEGMENT • PROT_SOM • PROT_SPOOL_NUMBER • PROT_SRC_ERROR • PROT_SRC_TIMECODE • PROT_SRC_TS • PROT_UPDATE_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8600 PROT_SRC_ERROR Protection Source Error Flag. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. This flag is set if the protection source has source error. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, PROT_SRC_TIMECODE Protection Source Timecode. This field has is 4 characters in size and is included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100, A8600 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 447 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files PROT_SRC_TS Protection Source Transport Status. This field has a fixed size of 2 characters and is included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, PROT_TYPE_MAT New (configurable) field one (1) character long. Its values are restricted to type-of-material codes Implied Field: The following fields are included when the PROT_UPDATE_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_PROT_TYPE_MAT • PROT_DBQ_TYPE_MAT Valid in Systems: A8600v4 PROT_UPDATE_IGNORE Protection Update Ignore (X,D,S,Blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Implied Field: The following field is included when the PROT_UPDATE_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_PROT_UPDATE_IGNORE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, R RATING_D Program rating - suggestive dialog flag (‘D’ or blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROGRAM_RATING field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the suggestive dialog rating flag for the event. • ‘D’ enables this rating • ‘blank’ disable this rating. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 RATING_FV Program rating - fantasy violence flag (‘F’ or blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROGRAM_RATING field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the fantasy violence rating flag for the event. • ‘F’ enables this rating • ‘blank’ disable this rating. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 RATING_L Program rating - coarse language flag (‘L’ or blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROGRAM_RATING field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the coarse language rating for flag the event. • ‘L’ enables this rating © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 448 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files • ‘blank’ disable this rating. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 RATING_S Program rating - sexual situations flag (‘S’ or blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROGRAM_RATING field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the sexual situations rating flag for the event. • ‘S’ enables this rating • ‘blank’ disable this rating. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 RATING_V Program rating - violence flag (‘V’ or blank). This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the PROGRAM_RATING field appears in STORE.CFG. This field specifies the violence rating flag for the event. • ‘V’ enables this rating • ‘blank’ disable this rating. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 READY2_ACTRL_FLAG Ready 2 A Control Flag Valid in Systems: A8200, A8500, A8600, Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.08.00, A6500 v3.26.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 v3.26.00, A8100 v3.30.00, A8800 v3.86.00, A7410 v2.18.00 READY2_VCTRL_FLAG Ready 2 V Control Flag Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.08.00, A6500 v3.26.00, A7200 v2.04.00, A7500 v3.26.00, A8100 v3.30.00 RECORD_STATUS Bus record status 1 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_CTRL field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4, RECORD_STATUS2 Bus record status 2 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_CTRL2 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4, RECORD_STATUS3 Bus record status 3 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_CTRL3 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4, RECORD_STATUS4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 449 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Bus record status 4 field. This field has a fixed size of 1 character and is included when the BUS_CTRL4 field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4, A8600v4 RELEASED Released Flag={Y,N}. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. This field indicates whether the item being recorded is released for on-air use. • Specifying Y in this field for a record bus event indicates the item has been released for on-air use (i.e. the item is recorded with auto accept). • Specifying N in this field indicates the item has not been released for on-air use. • Omitting this field or leaving it blank indicates that the “release state” feature is not to be used, thus pre-serving existing behavior. • Any other value is invalid, and treated as error. Implied Field: The following field is included when the RELEASED field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_RELEASED Valid in Systems: A6800, A7500v4, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8800 RES_AVAIL_ERR Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7400 v4.00.00.00 RES_AVERR Reserve Source Avail Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7800v4 RES_ERROR Reserve Source Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, RES_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR Reserve Item Avail Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, Removed From / Invalid In: A7400 v4.00.00.00 RES_ITEM_AVERR Reserve Item Avail Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7800v4 RES_SRC_TS Reserve Source Transport Status. This required field has a fixed size of 2 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, RES_SWAP_STATUS © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 450 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Reserve source swap state. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. This field is used to display the swap reserve state of the main event source. To enable, add it to STORE.CFG with no size setting. • On master/device systems, it must be in the master automation store.cfg file since master automation performs the monitoring. • If there is no store.cfg file, the field is automatically be included in the store. This field is required by the ENABLE_RES_MON_SWAP feature – if a main/reserve pair is swapped by any means, the corresponding main and reserve monitors will swap their feeds also. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, RES_TIMECODE Holds the timecode of the reserve source and displays the timecode of the reserve machine for the source. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A7800v4, A8000, A8100v4, A8500 S SCH_ERR Schedule Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, SCHED_DATE Program guide initial schedule date: yyyy-mm-dd (UTC) (EPG-related field) Implied Field: The following field is included when the SCHED_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_SCHED_DATE Valid in Systems: A7500v3 SCHED_TIME Program guide initial schedule time: hh:mm:ss (UTC) (EPG-related field) Implied Field: The following field is included when the SCHED_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_SCHED_TIME Valid in Systems: A7500v4 SEC_ALT_SRC Secondary Alternate Source Implied Field: The following field is included when the SEC_ALT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_SEC_ALT_SRC Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, SEGMENT This mandatory field is two (2) characters long. Its values are restricted to segment numbers (00-99) or blank © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 451 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Implied Field: The following field is included when the SEGMENT field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_SEGMENT Valid in Systems: A7800v4, A8600v4 SERVICE Service name. Defaults to a value specified in the Service ID field in Bus.TBL. (EPGrelated field). Valid in Systems: A7500v3, SERVICE_ID <This and all related/implied fields are not currently supported as of A7500 v3.108.00.> Unique service identifier. Defaults to a value specified in the Service ID field in Bus.TBL. (EPG-related field) Implied Field: The following field is included when the SERVICE_ID field appears in STORE.CFG: • AUDIO_DESCR_TYPE • B_FIX_START • B_EPG_MODIFIED • B_SERVICE_ID • B_START_DATE • B_START_TIME • B_SCHED_DATE • B_SCHED_TIME • CAPTION_TYPE • COMMENT1 • COMMENT2 • FIX_START • PIT_ERR • SCHED_DATE • SCHED_TIME • SERVICE • START_DATE • START_TIME Valid in Systems: A7500v3, Removed From / Invalid In: A7500 v3.108.00 SETTING Subtitle Setting. This field has a configurable fixed size of 2 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the SETTING field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_SETTING © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 452 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A6800, A8600v5 SI_EVENT_ID SI Event ID. (For EPG: Unique program information event ID). This field has a configurable fixed size of 16 characters. Allows a unique event ID to be allocated to each event. It is used for grouping a series of events. When SI_EVENT_ID is enabled in the store a thick divider line is drawn on the console between any two events that have different contents in the SI_EVENT_ID field. If INSERT_CA_CODE is enabled in system.cfg, the SI_EVENT_ID field of a newly inserted event is set to the same value of the SI_EVENT_ID field of the previous event. Note: CA_CODE must be included in store.cfg if SI_EVENT_ID is included in store.cfg. If the latter is present, but the former is absent the automation system will issue an error message and fail to start. Valid in Systems: A7500, A8100v4 SIL_ENABLE1 Silence Channel 1 Enable (E, D, or Blank). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Implied Field: The following field is included when the SIL_ENABLE1 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_SIL_ENABLE1 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, SIL_ENABLE2 Silence Channel 2 Enable (E,D or Blank). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Implied Field: The following field is included when the SIL_ENABLE2 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_SIL_ENABLE2 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, SIL_ENABLE3 Silence Channel 3 Enable (E,D or Blank). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Implied Field: The following field is included when the SIL_ENABLE3 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_SIL_ENABLE3 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, SIL_ENABLE4 Silence Channel 4 Enable (E,D or Blank). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Implied Field: The following field is included when the SIL_ENABLE4 field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_SIL_ENABLE4 Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 453 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files SIL_TIME Silence Time (ss). This required field has a fixed size of 2 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the SIL_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_SIL_TIME Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7410, A7500, A8100, A8200 SOURCE Source Field. This required field has a fixed size of 8 characters. Valid in Systems: A8100, SOURCE_AVERR Source Avail Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7500v4, A7800v4 SPOOL_NUMBER Spool Number. This required field has a fixed size of 16 characters. This main (video) spool number field is used as the spool number for the main audio item. Implied Field: The following field is included when the SIL_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_SPOOL_NUMBER Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8100, SRC_ARC_OR_AFD Source ARC or AFD (1-7, 14, 16, W). This required field has a fixed size of 2 characters. This is the aspect ratio or, more correctly, the active format descriptor of the source material. ARC_OR_AFD Value Aspect Ratio 4:3, 4 or 1 4:3 16:9, 16, W, or 2 16:9 14 or 3 14:9 5 4:3 6 16:9 7 16:0 Blank or no field or other values <omitted from metadata> Implied Field: The following field is included when the SRC_ARC_OR_AFD field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_SRC_ARC_OR_AFD Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A6800, A8100v4, A8600v4, A8800 SRC_ERR Source Conflict Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 454 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, SRC_ERROR Source Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, SRC_TS Source Transport Status. This required field has a fixed size of 2 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, START_DATE Program guide start date: yyyy-mm-dd (UTC) (EPG-related field) Implied Field: The following field is included when the START_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_START_DATE Valid in Systems: A7500v3, START_TIME Program guide start time: hh:mm:ss (UTC) (EPG-related field) Implied Field: The following field is included when the START_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_START_TIME Valid in Systems: A7500v3, START_TYPE Start Type (TT, MAN, EXT, NET, blank). This required field has a fixed size of 3 characters. The start type defines the way an event is expected to begin. The start type field can be set to the following values: Value of START_TYPE Meaning <blank> Estimated time TT True-time - True-time MAN Manual start EXT External cue start NET Net cue start The time field of the event is displayed in the color configured in the specification table colours.tbl for events with MAN/TT/EXT/NET start types. Implied Field: The following field is included when the START_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_START_TYPE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400, A7500, A7800v4, A8100, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 455 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files STATUS_FLAG Item data is available, but the item is not. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500 T TEXT_AVERR Text AV Error. This field is included when the TEXT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400, TEXT_CTRL Text Control. This field is included when the TEXT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400, TEXT_FLAG Text Flag. This field is included when the TEXT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400, TEXT_ITEM Text Item Implied Field: The following field is included when the TEXT_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_TEXT_ITEM Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400, TEXT_ITEM_AVERR Text Item AV Error. This field is included when the TEXT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400, TEXT_SRC Text Source. This field has a configurable fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the TEXT_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_TEXT_ITEM • B_TEXT_SRC • TEXT_AVERR • TEXT_CTRL • TEXT_FLAG • TEXT_ITEM_AVERR Valid in Systems: A8200, A8400, TEXTOUT1 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 456 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Rating field: the main sub-event. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 40 characters. This field may contain UTF8-encoded Unicode text. The D-MAS console does not provide any mechanism for entering / viewing UTF8encoded text as Unicode. Characters that require a multi-byte UTF-8 encoding appear as a combination of box drawing elements and special characters on the DMAS console. UMS PAD Message Note: Event field enabled for the Artist Label and the Song Title fields in UMS PAD messages. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600, TEXTOUT2 Text Out 2. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 40 characters. UMS PAD Message Note: Event field enabled for the Artist Label and the Song Title fields in UMS PAD messages. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600 TEXTOUT3 Text Out 3. This required field has a variable size of 8 characters. UMS PAD Message Note: Event field enabled for the Advanced Application Control field in the B-4 message. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600 TEXTOUT4 Text Out 4. This required field has a variable size of 3 characters. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 TEXTOUT5 TEXTOUT5. This required field has a variable size of 3 characters. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 TEXTOUT6 Text Output 6. This required field has a variable size of 3 characters. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 TIME Time (hh:mm:ss:ff). This required field has a fixed size of 11 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • UTC_TIME Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, TIME_ERR Time Gap or Overlap (hh:mm:ss:ff). This required field has a fixed size of 4 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 457 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files TIME_TYPE This field has a fixed size of 1 character. Implied Field: The following field is included when the TIME_TYPE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_TIME_TYPE A7800 v4.11.00: Replaced by START_TYPE Removed form / Invalid in: A7800 v4.11.00 TIMECODE Timecode. This required field has a fixed size of 4 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7400v4, A7500, A8100, TIMELINE_END_TIME This 4 character field contains information useful for a horizontal/vertical timeline display. The time at which D-MAS estimates the event will end. Note: The fields are always present in the event store (TIMELINE_START_DATE, TIMELINE_START_TIME, TIMELINE_END_TIME, TIMELINE_THRESH_TIME, TIMELINE_THRESH_DATE) and may be configured for display in the D-MAS single bus display and event window. They are not usually configured as this is typically necessary only for development and troubleshooting. Removed from / Invalid in: A8100 v5.04.03 TIMELINE_START_DATE This 4 character field contains information useful for a horizontal/vertical timeline display. The date on which D-MAS estimates the event will start. Note: The fields are always present in the event store (TIMELINE_START_DATE, TIMELINE_START_TIME, TIMELINE_END_TIME, TIMELINE_THRESH_TIME, TIMELINE_THRESH_DATE) and may be configured for display in the D-MAS single bus display and event window. They are not usually configured as this is typically necessary only for development and troubleshooting. Removed from / Invalid in: A8100 v5.04.03 TIMELINE_START_TIME This 4 character field contains information useful for a horizontal/vertical timeline display. The time at which D-MAS estimates the event will start. Note: The fields are always present in the event store (TIMELINE_START_DATE, TIMELINE_START_TIME, TIMELINE_END_TIME, TIMELINE_THRESH_TIME, TIMELINE_THRESH_DATE) and may be configured for display in the D-MAS single bus display and event window. They are not usually configured as this is typically necessary only for development and troubleshooting. Removed from / Invalid in: A8100 v5.04.03 TIMELINE_THRESH_DATE This 4 character field contains information useful for a horizontal/vertical timeline display. The date of TIMELINE_THRESH_TIME. Note: The fields are always present in the event store (TIMELINE_START_DATE, TIMELINE_START_TIME, TIMELINE_END_TIME, TIMELINE_THRESH_TIME, TIMELINE_THRESH_DATE) and may be configured for display in the D-MAS single © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 458 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files bus display and event window. They are not usually configured as this is typically necessary only for development and troubleshooting. Removed from / Invalid in: A8100 v5.04.03 TIMELINE_THRESH_TIME This 4 character field contains information useful for a horizontal/vertical timeline display. The time after which D-MAS estimates the event will no longer be able to go to air. Note: The fields are always present in the event store (TIMELINE_START_DATE, TIMELINE_START_TIME, TIMELINE_END_TIME, TIMELINE_THRESH_TIME, TIMELINE_THRESH_DATE) and may be configured for display in the D-MAS single bus display and event window. They are not usually configured as this is typically necessary only for development and troubleshooting. Removed from / Invalid in: A8100 v5.04.03 TITLE Event Title. (For EPG: Program Published Title.) This required field has a variable size of 60 characters. This field may contain UTF8-encoded Unicode text. The D-MAS console does not provide any mechanism for entering / viewing UTF8encoded text as Unicode. Characters that require a multi-byte UTF-8 encoding appear as a combination of box drawing elements and special characters on the DMAS console. Implied Field: The following field is included when the COMMENT1 field appears in STORE.CFG: • DBQUERY_COMMENT1 (DBQUERY_TITLE) In A7500v4, A7800v4, A8400v4: COMMENT1 changed to TITLE. In A7500v4: DBQUERY_COMMENT1 changed to DBQUERY_TITLE. Valid in Systems: A7400v4, A7800v4, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8600v4 TONE_AVAIL_NUM If specified, it is used to define avail number to be included in splice request messages sent to digital compression system. This field accepts values from 1 to 255. If it is blank or it does not appear, automation always uses a zero value. Automation does not allow leading blanks. Automation treats invalid data as blank. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 TONE_AVAILS_EXPECTED If specified, it is used to define the number of avails expected to occur during the program to be included in splice request messages sent to digital compression system. This field accepts values from 1 to 255. If it is blank or it does not appear, automation always uses a zero value. Automation does not allow leading blanks. Automation treats invalid data as blank. Valid in Systems: A7500v5 TONE_FLAG This field is used to indicate when tone control has been requested. With A7500 v5.20 TONE_FLAG field can be added in store.cfg if TONE_SPLICE_TYPE field is omitted. If TONE_SPLICE_TYPE field is added in © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 459 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files store.cfg, TONE_FLAG is automatically included in store and cannot be added in store.cfg Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 TONE_GUID This field is used for as-run reconciliation. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 TONE_PROG_ID Identifies the program being interrupted by the commercial break to downstream systems. Valid values are an unsigned integer between 0 and 65,535 or blank Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 TONE_SPLICE_ID Identifies the commercial break to downstream systems. Valid values are an unsigned integer between 0 and 4,294,967,295 or blank Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 TONE_SPLICE_TYPE Specifies whether the break is starting or ending. Valid values are: S if the break is starting, E if the break is ending, or blank. With A7500 v5.20 TONE_FLAG field can be added in store.cfg if TONE_SPLICE_TYPE field is omitted. If TONE_SPLICE_TYPE field is added in store.cfg, TONE_FLAG is automatically included in store and cannot be added in store.cfg Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v4, A8600v4 TRANS_FLAG Fader Transition Done Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, TRANS_ICON Transition Icon. This required field has a fixed size of 5 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, TRANSITION Transition Type (V,F,C,M or Blank). This required field has a fixed size of 6 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the TRANSITION field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_TRANS Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, TRANSITION_DURATION This configurable parameter is turned off (commented) by default. To have ability to configure them in DALstation or DALterm they should be turned on (uncomment) in store.cfg. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 460 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files To specify different transition duration values new optional event field “TRANSITION_DURATION” is added. Possible valid values are bounded using “T_FADE_FAST” and “T_FADE_SLOW” parameters that are configured in system.cfg. • The value of the “T_FADE_FAST” parameter is interpreted as the maximal valid value of transition duration. • The value of “T_FADE_SLOW” is interpreted as the minimal valid value of transition duration. If the value entered in the “TRANSITION_DURATION” event field does not satisfy the conditions, the field is highlighted. Valid in Systems: A7500v5, A8100v5, A8100v6 TT_ERR True-Time Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, TV_WIDTH TV Display Width (W, 16, 14, 4, Blank). This required field has a fixed size of 2 characters. Renamed to Source Aspect Ratio or AFD: SRC_ARC_OR_AFD. Implied Field: The following field is included when the TV_WIDTH field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_TV_WIDTH Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8100, A7800, A6800, A8100v4, A8800, Removed from / Invalid in: A5500 v3.12.00 TXM_CONTROL_DONE1 This 1 character field is included automatically when TXM_MACRO_TYPE1 is included in STORE.CFG Valid in Systems: A7500 TXM_CONTROL_DONE2 This 1 character field is included automatically when TXM_MACRO_TYPE2 is included in STORE.CFG Valid in Systems: A7500 TXM_CONTROL_DONE3 This 1 character field is included automatically when TXM_MACRO_TYPE3 is included in STORE.CFG Valid in Systems: A7500 TXM_CONTROL_DONE4 This 1 character field is included automatically when TXM_MACRO_TYPE4 is included in STORE.CFG Valid in Systems: A7500 TXM_DATA1 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 461 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files This 16 character, variable size field is included automatically when TXM_MACRO_TYPE1 is included in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A7500 TXM_DATA2 This 16 character, variable size field is included automatically when TXM_MACRO_TYPE2 is included in STORE.CFG Valid in Systems: A7500 TXM_DATA3 This 16 character, variable size field is included automatically when TXM_MACRO_TYPE3 is included in STORE.CFG Valid in Systems: A7500 TXM_DATA4 This 16 character, variable size field is included automatically when TXM_MACRO_TYPE4 is included in STORE.CFG Valid in Systems: A7500 TXM_MACRO_TYPE1 This 8 character, variable size field enables the first text macro sub-event. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the TXM_MACRO_TYPE1 field appears in STORE.CFG: • TXM_OFFSET1 • TXM_DATA1 • TXM_CONTROL_DONE1 Valid in Systems: A7500 TXM_MACRO_TYPE2 This 8 character, variable size field enables the second text macro sub-event. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the TXM_MACRO_TYPE2 field appears in STORE.CFG: • TXM_OFFSET2 • TXM_DATA2 • TXM_CONTROL_DONE2 Valid in Systems: A7500 TXM_MACRO_TYPE3 This 8 character, variable size field enables the third text macro sub-event. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the TXM_MACRO_TYPE3 field appears in STORE.CFG: • TXM_OFFSET3 • TXM_DATA3 • TXM_CONTROL_DONE3 Valid in Systems: A7500 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 462 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files TXM_MACRO_TYPE4 This 8 character, variable size field enables the third text macro sub-event. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the TXM_MACRO_TYPE4 field appears in STORE.CFG: • TXM_OFFSET4 • TXM_DATA4 • TXM_CONTROL_DONE4 Valid in Systems: A7500 TXM_OFFSET1 This 11 character (hh:mm:ss:ff) field is included automatically when TXM_MACRO_TYPE1 is included in STORE.CFG. • A binary time offset field is also needed, 4 bytes in size. Valid in Systems: A7500 TXM_OFFSET2 This 11 character (hh:mm:ss:ff) field is included automatically when TXM_MACRO_TYPE2 is included in STORE.CFG. • A binary time offset field is also needed, 4 bytes in size. Valid in Systems: A7500 TXM_OFFSET3 This 11 character (hh:mm:ss:ff) field is included automatically when TXM_MACRO_TYPE3 is included in STORE.CFG. • A binary time offset field is also needed, 4 bytes in size. Valid in Systems: A7500 TXM_OFFSET4 This 11 character (hh:mm:ss:ff) field is included automatically when TXM_MACRO_TYPE4 is included in STORE.CFG. • A binary time offset field is also needed, 4 bytes in size. Valid in Systems: A7500 TYPE_MATERIAL Type of Material (Mnn,S,C,T,I,K,X, Blank). This required field has a fixed size. Values are restricted to type-of-material codes. Implied Field: The following field is included when the TYPE_MATERIAL field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_TYPE_MATERIALX Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800v4, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8600v4 U UNIQUE_EVENT_ID Unique Event ID. This required field has a fixed size of 12 characters. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 463 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A7400v4, A8600, A8800, Removed from / Invalid in: A6500 v3.66.00, A7500 v3.66.00, A8100 v3.26.00, A8400 v3.26.00 UDP_TEXTOUT_FLAG An internal field used to indicate if the message has been sent or not. This parameter is included automatically when the store parameter UDP_TEXTOUT_TRIGGER is implemented. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8200v4, A8400v4, A8500v4, A8600v4 UDP_TEXTOUT_TRIGGER The trigger field to allow for netcue trigger messages to be sent from D-MAS automation to a network connected device via UDP packets. A non-blank value arms the message to be sent. When this store parameter is implemented, UDP_TEXT_FLAG is included automatically. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A8000v4, A8100v4, A8200, A8400, A8500v4, A8600v4 UPDATE_IGNORE Update Ignore (X, D, S, T, L, B, C, N, Blank). This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. • X: Do not update any field (i.e., full inhibition). • S: Do not update the SOM field. • T: Update all fields except the TYPE_MATERIAL field • D: Do not update the duration field. • L: Do not update the event title (long title) field. • B: Do not update the abbreviated title field. • C: Do not update the agency code field. • N: Update all fields (i.e., no inhibition). • (Blank): Use default automatic database update inhibitions. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the UPDATE_IGNORE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_UPDATE_IGNORE • B_DISABLE_UPD_ERROR Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A7800, A8000, A8100, A8200, A8400, A8500, A8600, A8800, UTC_DATE UTC Event Date. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the DATE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, UTC_TIME UTC Event Time. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the TIME field appears in STORE.CFG. © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 464 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, V V_CHIP V-Chip. This required field has a fixed size of 5 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, V_TIMECODE Video Timecode. This required field has a fixed size of 4 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VCTRL_FLAG Video Control Done Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VID_DBQ_AGENCY_CODE Video Database Agency Code. This field has a fixed size of 17 characters and is included when the VIDEO_AGENCY_CODE field appears in STORE.CFG. This field stores the agency code field data that is returned as part of an item availability database data query. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_AGENCY_CODE Video Agency Code. This field has a configurable variable size of up to 17 characters. The contents of this general-purpose text field are saved in the DAL3 user data for items that are recorded through a record bus or cache. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the VIDEO_AGENCY_CODE field appears in STORE.CFG: • VID_DBQ_AGENCY_CODE • VIDEO_B_AGENCY_CODE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_ASRUN Video as-run status. This configurable field is 1 character in size. It requires the VIDEO_SRC field be included. Implied Fields: The following fields are included when the VIDEO_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG: • VIDEO_ASRUN_CTRL • VIDEO_ASRUN_UID Valid in Systems: A7500v4 VIDEO_ASRUN_CTRL Video as-run control. This field is 1 character in size. The field is included when the VIDEO_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG. It also requires the VIDEO_SRC field be included. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 465 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files VIDEO_ASRUN_UID This field is 12 characters in size. The field is included when the VIDEO_ASRUN field appears in STORE.CFG. It also requires the VIDEO_SRC field be included. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 VIDEO_AVAIL_ERR Video Src Avail Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_AVERR Video Src Avail Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 VIDEO_B_AGENCY_CODE Video Agency Code: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the VIDEO_AGENCY_CODE field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500 Removed From / Invalid In: A7500 v3.132.00, A7500 v4.01.00 VIDEO_B_INTIME Video InTime: Binary type. This field has a fixed size of 4 characters and is included when the VIDEO_INTIME field appears in STORE.CFG. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_CTRL Video Source Control. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Implied Field: The following field is included when the VIDEO_AGENCY_CODE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_VCTRL Note: In A7500 v4.27.00 and higher, updating the VIDEO_CTRL field triggers rechecking the VIDEO_INTIME field. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_DBASE_TITLE Video Abbreviated Title. This required field has a fixed size of 16 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_DBQ_CHN_GRP Video Database Channel Group. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, VIDEO_DBQ_GRP_ERR Video Database Group Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 466 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files VIDEO_DBQ_RELEASED Video Database Released Flag. This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7500, A8600 VIDEO_DBQUERY_DUR Database Duration. This required field has a fixed size of 4 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_DBQUERY_FLAG Video Database Query Done Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_DBQUERY_INTIME Database In Time. This required field has a fixed size of 4 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_DBQUERY_TITLE Database Abbreviated Title. This required field has a fixed size of 16 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_INTIME Video In Time (hh:mm:ss:ff). This required field has a fixed size of 11 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the VIDEO_INTIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • VIDEO_B_INTIME Note: In A7500 v4.27.00 and higher, updating the VIDEO_CTRL field triggers rechecking the VIDEO_INTIME field. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_ITEM Video Material ID. This required field has a fixed size of 20 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the VIDEO_ITEM field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_VIDEO_ITEM Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_ITEM_AVAIL_ERR Video Item Avail Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_ITEM_AVERR Video Item Avail Error Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 VIDEO_RES_AVAIL_ERR © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 467 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Video Reserve Avail Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_RES_AVERR Video Reserve Avail Flag. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A7500v4 VIDEO_RES_ITEM_AVERR Video Reserve Item Avail Error. This required field has a fixed size of 1 character. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, VIDEO_RES_SRC_TS Reserve Source Transport Status. This required field has a fixed size of 2 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_RES_TIMECODE Holds the timecode of the reserve video source. Valid in Systems: A7500v4, A7500v5 VIDEO_SRC Video Source. This required field has a fixed size of 8 characters. Implied Field: The following field is included when the VIDEO_SRC field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_VSRC • VIDEO_ASRUN Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VIDEO_SRC_TS Video Source Transport Status. This required field has a fixed size of 2 characters. Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, VPS_DATE VPS Date (dd.mm). This field has a configurable fixed size of 5 characters. Additional valid values for this field are UC.UC, LC.LC, SC.SC, and 00:15. Implied Field: The following field is included when the VPS_DATE field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_VPS_DATE Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 VPS_TIME VPS Time (hh:mm). This field has a configurable fixed size of 5 characters. Additional valid values for this field are UC:UC, LC:LC, SC:SC, 29:63, 30:63, and 31:63. Implied Field: The following field is included when the VPS_TIME field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_VPS_TIME Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 468 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files VPS_YOUTH VPS Youth (J or N). This field has a configurable fixed size of 1 character. Implied Field: The following field is included when the VPS_YOUTH field appears in STORE.CFG: • B_VPS_YOUTH Valid in Systems: A5500, A6500, A7500, A8100, A8600 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 469 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files TIMEZONE.CFG The file defines all of the time zones recognized by the system. When a time zone is called by another table, the standard name is used. Each time zone has a standard definition and optional daylight savings time information. The first time zone in the table must be UTC. Valid in Systems: A6500, A7400, A7410, A7500, A7800, A8100, A8200, A8500, A8600, A7800, A8800 IMPORTANT: The rules for DST (Daylight Saving Time) are changing and are effective in 2007. To comply with these new rules, configuration changes are required within timezone.cfg which is used by the automation system to compile and reflect various timezones. This file must be properly configured to avoid any undesired automation behavior. Parameters Each record consists of the following information: Parameter Example Time zone number 30 Time zone name (up to 4 chars) British Summer Time BST Time zone offset from UTC consisting of +/- hh:mm Plus 1 hour 1:00 Daylight savings flag: Y if daylight savings begins at this time, N otherwise Y Minutes (2 digits) of hour when change is to occur 0 Hour when change is to occur 3am 3 The last day of summer time is defined in these lines: 25th 25 Low-day is the lowest day number of a range of days '-' character - High-day is the highest day number in a range of days 31st 31 Month (2 digits) October 10 Low-day-of-week is the low day of week indicator Sunday 0 '-' character - high-day-of-week is the high day of week indicator Sunday 0 Example Entries Daylight Savings Time was prior to 2007 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 470 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Prior to 2007, the entries to describe Eastern Standard Time and Eastern Daylight Savings Time were: 7 EDT 7 EST -4:00 Y 0 3 1-7 4 0-0 -5:00 N 0 1 25-31 10 0-0 This describes EDT as commencing on the last Sunday in April at 3 a.m. The minute before is 1:59 a.m. EST. EST begins on the last Sunday in October at 1 a.m., with the preceding minute of 1:59 a.m. EDT. Daylight Savings Time from 2007 forward Due to the new 2007 Timezome Change rules, these are changed as follows: 7 EDT 7 EST -4:00 Y 0 3 8-14 3 0-0 -5:00 N 0 1 1-7 11 0-0 Which tells the system, to process EDT on the second Sunday of March and reverts to EST on the first Sunday of November. Note: Recent years have seen more harmonization with daylight saving changes and, although it is not yet an internationally agreed standard, most of Europe changes to Summer time on the last Sunday of March and reverts to standard time on the last Sunday of October. Timezone Definitions Timezone Parameter Entries ! Universal Time Code 1 UTC ! United States: Hawaii 2 HST -10:00 N ! Aleutian Standard Time, Aleutian Daylight Time 3 ADT -9:00 Y 0 3 8-14 3 0-0 ! United States: Alaska (parts) 3 AST -10:00 N 0 1 1-7 11 0-0 ! Yukon Standard Time, Yukon Daylight Time 4 YDT -8:00 Y 0 3 8-14 3 0-0 ! United States: Alaska (parts) 4 YST -9:00 N 0 1 1-7 11 0-0 ! Pacific Standard Time, Pacific Daylight Time 5 PDTC -7:00 Y 0 3 8-14 3 0-0 ! Canada: British Columbia. 5 PSTC -8:00 N 0 1 1-7 11 0-0 ! Pacific Standard Time, Pacific Daylight Time 6 PDT -7:00 Y 0 3 8-14 3 0-0 ! United States: California, Idaho (parts), Nevada, Oregon (parts), 6 PST -8:00 N 0 1 1-7 11 0-0 0:00 N ! Washington. ! Mountain Standard Time, Mountain Daylight Time 7 MDTC -6:00 Y 0 3 8-14 3 0-0 ! Canada: Alberta, Saskatchewan (parts). 7 MSTC -7:00 N 0 1 1-7 11 0-0 ! Mountain Standard Time, Mountain Daylight Time 8 MDT -6:00 Y 0 3 8-14 3 0-0 ! United States: Colorado, Idaho (parts), Kansas (parts), Montana, 8 MST -7:00 N 0 1 1-7 11 0-0 ! Nebraska (parts), New Mexico, North Dakota (parts), Oregon (parts), ! South Dakota (parts), Texas (parts), Utah, © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 471 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Timezone Parameter Entries Wyoming. ! Mountain Standard Time 9 MSTA -7:00 N ! United States: Arizona ! Central Standard Time, Central Daylight Time 10 CDTC -5:00 Y 0 3 8-14 3 0-0 ! Canada: Manitoba, Ontario (parts), Saskatchewan (parts). 10 CSTC -6:00 N 0 1 1-7 11 0-0 ! Central Standard Time, Central Daylight Time 11 CDT -5:00 Y 0 3 8-14 3 0-0 ! United States: Alabama, Arkansas, Florida (parts), Illinois, Iowa, 11 CST -6:00 N 0 1 1-7 11 0-0 ! Kansas, Kentucky (parts), Louisiana, Michigan (parts), Minnesota, ! Mississippi, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Oklahoma, South Dakota, ! Tennessee (parts), Texas, Wisconsin. ! Eastern Standard Time, Central Daylight Time 12 IND -5:00 N ! United States: Indiana (most) ! Eastern Standard Time, Eastern Daylight Time 13 EDTC -4:00 Y 0 3 8-14 3 0-0 ! Canada: Ontario (parts), Quebec (parts). 13 ESTC -5:00 N 0 1 1-7 11 0-0 ! Eastern Standard Time, Eastern Daylight Time 14 EDT -4:00 Y 0 3 8-14 3 0-0 ! United States: Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, 14 EST -5:00 N 0 1 1-7 11 0-0 ! Georgia, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, New ! Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, ! Rhode Island, South Carolina, Tennessee (parts), Vermont, Virginia, West ! Virginia. ! Atlantic Standard Time, Atlantic Daylight Time 15 ADT -3:00 Y 0 3 8-14 3 0-0 ! Canada: Newfoundland (parts), Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, Quebec 15 AST -4:00 N 0 1 1-7 11 0-0 ! (parts). ! Newfoundland Standard Time, Newfoundland Daylight Time 16 NDT -2:30 Y 0 3 8-14 3 0-0 16 NST -3:30 N 0 1 1-7 11 0-0 ! Canada: Newfoundland (parts). ! Greenwich Mean Time ! Central European time (European Harmonisation Standard) © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 17 BST 1:00 Y 0 2 25-31 3 0-0 17 GMT 0:00 N 0 1 25-31 10 0-0 18 CETD 2:00 Y 0 2 25-31 3 0-0 18 CET 1:00 N 0 1 25-31 10 0-0 23-October-2015 | Page 472 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files Timezone Parameter Entries ! Western European Time, Western European Time Daylight Savings Time 19 WETD 1:00 Y 0 2 25-31 3 0-0 19 WET 0:00 N 0 1 25-31 10 0-0 ! Great Britain, Ireland ! Turkey-Western-European Time, Turkey-Western European Time Daylight Savings Time 20 TDT 3:00 Y 0 4 25-31 3 0-0 ! Moscow Standard Time, Moscow Daylight Time 21 MSKD 4:00 Y 0 3 25-31 3 0-0 20 TST 2:00 N 0 3 25-31 10 0-0 21 MSK 3:00 N 0 2 25-31 10 0-0 ! Israel Standard Time, Daylight Time 22 ISRD 3:00 Y 0 1 8-14 4 0-0 22 ISRS 2:00 N 0 1 24-30 9 0-0 ! South Africa Standard Time, South Africa Daylight Time 23 SADT 3:00 Y 0 3 25-31 10 0-0 ! Japan Standard Time 24 JST 9:00 N 23 SAST 2:00 N 0 1 1-7 3 0-0 ! Japan ! Australian Western Standard Time 25 WST 8:00 N ! Australia: Western Australia ! Australian Central Standard Time 26 CST 9:30 N ! Australia: Northern Territory ! Australian Central Standard Time, Australian Central Daylight Time 27 SCDT 10:30 Y 0 3 25-31 10 0-0 27 SCST 9:30 N 0 1 1-7 3 0-0 ! Australia: South Australia ! Australian Eastern Standard Time 28 QEST 10:00 N ! Australia: Queensland ! Australian Eastern Standard Time, Australian Eastern Daylight Time 29 AEDT 11:00 Y 0 3 25-31 10 0-0 29 AEST 10:00 N 0 1 1-7 3 0-0 ! Australia: New South Wales, Victoria ! Australian Eastern Standard Time, Australian Eastern Daylight Time 30 TEDT 11:00 Y 0 3 25-31 10 0-0 30 TEST 10:00 N 0 1 1-7 3 0-0 ! Australia: Tasmania ! New Zealand Standard Time, New Zealand Daylight Time 31 NZDT 13:00 Y 0 3 25-31 10 0-0 31 NZST 12:00 N 0 1 1-7 3 0-0 Reference: Timezone Standards LOCAL_TIMEZONE Offset (from UTC) Description UTC 0:00 Universal Coordinated Time GMT 0:00 Greenwich Mean Time (really UTC) UTC synonyms © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 473 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference LOCAL_TIMEZONE Configuration Files Offset (from UTC) Description AUS_EST +10:00 Australian Eastern Standard Time AUS_CST +9:30 Australian Central Standard Time AUS_WST +8:00 Australian Western Standard Time +5:30 Indian Standard Time EET_DST +3:00 Eastern European Daylight Savings Time EET +2:00 Eastern European Standard Time MET_DST +2:00 Middle European Daylight Savings Time MET +1:00 Middle European Standard Time Australian Time Zones Asian Time Zones IST European Time Zones North American Standard Time Zones NFLD_DST -3:30 Newfoundland Daylight Savings Time NFLD -4:30 Newfoundland Standard Time ADT -3:00 Atlantic Daylight Savings Time AST -4:00 Atlantic Standard Time EDT -4:00 Eastern Daylight Savings Time EST -5:00 Eastern Standard Time CDT -5:00 Central Daylight Savings Time CST -6:00 Central Standard Time MDT -6:00 Mountain Daylight Savings Time MST -7:00 Mountain Standard Time PDT -7:00 Pacific Daylight Savings Time PST -8:00 Pacific Standard Time EADT -8:00 East Alaskan Daylight Savings Time EAST -9:00 East Alaskan Standard Time WADT -9:00 West Alaskan Daylight Savings Time WAST -10:00 West Alaskan Standard Time HST -10:00 Hawaiian Standard Time Generic Time Zones © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 474 of 475 D-Series™ Automation CFG File Reference Configuration Files LOCAL_TIMEZONE Offset (from UTC) Description GMT-n -n:00 n is between 1 and 12 GMT+n +n:00 n is between 1 and 12 © 2015 Imagine Communications Corp. Proprietary and Confidential 23-October-2015 | Page 475 of 475